From 3c60d0206977f068e4c7f9648a5891e166f1870a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 28 Apr 2023 11:00:30 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 01/11] Remove unused timer class --- Engine/include/timer.h | 63 ----------------------------------------- Engine/src/mt_field.cpp | 1 - Engine/src/sh_field.cpp | 1 - Engine/src/texture.cpp | 1 - Engine/src/timer.cpp | 52 ---------------------------------- 5 files changed, 118 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Engine/include/timer.h delete mode 100644 Engine/src/timer.cpp diff --git a/Engine/include/timer.h b/Engine/include/timer.h deleted file mode 100644 index d9232063..00000000 --- a/Engine/include/timer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -namespace Utilities -{ -/// \brief Timer that counts its duration of existence. -/// -/// The timer starts counting on construction and stops when it -/// gets destroyed, printing total elapsed time. -class AutoTimer -{ -public: - /// Default constructor. - AutoTimer(); - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] label Message to print with time. - AutoTimer(const std::string& label); - - /// \brief Destructor. - /// - /// Calculates and prints elapsed time. - ~AutoTimer(); - -private: - /// Start time point. - std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::time_point mStart; - - /// Optional message to print. - std::string mLabel; -}; - -/// Classic timer. -class Timer -{ -public: - /// Default constructor. - Timer(); - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] label Message to print with time. - Timer(const std::string& label); - - /// Destructor. - ~Timer() = default; - - /// Start (or restart) timer. - void Start(); - - /// Stop timer and print elapsed time. - double Stop(); -private: - /// Start time point. - std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::time_point mStart; - - /// Optional message to print. - std::string mLabel; -}; -} // namespace Utilities -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp b/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp index de978142..dbc6194c 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ #include #include -#include #include #include diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp index a17d14e6..f37cb71f 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ #include #include -#include namespace { diff --git a/Engine/src/texture.cpp b/Engine/src/texture.cpp index 907560f3..135de38c 100644 --- a/Engine/src/texture.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/texture.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ #include #include -#include #include namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/timer.cpp b/Engine/src/timer.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 60c8466c..00000000 --- a/Engine/src/timer.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -namespace Utilities -{ -AutoTimer::AutoTimer() -:mLabel() -{ - mStart = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); -} - -AutoTimer::AutoTimer(const std::string& label) -:mLabel(label) -{ - mStart = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); -} - -AutoTimer::~AutoTimer() -{ - auto end = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); - auto duration = std::chrono::duration_cast>(end - mStart); - std::cout << mLabel << ": DURATION (S):" << duration.count() << std::endl; -} - -Timer::Timer() -:mLabel() -,mStart() -{ -} - -Timer::Timer(const std::string& label) -:mLabel(label) -,mStart() -{ -} - -void Timer::Start() -{ - mStart = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); -} - -double Timer::Stop() -{ - auto end = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); - auto duration = std::chrono::duration_cast>(end - mStart); - std::cout << mLabel << ": DURATION (S): " << duration.count() << std::endl; - return duration.count(); -} -} // namespace Utilities -} // namespace Slicer From 6e08695518e150c6dc372060e9f3c7132355990e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 28 Apr 2023 11:00:54 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 02/11] Remove GUI demo window and .ini file --- Engine/include/gui.h | 9 +++------ Engine/src/gui.cpp | 28 ++++++++++------------------ 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/gui.h b/Engine/include/gui.h index 45b680ec..511f2963 100644 --- a/Engine/include/gui.h +++ b/Engine/include/gui.h @@ -52,21 +52,18 @@ class UIManager /// Draw the preferences window. void drawPreferencesWindow(); - /// Draw ImGUI demo window. - void drawDemoWindow(); - /// Pointer to GLFW window. GLFWwindow* mWindow; /// Pointer to ImGuiIO object. ImGuiIO* mIO; + // Window flags for imgui windows + ImGuiWindowFlags mWindowFlags; + /// Reference to ApplicationState. std::shared_ptr mState; - /// True to show demo window. - bool mShowDemoWindow; - /// True to show magnifiying mode. bool mShowMagnifyingMode; diff --git a/Engine/src/gui.cpp b/Engine/src/gui.cpp index 4fb9a091..54c478d1 100644 --- a/Engine/src/gui.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/gui.cpp @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ UIManager::UIManager() :mWindow(nullptr) ,mIO(nullptr) ,mState(nullptr) -,mShowDemoWindow(false) ,mShowMagnifyingMode(false) ,mShowSlicers(false) ,mShowSHOptions(false) ,mShowMTOptions(false) ,mShowPreferences(false) +,mWindowFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags_None) { } @@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ UIManager::UIManager(GLFWwindow* window, const std::string& glslVersion, const std::shared_ptr& state) :mWindow(window) ,mIO(nullptr) -,mShowDemoWindow(false) ,mShowMagnifyingMode(false) ,mShowSlicers(false) ,mShowSHOptions(false) ,mShowMTOptions(false) ,mShowPreferences(false) ,mState(state) +,mWindowFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags_None) { // Initialize imgui IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ UIManager::UIManager(GLFWwindow* window, const std::string& glslVersion, ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(glslVersion.c_str()); mIO = &ImGui::GetIO(); + + // disable .ini saving + mIO->IniFilename = NULL; } void UIManager::DrawInterface() @@ -52,7 +55,6 @@ void UIManager::DrawInterface() ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); ImGui::NewFrame(); drawMainMenuBar(); - drawDemoWindow(); drawSlicersWindow(); if (mState->FODFImage.IsInit()) { @@ -99,8 +101,6 @@ void UIManager::drawMainMenuBar() } ImGui::MenuItem("Magnifying Mode", NULL, &mShowMagnifyingMode); ImGui::MenuItem("Preferences", NULL, &mShowPreferences); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::MenuItem("Show demo window", NULL, &mShowDemoWindow); ImGui::EndMenu(); } // Render info @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void UIManager::drawMagnifyingModeWindow() int scaleFactor = mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Get(); bool show = mState->MagnifyingMode.Get(); static int scaling = scaleFactor; - ImGui::Begin("Magnifying mode", &mShowMagnifyingMode); + ImGui::Begin("Magnifying mode", &mShowMagnifyingMode, mWindowFlags); ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Enable magnifying mode (press space)", &show)) { @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ void UIManager::drawPreferencesWindow() ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(406.f, 108.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Preferences", &mShowPreferences); + ImGui::Begin("Preferences", &mShowPreferences, mWindowFlags); float rotationSpeed = mState->Window.RotationSpeed.Get(); float translationSpeed = mState->Window.TranslationSpeed.Get(); float zoomSpeed = mState->Window.ZoomSpeed.Get(); @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ void UIManager::drawSlicersWindow() ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(417.f, 250.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Slices options", &mShowSlicers); + ImGui::Begin("Slices options", &mShowSlicers, mWindowFlags); bool updateSliceIndex = false; glm::ivec3 slice = sliceParam.Get(); @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ void UIManager::drawSHOptionsWindow() ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(417.f, 250.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("SH Options", &mShowSHOptions); + ImGui::Begin("SH Options", &mShowSHOptions, mWindowFlags); auto& scalingParam = mState->Sphere.Scaling; auto& thresholdParam = mState->Sphere.SH0Threshold; @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ void UIManager::drawMTOptionsWindow() ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(200.0f, 200.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("MT Options", &mShowMTOptions); + ImGui::Begin("MT Options", &mShowMTOptions, mWindowFlags); auto& scalingParam = mState->Sphere.Scaling; auto& normalizedParam = mState->Sphere.IsNormalized; @@ -460,12 +460,4 @@ void UIManager::drawMTOptionsWindow() ImGui::End(); } - -void UIManager::drawDemoWindow() -{ - if(!mShowDemoWindow) - return; - - ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(&mShowDemoWindow); -} } // namespace Slicer From 001b1f2f170a2711803910fd5575a4fb18519e6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 12 May 2023 17:23:29 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 03/11] [WIP] Scalar image (or rgb) loading from UI --- .gitignore | 4 +- CMakeLists.txt | 10 +- Doxyfile | 2 +- Engine/CMakeLists.txt | 1 + Engine/include/camera.h | 10 +- Engine/include/grid_model.h | 40 + Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 73 + Engine/include/mvc_model.h | 43 + Engine/include/mvc_view.h | 48 + Engine/include/nii_volume.h | 28 +- Engine/include/scalar_model.h | 22 + Engine/include/scalar_view.h | 33 + Engine/include/sh_model.h | 33 + Engine/include/sh_view.h | 17 + Engine/include/sphere.h | 5 +- Engine/include/user_application.h | 34 + Engine/src/application.cpp | 10 +- Engine/src/camera.cpp | 52 +- Engine/src/grid_model.cpp | 19 + Engine/src/main.cpp | 3 +- Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 336 + Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp | 69 + Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp | 81 + Engine/src/scalar_model.cpp | 13 + Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp | 212 + Engine/src/sh_model.cpp | 10 + Engine/src/sh_view.cpp | 14 + Engine/src/shader_data.cpp | 1 + Engine/src/user_application.cpp | 69 + .../ImGuiFileDialog.cpp | 5605 ++++++++++++ .../ImGuiFileDialog.h | 1914 ++++ .../ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h | 127 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/LICENSE | 21 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/README.md | 907 ++ .../ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/ChangeLog | 129 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/LICENSE | 21 + .../ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/README.md | 96 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/dirent.h | 1160 +++ deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/LICENSE | 37 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/README.md | 165 + deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image.h | 7762 +++++++++++++++++ .../stb/stb_image_resize.h | 2631 ++++++ deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/LICENSE.txt | 2 +- deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imconfig.h | 35 +- deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imgui.h | 1112 ++- .../include/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 25 +- .../include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 49 +- .../include/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h | 794 ++ .../include/imgui_internal.h | 1349 ++- .../include/imstb_rectpack.h | 94 +- .../include/imstb_textedit.h | 86 +- .../include/imstb_truetype.h | 928 +- deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui.cpp | 6151 +++++++++---- deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_demo.cpp | 1266 ++- deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_draw.cpp | 439 +- deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 680 ++ .../src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 530 +- .../src/imgui_tables.cpp | 257 +- .../src/imgui_widgets.cpp | 2089 +++-- deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 378 - 60 files changed, 32672 insertions(+), 5459 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Engine/include/grid_model.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/mvc_controller.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/mvc_model.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/mvc_view.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/scalar_model.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/scalar_view.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/sh_model.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/sh_view.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/user_application.h create mode 100644 Engine/src/grid_model.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/scalar_model.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/sh_model.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/sh_view.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/user_application.cpp create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.h create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/LICENSE create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/README.md create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/ChangeLog create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/LICENSE create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/README.md create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/dirent.h create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/LICENSE create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/README.md create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image.h create mode 100644 deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image_resize.h rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/LICENSE.txt (96%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imconfig.h (81%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imgui.h (77%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h (53%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h (53%) create mode 100644 deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imgui_internal.h (72%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imstb_rectpack.h (94%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imstb_textedit.h (98%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/include/imstb_truetype.h (89%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui.cpp (69%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_demo.cpp (87%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_draw.cpp (93%) create mode 100644 deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp (56%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_tables.cpp (95%) rename deps/{imgui => imgui-1.89}/src/imgui_widgets.cpp (81%) delete mode 100644 deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 505aaef2..0d3383d5 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .vscode [bB]uild -third/vcpkg *.jpg -*.ini \ No newline at end of file +*.ini +docs diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index ae593758..53fed188 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -34,12 +34,18 @@ add_subdirectory("deps/nifti") include_directories("deps/nifti/include/") # imgui include -file(GLOB IMGUI_SRC "deps/imgui/src/*.cpp") +file(GLOB IMGUI_SRC "deps/imgui-1.89/src/*.cpp") add_library(IMGUI ${IMGUI_SRC}) target_link_libraries(IMGUI PRIVATE glfw GLAD) -include_directories("deps/imgui/include/") +include_directories("deps/imgui-1.89/include/") add_compile_definitions(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) +# file dialog include +add_library(IMGUI_FILE_DIA "deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp") +target_link_libraries(IMGUI_FILE_DIA PRIVATE IMGUI) +include_directories("deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/" "deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/") +add_compile_definitions(USE_STD_FILESYSTEM) + # std image loader include include_directories("deps/stb/include/") diff --git a/Doxyfile b/Doxyfile index ac4a56de..17dcb507 100644 --- a/Doxyfile +++ b/Doxyfile @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES # set to NO # The default value is: YES. -HAVE_DOT = NO +HAVE_DOT = YES # The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed # to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of diff --git a/Engine/CMakeLists.txt b/Engine/CMakeLists.txt index c6815fb4..1f515fa8 100644 --- a/Engine/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/Engine/CMakeLists.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ target_link_libraries(dmriexplorer PRIVATE GLAD) target_link_libraries(dmriexplorer PRIVATE glfw) target_link_libraries(dmriexplorer PRIVATE NIFTI_LIB) target_link_libraries(dmriexplorer PRIVATE IMGUI) +target_link_libraries(dmriexplorer PRIVATE IMGUI_FILE_DIA) include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include) diff --git a/Engine/include/camera.h b/Engine/include/camera.h index 61f0f0c0..faa742b1 100644 --- a/Engine/include/camera.h +++ b/Engine/include/camera.h @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ class Camera /// \param[in] near Near clipping distance. /// \param[in] far Far clipping distance. /// \param[in] state Pointer to ApplicationState instance. + // TODO: Remove Camera(const glm::vec3& position, const glm::vec3& upVector, const glm::vec3& lookAt, @@ -31,6 +32,12 @@ class Camera const float& near, const float& far, const std::shared_ptr& state); + Camera(const glm::vec3& position, + const glm::vec3& upVector, + const glm::vec3& lookAt, + const float& fov, const float& aspect, + const float& near, const float& far); + /// Constructor. /// \param[in] camera The camera object used for instantiation. Camera(const Camera& camera); @@ -64,9 +71,6 @@ class Camera /// \param[in] mode New value for fading behaviour. void setMode(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode mode); - /// \see Model::registerStateCallbacks() - void registerStateCallbacks(); - /// Struct containing camera attributes to push on the GPU. struct CameraData { diff --git a/Engine/include/grid_model.h b/Engine/include/grid_model.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04265064 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/grid_model.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#pragma once +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class GridModel +{ +public: + GridModel() = delete; + GridModel(unsigned int x, unsigned int y, unsigned int z); + bool AssertDimensions(unsigned int x, unsigned int y, unsigned int z) const; + inline glm::uvec3 GetDimensions() const { return glm::uvec3(mNX, mNY, mNZ); }; + inline glm::uvec3 GetSlicesLocation() const { return glm::uvec3(mSliceX, mSliceY, mSliceZ); }; + inline glm::bvec3 GetIsVisible() const { return glm::bvec3(mIsVisibleX, mIsVisibleY, mIsVisibleZ); }; + + inline void SetIsXVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleX = isVisible; }; + inline void SetIsYVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleY = isVisible; }; + inline void SetIsZVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleZ = isVisible; }; + + inline void SetSliceXLocation(unsigned int x) { mSliceX = x; }; + inline void SetSliceYLocation(unsigned int y) { mSliceY = y; }; + inline void SetSliceZLocation(unsigned int z) { mSliceZ = z; }; + +private: + // image dimension along each axis + unsigned int mNX = 0; + unsigned int mNY = 0; + unsigned int mNZ = 0; + + // slicer location along each axis + unsigned int mSliceX = 0; + unsigned int mSliceY = 0; + unsigned int mSliceZ = 0; + + // visibility status of each slice + bool mIsVisibleX = true; + bool mIsVisibleY = true; + bool mIsVisibleZ = true; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e52cab34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +enum class ImageType +{ + SCALAR_IMAGE, // or color + SH_IMAGE, + MT_IMAGE +}; + +class MVCController +{ +public: + MVCController() = delete; + MVCController(GLFWwindow* window, const std::shared_ptr& model, + const std::shared_ptr& view); + + void RenderUserInterface(); +private: + static void onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod); + static void onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos); + static void onMouseWheel(GLFWwindow* window, double offsetx, double offsety); + static void onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height); + + void drawMainMenu(); + + bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath); + + void drawLoadingPopup(); + + void drawSlicingWindow(); + + void handleImageLoading(const std::string& imagePath, const ImageType& imageType); + + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mView = nullptr; + + ImGuiIO* mImGuiIO = nullptr; + + GLFWwindow* mGLFWwindow = nullptr; + + bool mShowSlicingWindow = false; + + bool mDrawLoadingPopup = false; + + bool mLoadScalarImage = false; + + bool mLoadSHImage = false; + + LoadRoutineStatus mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; + + std::shared_ptr> mTemporaryImageForLoading = nullptr; + + int mFrameID = 0; + + glm::vec2 mLastCursorPos; + + int mLastButton; + int mLastAction; + int mLastModifier; + + size_t mQueueAppend = 0; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63c77c17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +enum class LoadRoutineStatus +{ + IDLING, + FILE_IS_CHOSEN, + SKIPPED_ONCE, + HEADER_IS_VALID, + HEADER_IS_INVALID, + IMAGE_DATA_LOADED +}; + +class MVCModel +{ +public: + MVCModel(int winWidth, int winHeight); + LoadRoutineStatus AddSHModel(const std::string& imageFilePath); + LoadRoutineStatus AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage, + const LoadRoutineStatus& status); + + inline std::shared_ptr GetGridModel() const { return mGridModel; }; + + inline std::shared_ptr GetSHModel() { return mSHModel; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetScalarModel() { return mScalarModel; }; + + inline int GetWindowWidth() const { return mWinWidth; }; + inline int GetWindowHeight() const { return mWinHeight; }; +private: + int mWinWidth = 0; + int mWinHeight = 0; + + std::shared_ptr mGridModel = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mSHModel = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mScalarModel = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_view.h b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba19ece8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class MVCView +{ +public: + MVCView() = delete; + MVCView(GLFWwindow* window, const std::shared_ptr& model); + void RenderModel(); + bool AddSHView(); + bool AddScalarView(); + + inline std::shared_ptr GetCamera() const { return mCamera; }; +private: + GLFWwindow* mGLFWwindow = nullptr; + + struct GridModelGPUData + { + glm::ivec4 GridDimensions; + glm::ivec4 SliceIndice; + glm::ivec4 IsSliceVisible; + + // heritage; should go elsewhere + unsigned int CurrentSlice; + } mGridModelGPUData; + + GPU::ShaderData mGridModelGPUDataBuffer; + + std::shared_ptr mCamera = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + + // Actual rendered objects + std::shared_ptr mSHView = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mScalarView = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/nii_volume.h b/Engine/include/nii_volume.h index 4d2b47cb..a7891d63 100644 --- a/Engine/include/nii_volume.h +++ b/Engine/include/nii_volume.h @@ -38,29 +38,33 @@ template class NiftiImageWrapper public: /// Default constructor. NiftiImageWrapper() - :mHeader() - ,mImage() + :mImage() ,mVoxelData() + ,mImagePath() { }; /// Constructor /// \param[in] path Path to file. NiftiImageWrapper(const std::string& path) + :mImagePath(path) + ,mVoxelData() { - nifti_1_header* header = nifti_read_header(path.c_str(), nullptr, true); - mHeader.reset(header); + // load header mImage.reset(nifti_image_read(path.c_str(), false)); - - // copy image data - nifti_image* image = nifti_image_read(path.c_str(), true); - copyImageVoxels(image); - nifti_image_free(image); }; /// Destructor. ~NiftiImageWrapper() {}; + /// Load image voxels (cast to T). + void LoadImageVoxels() + { + nifti_image* image = nifti_image_read(mImagePath.c_str(), true); + copyImageVoxels(image); + nifti_image_free(image); + } + /// Get the data vector. /// \return Vector of voxel data. inline std::vector GetVoxelData() const {return mVoxelData;}; @@ -83,6 +87,7 @@ template class NiftiImageWrapper /// Get dimensions of image. /// \return Dimensions of image. /// \note Does not support images with more than 4D. + // TODO: Support ND images inline glm::ivec4 GetDims() const { return glm::ivec4(mImage->nx, mImage->ny, @@ -249,12 +254,11 @@ template class NiftiImageWrapper } }; - /// Nifti image header. - std::shared_ptr mHeader; - /// Reference to the loaded image. std::shared_ptr mImage; + std::string mImagePath; + /// Voxel data. std::vector mVoxelData; }; diff --git a/Engine/include/scalar_model.h b/Engine/include/scalar_model.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..339c1d38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/scalar_model.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class ScalarModel +{ +public: + ScalarModel() = delete; + ScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& image); + inline std::shared_ptr GetCoordinateSystem() { return mCoordinateSystem; }; + inline std::shared_ptr> GetImage() const { return mImage; }; +private: + std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr> mImage = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/scalar_view.h b/Engine/include/scalar_view.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3df4bd31 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/scalar_view.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class ScalarView +{ +public: + ScalarView() = delete; + ScalarView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + void Render(); + +private: + void initShaderProgramPipeline(); + + void initRenderPrimitives(); + + void uploadTransformToGPU(); + + // rendering primitives + std::vector mVertices; + std::vector mTexCoordinates; + std::vector mSliceLabels; + + GLuint mVertexArrayObject = 0; + + GPU::ShaderData mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer; + + GPU::ProgramPipeline mShaderPipeline; + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; +}; +} diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_model.h b/Engine/include/sh_model.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1a89466 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/sh_model.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class SHModel +{ +public: + SHModel() = delete; + SHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& shImage); +private: + + std::shared_ptr> mImage = nullptr; + + /// Sphere used for SH projection. + std::shared_ptr mSphere = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem = nullptr; + + /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in X-plane. + unsigned int mNbSpheresX = 0; + + /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Y-plane. + unsigned int mNbSpheresY = 0; + + /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Z-plane. + unsigned int mNbSpheresZ = 0; +}; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_view.h b/Engine/include/sh_view.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6730574 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/sh_view.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class SHView +{ +public: + SHView() = delete; + SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + void Render(); +private: + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/sphere.h b/Engine/include/sphere.h index 2c9b36e8..25d6f388 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sphere.h +++ b/Engine/include/sphere.h @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ #pragma once #include -#include #include #include @@ -33,7 +32,7 @@ class Sphere /// Get indices array describing the sphere triangulation. /// \return Vector of indices. - inline std::vector GetIndices() const { return mIndices; }; + inline std::vector GetIndices() const { return mIndices; }; /// Get the sphere points. /// \return Vector of points on the sphere. @@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ class Sphere std::vector mPoints; /// Sphere indices for triangulation. - std::vector mIndices; + std::vector mIndices; /// SH functions at each point in mPoints. std::vector mSphHarmFunc; diff --git a/Engine/include/user_application.h b/Engine/include/user_application.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a3aa0c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/user_application.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class UserApplication +{ +public: + UserApplication() = delete; + + UserApplication(const ArgumentParser& parser); + + ~UserApplication(); + + void Run(); + +private: + GLFWwindow* mGLFWwindow = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mView = nullptr; + + std::shared_ptr mController = nullptr; + +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/application.cpp b/Engine/src/application.cpp index b9701b84..eb2cc001 100644 --- a/Engine/src/application.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/application.cpp @@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ void Application::initialize() return; } - // For debugging only. // Verify that the host supports ARB extensions used by the application if(glfwGetProcAddress("glNamedStringARB") == NULL || glfwGetProcAddress("glCompileShaderIncludeARB") == NULL) @@ -215,18 +214,16 @@ void Application::initApplicationState(const ArgumentParser& parser) mState->Sphere.ColorMap.Update(0); if (tensorsPaths.size()==0) - { + { mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Update(mState->FODFImage.Get().GetDims()); } else { mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Update(mState->TImages.Get()[0].GetDims()); } - + mState->VoxelGrid.SliceIndices.Update(mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Get() / 2); - mState->Window.Height.Update(WIN_HEIGHT); - mState->Window.Width.Update(WIN_WIDTH); mState->Window.TranslationSpeed.Update(TRANSLATION_SPEED); mState->Window.RotationSpeed.Update(ROTATION_SPEED); mState->Window.ZoomSpeed.Update(ZOOM_SPEED); @@ -390,12 +387,9 @@ void Application::onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height) { const float aspect = static_cast(width) / static_cast(height); Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - const int scaleFactor = app->mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Get(); app->mCamera->Resize(aspect); app->mSecondaryCamera->Resize(aspect); - app->mState->Window.Width.Update(width); - app->mState->Window.Height.Update(height); } void Application::onPressSpace(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods) diff --git a/Engine/src/camera.cpp b/Engine/src/camera.cpp index 07e7f226..6f4ad07b 100644 --- a/Engine/src/camera.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/camera.cpp @@ -5,6 +5,12 @@ #include #include +namespace +{ +const float TRANSLATION_SPEED = 0.02f; +const float ROTATION_SPEED = 0.005f; +} + namespace Slicer { Camera::Camera(const glm::vec3& position, @@ -23,12 +29,31 @@ Camera::Camera(const glm::vec3& position, ,mCamParamsData(GPU::Binding::camera) ,mState(state) { - registerStateCallbacks(); mProjectionMatrix = glm::perspective(mFov, mAspect, mNear, mFar); mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); mBlockRotation = false; } +Camera::Camera(const glm::vec3& position, + const glm::vec3& upVector, + const glm::vec3& lookAt, + const float& fov, const float& aspect, + const float& near, const float& far) +:mLookAt(lookAt) +,mPosition(position) +,mUpVector(upVector) +,mFov(fov) +,mNear(near) +,mFar(far) +,mAspect(aspect) +,mCamParamsData(GPU::Binding::camera) +{ + mProjectionMatrix = glm::perspective(mFov, mAspect, mNear, mFar); + mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); + mBlockRotation = false; +} + + Camera::Camera(const Camera& camera) :mLookAt(camera.mLookAt) ,mPosition(camera.mPosition) @@ -41,21 +66,10 @@ Camera::Camera(const Camera& camera) ,mState(camera.mState) ,mBlockRotation(camera.mBlockRotation) { - registerStateCallbacks(); mProjectionMatrix = glm::perspective(mFov, mAspect, mNear, mFar); mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); } -void Camera::registerStateCallbacks() -{ - mState->ViewMode.Mode.RegisterCallback( - [this](State::CameraMode p, State::CameraMode n) - { - this->setMode(p, n); - } - ); -} - void Camera::setMode(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode mode) { if(previous != mode) @@ -113,7 +127,6 @@ void Camera::UpdateGPU() cameraData.projectionMatrix = mProjectionMatrix; mCamParamsData.Update(0, sizeof(CameraData), &cameraData); - mCamParamsData.ToGPU(); } void Camera::Resize(const float& aspect) @@ -129,9 +142,8 @@ void Camera::RotateCS(const glm::vec2& vec) return; } - const float& rotationSpeed = mState->Window.RotationSpeed.Get(); - const float dx = vec.x * rotationSpeed; - const float dy = -vec.y * rotationSpeed; + const float dx = vec.x * ROTATION_SPEED; + const float dy = -vec.y * ROTATION_SPEED; // Compute the rotation axis. const glm::vec3 leftAxis = glm::normalize(glm::cross(mUpVector, -mPosition)); @@ -148,9 +160,8 @@ void Camera::RotateCS(const glm::vec2& vec) void Camera::TranslateCS(const glm::vec2& vec) { - const float& translationSpeed = mState->Window.TranslationSpeed.Get(); - const float dx = -vec.x * translationSpeed; - const float dy = -vec.y * translationSpeed; + const float dx = -vec.x * TRANSLATION_SPEED; + const float dy = -vec.y * TRANSLATION_SPEED; glm::vec3 lookAt = mLookAt - mPosition; // Compute the translation axis. @@ -167,8 +178,7 @@ void Camera::TranslateCS(const glm::vec2& vec) void Camera::Zoom(double delta) { - const float& speed = mState->Window.ZoomSpeed.Get(); - const glm::vec3 direction = speed * glm::normalize(mLookAt - mPosition); + const glm::vec3 direction = glm::normalize(mLookAt - mPosition); mPosition = mPosition + direction * (float)delta; mLookAt = mLookAt + direction * (float)delta; mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); diff --git a/Engine/src/grid_model.cpp b/Engine/src/grid_model.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..021b8993 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/grid_model.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +GridModel::GridModel(unsigned int x, unsigned int y, unsigned int z) +:mNX(x) +,mNY(y) +,mNZ(z) +{ + mSliceX = mNX / 2; + mSliceY = mNY / 2; + mSliceZ = mNZ / 2; +} + +bool GridModel::AssertDimensions(unsigned int x, unsigned int y, unsigned int z) const +{ + return x == mNX && y == mNY && z == mNZ; +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/main.cpp b/Engine/src/main.cpp index 1c94ed58..3219813d 100644 --- a/Engine/src/main.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/main.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ #include +#include #include #ifndef DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR @@ -10,7 +11,7 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) const Slicer::ArgumentParser parser(argc, argv); if(parser.OK()) { - Slicer::Application app(parser); + Slicer::UserApplication app(parser); app.Run(); return 0; } diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b44af198 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,336 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace +{ +const std::string GLSL_VERSION_STR = "#version 460"; +} + +namespace Slicer +{ +MVCController::MVCController(GLFWwindow* window, const std::shared_ptr& model, + const std::shared_ptr& view) +:mGLFWwindow(window) +,mModel(model) +,mView(view) +{ + // /!\ User callbacks must be set prior to initializing + // ImGui for GLFW (ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL) + glfwSetWindowUserPointer(mGLFWwindow, this); + glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(mGLFWwindow, onMouseButton); + glfwSetCursorPosCallback(mGLFWwindow, onMouseMove); + glfwSetScrollCallback(mGLFWwindow, onMouseWheel); + glfwSetWindowSizeCallback(mGLFWwindow, onWindowResize); + + // Initialize imgui + IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); + ImGui::CreateContext(); + + // Setup Dear ImGui style + ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); + + // Setup Platform/Renderer backends + ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(mGLFWwindow, true); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(GLSL_VERSION_STR.c_str()); + + mImGuiIO = &ImGui::GetIO(); + + // disable .ini saving + mImGuiIO->IniFilename = NULL; +} + +void MVCController::onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod) +{ + MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); + if(controller->mImGuiIO->WantCaptureMouse) + { + return; + } + // std::cout << "onMouseButton" << std::endl; + double xPos, yPos; + glfwGetCursorPos(window, &xPos, &yPos); + + controller->mLastCursorPos.x = static_cast(xPos); + controller->mLastCursorPos.y = static_cast(yPos); + controller->mLastAction = action; + controller->mLastButton = button; + controller->mLastModifier = mod; +} + +void MVCController::onMouseWheel(GLFWwindow* window, double offsetx, double offsety) +{ + MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); + if(controller->mImGuiIO->WantCaptureMouse) + { + return; + } + // std::cout << "wheel: " << offsetx << ", " << offsety << std::endl; + controller->mView->GetCamera()->Zoom(offsety); +} + +void MVCController::onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos) +{ + MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); + if(controller->mImGuiIO->WantCaptureMouse) + { + return; + } + + if(controller->mLastAction == GLFW_PRESS) + { + const double dx = controller->mLastCursorPos.x - xPos; + const double dy = controller->mLastCursorPos.y - yPos; + if(controller->mLastButton == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT) + { + controller->mView->GetCamera()->RotateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); + } + else if(controller->mLastButton == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) + { + controller->mView->GetCamera()->TranslateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); + } + } + controller->mLastCursorPos = {xPos, yPos}; + + // std::cout << "mouse move" << std::endl; +} + +void MVCController::onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height) +{ + const float aspect = static_cast(width) / static_cast(height); + MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); + + controller->mView->GetCamera()->Resize(aspect); +} + +void MVCController::handleImageLoading(const std::string& imagePath, const ImageType& imageType) +{ + // loading logic goes here + if(mImageLoadingStatus != LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING) + { + // TODO: We would need to disable event capture during image + // loading to make sure that nothing turns to shit + if(mTemporaryImageForLoading == nullptr) + { + mTemporaryImageForLoading.reset(new NiftiImageWrapper(imagePath)); + } + switch(imageType) + { + case ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE: + mImageLoadingStatus = mModel->AddScalarModel(mTemporaryImageForLoading, mImageLoadingStatus); + break; + case ImageType::SH_IMAGE: + case ImageType::MT_IMAGE: + break; + } + + if(mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID || + mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED) + { + if(mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED) + { + switch(imageType) + { + case ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE: + mView->AddScalarView(); + break; + case ImageType::SH_IMAGE: + case ImageType::MT_IMAGE: + break; + } + // open the slicing window on image loading + mShowSlicingWindow = true; + } + mDrawLoadingPopup = false; + + mTemporaryImageForLoading.reset(); + + // back to idling -- skip image loading routine until status changes + mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; + } + } +} + +void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() +{ + // begin frame + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // draw frame + drawMainMenu(); + std::string imageFilePath; + if(mLoadScalarImage) + { + mLoadScalarImage = drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath); + } + + drawLoadingPopup(); + + drawSlicingWindow(); + ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(); + + // handling image loading async + handleImageLoading(imageFilePath, ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE); + + // finalize frame + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + ++mFrameID; +} + +void MVCController::drawMainMenu() +{ + ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar(); + if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Load image")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Load scalar image", NULL, &mLoadScalarImage); + ImGui::MenuItem("Load SH image", NULL); + + // TODO: load tensor image (can load more than one) + + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Slicing")) + { + bool enabled = mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr; + ImGui::MenuItem("Show slicing window", NULL, &mShowSlicingWindow, enabled); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%.1f FPS", mImGuiIO->Framerate); + ImGui::EndMainMenuBar(); +} + +void MVCController::drawLoadingPopup() +{ + if(!mDrawLoadingPopup) + { + return; + } + ImGui::OpenPopup("Image loading"); + + // Always center this window when appearing + ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Image loading", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::Text("Image loading in progress.\nPlease wait...\n\n"); + + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } +} + +bool MVCController::drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath) +{ + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 400), ImGuiCond_Once); + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", windowTitle, ".gz,.nii", + ".", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); + + // IF A FILE IS CHOSEN OR CANCEL IS PRESSED + if(ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) + { + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) + { + imageFilePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::FILE_IS_CHOSEN; + mDrawLoadingPopup = true; + } + // close the file dialog + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() +{ + if(!mShowSlicingWindow || mModel->GetGridModel() == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(5.f, 25.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(395.f, 100.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + + ImGui::Begin("Slices options", &mShowSlicingWindow); + + glm::ivec3 slice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetSlicesLocation(); + glm::ivec3 shape = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetDimensions(); + glm::bvec3 isVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); + + ImGui::Text("X-Slice"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); + ImGui::SliderInt("##xslicer", &slice.x, 0, shape.x - 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##xleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) + { + slice.x = std::max(0, slice.x - 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##xright", ImGuiDir_Right)) + { + slice.x = std::min(shape.x - 1, slice.x + 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##x", &isVisible.x)) + { + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(isVisible.x); + } + + ImGui::Text("Y-Slice"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); + ImGui::SliderInt("##yslicer", &slice.y, 0, shape.y - 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##yleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) + { + slice.y = std::max(0, slice.y - 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##yright", ImGuiDir_Right)) + { + slice.y = std::min(shape.y - 1, slice.y + 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##y", &isVisible.y)) + { + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(isVisible.y); + } + + ImGui::Text("Z-Slice"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); + ImGui::SliderInt("##zslicer", &slice.z, 0, shape.z - 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##zleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) + { + slice.z = std::max(0, slice.z - 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##zright", ImGuiDir_Right)) + { + slice.z = std::min(shape.z - 1, slice.z + 1); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##z", &isVisible.z)) + { + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(isVisible.z); + } + + // update slice position + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.x); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceYLocation(slice.y); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceZLocation(slice.z); + + ImGui::End(); +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4436c9c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +MVCModel::MVCModel(int width, int height) +:mWinWidth(width) +,mWinHeight(height) +{ +} + +LoadRoutineStatus MVCModel::AddSHModel(const std::string& imageFilePath) +{ + // mSHModel.reset(new SHModel(imageFilePath)); + std::cout << "SH model added to scene." << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; +} + +LoadRoutineStatus MVCModel::AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage, + const LoadRoutineStatus& status) +{ + if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::FILE_IS_CHOSEN) + { + std::cout << "entering add model" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::SKIPPED_ONCE; + } + else if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::SKIPPED_ONCE) + { + // validate that the header is ok. + if(niftiImage->GetDims().w == 1 || niftiImage->GetDims().w == 3) + { + if(mGridModel != nullptr) + { + const auto newDimensions = niftiImage->GetDims(); + const auto previousDimensions = mGridModel->GetDimensions(); + if(newDimensions.x != previousDimensions.x || + newDimensions.y != previousDimensions.y || + newDimensions.z != previousDimensions.z) + { + std::cout << "header invalid" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; + } + } + std::cout << "header valid" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_VALID; + } + else + { + std::cout << "header invalid" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; + } + + } + else if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_VALID) + { + // actual image loading happens at this step + mScalarModel.reset(new ScalarModel(niftiImage)); + if(mGridModel == nullptr) + { + const auto dims = mScalarModel->GetImage()->GetDims(); + mGridModel.reset(new GridModel(dims.x, dims.y, dims.z)); + } + std::cout << "image data loading" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED; + } + std::cout << "idling" << std::endl; + return LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c8b1621 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +MVCView::MVCView(GLFWwindow* window, const std::shared_ptr& model) +:mGLFWwindow(window) +,mModel(model) +,mGridModelGPUDataBuffer(GPU::Binding::gridInfo) +{ + const float aspectRatio = (float)mModel->GetWindowWidth() + / (float)mModel->GetWindowHeight(); + mCamera.reset(new Camera(glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 10.0f), // position + glm::vec3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f), // upvector + glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f), //lookat + glm::radians(60.0f), aspectRatio, + 0.1f, 500.0f)); + + // glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); + glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); + glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); + glCullFace(GL_BACK); + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); +} + +bool MVCView::AddSHView() +{ + if(mModel->GetSHModel() == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + mSHView.reset(new SHView(mModel->GetSHModel())); + return true; +} + +bool MVCView::AddScalarView() +{ + if(mModel->GetScalarModel() == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + mScalarView.reset(new ScalarView(mModel)); + return true; +} + +void MVCView::RenderModel() +{ + if(mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr) + { + int w, h; + glfwGetWindowSize(mGLFWwindow, &w, &h); + glViewport(0, 0, w, h); + mCamera->UpdateGPU(); + + // update and push global grid parameters to the GPU + mGridModelGPUData.GridDimensions = + glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetDimensions(), 0); + mGridModelGPUData.SliceIndice = + glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetSlicesLocation(), 0); + + const glm::bvec3 isSliceVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); + mGridModelGPUData.IsSliceVisible = glm::ivec4(isSliceVisible.x ? 1 : 0, + isSliceVisible.y ? 1 : 0, + isSliceVisible.z ? 1 : 0, + 0); + + mGridModelGPUDataBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(GridModelGPUData), + &mGridModelGPUData); + + if(mSHView != nullptr) + { + mSHView->Render(); + } + if(mScalarView != nullptr) + { + mScalarView->Render(); + } + } // else no grid means nothing to render +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/scalar_model.cpp b/Engine/src/scalar_model.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c9dd3d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/scalar_model.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +ScalarModel::ScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& image) +:mImage(image) +{ + // gives the model transformation matrix + mCoordinateSystem.reset(new CoordinateSystem()); + mImage->LoadImageVoxels(); +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp b/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cb0eef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +ScalarView::ScalarView(const std::shared_ptr& model) +:mModel(model) +,mSliceLabels() +,mVertices() +,mTexCoordinates() +,mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::modelTransform) +{ + // 1. Initialize SSBO for model transform matrix. [x] + // 2. Initialize shader program pipeline [x] + initShaderProgramPipeline(); + + // 3. Initialize rendering primitives + initRenderPrimitives(); + + // !. Information on grid dimensions and current slice indices + // must come from somewhere. +} + +template GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) +{ + GLuint vbo; + glCreateBuffers(1, &vbo); + glNamedBufferData(vbo, data.size() * sizeof(T), &data[0], GL_STATIC_DRAW); + return vbo; +} + +void ScalarView::initRenderPrimitives() +{ + const auto& image = mModel->GetScalarModel()->GetImage(); + const auto dims = image->GetDims(); + + //Create 2 triangles to create a plan for texture + //Plan XY + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f, dims.y, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x, 0.0f, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f, dims.y, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x, dims.y, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x, 0.0f, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); + + //Plan YZ + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,0.0f)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,0.0f)); + + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,0.0f)); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + //Plan XZ + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); + + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); + mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mTexCoordinates.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + mSliceLabels.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); + + //Create texture + unsigned int texture; + glCreateTextures(GL_TEXTURE_3D, 1, &texture); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_3D, texture); + + auto type = GL_RGB; + if (dims.w == 1) + { + type = GL_RED; + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_R, GL_RED); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_G, GL_RED); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_B, GL_RED); + } + + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + + // copy image data because we need to normalize + auto data = image->GetVoxelData(); + const auto max = image->GetMax(); + for(size_t i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) + { + // normalize data + data[i] = data[i] / max; + } + glTexImage3D(GL_TEXTURE_3D, 0, type, dims.x, dims.y, dims.z, 0, type, GL_FLOAT, &data[0]); + glGenerateMipmap(GL_TEXTURE_3D); + + glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVertexArrayObject); + + //Bind vertices + const GLuint verticesIndex = 0; + GLuint verticesVBO = genVBO(mVertices); + + glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVertexArrayObject, verticesIndex); + glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVertexArrayObject, verticesIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); + glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVertexArrayObject, verticesIndex, verticesVBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); + glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVertexArrayObject, verticesIndex, 0); + glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVertexArrayObject, verticesIndex, verticesIndex); + + //Bind texture coordinates + const GLuint texIndex = 1; + GLuint texCoordinatesVBO = genVBO(mTexCoordinates); + + glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVertexArrayObject, texIndex); + glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVertexArrayObject, texIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); + glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVertexArrayObject, texIndex, texCoordinatesVBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); + glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVertexArrayObject, texIndex, 0); + glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVertexArrayObject, texIndex, texIndex); + + //Bind Slices + const GLuint sliceIndex = 2; + GLuint sliceLabelsVBO = genVBO(mSliceLabels); + + glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVertexArrayObject, sliceIndex); + glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVertexArrayObject, sliceIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); + glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVertexArrayObject, sliceIndex, sliceLabelsVBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); + glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVertexArrayObject, sliceIndex, 0); + glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVertexArrayObject, sliceIndex, sliceIndex); +} + +void ScalarView::initShaderProgramPipeline() +{ + const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/texture_vert.glsl"); + const std::string fsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/texture_frag.glsl"); + std::vector shaders; + + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(vsPath, GL_VERTEX_SHADER)); + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(fsPath, GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)); + + mShaderPipeline = GPU::ProgramPipeline(shaders); +} + +void ScalarView::Render() +{ + mShaderPipeline.Bind(); + + uploadTransformToGPU(); + + // OpenGL draw calls + glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); + glBindVertexArray(mVertexArrayObject); + glDrawArrays(GL_TRIANGLES, 0, static_cast(mVertices.size())); + glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); + glCullFace(GL_BACK); + + glBindProgramPipeline(0); +} + +void ScalarView::uploadTransformToGPU() +{ + glm::mat4 transform = mModel->GetScalarModel()->GetCoordinateSystem()->ToWorld(); + + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::mat4), &transform); + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.ToGPU(); +} + +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5241712e --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +SHModel::SHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& shImage) +:mCoordinateSystem(new CoordinateSystem()) +,mImage(shImage) +{ +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8566bc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +SHView::SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model) +:mModel(model) +{ +} + +void SHView::Render() +{ + +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp b/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp index 55af4b9b..6327b215 100644 --- a/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ void ShaderData::Update(GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, void* data) if(!mIsInit) { glNamedBufferData(mSSBO, size, data, mUsage); + ToGPU(); } else { diff --git a/Engine/src/user_application.cpp b/Engine/src/user_application.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0665966 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/user_application.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#include +#include +#include + +namespace +{ +const unsigned int WIN_WIDTH = 1024; +const unsigned int WIN_HEIGHT = 1024; +const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH = 2; +const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_SCALE = 3; +const std::string WIN_TITLE = "dmri-explorer"; +} + +namespace Slicer +{ + +UserApplication::UserApplication(const ArgumentParser& parser) +{ + if(!glfwInit()) + { + std::cerr << "Failed to initialize GLFW" << std::endl; + return; + } + + glfwWindowHint(GLFW_CONTEXT_VERSION_MAJOR, 4); + glfwWindowHint(GLFW_CONTEXT_VERSION_MINOR, 6); + glfwWindowHint(GLFW_OPENGL_PROFILE, GLFW_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE); + + mGLFWwindow = glfwCreateWindow(WIN_WIDTH, WIN_HEIGHT, WIN_TITLE.c_str(), NULL, NULL); + glfwMakeContextCurrent(mGLFWwindow); + + // OpenGL context is initialized here. + if(!gladLoadGLLoader((GLADloadproc)glfwGetProcAddress)) + { + std::cerr << "Failed to initialize OpenGL context" << std::endl; + glfwTerminate(); + } + else + { + std::cout << "OpenGL context initialized" << std::endl; + } + + // Create virtual filesystem for shaders + GPU::ShaderProgram::CreateFilesystemForInclude(); + + // instantiate Model-View-Controller + mModel.reset(new MVCModel(WIN_WIDTH, WIN_HEIGHT)); + mView.reset(new MVCView(mGLFWwindow, mModel)); + mController.reset(new MVCController(mGLFWwindow, mModel, mView)); +} + +UserApplication::~UserApplication() +{ + glfwTerminate(); +} + +void UserApplication::Run() +{ + while(!glfwWindowShouldClose(mGLFWwindow)) + { + glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); + glfwPollEvents(); + + mView->RenderModel(); + mController->RenderUserInterface(); + glfwSwapBuffers(mGLFWwindow); + } +} +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc29f7af --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5605 @@ +// This is an independent project of an individual developer. Dear PVS-Studio, please check it. +// PVS-Studio Static Code Analyzer for C, C++ and C#: http://www.viva64.com + +/* +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2019-2020 Stephane Cuillerdier (aka aiekick) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +*/ + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif + +#include "ImGuiFileDialog.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include +#include // stricmp / strcasecmp +#include // variadic +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +// this option need c++17 +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + #include + #include +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + #include +#endif // __EMSCRIPTEN__ + +#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || \ + defined(__WIN64__) || defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(_MSC_VER) + #define _IGFD_WIN_ + #define stat _stat + #define stricmp _stricmp + #include + // this option need c++17 + #ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + #include + #else + #include "dirent/dirent.h" // directly open the dirent file attached to this lib + #endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + #define PATH_SEP '\\' + #ifndef PATH_MAX + #define PATH_MAX 260 + #endif // PATH_MAX +#elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) || \ + defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__EMSCRIPTEN__) + #define _IGFD_UNIX_ + #define stricmp strcasecmp + #include + // this option need c++17 + #ifndef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + #include + #endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + #define PATH_SEP '/' +#endif // _IGFD_UNIX_ + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS + #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif // IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +#ifndef DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif // STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif // DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "stb/stb_image.h" +#ifndef DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif // STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif // DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "stb/stb_image_resize.h" +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + +namespace IGFD +{ +// float comparisons +#ifndef IS_FLOAT_DIFFERENT +#define IS_FLOAT_DIFFERENT(a,b) (fabs((a) - (b)) > FLT_EPSILON) +#endif // IS_FLOAT_DIFFERENT +#ifndef IS_FLOAT_EQUAL +#define IS_FLOAT_EQUAL(a,b) (fabs((a) - (b)) < FLT_EPSILON) +#endif // IS_FLOAT_EQUAL +// width of filter combobox +#ifndef FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH +#define FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH 150.0f +#endif // FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH +// begin combo widget +#ifndef IMGUI_BEGIN_COMBO +#define IMGUI_BEGIN_COMBO ImGui::BeginCombo +#endif // IMGUI_BEGIN_COMBO +// for lets you define your button widget +// if you have like me a special bi-color button +#ifndef IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON +#define IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON ImGui::Button +#endif // IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON +#ifndef IMGUI_BUTTON +#define IMGUI_BUTTON ImGui::Button +#endif // IMGUI_BUTTON +// locales +#ifndef createDirButtonString +#define createDirButtonString "+" +#endif // createDirButtonString +#ifndef okButtonString +#define okButtonString "OK" +#endif // okButtonString +#ifndef okButtonWidth +#define okButtonWidth 0.0f +#endif // okButtonWidth +#ifndef cancelButtonString +#define cancelButtonString "Cancel" +#endif // cancelButtonString +#ifndef cancelButtonWidth +#define cancelButtonWidth 0.0f +#endif // cancelButtonWidth +#ifndef okCancelButtonAlignement +#define okCancelButtonAlignement 0.0f +#endif // okCancelButtonAlignement +#ifndef invertOkAndCancelButtons +// 0 => disabled, 1 => enabled +#define invertOkAndCancelButtons 0 +#endif // invertOkAndCancelButtons +#ifndef resetButtonString +#define resetButtonString "R" +#endif // resetButtonString +#ifndef drivesButtonString +#define drivesButtonString "Drives" +#endif // drivesButtonString +#ifndef editPathButtonString +#define editPathButtonString "E" +#endif // editPathButtonString +#ifndef searchString +#define searchString "Search :" +#endif // searchString +#ifndef dirEntryString +#define dirEntryString "[Dir]" +#endif // dirEntryString +#ifndef linkEntryString +#define linkEntryString "[Link]" +#endif // linkEntryString +#ifndef fileEntryString +#define fileEntryString "[File]" +#endif // fileEntryString +#ifndef fileNameString +#define fileNameString "File Name :" +#endif // fileNameString +#ifndef dirNameString +#define dirNameString "Directory Path :" +#endif // dirNameString +#ifndef buttonResetSearchString +#define buttonResetSearchString "Reset search" +#endif // buttonResetSearchString +#ifndef buttonDriveString +#define buttonDriveString "Drives" +#endif // buttonDriveString +#ifndef buttonEditPathString +#define buttonEditPathString "Edit path\nYou can also right click on path buttons" +#endif // buttonEditPathString +#ifndef buttonResetPathString +#define buttonResetPathString "Reset to current directory" +#endif // buttonResetPathString +#ifndef buttonCreateDirString +#define buttonCreateDirString "Create Directory" +#endif // buttonCreateDirString +#ifndef tableHeaderAscendingIcon +#define tableHeaderAscendingIcon "A|" +#endif // tableHeaderAscendingIcon +#ifndef tableHeaderDescendingIcon +#define tableHeaderDescendingIcon "D|" +#endif // tableHeaderDescendingIcon +#ifndef tableHeaderFileNameString +#define tableHeaderFileNameString "File name" +#endif // tableHeaderFileNameString +#ifndef tableHeaderFileTypeString +#define tableHeaderFileTypeString "Type" +#endif // tableHeaderFileTypeString +#ifndef tableHeaderFileSizeString +#define tableHeaderFileSizeString "Size" +#endif // tableHeaderFileSizeString +#ifndef tableHeaderFileDateString +#define tableHeaderFileDateString "Date" +#endif // tableHeaderFileDateString +#ifndef fileSizeBytes +#define fileSizeBytes "o" +#endif // fileSizeBytes +#ifndef fileSizeKiloBytes +#define fileSizeKiloBytes "Ko" +#endif // fileSizeKiloBytes +#ifndef fileSizeMegaBytes +#define fileSizeMegaBytes "Mo" +#endif // fileSizeMegaBytes +#ifndef fileSizeGigaBytes +#define fileSizeGigaBytes "Go" +#endif // fileSizeGigaBytes +#ifndef OverWriteDialogTitleString +#define OverWriteDialogTitleString "The file Already Exist !" +#endif // OverWriteDialogTitleString +#ifndef OverWriteDialogMessageString +#define OverWriteDialogMessageString "Would you like to OverWrite it ?" +#endif // OverWriteDialogMessageString +#ifndef OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString +#define OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString "Confirm" +#endif // OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString +#ifndef OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString +#define OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString "Cancel" +#endif // OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString +// see strftime functionin for customize +#ifndef DateTimeFormat +#define DateTimeFormat "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M" +#endif // DateTimeFormat +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +#ifndef tableHeaderFileThumbnailsString +#define tableHeaderFileThumbnailsString "Thumbnails" +#endif // tableHeaderFileThumbnailsString +#ifndef DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonString +#define DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonString "FL" +#endif // DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonString +#ifndef DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonHelp +#define DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonHelp "File List" +#endif // DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonHelp +#ifndef DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonString +#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonString "TL" +#endif // DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonString +#ifndef DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonHelp +#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonHelp "Thumbnails List" +#endif // DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonHelp +#ifndef DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonString +#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonString "TG" +#endif // DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonString +#ifndef DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonHelp +#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonHelp "Thumbnails Grid" +#endif // DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonHelp +#ifndef DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight +#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight 32.0f +#endif // DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight +#ifndef IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON + inline bool inRadioButton(const char* vLabel, bool vToggled) + { + bool pressed = false; + + if (vToggled) + { + ImVec4 bua = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive); + ImVec4 te = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, bua); + } + + pressed = IMGUI_BUTTON(vLabel); + + if (vToggled) + { + ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); //-V112 + } + + return pressed; + } +#define IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON inRadioButton +#endif // IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK +#ifndef defaultBookmarkPaneWith +#define defaultBookmarkPaneWith 150.0f +#endif // defaultBookmarkPaneWith +#ifndef bookmarksButtonString +#define bookmarksButtonString "Bookmark" +#endif // bookmarksButtonString +#ifndef bookmarksButtonHelpString +#define bookmarksButtonHelpString "Bookmark" +#endif // bookmarksButtonHelpString +#ifndef addBookmarkButtonString +#define addBookmarkButtonString "+" +#endif // addBookmarkButtonString +#ifndef removeBookmarkButtonString +#define removeBookmarkButtonString "-" +#endif // removeBookmarkButtonString +#ifndef IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON + inline bool inToggleButton(const char* vLabel, bool* vToggled) + { + bool pressed = false; + + if (vToggled && *vToggled) + { + ImVec4 bua = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive); + //ImVec4 buh = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); + //ImVec4 bu = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Button); + ImVec4 te = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, te); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, bua); + } + + pressed = IMGUI_BUTTON(vLabel); + + if (vToggled && *vToggled) + { + ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); //-V112 + } + + if (vToggled && pressed) + *vToggled = !*vToggled; + + return pressed; + } +#define IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON inToggleButton +#endif // IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// INLINE FUNCTIONS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifndef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + inline int inAlphaSort(const struct dirent** a, const struct dirent** b) + { + return strcoll((*a)->d_name, (*b)->d_name); + } +#endif + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE EXTENTIONS INFOS ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + IGFD::FileStyle::FileStyle() + : color(0, 0, 0, 0) + { + + } + + IGFD::FileStyle::FileStyle(const FileStyle& vStyle) + { + color = vStyle.color; + icon = vStyle.icon; + font = vStyle.font; + flags = vStyle.flags; + } + + IGFD::FileStyle::FileStyle(const ImVec4& vColor, const std::string& vIcon, ImFont* vFont) + : color(vColor), icon(vIcon), font(vFont) + { + + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE INFOS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1720 + bool IGFD::Utils::Splitter(bool split_vertically, float thickness, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float splitter_long_axis_size) + { + using namespace ImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID("##Splitter"); + ImRect bb; + bb.Min = window->DC.CursorPos + (split_vertically ? ImVec2(*size1, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, *size1)); + bb.Max = bb.Min + CalcItemSize(split_vertically ? ImVec2(thickness, splitter_long_axis_size) : ImVec2(splitter_long_axis_size, thickness), 0.0f, 0.0f); + return SplitterBehavior(bb, id, split_vertically ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y, size1, size2, min_size1, min_size2, 1.0f); + } + + bool IGFD::Utils::WReplaceString(std::wstring& str, const std::wstring& oldStr, const std::wstring& newStr) + { + bool found = false; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + size_t pos = 0; + while ((pos = str.find(oldStr, pos)) != std::wstring::npos) + { + found = true; + str.replace(pos, oldStr.length(), newStr); + pos += newStr.length(); + } +#else + // Suppress warnings from the compiler. + (void)str; + (void)oldStr; + (void)newStr; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + return found; + } + + std::vector IGFD::Utils::WSplitStringToVector(const std::wstring& text, char delimiter, bool pushEmpty) + { + std::vector arr; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if (!text.empty()) + { + std::wstring::size_type start = 0; + std::wstring::size_type end = text.find(delimiter, start); + while (end != std::wstring::npos) + { + std::wstring token = text.substr(start, end - start); + if (!token.empty() || (token.empty() && pushEmpty)) //-V728 + arr.push_back(token); + start = end + 1; + end = text.find(delimiter, start); + } + std::wstring token = text.substr(start); + if (!token.empty() || (token.empty() && pushEmpty)) //-V728 + arr.push_back(token); + } +#else + // Suppress warnings from the compiler. + (void)text; + (void)delimiter; + (void)pushEmpty; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + return arr; + } + + // Convert a wide Unicode string to an UTF8 string + std::string IGFD::Utils::utf8_encode(const std::wstring &wstr) + { + std::string res; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if(!wstr.empty()) + { + int size_needed = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, &wstr[0], + (int)wstr.size(), NULL, 0, NULL, NULL); + if (size_needed) + { + res = std::string(size_needed, 0); + WideCharToMultiByte (CP_UTF8, 0, &wstr[0], + (int)wstr.size(), &res[0], size_needed, NULL, NULL); + } + } +#else + // Suppress warnings from the compiler. + (void)wstr; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + return res; + } + + // Convert an UTF8 string to a wide Unicode String + std::wstring IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(const std::string &str) + { + std::wstring res; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if( !str.empty()) + { + int size_needed = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, &str[0], + (int)str.size(), NULL, 0); + if (size_needed) + { + res = std::wstring(size_needed, 0); + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, &str[0], + (int)str.size(), &res[0], size_needed); + } + } +#else + // Suppress warnings from the compiler. + (void)str; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(std::string& str, const std::string& oldStr, const std::string& newStr) + { + bool found = false; + size_t pos = 0; + while ((pos = str.find(oldStr, pos)) != std::string::npos) + { + found = true; + str.replace(pos, oldStr.length(), newStr); + pos += newStr.length(); + } + return found; + } + + std::vector IGFD::Utils::SplitStringToVector(const std::string& text, char delimiter, bool pushEmpty) + { + std::vector arr; + if (!text.empty()) + { + size_t start = 0; + size_t end = text.find(delimiter, start); + while (end != std::string::npos) + { + auto token = text.substr(start, end - start); + if (!token.empty() || (token.empty() && pushEmpty)) //-V728 + arr.push_back(token); + start = end + 1; + end = text.find(delimiter, start); + } + auto token = text.substr(start); + if (!token.empty() || (token.empty() && pushEmpty)) //-V728 + arr.push_back(token); + } + return arr; + } + + std::vector IGFD::Utils::GetDrivesList() + { + std::vector res; + +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + const DWORD mydrives = 2048; + char lpBuffer[2048]; +#define mini(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) + const DWORD countChars = mini(GetLogicalDriveStringsA(mydrives, lpBuffer), 2047); +#undef mini + if (countChars > 0U && countChars < 2049U) + { + std::string var = std::string(lpBuffer, (size_t)countChars); + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(var, "\\", ""); + res = IGFD::Utils::SplitStringToVector(var, '\0', false); + } +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::Utils::IsDirectoryCanBeOpened(const std::string& name) + { + bool bExists = false; + + if (!name.empty()) + { +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + namespace fs = std::filesystem; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + std::wstring wname = IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(name.c_str()); + fs::path pathName = fs::path(wname); +#else // _IGFD_WIN_ + fs::path pathName = fs::path(name); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + try + { + // interesting, in the case of a protected dir or for any reason the dir cant be opened + // this func will work but will say nothing more . not like the dirent version + bExists = fs::is_directory(pathName); + // test if can be opened, this function can thrown an exception if there is an issue with this dir + // here, the dir_iter is need else not exception is thrown.. + const auto dir_iter = std::filesystem::directory_iterator(pathName); + (void)dir_iter; // for avoid unused warnings + } + catch (const std::exception & /*ex*/) + { + // fail so this dir cant be opened + bExists = false; + } +#else + DIR* pDir = nullptr; + // interesting, in the case of a protected dir or for any reason the dir cant be opened + // this func will fail + pDir = opendir(name.c_str()); + if (pDir != nullptr) + { + bExists = true; + (void)closedir(pDir); + } +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + } + + return bExists; // this is not a directory! + } + + bool IGFD::Utils::IsDirectoryExist(const std::string& name) + { + bool bExists = false; + + if (!name.empty()) + { +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + namespace fs = std::filesystem; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + std::wstring wname = IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(name.c_str()); + fs::path pathName = fs::path(wname); +#else // _IGFD_WIN_ + fs::path pathName = fs::path(name); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + bExists = fs::is_directory(pathName); +#else + DIR* pDir = nullptr; + pDir = opendir(name.c_str()); + if (pDir) + { + bExists = true; + closedir(pDir); + } + else if (ENOENT == errno) + { + /* Directory does not exist. */ + //bExists = false; + } + else + { + /* opendir() failed for some other reason. + like if a dir is protected, or not accessable with user right + */ + bExists = true; + } +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + } + + return bExists; // this is not a directory! + } + + bool IGFD::Utils::CreateDirectoryIfNotExist(const std::string& name) + { + bool res = false; + + if (!name.empty()) + { + if (!IsDirectoryExist(name)) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + #ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + namespace fs = std::filesystem; + std::wstring wname = IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(name.c_str()); + fs::path pathName = fs::path(wname); + res = fs::create_directory(pathName); + #else // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + std::wstring wname = IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(name); + if (CreateDirectoryW(wname.c_str(), nullptr)) + { + res = true; + } + #endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // _IGFD_WIN_ + std::string str = std::string("FS.mkdir('") + name + "');"; + emscripten_run_script(str.c_str()); + res = true; +#elif defined(_IGFD_UNIX_) + char buffer[PATH_MAX] = {}; + snprintf(buffer, PATH_MAX, "mkdir -p \"%s\"", name.c_str()); + const int dir_err = std::system(buffer); + if (dir_err != -1) + { + res = true; + } +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + if (!res) { + std::cout << "Error creating directory " << name << std::endl; + } + } + } + + return res; + } + +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + // https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/issues/54 + IGFD::Utils::PathStruct IGFD::Utils::ParsePathFileName(const std::string& vPathFileName) + { + namespace fs = std::filesystem; + PathStruct res; + if (vPathFileName.empty()) + return res; + + auto fsPath = fs::path(vPathFileName); + + if (fs::is_directory(fsPath)) { + res.name = ""; + res.path = fsPath.string(); + res.isOk = true; + + } else if (fs::is_regular_file(fsPath)) { + res.name = fsPath.filename().string(); + res.path = fsPath.parent_path().string(); + res.isOk = true; + } + + return res; + } +#else + IGFD::Utils::PathStruct IGFD::Utils::ParsePathFileName(const std::string& vPathFileName) + { + PathStruct res; + + if (!vPathFileName.empty()) + { + std::string pfn = vPathFileName; + std::string separator(1u, PATH_SEP); + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(pfn, "\\", separator); + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(pfn, "/", separator); + + size_t lastSlash = pfn.find_last_of(separator); + if (lastSlash != std::string::npos) + { + res.name = pfn.substr(lastSlash + 1); + res.path = pfn.substr(0, lastSlash); + res.isOk = true; + } + + size_t lastPoint = pfn.find_last_of('.'); + if (lastPoint != std::string::npos) + { + if (!res.isOk) + { + res.name = pfn; + res.isOk = true; + } + res.ext = pfn.substr(lastPoint + 1); + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(res.name, "." + res.ext, ""); + } + + if (!res.isOk) + { + res.name = std::move(pfn); + res.isOk = true; + } + } + + return res; + } +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + + void IGFD::Utils::AppendToBuffer(char* vBuffer, size_t vBufferLen, const std::string& vStr) + { + std::string st = vStr; + size_t len = vBufferLen - 1u; + size_t slen = strlen(vBuffer); + + if (!st.empty() && st != "\n") + { + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(st, "\n", ""); + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(st, "\r", ""); + } + vBuffer[slen] = '\0'; + std::string str = std::string(vBuffer); + //if (!str.empty()) str += "\n"; + str += vStr; + if (len > str.size()) len = str.size(); +#ifdef _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(vBuffer, vBufferLen, str.c_str(), len); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy(vBuffer, str.c_str(), len); +#endif // _MSC_VER + vBuffer[len] = '\0'; + } + + void IGFD::Utils::ResetBuffer(char* vBuffer) + { + vBuffer[0] = '\0'; + } + + void IGFD::Utils::SetBuffer(char* vBuffer, size_t vBufferLen, const std::string& vStr) + { + ResetBuffer(vBuffer); + AppendToBuffer(vBuffer, vBufferLen, vStr); + } + + std::string IGFD::Utils::LowerCaseString(const std::string& vString) + { + auto str = vString; + + // convert to lower case + for (char& c : str) + c = (char)std::tolower(c); + + return str; + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE INFOS ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IGFD::FileInfos::IsTagFound(const std::string& vTag) const + { + if (!vTag.empty()) + { + if (fileNameExt_optimized == "..") return true; + + return + fileNameExt_optimized.find(vTag) != std::string::npos || // first try wihtout case and accents + fileNameExt.find(vTag) != std::string::npos; // second if searched with case and accents + } + + // if tag is empty => its a special case but all is found + return true; + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// SEARCH MANAGER ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + void IGFD::SearchManager::Clear() + { + puSearchTag.clear(); + IGFD::Utils::ResetBuffer(puSearchBuffer); + } + + void IGFD::SearchManager::DrawSearchBar(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + // search field + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(resetButtonString "##BtnImGuiFileDialogSearchField")) + { + Clear(); + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ApplyFilteringOnFileList(vFileDialogInternal); + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(buttonResetSearchString); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text(searchString); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + bool edited = ImGui::InputText("##InputImGuiFileDialogSearchField", puSearchBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER); + if (ImGui::GetItemID() == ImGui::GetActiveID()) + puSearchInputIsActive = true; + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + if (edited) + { + puSearchTag = puSearchBuffer; + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ApplyFilteringOnFileList(vFileDialogInternal); + } + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILTER INFOS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + void IGFD::FilterManager::FilterInfos::clear() + { + filter.clear(); + filter_regex = std::regex(); + collectionfilters.clear(); + filter_optimized.clear(); + collectionfilters_optimized.clear(); + collectionfilters_regex.clear(); + } + + bool IGFD::FilterManager::FilterInfos::empty() const + { + return filter.empty() && collectionfilters.empty(); + } + + bool IGFD::FilterManager::FilterInfos::exist(const std::string& vFilter, bool vIsCaseInsensitive) const + { + if (vIsCaseInsensitive) + { + auto _filter = Utils::LowerCaseString(vFilter); + return + filter_optimized == _filter || + (collectionfilters_optimized.find(_filter) != collectionfilters_optimized.end()); + } + return + filter == vFilter || + (collectionfilters.find(vFilter) != collectionfilters.end()); + } + + bool IGFD::FilterManager::FilterInfos::regex_exist(const std::string& vFilter) const + { + if (std::regex_search(vFilter, filter_regex)) + { + return true; + } + else + { + for (auto regex : collectionfilters_regex) + { + if (std::regex_search(vFilter, regex)) + { + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; + } + + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILTER MANAGER ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + void IGFD::FilterManager::ParseFilters(const char* vFilters) + { + prParsedFilters.clear(); + + if (vFilters) + puDLGFilters = vFilters; // file mode + else + puDLGFilters.clear(); // directory mode + + if (!puDLGFilters.empty()) + { + // ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp" => simple filters + // "Source files{.cpp,.h,.hpp},Image files{.png,.gif,.jpg,.jpeg},.md" => collection filters + // "([.][0-9]{3}),.cpp,.h,.hpp" => simple filters with regex + // "frames files{([.][0-9]{3}),.frames}" => collection filters with regex + + bool currentFilterFound = false; + + size_t nan = std::string::npos; + size_t p = 0, lp = 0; + while ((p = puDLGFilters.find_first_of("{,", p)) != nan) + { + FilterInfos infos; + + if (puDLGFilters[p] == '{') // { + { + infos.filter = puDLGFilters.substr(lp, p - lp); + infos.filter_optimized = Utils::LowerCaseString(infos.filter); + p++; + lp = puDLGFilters.find('}', p); + if (lp != nan) + { + std::string fs = puDLGFilters.substr(p, lp - p); + auto arr = IGFD::Utils::SplitStringToVector(fs, ',', false); + for (auto a : arr) + { + infos.collectionfilters.emplace(a); + infos.collectionfilters_optimized.emplace(Utils::LowerCaseString(a)); + + // a regex + if (a.find('(') != std::string::npos) { + if (a.find(')') != std::string::npos) { + infos.collectionfilters_regex.push_back(std::regex(a)); + } + } + } + } + p = lp + 1; + } + else // , + { + infos.filter = puDLGFilters.substr(lp, p - lp); + infos.filter_optimized = Utils::LowerCaseString(infos.filter); + + // a regex + if (infos.filter.find('(') != std::string::npos) { + if (infos.filter.find(')') != std::string::npos) { + infos.filter_regex = std::regex(infos.filter); + } + } + + p++; + } + + if (!currentFilterFound && prSelectedFilter.filter == infos.filter) + { + currentFilterFound = true; + prSelectedFilter = infos; + } + + lp = p; + if (!infos.empty()) + prParsedFilters.emplace_back(infos); + } + + std::string token = puDLGFilters.substr(lp); + if (!token.empty()) + { + FilterInfos infos; + infos.filter = std::move(token); + prParsedFilters.emplace_back(infos); + } + + if (!currentFilterFound) + if (!prParsedFilters.empty()) + prSelectedFilter = *prParsedFilters.begin(); + } + } + + void IGFD::FilterManager::SetSelectedFilterWithExt(const std::string& vFilter) + { + if (!prParsedFilters.empty()) + { + if (!vFilter.empty()) + { + // std::map + for (const auto& infos : prParsedFilters) + { + if (vFilter == infos.filter) + { + prSelectedFilter = infos; + } + else + { + // maybe this ext is in an extention so we will + // explore the collections is they are existing + for (const auto& filter : infos.collectionfilters) + { + if (vFilter == filter) + { + prSelectedFilter = infos; + } + } + } + } + } + + if (prSelectedFilter.empty()) + prSelectedFilter = *prParsedFilters.begin(); + } + } + + void IGFD::FilterManager::SetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const char* vCriteria, const FileStyle& vInfos) + { + std::string _criteria; + if (vCriteria) + _criteria = std::string(vCriteria); + prFilesStyle[vFlags][_criteria] = std::make_shared(vInfos); + prFilesStyle[vFlags][_criteria]->flags = vFlags; + } + + // will be called internally + // will not been exposed to IGFD API + bool IGFD::FilterManager::prFillFileStyle(std::shared_ptr vFileInfos) const + { + // todo : better system to found regarding what style to priorize regarding other + // maybe with a lambda fucntion for let the user use his style + // according to his use case + if (vFileInfos.use_count() && !prFilesStyle.empty()) + { + for (const auto& _flag : prFilesStyle) + { + for (const auto& _file : _flag.second) + { + if ((_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir && _flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink && vFileInfos->fileType.isDir() && vFileInfos->fileType.isSymLink()) || + (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile && _flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink && vFileInfos->fileType.isFile() && vFileInfos->fileType.isSymLink()) || + (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink && vFileInfos->fileType.isSymLink()) || + (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir && vFileInfos->fileType.isDir()) || + (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile && vFileInfos->fileType.isFile())) + { + if (_file.first.empty()) // for all links + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + else if (_file.first.find('(') != std::string::npos && + std::regex_search(vFileInfos->fileNameExt, std::regex(_file.first))) // for links who are equal to style criteria + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + else if (_file.first == vFileInfos->fileNameExt) // for links who are equal to style criteria + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + } + + if (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByExtention) + { + if (_file.first.find('(') != std::string::npos && + std::regex_search(vFileInfos->fileExt, std::regex(_file.first))) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + else if (_file.first == vFileInfos->fileExt) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + } + + if (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByFullName) + { + if (_file.first.find('(') != std::string::npos && + std::regex_search(vFileInfos->fileNameExt, std::regex(_file.first))) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + else if (_file.first == vFileInfos->fileNameExt) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + } + + if (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName) + { + if (_file.first.find('(') != std::string::npos && + std::regex_search(vFileInfos->fileNameExt, std::regex(_file.first))) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + else if (vFileInfos->fileNameExt.find(_file.first) != std::string::npos) + { + vFileInfos->fileStyle = _file.second; + } + } + + if (vFileInfos->fileStyle.use_count()) + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; + } + + void IGFD::FilterManager::SetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const char* vCriteria, const ImVec4& vColor, const std::string& vIcon, ImFont* vFont) + { + std::string _criteria; + if (vCriteria) + _criteria = std::string(vCriteria); + prFilesStyle[vFlags][_criteria] = std::make_shared(vColor, vIcon, vFont); + prFilesStyle[vFlags][_criteria]->flags = vFlags; + } + + // todo : to refactor this fucking function + bool IGFD::FilterManager::GetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const std::string& vCriteria, ImVec4* vOutColor, std::string* vOutIcon, ImFont **vOutFont) + { + if (vOutColor) + { + if (!prFilesStyle.empty()) + { + if (prFilesStyle.find(vFlags) != prFilesStyle.end()) // found + { + if (vFlags & IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName) + { + // search for vCriteria who are containing the criteria + for (const auto& _file : prFilesStyle.at(vFlags)) + { + if (vCriteria.find(_file.first) != std::string::npos) + { + if (_file.second.use_count()) + { + *vOutColor = _file.second->color; + if (vOutIcon) + *vOutIcon = _file.second->icon; + if (vOutFont) + *vOutFont = _file.second->font; + return true; + } + } + } + } + else + { + if (prFilesStyle.at(vFlags).find(vCriteria) != prFilesStyle.at(vFlags).end()) // found + { + *vOutColor = prFilesStyle[vFlags][vCriteria]->color; + if (vOutIcon) + *vOutIcon = prFilesStyle[vFlags][vCriteria]->icon; + if (vOutFont) + *vOutFont = prFilesStyle[vFlags][vCriteria]->font; + return true; + } + } + } + else + { + // search for flag composition + for (const auto& _flag : prFilesStyle) + { + if (_flag.first & vFlags) + { + if (_flag.first & IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName) + { + // search for vCriteria who are containing the criteria + for (const auto& _file : prFilesStyle.at(_flag.first)) + { + if (vCriteria.find(_file.first) != std::string::npos) + { + if (_file.second.use_count()) + { + *vOutColor = _file.second->color; + if (vOutIcon) + *vOutIcon = _file.second->icon; + if (vOutFont) + *vOutFont = _file.second->font; + return true; + } + } + } + } + else + { + if (prFilesStyle.at(_flag.first).find(vCriteria) != prFilesStyle.at(_flag.first).end()) // found + { + *vOutColor = prFilesStyle[_flag.first][vCriteria]->color; + if (vOutIcon) + *vOutIcon = prFilesStyle[_flag.first][vCriteria]->icon; + if (vOutFont) + *vOutFont = prFilesStyle[_flag.first][vCriteria]->font; + return true; + } + } + } + } + } + } + } + return false; + } + + void IGFD::FilterManager::ClearFilesStyle() + { + prFilesStyle.clear(); + } + + bool IGFD::FilterManager::IsCoveredByFilters(const std::string& vNameExt, const std::string& vExt, bool vIsCaseInsensitive) const + { + if (!puDLGFilters.empty() && !prSelectedFilter.empty()) + { + // check if current file extention is covered by current filter + // we do that here, for avoid doing that during filelist display + // for better fps + return ( + prSelectedFilter.exist(vExt, vIsCaseInsensitive) || + prSelectedFilter.exist(".*", vIsCaseInsensitive) || + prSelectedFilter.exist("*.*", vIsCaseInsensitive) || + prSelectedFilter.filter == ".*" || + prSelectedFilter.regex_exist(vNameExt)); + } + + return false; + } + + bool IGFD::FilterManager::DrawFilterComboBox(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + // combobox of filters + if (!puDLGFilters.empty()) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + + bool needToApllyNewFilter = false; + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH); + if (IMGUI_BEGIN_COMBO("##Filters", prSelectedFilter.filter.c_str(), ImGuiComboFlags_None)) + { + intptr_t i = 0; + for (const auto& filter : prParsedFilters) + { + const bool item_selected = (filter.filter == prSelectedFilter.filter); + ImGui::PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i++); + if (ImGui::Selectable(filter.filter.c_str(), item_selected)) + { + prSelectedFilter = filter; + needToApllyNewFilter = true; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + if (needToApllyNewFilter) + { + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + } + + return needToApllyNewFilter; + } + + return false; + } + + IGFD::FilterManager::FilterInfos IGFD::FilterManager::GetSelectedFilter() + { + return prSelectedFilter; + } + + std::string IGFD::FilterManager::ReplaceExtentionWithCurrentFilter(const std::string& vFile) const + { + auto result = vFile; + + if (!result.empty()) + { + // if not a collection we can replace the filter by the extention we want + if (prSelectedFilter.collectionfilters.empty() && + prSelectedFilter.filter != ".*" && + prSelectedFilter.filter != "*.*") + { + size_t lastPoint = vFile.find_last_of('.'); + if (lastPoint != std::string::npos) + { + result = result.substr(0, lastPoint); + } + + result += prSelectedFilter.filter; + } + } + + return result; + } + + void IGFD::FilterManager::SetDefaultFilterIfNotDefined() + { + if (prSelectedFilter.empty() && // no filter selected + !prParsedFilters.empty()) // filter exist + prSelectedFilter = *prParsedFilters.begin(); // we take the first filter + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE MANAGER /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + IGFD::FileManager::FileManager() + { + puFsRoot = std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::OpenCurrentPath(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + puShowDrives = false; + ClearComposer(); + ClearFileLists(); + if (puDLGDirectoryMode) // directory mode + SetDefaultFileName("."); + else + SetDefaultFileName(puDLGDefaultFileName); + ScanDir(vFileDialogInternal, GetCurrentPath()); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SortFields(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + SortFields(vFileDialogInternal, prFileList, prFilteredFileList); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SortFields(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + std::vector>& vFileInfosList, + std::vector>& vFileInfosFilteredList) + { + if (puSortingField != SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_NONE) + { + puHeaderFileName = tableHeaderFileNameString; + puHeaderFileType = tableHeaderFileTypeString; + puHeaderFileSize = tableHeaderFileSizeString; + puHeaderFileDate = tableHeaderFileDateString; +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + puHeaderFileThumbnails = tableHeaderFileThumbnailsString; +#endif // #ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + } + + if (puSortingField == SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME) + { + if (puSortingDirection[0]) + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileName = tableHeaderAscendingIcon + puHeaderFileName; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + // this code fail in c:\\Users with the link "All users". got a invalid comparator + /* + // use code from https://github.com/jackm97/ImGuiFileDialog/commit/bf40515f5a1de3043e60562dc1a494ee7ecd3571 + // strict ordering for file/directory types beginning in '.' + // common on _IGFD_WIN_ platforms + if (a->fileNameExt[0] == '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] != '.') + return false; + if (a->fileNameExt[0] != '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] == '.') + return true; + if (a->fileNameExt[0] == '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] == '.') + { + return (stricmp(a->fileNameExt.c_str(), b->fileNameExt.c_str()) < 0); // sort in insensitive case + } + */ + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType < b->fileType); // directories first + return (stricmp(a->fileNameExt.c_str(), b->fileNameExt.c_str()) < 0); // sort in insensitive case + }); + } + else + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileName = tableHeaderDescendingIcon + puHeaderFileName; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + // this code fail in c:\\Users with the link "All users". got a invalid comparator + /* + // use code from https://github.com/jackm97/ImGuiFileDialog/commit/bf40515f5a1de3043e60562dc1a494ee7ecd3571 + // strict ordering for file/directory types beginning in '.' + // common on _IGFD_WIN_ platforms + if (a->fileNameExt[0] == '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] != '.') + return false; + if (a->fileNameExt[0] != '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] == '.') + return true; + if (a->fileNameExt[0] == '.' && b->fileNameExt[0] == '.') + { + return (stricmp(a->fileNameExt.c_str(), b->fileNameExt.c_str()) > 0); // sort in insensitive case + } + */ + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType > b->fileType); // directories last + return (stricmp(a->fileNameExt.c_str(), b->fileNameExt.c_str()) > 0); // sort in insensitive case + }); + } + } + else if (puSortingField == SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE) + { + if (puSortingDirection[1]) + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileType = tableHeaderAscendingIcon + puHeaderFileType; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType < b->fileType); // directory in first + return (a->fileExt < b->fileExt); // else + }); + } + else + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileType = tableHeaderDescendingIcon + puHeaderFileType; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType > b->fileType); // directory in last + return (a->fileExt > b->fileExt); // else + }); + } + } + else if (puSortingField == SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE) + { + if (puSortingDirection[2]) + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileSize = tableHeaderAscendingIcon + puHeaderFileSize; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType < b->fileType); // directory in first + return (a->fileSize < b->fileSize); // else + }); + } + else + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileSize = tableHeaderDescendingIcon + puHeaderFileSize; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType > b->fileType); // directory in last + return (a->fileSize > b->fileSize); // else + }); + } + } + else if (puSortingField == SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE) + { + if (puSortingDirection[3]) + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileDate = tableHeaderAscendingIcon + puHeaderFileDate; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType < b->fileType); // directory in first + return (a->fileModifDate < b->fileModifDate); // else + }); + } + else + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileDate = tableHeaderDescendingIcon + puHeaderFileDate; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType > b->fileType); // directory in last + return (a->fileModifDate > b->fileModifDate); // else + }); + } + } +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + else if (puSortingField == SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_THUMBNAILS) + { + // we will compare thumbnails by : + // 1) width + // 2) height + + if (puSortingDirection[4]) + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileThumbnails = tableHeaderAscendingIcon + puHeaderFileThumbnails; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (a->fileType.isDir()); // directory in first + if (a->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth == b->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth) + return (a->thumbnailInfo.textureHeight < b->thumbnailInfo.textureHeight); + return (a->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth < b->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth); + }); + } + + else + { +#ifdef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + puHeaderFileThumbnails = tableHeaderDescendingIcon + puHeaderFileThumbnails; +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + std::sort(vFileInfosList.begin(), vFileInfosList.end(), + [](const std::shared_ptr& a, const std::shared_ptr& b) -> bool + { + if (!a.use_count() || !b.use_count()) + return false; + + if (a->fileType != b->fileType) return (!a->fileType.isDir()); // directory in last + if (a->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth == b->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth) + return (a->thumbnailInfo.textureHeight > b->thumbnailInfo.textureHeight); + return (a->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth > b->thumbnailInfo.textureWidth); + }); + } + } +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + + ApplyFilteringOnFileList(vFileDialogInternal, vFileInfosList, vFileInfosFilteredList); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ClearFileLists() + { + prFilteredFileList.clear(); + prFileList.clear(); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ClearPathLists() + { + prFilteredPathList.clear(); + prPathList.clear(); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::AddFile(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath, const std::string& vFileName, const FileType& vFileType) + { + auto infos = std::make_shared(); + + infos->filePath = vPath; + infos->fileNameExt = vFileName; + infos->fileNameExt_optimized = Utils::LowerCaseString(infos->fileNameExt); + infos->fileType = vFileType; + + if (infos->fileNameExt.empty() || (infos->fileNameExt == "." && !vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty())) return; // filename empty or filename is the current dir '.' //-V807 + if (infos->fileNameExt != ".." && (vFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DontShowHiddenFiles) && infos->fileNameExt[0] == '.') // dont show hidden files + if (!vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty() || (vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty() && infos->fileNameExt != ".")) // except "." if in directory mode //-V728 + return; + + if (infos->fileType.isFile() + || infos->fileType.isLinkToUnknown()) // link can have the same extention of a file + { + size_t lpt = infos->fileNameExt.find_last_of('.'); + if (lpt != std::string::npos) + { + infos->fileExt = infos->fileNameExt.substr(lpt); + } + + if (!vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.IsCoveredByFilters(infos->fileNameExt, infos->fileExt, + (vFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention) != 0)) + { + return; + } + } + + vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.prFillFileStyle(infos); + + prCompleteFileInfos(infos); + prFileList.push_back(infos); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::AddPath(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath, const std::string& vFileName, const FileType& vFileType) + { + if (!vFileType.isDir()) + return; + + auto infos = std::make_shared(); + + infos->filePath = vPath; + infos->fileNameExt = vFileName; + infos->fileNameExt_optimized = Utils::LowerCaseString(infos->fileNameExt); + infos->fileType = vFileType; + + if (infos->fileNameExt.empty() || (infos->fileNameExt == "." && !vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty())) return; // filename empty or filename is the current dir '.' //-V807 + if (infos->fileNameExt != ".." && (vFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DontShowHiddenFiles) && infos->fileNameExt[0] == '.') // dont show hidden files + if (!vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty() || (vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGFilters.empty() && infos->fileNameExt != ".")) // except "." if in directory mode //-V728 + return; + + if (infos->fileType.isFile() + || infos->fileType.isLinkToUnknown()) // link can have the same extention of a file + { + size_t lpt = infos->fileNameExt.find_last_of('.'); + if (lpt != std::string::npos) + { + infos->fileExt = infos->fileNameExt.substr(lpt); + } + + if (!vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.IsCoveredByFilters(infos->fileNameExt, infos->fileExt, + (vFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention) != 0)) + { + return; + } + } + + vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.prFillFileStyle(infos); + + prCompleteFileInfos(infos); + prPathList.push_back(infos); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ScanDir(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath) + { + std::string path = vPath; + + if (prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty()) + { + SetCurrentDir(path); + } + + if (!prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if (path == puFsRoot) + path += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + + ClearFileLists(); + +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + try + { + const std::filesystem::path fspath(path); + const auto dir_iter = std::filesystem::directory_iterator(fspath); + FileType fstype = FileType(FileType::ContentType::Directory, std::filesystem::is_symlink(std::filesystem::status(fspath))); + AddFile(vFileDialogInternal, path, "..", fstype); + for (const auto& file : dir_iter) + { + FileType fileType; + if (file.is_symlink()) + { + fileType.SetSymLink(file.is_symlink()); + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::LinkToUnknown); + } + + if (file.is_directory()) { fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); } // directory or symlink to directory + else if (file.is_regular_file()) { fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::File); } + + if (fileType.isValid()) + { + auto fileNameExt = file.path().filename().string(); + AddFile(vFileDialogInternal, path, fileNameExt, fileType); + } + } + } + catch (const std::exception& ex) + { + printf("%s", ex.what()); + } +#else // dirent + struct dirent** files = nullptr; + size_t n = scandir(path.c_str(), &files, nullptr, inAlphaSort); + if (n && files) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + struct dirent* ent = files[i]; + + FileType fileType; + switch (ent->d_type) + { + case DT_DIR: + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); break; + case DT_REG: + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::File); break; +#if DT_LNK != DT_UNKNOWN + case DT_LNK: + { + fileType.SetSymLink(true); + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::LinkToUnknown); // by default if we can't figure out the target type. + struct stat statInfos = {}; + int result = stat((path + PATH_SEP + ent->d_name).c_str(), &statInfos); + if (result == 0) + { + if (statInfos.st_mode & S_IFREG) + { + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::File); + } + else if (statInfos.st_mode & S_IFDIR) + { + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); + } + } + break; + } +#endif + case DT_UNKNOWN: { + struct stat sb = {}; + #ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + auto filePath = path + ent->d_name; + #else + auto filePath = path + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + ent->d_name; + #endif + + int result = stat(filePath.c_str(), &sb); + if (result == 0) { + if (sb.st_mode & S_IFLNK) { + fileType.SetSymLink(true); + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::LinkToUnknown); // by default if we can't figure out the target type. + } + if (sb.st_mode & S_IFREG) { + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::File); break; + } else if (sb.st_mode & S_IFDIR) { + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); break; + } + } + break; + } + default: + break; // leave it invalid (devices, etc.) + } + + if (fileType.isValid()) + { + auto fileNameExt = ent->d_name; + AddFile(vFileDialogInternal, path, fileNameExt, fileType); + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + free(files[i]); + } + + free(files); + } +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + + SortFields(vFileDialogInternal, prFileList, prFilteredFileList); + } + } + +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + void IGFD::FileManager::ScanDirForPathSelection(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath) + { + std::string path = vPath; + + /*if (prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty()) + { + SetCurrentDir(path); + }*/ + + if (!path.empty()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if (path == puFsRoot) + path += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + + ClearPathLists(); + +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + const std::filesystem::path fspath(path); + const auto dir_iter = std::filesystem::directory_iterator(fspath); + FileType fstype = FileType(FileType::ContentType::Directory, std::filesystem::is_symlink(std::filesystem::status(fspath))); + AddPath(vFileDialogInternal, path, "..", fstype); + for (const auto& file : dir_iter) + { + FileType fileType; + if (file.is_symlink()) + { + fileType.SetSymLink(file.is_symlink()); + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::LinkToUnknown); + } + if (file.is_directory()) + { + fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); + auto fileNameExt = file.path().filename().string(); + AddPath(vFileDialogInternal, path, fileNameExt, fileType); + } + } +#else // dirent + struct dirent** files = nullptr; + size_t n = scandir(path.c_str(), &files, nullptr, inAlphaSort); + if (n) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + struct dirent* ent = files[i]; + struct stat sb = {}; + int result; + if (ent->d_type == DT_UNKNOWN) { + #ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + auto filePath = path + ent->d_name; + #else + auto filePath = path + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + ent->d_name; + #endif + + result = stat(filePath.c_str(), &sb); + } + + if (ent->d_type == DT_DIR || (ent->d_type == DT_UNKNOWN && result == 0 && sb.st_mode & S_IFDIR)) + { + auto fileNameExt = ent->d_name; + AddPath(vFileDialogInternal, path, fileNameExt, FileType(FileType::ContentType::Directory, false)); + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + free(files[i]); + } + + free(files); + } +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + + SortFields(vFileDialogInternal, prPathList, prFilteredPathList); + } + } +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + void IGFD::FileManager::OpenPathPopup(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, std::vector::iterator vPathIter) + { + const auto path = ComposeNewPath(vPathIter); + ScanDirForPathSelection(vFileDialogInternal, path); + prPopupComposedPath = vPathIter; + ImGui::OpenPopup("IGFD_Path_Popup"); + } +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + + bool IGFD::FileManager::GetDrives() + { + auto drives = IGFD::Utils::GetDrivesList(); + if (!drives.empty()) + { + prCurrentPath.clear(); + prCurrentPathDecomposition.clear(); + ClearFileLists(); + for (auto& drive : drives) + { + auto info = std::make_shared(); + info->fileNameExt = drive; + info->fileNameExt_optimized = Utils::LowerCaseString(drive); + info->fileType.SetContent(FileType::ContentType::Directory); + + if (!info->fileNameExt.empty()) + { + prFileList.push_back(info); + } + } + puShowDrives = true; + return true; + } + return false; + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsComposerEmpty() + { + return prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty(); + } + + size_t IGFD::FileManager::GetComposerSize() + { + return prCurrentPathDecomposition.size(); + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsFileListEmpty() + { + return prFileList.empty(); + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsPathListEmpty() + { + return prPathList.empty(); + } + + size_t IGFD::FileManager::GetFullFileListSize() + { + return prFileList.size(); + } + + std::shared_ptr IGFD::FileManager::GetFullFileAt(size_t vIdx) + { + if (vIdx < prFileList.size()) + return prFileList[vIdx]; + return nullptr; + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsFilteredListEmpty() + { + return prFilteredFileList.empty(); + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsPathFilteredListEmpty() + { + return prFilteredPathList.empty(); + } + + size_t IGFD::FileManager::GetFilteredListSize() + { + return prFilteredFileList.size(); + } + + size_t IGFD::FileManager::GetPathFilteredListSize() + { + return prFilteredPathList.size(); + } + + std::shared_ptr IGFD::FileManager::GetFilteredFileAt(size_t vIdx) + { + if (vIdx < prFilteredFileList.size()) + return prFilteredFileList[vIdx]; + return nullptr; + } + + std::shared_ptr IGFD::FileManager::GetFilteredPathAt(size_t vIdx) + { + if (vIdx < prFilteredPathList.size()) + return prFilteredPathList[vIdx]; + return nullptr; + } + + std::vector::iterator IGFD::FileManager::GetCurrentPopupComposedPath() + { + return prPopupComposedPath; + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsFileNameSelected(const std::string& vFileName) + { + return prSelectedFileNames.find(vFileName) != prSelectedFileNames.end(); + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::GetBack() + { + return prCurrentPathDecomposition.back(); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ClearComposer() + { + prCurrentPathDecomposition.clear(); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ClearAll() + { + ClearComposer(); + ClearFileLists(); + ClearPathLists(); + } + void IGFD::FileManager::ApplyFilteringOnFileList(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + ApplyFilteringOnFileList(vFileDialogInternal, prFileList, prFilteredFileList); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::ApplyFilteringOnFileList( + const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + std::vector>& vFileInfosList, + std::vector>& vFileInfosFilteredList) + { + vFileInfosFilteredList.clear(); + for (const auto& file : vFileInfosList) + { + if (!file.use_count()) + continue; + bool show = true; + if (!file->IsTagFound(vFileDialogInternal.puSearchManager.puSearchTag)) // if search tag + show = false; + if (puDLGDirectoryMode && !file->fileType.isDir()) + show = false; + if (show) + vFileInfosFilteredList.push_back(file); + } + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::prRoundNumber(double vvalue, int n) + { + std::stringstream tmp; + tmp << std::setprecision(n) << std::fixed << vvalue; + return tmp.str(); + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::prFormatFileSize(size_t vByteSize) + { + if (vByteSize != 0) + { + static double lo = 1024.0; + static double ko = 1024.0 * 1024.0; + static double mo = 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0; + + auto v = (double)vByteSize; + + if (v < lo) + return prRoundNumber(v, 0) + " " + fileSizeBytes; // octet + else if (v < ko) + return prRoundNumber(v / lo, 2) + " " + fileSizeKiloBytes; // ko + else if (v < mo) + return prRoundNumber(v / ko, 2) + " " + fileSizeMegaBytes; // Mo + else + return prRoundNumber(v / mo, 2) + " " + fileSizeGigaBytes; // Go + } + + return ""; + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::prCompleteFileInfos(const std::shared_ptr& vInfos) + { + if (!vInfos.use_count()) + return; + + if (vInfos->fileNameExt != "." && + vInfos->fileNameExt != "..") + { + // _stat struct : + //dev_t st_dev; /* ID of device containing file */ + //ino_t st_ino; /* inode number */ + //mode_t st_mode; /* protection */ + //nlink_t st_nlink; /* number of hard links */ + //uid_t st_uid; /* user ID of owner */ + //gid_t st_gid; /* group ID of owner */ + //dev_t st_rdev; /* device ID (if special file) */ + //off_t st_size; /* total size, in bytes */ + //blksize_t st_blksize; /* blocksize for file system I/O */ + //blkcnt_t st_blocks; /* number of 512B blocks allocated */ + //time_t st_atime; /* time of last access - not sure out of ntfs */ + //time_t st_mtime; /* time of last modification - not sure out of ntfs */ + //time_t st_ctime; /* time of last status change - not sure out of ntfs */ + + std::string fpn; + + // FIXME: so the condition is always true? + if (vInfos->fileType.isFile() || vInfos->fileType.isLinkToUnknown() || vInfos->fileType.isDir()) + fpn = vInfos->filePath + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + vInfos->fileNameExt; + + struct stat statInfos = {}; + char timebuf[100]; + int result = stat(fpn.c_str(), &statInfos); + if (!result) + { + if (!vInfos->fileType.isDir()) + { + vInfos->fileSize = (size_t)statInfos.st_size; + vInfos->formatedFileSize = prFormatFileSize(vInfos->fileSize); + } + + size_t len = 0; +#ifdef _MSC_VER + struct tm _tm; + errno_t err = localtime_s(&_tm, &statInfos.st_mtime); + if (!err) len = strftime(timebuf, 99, DateTimeFormat, &_tm); +#else // _MSC_VER + struct tm* _tm = localtime(&statInfos.st_mtime); + if (_tm) len = strftime(timebuf, 99, DateTimeFormat, _tm); +#endif // _MSC_VER + if (len) + { + vInfos->fileModifDate = std::string(timebuf, len); + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::prRemoveFileNameInSelection(const std::string& vFileName) + { + prSelectedFileNames.erase(vFileName); + + if (prSelectedFileNames.size() == 1) + { + snprintf(puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, "%s", vFileName.c_str()); + } + else + { + snprintf(puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, "%zu files Selected", prSelectedFileNames.size()); + } + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::prAddFileNameInSelection(const std::string& vFileName, bool vSetLastSelectionFileName) + { + prSelectedFileNames.emplace(vFileName); + + if (prSelectedFileNames.size() == 1) + { + snprintf(puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, "%s", vFileName.c_str()); + } + else + { + snprintf(puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, "%zu files Selected", prSelectedFileNames.size()); + } + + if (vSetLastSelectionFileName) + prLastSelectedFileName = vFileName; + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SetCurrentDir(const std::string& vPath) + { + std::string path = vPath; +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + if (puFsRoot == path) + path += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + +#ifdef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + namespace fs = std::filesystem; + bool dir_opened = fs::is_directory(vPath); + if (!dir_opened) + { + path = "."; + dir_opened = fs::is_directory(vPath); + } + if (dir_opened) +#else + DIR* dir = opendir(path.c_str()); + if (dir == nullptr) + { + path = "."; + dir = opendir(path.c_str()); + } + + if (dir != nullptr) +#endif // USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + DWORD numchar = 0; + std::wstring wpath = IGFD::Utils::utf8_decode(path); + numchar = GetFullPathNameW(wpath.c_str(), 0, nullptr, nullptr); + std::wstring fpath(numchar, 0); + GetFullPathNameW(wpath.c_str(), numchar, (wchar_t*)fpath.data(), nullptr); + std::string real_path = IGFD::Utils::utf8_encode(fpath); + while (real_path.back() == '\0') // for fix issue we can have with std::string concatenation.. if there is a \0 at end + real_path = real_path.substr(0, real_path.size() - 1U); + if (!real_path.empty()) +#elif defined(_IGFD_UNIX_) // _IGFD_UNIX_ is _IGFD_WIN_ or APPLE + char real_path[PATH_MAX]; + char* numchar = realpath(path.c_str(), real_path); + if (numchar != nullptr) +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + { + prCurrentPath = std::move(real_path); + if (prCurrentPath[prCurrentPath.size() - 1] == PATH_SEP) + { + prCurrentPath = prCurrentPath.substr(0, prCurrentPath.size() - 1); + } + IGFD::Utils::SetBuffer(puInputPathBuffer, MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE, prCurrentPath); + prCurrentPathDecomposition = IGFD::Utils::SplitStringToVector(prCurrentPath, PATH_SEP, false); +#ifdef _IGFD_UNIX_ // _IGFD_UNIX_ is _IGFD_WIN_ or APPLE + prCurrentPathDecomposition.insert(prCurrentPathDecomposition.begin(), std::string(1u, PATH_SEP)); +#endif // _IGFD_UNIX_ + if (!prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + puFsRoot = prCurrentPathDecomposition[0]; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + } + } +#ifndef USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + closedir(dir); +#endif + } + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::CreateDir(const std::string& vPath) + { + bool res = false; + + if (!vPath.empty()) + { + std::string path = prCurrentPath + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + vPath; + + res = IGFD::Utils::CreateDirectoryIfNotExist(path); + } + + return res; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::ComposeNewPath(std::vector::iterator vIter) + { + std::string res; + + while (true) + { + if (!res.empty()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + res = *vIter + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + res; +#elif defined(_IGFD_UNIX_) // _IGFD_UNIX_ is _IGFD_WIN_ or APPLE + if (*vIter == puFsRoot) + res = *vIter + res; + else + res = *vIter + PATH_SEP + res; +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + } + else + res = *vIter; + + if (vIter == prCurrentPathDecomposition.begin()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_UNIX_ // _IGFD_UNIX_ is _IGFD_WIN_ or APPLE + if (res[0] != PATH_SEP) + res = PATH_SEP + res; +#endif // defined(_IGFD_UNIX_) + break; + } + + --vIter; + } + + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::SetPathOnParentDirectoryIfAny() + { + if (prCurrentPathDecomposition.size() > 1) + { + prCurrentPath = ComposeNewPath(prCurrentPathDecomposition.end() - 2); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::GetCurrentPath() + { + if (prCurrentPath.empty()) + prCurrentPath = "."; + return prCurrentPath; + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SetCurrentPath(const std::string& vCurrentPath) + { + if (vCurrentPath.empty()) + prCurrentPath = "."; + else + prCurrentPath = vCurrentPath; + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::IsFileExist(const std::string& vFile) + { + std::ifstream docFile(vFile, std::ios::in); + if (docFile.is_open()) + { + docFile.close(); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SetDefaultFileName(const std::string& vFileName) + { + puDLGDefaultFileName = vFileName; + IGFD::Utils::SetBuffer(puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, vFileName); + } + + bool IGFD::FileManager::SelectDirectory(const std::shared_ptr& vInfos) + { + if (!vInfos.use_count()) + return false; + + bool pathClick = false; + + if (vInfos->fileNameExt == "..") + { + pathClick = SetPathOnParentDirectoryIfAny(); + } + else + { + std::string newPath; + + if (puShowDrives) + { + newPath = vInfos->fileNameExt + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); + } + else + { +#ifdef __linux__ + if (puFsRoot == prCurrentPath) + newPath = prCurrentPath + vInfos->fileNameExt; + else +#endif // __linux__ + newPath = prCurrentPath + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + vInfos->fileNameExt; + } + + if (IGFD::Utils::IsDirectoryCanBeOpened(newPath)) + { + + if (puShowDrives) + { + prCurrentPath = vInfos->fileNameExt; + puFsRoot = prCurrentPath; + } + else + { + prCurrentPath = newPath; //-V820 + } + pathClick = true; + } + } + + return pathClick; + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SelectFileName(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::shared_ptr& vInfos) + { + if (!vInfos.use_count()) + return; + + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)) + { + if (puDLGcountSelectionMax == 0) // infinite selection + { + if (prSelectedFileNames.find(vInfos->fileNameExt) == prSelectedFileNames.end()) // not found +> add + { + prAddFileNameInSelection(vInfos->fileNameExt, true); + } + else // found +> remove + { + prRemoveFileNameInSelection(vInfos->fileNameExt); + } + } + else // selection limited by size + { + if (prSelectedFileNames.size() < puDLGcountSelectionMax) + { + if (prSelectedFileNames.find(vInfos->fileNameExt) == prSelectedFileNames.end()) // not found +> add + { + prAddFileNameInSelection(vInfos->fileNameExt, true); + } + else // found +> remove + { + prRemoveFileNameInSelection(vInfos->fileNameExt); + } + } + } + } + else if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift)) + { + if (puDLGcountSelectionMax != 1) + { + prSelectedFileNames.clear(); + // we will iterate filelist and get the last selection after the start selection + bool startMultiSelection = false; + std::string fileNameToSelect = vInfos->fileNameExt; + std::string savedLastSelectedFileName; // for invert selection mode + for (const auto& file : prFileList) + { + if (!file.use_count()) + continue; + + bool canTake = true; + if (!file->IsTagFound(vFileDialogInternal.puSearchManager.puSearchTag)) canTake = false; + if (canTake) // if not filtered, we will take files who are filtered by the dialog + { + if (file->fileNameExt == prLastSelectedFileName) + { + startMultiSelection = true; + prAddFileNameInSelection(prLastSelectedFileName, false); + } + else if (startMultiSelection) + { + if (puDLGcountSelectionMax == 0) // infinite selection + { + prAddFileNameInSelection(file->fileNameExt, false); + } + else // selection limited by size + { + if (prSelectedFileNames.size() < puDLGcountSelectionMax) + { + prAddFileNameInSelection(file->fileNameExt, false); + } + else + { + startMultiSelection = false; + if (!savedLastSelectedFileName.empty()) + prLastSelectedFileName = savedLastSelectedFileName; + break; + } + } + } + + if (file->fileNameExt == fileNameToSelect) + { + if (!startMultiSelection) // we are before the last Selected FileName, so we must inverse + { + savedLastSelectedFileName = prLastSelectedFileName; + prLastSelectedFileName = fileNameToSelect; + fileNameToSelect = savedLastSelectedFileName; + startMultiSelection = true; + prAddFileNameInSelection(prLastSelectedFileName, false); + } + else + { + startMultiSelection = false; + if (!savedLastSelectedFileName.empty()) + prLastSelectedFileName = savedLastSelectedFileName; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + } + else + { + prSelectedFileNames.clear(); + IGFD::Utils::ResetBuffer(puFileNameBuffer); + prAddFileNameInSelection(vInfos->fileNameExt, true); + } + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::DrawDirectoryCreation(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + if (vFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableCreateDirectoryButton) + return; + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(createDirButtonString)) + { + if (!prCreateDirectoryMode) + { + prCreateDirectoryMode = true; + IGFD::Utils::ResetBuffer(puDirectoryNameBuffer); + } + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(buttonCreateDirString); + + if (prCreateDirectoryMode) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100.0f); + ImGui::InputText("##DirectoryFileName", puDirectoryNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(okButtonString)) + { + std::string newDir = std::string(puDirectoryNameBuffer); + if (CreateDir(newDir)) + { + SetCurrentPath(prCurrentPath + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + newDir); + OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + } + + prCreateDirectoryMode = false; + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(cancelButtonString)) + { + prCreateDirectoryMode = false; + } + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::DrawPathComposer(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(resetButtonString)) + { + SetCurrentPath("."); + OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(buttonResetPathString); + +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(drivesButtonString)) + { + puDrivesClicked = true; + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(buttonDriveString); +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(editPathButtonString)) + { + puInputPathActivated = !puInputPathActivated; + if (puInputPathActivated) + { + auto endIt = prCurrentPathDecomposition.end(); + prCurrentPath = ComposeNewPath(--endIt); + IGFD::Utils::SetBuffer(puInputPathBuffer, MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE, prCurrentPath); + } + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(buttonEditPathString); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical); + + // show current path + if (!prCurrentPathDecomposition.empty()) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (puInputPathActivated) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + ImGui::InputText("##pathedition", puInputPathBuffer, MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + } + else + { + int _id = 0; + for (auto itPathDecomp = prCurrentPathDecomposition.begin(); + itPathDecomp != prCurrentPathDecomposition.end(); ++itPathDecomp) + { + if (itPathDecomp != prCurrentPathDecomposition.begin()) + { +#if defined(CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING) + ImGui::SameLine(0, CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING); +#else + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + +#if defined(_IGFD_WIN_) + const char* sep = "\\"; +#elif defined(_IGFD_UNIX_) + const char* sep = "/"; + if (itPathDecomp != prCurrentPathDecomposition.begin() + 1) +#endif + { + ImGui::PushID(_id++); + bool click = IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON(sep); + ImGui::PopID(); + +#if defined(CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING) + ImGui::SameLine(0, CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING); +#else + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING + + if (click) + { + OpenPathPopup(vFileDialogInternal, itPathDecomp-1); + } + else if (ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + { + SetCurrentPath(itPathDecomp-1); + break; + } + } +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + } + + ImGui::PushID(_id++); + bool click = IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON((*itPathDecomp).c_str()); + ImGui::PopID(); + if (click) + { + prCurrentPath = ComposeNewPath(itPathDecomp); + puPathClicked = true; + break; + } + else if (ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) // activate input for path + { + SetCurrentPath(itPathDecomp); + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::FileManager::SetCurrentPath(std::vector::iterator vPathIter) + { + prCurrentPath = ComposeNewPath(vPathIter); + IGFD::Utils::SetBuffer(puInputPathBuffer, MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE, prCurrentPath); + puInputPathActivated = true; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::GetResultingPath() + { + std::string path = prCurrentPath; + + if (puDLGDirectoryMode) // if directory mode + { + std::string selectedDirectory = puFileNameBuffer; + if (!selectedDirectory.empty() && + selectedDirectory != ".") + path += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + selectedDirectory; + } + + return path; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::GetResultingFileName(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + if (!puDLGDirectoryMode) // if not directory mode + { + return vFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ReplaceExtentionWithCurrentFilter(std::string(puFileNameBuffer)); + } + + return ""; // directory mode + } + + std::string IGFD::FileManager::GetResultingFilePathName(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + std::string result = GetResultingPath(); + + std::string filename = GetResultingFileName(vFileDialogInternal); + if (!filename.empty()) + { +#ifdef _IGFD_UNIX_ + if (puFsRoot != result) +#endif // _IGFD_UNIX_ + result += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); + + result += filename; + } + + return result; + } + + std::map IGFD::FileManager::GetResultingSelection() + { + std::map res; + + for (auto& selectedFileName : prSelectedFileNames) + { + std::string result = GetResultingPath(); + +#ifdef _IGFD_UNIX_ + if (puFsRoot != result) +#endif // _IGFD_UNIX_ + result += std::string(1u, PATH_SEP); + + result += selectedFileName; + + res[selectedFileName] = result; + } + + return res; + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE DIALOG INTERNAL /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + void IGFD::FileDialogInternal::NewFrame() + { + puCanWeContinue = true; // reset flag for possibily validate the dialog + puIsOk = false; // reset dialog result + puFileManager.puDrivesClicked = false; + puFileManager.puPathClicked = false; + + puNeedToExitDialog = false; + +#ifdef USE_DIALOG_EXIT_WITH_KEY + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(IGFD_EXIT_KEY)) + { + // we do that here with the data's defined at the last frame + // because escape key can quit input activation and at the end of the frame all flag will be false + // so we will detect nothing + if (!(puFileManager.puInputPathActivated || + puSearchManager.puSearchInputIsActive || + puFileInputIsActive || + puFileListViewIsActive)) + { + puNeedToExitDialog = true; // need to quit dialog + } + } + else +#endif + { + puSearchManager.puSearchInputIsActive = false; + puFileInputIsActive = false; + puFileListViewIsActive = false; + } + } + + void IGFD::FileDialogInternal::EndFrame() + { + // directory change + if (puFileManager.puPathClicked) + { + puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(*this); + } + + if (puFileManager.puDrivesClicked) + { + if (puFileManager.GetDrives()) + { + puFileManager.ApplyFilteringOnFileList(*this); + } + } + + if (puFileManager.puInputPathActivated) + { + auto gio = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_Enter)) + { + puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(std::string(puFileManager.puInputPathBuffer)); + puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(*this); + puFileManager.puInputPathActivated = false; + } + if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + { + puFileManager.puInputPathActivated = false; + } + } + } + + void IGFD::FileDialogInternal::ResetForNewDialog() + { + + } + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// THUMBNAIL FEATURE ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::ThumbnailFeature() + { +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + prDisplayMode = DisplayModeEnum::FILE_LIST; +#endif + } + + IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::~ThumbnailFeature() = default; + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::NewThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& /*vFileDialogInternal*/) + { +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + prStartThumbnailFileDatasExtraction(); +#endif + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::EndThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + prClearThumbnails(vFileDialogInternal); +#else + (void)vFileDialogInternal; +#endif + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::QuitThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + prStopThumbnailFileDatasExtraction(); + prClearThumbnails(vFileDialogInternal); +#else + (void)vFileDialogInternal; +#endif + } + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prStartThumbnailFileDatasExtraction() + { + const bool res = prThumbnailGenerationThread.use_count() && prThumbnailGenerationThread->joinable(); + if (!res) + { + prIsWorking = true; + prCountFiles = 0U; + prThumbnailGenerationThread = std::shared_ptr( + new std::thread(&IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prThreadThumbnailFileDatasExtractionFunc, this), + [this](std::thread* obj) + { + prIsWorking = false; + if (obj) + obj->join(); + }); + } + } + + bool IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prStopThumbnailFileDatasExtraction() + { + const bool res = prThumbnailGenerationThread.use_count() && prThumbnailGenerationThread->joinable(); + if (res) + { + prThumbnailGenerationThread.reset(); + } + + return res; + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prThreadThumbnailFileDatasExtractionFunc() + { + prCountFiles = 0U; + prIsWorking = true; + + // infinite loop while is thread working + while(prIsWorking) + { + if (!prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.empty()) + { + std::shared_ptr file = nullptr; + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.lock(); + //get the first file in the list + file = (*prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.begin()); + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.unlock(); + + // retrieve datas of the texture file if its an image file + if (file.use_count()) + { + if (file->fileType.isFile()) //-V522 + { + if (file->fileExt == ".png" + || file->fileExt == ".bmp" + || file->fileExt == ".tga" + || file->fileExt == ".jpg" || file->fileExt == ".jpeg" + || file->fileExt == ".gif" + || file->fileExt == ".psd" + || file->fileExt == ".pic" + || file->fileExt == ".ppm" || file->fileExt == ".pgm" + //|| file->fileExt == ".hdr" => format float so in few times + ) + { + auto fpn = file->filePath + std::string(1u, PATH_SEP) + file->fileNameExt; + + int w = 0; + int h = 0; + int chans = 0; + uint8_t *datas = stbi_load(fpn.c_str(), &w, &h, &chans, STBI_rgb_alpha); + if (datas) + { + if (w && h) + { + // resize with respect to glyph ratio + const float ratioX = (float)w / (float)h; + const float newX = DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight * ratioX; + float newY = w / ratioX; + if (newX < w) + newY = DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight; + + const auto newWidth = (int)newX; + const auto newHeight = (int)newY; + const auto newBufSize = (size_t)(newWidth * newHeight * 4U); //-V112 //-V1028 + auto resizedData = new uint8_t[newBufSize]; + + const int resizeSucceeded = stbir_resize_uint8( + datas, w, h, 0, + resizedData, newWidth, newHeight, 0, + 4); //-V112 + + if (resizeSucceeded) + { + auto th = &file->thumbnailInfo; + + th->textureFileDatas = resizedData; + th->textureWidth = newWidth; + th->textureHeight = newHeight; + th->textureChannels = 4; //-V112 + + // we set that at least, because will launch the gpu creation of the texture in the main thread + th->isReadyToUpload = true; + + // need gpu loading + prAddThumbnailToCreate(file); + } + } + else + { + printf("image loading fail : w:%i h:%i c:%i\n", w, h, 4); //-V112 + } + + stbi_image_free(datas); + } + } + } + + // peu importe le resultat on vire le fichicer + // remove form this list + // write => thread concurency issues + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.pop_front(); + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.unlock(); + } + } + else + { + std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(500)); + } + } + } + + inline void inVariadicProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* fmt, ...) + { + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + char TempBuffer[512]; + const int w = vsnprintf(TempBuffer, 511, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + if (w) + { + ImGui::ProgressBar(fraction, size_arg, TempBuffer); + } + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prDrawThumbnailGenerationProgress() + { + if (prThumbnailGenerationThread.use_count() && prThumbnailGenerationThread->joinable()) + { + if (!prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.empty()) + { + const auto p = (float)((double)prCountFiles / (double)prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.size()); // read => no thread concurency issues + inVariadicProgressBar(p, ImVec2(50, 0), "%u/%u", prCountFiles, (uint32_t)prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.size()); // read => no thread concurency issues + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + } + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prAddThumbnailToLoad(const std::shared_ptr& vFileInfos) + { + if (vFileInfos.use_count()) + { + if (vFileInfos->fileType.isFile()) + { + if (vFileInfos->fileExt == ".png" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".bmp" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".tga" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".jpg" || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".jpeg" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".gif" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".psd" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".pic" + || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".ppm" || vFileInfos->fileExt == ".pgm" + //|| file->fileExt == ".hdr" => format float so in few times + ) + { + // write => thread concurency issues + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailFileDatasToGet.push_back(vFileInfos); + vFileInfos->thumbnailInfo.isLoadingOrLoaded = true; + prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex.unlock(); + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prAddThumbnailToCreate(const std::shared_ptr& vFileInfos) + { + if (vFileInfos.use_count()) + { + // write => thread concurency issues + prThumbnailToCreateMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailToCreate.push_back(vFileInfos); + prThumbnailToCreateMutex.unlock(); + } + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prAddThumbnailToDestroy(const IGFD_Thumbnail_Info& vIGFD_Thumbnail_Info) + { + // write => thread concurency issues + prThumbnailToDestroyMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailToDestroy.push_back(vIGFD_Thumbnail_Info); + prThumbnailToDestroyMutex.unlock(); + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prDrawDisplayModeToolBar() + { + if (IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON(DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonString, + prDisplayMode == DisplayModeEnum::FILE_LIST)) + prDisplayMode = DisplayModeEnum::FILE_LIST; + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip(DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonHelp); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON(DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonString, + prDisplayMode == DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_LIST)) + prDisplayMode = DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_LIST; + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip(DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonHelp); + ImGui::SameLine(); + /* todo + if (IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON(DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonString, + prDisplayMode == DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_GRID)) + prDisplayMode = DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_GRID; + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip(DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonHelp); + ImGui::SameLine(); + */ + prDrawThumbnailGenerationProgress(); + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::prClearThumbnails(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + // directory wil be changed so the file list will be erased + if (vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puPathClicked) + { + size_t count = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetFullFileListSize(); + for (size_t idx = 0U; idx < count; idx++) + { + auto file = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetFullFileAt(idx); + if (file.use_count()) + { + if (file->thumbnailInfo.isReadyToDisplay) //-V522 + { + prAddThumbnailToDestroy(file->thumbnailInfo); + } + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::SetCreateThumbnailCallback(const CreateThumbnailFun& vCreateThumbnailFun) + { + prCreateThumbnailFun = vCreateThumbnailFun; + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::SetDestroyThumbnailCallback(const DestroyThumbnailFun& vCreateThumbnailFun) + { + prDestroyThumbnailFun = vCreateThumbnailFun; + } + + void IGFD::ThumbnailFeature::ManageGPUThumbnails() + { + if (prCreateThumbnailFun) + { + if (!prThumbnailToCreate.empty()) + { + for (const auto& file : prThumbnailToCreate) + { + if (file.use_count()) + { + prCreateThumbnailFun(&file->thumbnailInfo); + } + } + prThumbnailToCreateMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailToCreate.clear(); + prThumbnailToCreateMutex.unlock(); + } + } + else + { + printf("No Callback found for create texture\nYou need to define the callback with a call to SetCreateThumbnailCallback\n"); + } + + if (prDestroyThumbnailFun) + { + if (!prThumbnailToDestroy.empty()) + { + for (auto thumbnail : prThumbnailToDestroy) + { + prDestroyThumbnailFun(&thumbnail); + } + prThumbnailToDestroyMutex.lock(); + prThumbnailToDestroy.clear(); + prThumbnailToDestroyMutex.unlock(); + } + } + else + { + printf("No Callback found for destroy texture\nYou need to define the callback with a call to SetCreateThumbnailCallback\n"); + } + } + +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// BOOKMARK FEATURE /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + IGFD::BookMarkFeature::BookMarkFeature() + { +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + prBookmarkWidth = defaultBookmarkPaneWith; +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + } + +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + void IGFD::BookMarkFeature::prDrawBookmarkButton() + { + IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON(bookmarksButtonString, &prBookmarkPaneShown); + + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip(bookmarksButtonHelpString); + } + + bool IGFD::BookMarkFeature::prDrawBookmarkPane(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const ImVec2& vSize) + { + bool res = false; + + ImGui::BeginChild("##bookmarkpane", vSize); + + static int selectedBookmarkForEdition = -1; + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(addBookmarkButtonString "##ImGuiFileDialogAddBookmark")) + { + if (!vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.IsComposerEmpty()) + { + BookmarkStruct bookmark; + bookmark.name = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetBack(); + bookmark.path = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath(); + prBookmarks.push_back(bookmark); + } + } + if (selectedBookmarkForEdition >= 0 && + selectedBookmarkForEdition < (int)prBookmarks.size()) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(removeBookmarkButtonString "##ImGuiFileDialogAddBookmark")) + { + prBookmarks.erase(prBookmarks.begin() + selectedBookmarkForEdition); + if (selectedBookmarkForEdition == (int)prBookmarks.size()) + selectedBookmarkForEdition--; + } + + if (selectedBookmarkForEdition >= 0 && + selectedBookmarkForEdition < (int)prBookmarks.size()) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(vSize.x - ImGui::GetCursorPosX()); + if (ImGui::InputText("##ImGuiFileDialogBookmarkEdit", prBookmarkEditBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER)) + { + prBookmarks[(size_t)selectedBookmarkForEdition].name = std::string(prBookmarkEditBuffer); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + } + } + + ImGui::Separator(); + + if (!prBookmarks.empty()) + { + prBookmarkClipper.Begin((int)prBookmarks.size(), ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); + while (prBookmarkClipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = prBookmarkClipper.DisplayStart; i < prBookmarkClipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + if (i < 0) continue; + const BookmarkStruct& bookmark = prBookmarks[(size_t)i]; + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(bookmark.name.c_str(), selectedBookmarkForEdition == i,ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) || + (selectedBookmarkForEdition == -1 && bookmark.path == vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath())) // select if path is current + { + selectedBookmarkForEdition = i; + IGFD::Utils::ResetBuffer(prBookmarkEditBuffer); + IGFD::Utils::AppendToBuffer(prBookmarkEditBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, bookmark.name); + + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // apply path + { + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(bookmark.path); + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + res = true; + } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%s", bookmark.path.c_str()); //-V111 + } + } + prBookmarkClipper.End(); + } + + ImGui::EndChild(); + + return res; + } + + std::string IGFD::BookMarkFeature::SerializeBookmarks(const bool& vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks) + { + std::string res; + + size_t idx = 0; + for (auto& it : prBookmarks) + { + if (vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks && it.defined_by_code) + continue; + + if (idx++ != 0) + res += "##"; // ## because reserved by imgui, so an input text cant have ## + + res += it.name + "##" + it.path; + } + + return res; + } + + void IGFD::BookMarkFeature::DeserializeBookmarks(const std::string& vBookmarks) + { + if (!vBookmarks.empty()) + { + prBookmarks.clear(); + auto arr = IGFD::Utils::SplitStringToVector(vBookmarks, '#', false); + for (size_t i = 0; i < arr.size(); i += 2) + { + if (i + 1 < arr.size()) // for avoid crash if arr size is impair due to user mistake after edition + { + BookmarkStruct bookmark; + bookmark.name = arr[i]; + // if bad format we jump this bookmark + bookmark.path = arr[i + 1]; + prBookmarks.push_back(bookmark); + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::BookMarkFeature::AddBookmark(const std::string& vBookMarkName, const std::string& vBookMarkPath) + { + if (vBookMarkName.empty() || vBookMarkPath.empty()) + return; + + BookmarkStruct bookmark; + bookmark.name = vBookMarkName; + bookmark.path = vBookMarkPath; + bookmark.defined_by_code = true; + prBookmarks.push_back(bookmark); + } + + bool IGFD::BookMarkFeature::RemoveBookmark(const std::string& vBookMarkName) + { + if (vBookMarkName.empty()) + return false; + + for (auto bookmark_it = prBookmarks.begin(); bookmark_it != prBookmarks.end(); ++bookmark_it) + { + if ((*bookmark_it).name == vBookMarkName) + { + prBookmarks.erase(bookmark_it); + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// KEY EXPLORER FEATURE /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + KeyExplorerFeature::KeyExplorerFeature() = default; + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + bool IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prLocateItem_Loop(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, ImWchar vC) + { + bool found = false; + + auto& fdi = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + if (!fdi.IsFilteredListEmpty()) + { + auto countFiles = fdi.GetFilteredListSize(); + for (size_t i = prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx; i < countFiles; i++) + { + auto nfo = fdi.GetFilteredFileAt(i); + if (nfo.use_count()) + { + if (nfo->fileNameExt_optimized[0] == vC || // lower case search //-V522 + nfo->fileNameExt[0] == vC) // maybe upper case search + { + //float p = ((float)i) * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + float p = (float)((double)i / (double)countFiles) * ImGui::GetScrollMaxY(); + ImGui::SetScrollY(p); + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFound = true; + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = i; + prStartFlashItem(prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx); + + auto infos = fdi.GetFilteredFileAt(prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx); + if (infos.use_count()) + { + if (infos->fileType.isDir()) //-V522 + { + if (fdi.puDLGDirectoryMode) // directory chooser + { + fdi.SelectFileName(vFileDialogInternal, infos); + } + } + else + { + fdi.SelectFileName(vFileDialogInternal, infos); + } + + found = true; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + return found; + } + + void IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prLocateByInputKey(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + auto& fdi = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + if (!g.ActiveId && !fdi.IsFilteredListEmpty()) + { + auto& queueChar = ImGui::GetIO().InputQueueCharacters; + auto countFiles = fdi.GetFilteredListSize(); + + // point by char + if (!queueChar.empty()) + { + ImWchar c = queueChar.back(); + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_InputQueueCharactersSize != queueChar.size()) + { + if (c == prLocateFileByInputChar_lastChar) // next file starting with same char until + { + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx < countFiles - 1U) + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx++; + else + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0; + } + + if (!prLocateItem_Loop(vFileDialogInternal, c)) + { + // not found, loop again from 0 this time + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0; + prLocateItem_Loop(vFileDialogInternal, c); + } + + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastChar = c; + } + } + + prLocateFileByInputChar_InputQueueCharactersSize = queueChar.size(); + } + } + + void IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prExploreWithkeys(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, ImGuiID vListViewID) + { + auto& fdi = vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + if (!fdi.IsFilteredListEmpty()) + { + bool canWeExplore = false; + bool hasNav = (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!hasNav && !g.ActiveId) // no nav and no activated inputs + canWeExplore = true; + + if (g.NavId && g.NavId == vListViewID) + { + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || + ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter) || + ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) + { + ImGui::ActivateItem(vListViewID); + ImGui::SetActiveID(vListViewID, g.CurrentWindow); + } + } + + if (vListViewID == g.LastActiveId-1) // if listview id is the last acticated nav id (ImGui::ActivateItem(vListViewID);) + canWeExplore = true; + + if (canWeExplore && ImGui::IsWindowFocused()) + { + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + { + ImGui::ClearActiveID(); + g.LastActiveId = 0; + } + + auto countFiles = fdi.GetFilteredListSize(); + + // explore + bool exploreByKey = false; + bool enterInDirectory = false; + bool exitDirectory = false; + + if ((hasNav && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) || (!hasNav && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))) + { + exploreByKey = true; + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx > 0) + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx--; + else + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = countFiles - 1U; + } + else if ((hasNav && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) || (!hasNav && ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))) + { + exploreByKey = true; + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx < countFiles - 1U) + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx++; + else + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0U; + } + else if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_Enter)) + { + exploreByKey = true; + enterInDirectory = true; + } + else if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey_Backspace)) + { + exploreByKey = true; + exitDirectory = true; + } + + if (exploreByKey) + { + //float totalHeight = prFilteredFileList.size() * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + float p = (float)((double)prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx / (double)(countFiles - 1U)) * ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();// seems not udpated in tables version outside tables + //float p = ((float)locateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx) * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetScrollY(p); + prStartFlashItem(prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx); + + auto infos = fdi.GetFilteredFileAt(prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx); + if (infos.use_count()) + { + if (infos->fileType.isDir()) //-V522 + { + if (!fdi.puDLGDirectoryMode || enterInDirectory) + { + if (enterInDirectory) + { + if (fdi.SelectDirectory(infos)) + { + // changement de repertoire + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx > countFiles - 1U) + { + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0; + } + } + } + } + else // directory chooser + { + fdi.SelectFileName(vFileDialogInternal, infos); + } + } + else + { + fdi.SelectFileName(vFileDialogInternal, infos); + + if (enterInDirectory) + { + vFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = true; + } + } + + if (exitDirectory) + { + auto nfo = std::make_shared(); + nfo->fileNameExt = ".."; + + if (fdi.SelectDirectory(nfo)) + { + // changement de repertoire + vFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.OpenCurrentPath(vFileDialogInternal); + if (prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx > countFiles - 1U) + { + prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0; + } + } +#ifdef _IGFD_WIN_ + else + { + if (fdi.GetComposerSize() == 1U) + { + if (fdi.GetDrives()) + { + fdi.ApplyFilteringOnFileList(vFileDialogInternal); + } + } + } +#endif // _IGFD_WIN_ + } + } + } + } + } + } + + bool IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prFlashableSelectable(const char* label, bool selected, + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, bool vFlashing, const ImVec2& size_arg) + { + using namespace ImGui; + + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + + // Fill horizontal space + // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets. + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0; + const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; + if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) + size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); + + // Text stays at the submission position, but bounding box may be extended on both sides + const ImVec2 text_min = pos; + const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); + + // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) + { + const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); + } + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; + } + + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); + if (span_all_columns) + { + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; + } + + if (!item_add) + return false; + + const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization + BeginDisabled(); + + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, + // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + + const bool was_selected = selected; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. + if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + // this function copy ImGui::Selectable just for this line.... + hovered |= vFlashing; + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // Render + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + } + //RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PopColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + + // Automatically close popups + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + CloseCurrentPopup(); + + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) + EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; //-V1020 + } + + void IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prStartFlashItem(size_t vIdx) + { + prFlashAlpha = 1.0f; + prFlashedItem = vIdx; + } + + bool IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prBeginFlashItem(size_t vIdx) + { + bool res = false; + + if (prFlashedItem == vIdx && + std::abs(prFlashAlpha - 0.0f) > 0.00001f) + { + prFlashAlpha -= prFlashAlphaAttenInSecs * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (prFlashAlpha < 0.0f) prFlashAlpha = 0.0f; + + ImVec4 hov = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered); + hov.w = prFlashAlpha; + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered, hov); + res = true; + } + + return res; + } + + void IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::prEndFlashItem() + { + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + + void IGFD::KeyExplorerFeature::SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds(float vAttenValue) + { + prFlashAlphaAttenInSecs = 1.0f / ImMax(vAttenValue, 0.01f); + } +#endif // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// FILE DIALOG CONSTRUCTOR / DESTRUCTOR /////////////////////////////////////////// + ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + IGFD::FileDialog::FileDialog() : BookMarkFeature(), KeyExplorerFeature(), ThumbnailFeature() {} + IGFD::FileDialog::~FileDialog() = default; + + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///// FILE DIALOG STANDARD DIALOG //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // path and fileNameExt can be specified + void IGFD::FileDialog::OpenDialog( + const std::string& vKey, + const std::string& vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const std::string& vPath, + const std::string& vFileName, + const int& vCountSelectionMax, + UserDatas vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog) // if already opened, quit + return; + + prFileDialogInternal.ResetForNewDialog(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey = vKey; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle = vTitle; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas = vUserDatas; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags = vFlags; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane = nullptr; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth = 0.0f; + + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt.clear(); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ParseFilters(vFilters); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGDirectoryMode = (vFilters == nullptr); + if (vPath.empty()) + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath(); + else + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = vPath; + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(vPath); + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGcountSelectionMax = (size_t)vCountSelectionMax; + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(vFileName); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ClearAll(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog = true; // open dialog + } + + // path and filename are obtained from filePathName + void IGFD::FileDialog::OpenDialog( + const std::string& vKey, + const std::string& vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const std::string& vFilePathName, + const int& vCountSelectionMax, + UserDatas vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog) // if already opened, quit + return; + + prFileDialogInternal.ResetForNewDialog(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey = vKey; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle = vTitle; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane = nullptr; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth = 0.0f; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas = vUserDatas; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags = vFlags; + + auto ps = IGFD::Utils::ParsePathFileName(vFilePathName); + if (ps.isOk) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = ps.path; + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(ps.name); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt = "." + ps.ext; + } + else + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath(); + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(""); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt.clear(); + } + + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ParseFilters(vFilters); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.SetSelectedFilterWithExt( + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGDirectoryMode = (vFilters == nullptr); + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGcountSelectionMax = vCountSelectionMax; //-V101 + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ClearAll(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog = true; + } + + // with pane + // path and fileNameExt can be specified + void IGFD::FileDialog::OpenDialog( + const std::string& vKey, + const std::string& vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const std::string& vPath, + const std::string& vFileName, + const PaneFun& vSidePane, + const float& vSidePaneWidth, + const int& vCountSelectionMax, + UserDatas vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog) // if already opened, quit + return; + + prFileDialogInternal.ResetForNewDialog(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey = vKey; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle = vTitle; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas = vUserDatas; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags = vFlags; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane = vSidePane; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth = vSidePaneWidth; + + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt.clear(); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ParseFilters(vFilters); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGcountSelectionMax = (size_t)vCountSelectionMax; + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGDirectoryMode = (vFilters == nullptr); + if (vPath.empty()) + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath(); + else + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = vPath; + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(vFileName); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ClearAll(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog = true; // open dialog + } + + // with pane + // path and filename are obtained from filePathName + void IGFD::FileDialog::OpenDialog( + const std::string& vKey, + const std::string& vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const std::string& vFilePathName, + const PaneFun& vSidePane, + const float& vSidePaneWidth, + const int& vCountSelectionMax, + UserDatas vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog) // if already opened, quit + return; + + prFileDialogInternal.ResetForNewDialog(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey = vKey; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle = vTitle; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane = vSidePane; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth = vSidePaneWidth; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas = vUserDatas; + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags = vFlags; + + auto ps = IGFD::Utils::ParsePathFileName(vFilePathName); + if (ps.isOk) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = ps.path; + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(vFilePathName); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt = "." + ps.ext; + } + else + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetCurrentPath(); + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetDefaultFileName(""); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt.clear(); + } + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.SetCurrentPath(prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGpath); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGcountSelectionMax = vCountSelectionMax; //-V101 + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.puDLGDirectoryMode = (vFilters == nullptr); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ParseFilters(vFilters); + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.SetSelectedFilterWithExt( + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.puDLGdefaultExt); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.ClearAll(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog = true; + } + + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ///// FILE DIALOG DISPLAY FUNCTION /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::Display(const std::string& vKey, ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags, ImVec2 vMinSize, ImVec2 vMaxSize) + { + bool res = false; + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog && prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey == vKey) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puUseCustomLocale) + setlocale(prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleCategory, prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleBegin.c_str()); + + auto& fdFile = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + auto& fdFilter = prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager; + + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags; // todo: not a good solution for multi instance, to fix + + // to be sure than only one dialog is displayed per frame + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.FrameCount == prFileDialogInternal.puLastImGuiFrameCount) // one instance was displayed this frame before for this key +> quit + return res; + prFileDialogInternal.puLastImGuiFrameCount = g.FrameCount; // mark this instance as used this frame + + std::string name = prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle + "##" + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey; + if (prFileDialogInternal.puName != name) + { + fdFile.ClearComposer(); + fdFile.ClearFileLists(); + flags = vFlags; + } + + NewFrame(); + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + if (!ImGui::GetIO().ConfigViewportsNoDecoration) + { + // https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4534 + ImGuiWindowClass window_class; + window_class.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear = ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration; + ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(&window_class); + } +#endif // IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + + bool beg = false; + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog) // disable our own dialog system (standard or modal) + { + beg = true; + } + else + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(vMinSize, vMaxSize); + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal && + !prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm) // disable modal because the confirm dialog for overwrite is a new modal + { + ImGui::OpenPopup(name.c_str()); + beg = ImGui::BeginPopupModal(name.c_str(), (bool*)nullptr, + flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + } + else + { + beg = ImGui::Begin(name.c_str(), (bool*)nullptr, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + } + } + if (beg) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + // if decoration is enabled we disable the resizing feature of imgui for avoid crash with SDL2 and GLFW3 + if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigViewportsNoDecoration) + { + flags = vFlags; + } + else + { + auto win = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead(); + if (win->Viewport->Idx != 0) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + else + flags = vFlags; + } +#endif // IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT + + ImGuiID _frameId = ImGui::GetID(name.c_str()); + ImVec2 frameSize = ImVec2(0, 0); + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog) + frameSize = vMaxSize; + if (ImGui::BeginChild(_frameId, frameSize, + false, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puName = name; //-V820 + puAnyWindowsHovered |= ImGui::IsWindowHovered(); + + if (fdFile.puDLGpath.empty()) + fdFile.puDLGpath = "."; // defaut path is '.' + + fdFilter.SetDefaultFilterIfNotDefined(); + + // init list of files + if (fdFile.IsFileListEmpty() && !fdFile.puShowDrives) + { + IGFD::Utils::ReplaceString(fdFile.puDLGDefaultFileName, fdFile.puDLGpath, ""); // local path + if (!fdFile.puDLGDefaultFileName.empty()) + { + fdFile.SetDefaultFileName(fdFile.puDLGDefaultFileName); + fdFilter.SetSelectedFilterWithExt(fdFilter.puDLGdefaultExt); + } + else if (fdFile.puDLGDirectoryMode) // directory mode + fdFile.SetDefaultFileName("."); + fdFile.ScanDir(prFileDialogInternal, fdFile.puDLGpath); + } + + // draw dialog parts + prDrawHeader(); // bookmark, directory, path + prDrawContent(); // bookmark, files view, side pane + res = prDrawFooter(); // file field, filter combobox, ok/cancel buttons + + EndFrame(); + + + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + // for display in dialog center, the confirm to overwrite dlg + prFileDialogInternal.puDialogCenterPos = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead()->ContentRegionRect.GetCenter(); + + // when the confirm to overwrite dialog will appear we need to + // disable the modal mode of the main file dialog + // see prOkResultToConfirm under + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal && + !prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm) + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog) // disable our own dialog system (standard or modal) + { + + } + else + { + // same things here regarding prOkResultToConfirm + if (!(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal) || + prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm) + ImGui::End(); + } + // confirm the result and show the confirm to overwrite dialog if needed + res = prConfirm_Or_OpenOverWriteFileDialog_IfNeeded(res, vFlags); + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puUseCustomLocale) + setlocale(prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleCategory, prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleEnd.c_str()); + } + + return res; + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::NewFrame() + { + prFileDialogInternal.NewFrame(); + NewThumbnailFrame(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::EndFrame() + { + EndThumbnailFrame(prFileDialogInternal); + prFileDialogInternal.EndFrame(); + + } + void IGFD::FileDialog::QuitFrame() + { + QuitThumbnailFrame(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawHeader() + { +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + if (!(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode)) + { + prDrawBookmarkButton(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.DrawDirectoryCreation(prFileDialogInternal); + + if ( +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + !(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode) || +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + !(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableCreateDirectoryButton)) + { + ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.DrawPathComposer(prFileDialogInternal); + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + if (!(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableThumbnailMode)) + { + prDrawDisplayModeToolBar(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + + prFileDialogInternal.puSearchManager.DrawSearchBar(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawContent() + { + ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() - ImVec2(0.0f, prFileDialogInternal.puFooterHeight); + +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + if (!(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode)) + { + if (prBookmarkPaneShown) + { + //size.x -= prBookmarkWidth; + float otherWidth = size.x - prBookmarkWidth; + ImGui::PushID("##splitterbookmark"); + IGFD::Utils::Splitter(true, 4.0f, + &prBookmarkWidth, &otherWidth, 10.0f, + 10.0f + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth, size.y); + ImGui::PopID(); + size.x -= otherWidth; + prDrawBookmarkPane(prFileDialogInternal, size); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + } +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + + size.x = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth; + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane) + { + ImGui::PushID("##splittersidepane"); + IGFD::Utils::Splitter(true, 4.0f, &size.x, &prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPaneWidth, 10.0f, 10.0f, size.y); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableThumbnailMode) + { + prDrawFileListView(size); + } + else + { + switch (prDisplayMode) + { + case DisplayModeEnum::FILE_LIST: + prDrawFileListView(size); + break; + case DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_LIST: + prDrawThumbnailsListView(size); + break; + case DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_GRID: + prDrawThumbnailsGridView(size); + } + } +#else // USE_THUMBNAILS + prDrawFileListView(size); +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane) + { + prDrawSidePane(size.y); + } + +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + DisplayPathPopup(size); +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + } + +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + void IGFD::FileDialog::DisplayPathPopup(ImVec2 vSize) + { + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(vSize.x * 0.5f, vSize.y * 0.5f); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("IGFD_Path_Popup")) + { + auto& fdi = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + + ImGui::PushID(this); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY; + auto listViewID = ImGui::GetID("##FileDialog_pathTable"); + if (ImGui::BeginTableEx("##FileDialog_pathTable", listViewID, 1, flags, size, 0.0f)) //-V112 + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make header always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(tableHeaderFileNameString, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | + (defaultSortOrderFilename ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending), -1, 0); + + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + if (!fdi.IsPathFilteredListEmpty()) + { + std::string _str; + ImFont* _font = nullptr; + bool _showColor = false; + + prPathListClipper.Begin((int)fdi.GetPathFilteredListSize(), ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); + while (prPathListClipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = prPathListClipper.DisplayStart; i < prPathListClipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + if (i < 0) continue; + + auto infos = fdi.GetFilteredPathAt((size_t)i); + if (!infos.use_count()) + continue; + + prBeginFileColorIconStyle(infos, _showColor, _str, &_font); + + bool selected = fdi.IsFileNameSelected(infos->fileNameExt); // found + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file name + { + if (ImGui::Selectable(infos->fileNameExt.c_str(), &selected, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) + { + fdi.SetCurrentPath(fdi.ComposeNewPath(fdi.GetCurrentPopupComposedPath())); + fdi.puPathClicked = fdi.SelectDirectory(infos); + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + } + + prEndFileColorIconStyle(_showColor, _font); + } + } + prPathListClipper.End(); + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } +#endif + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawOkButton() + { + auto& fdFile = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + if (prFileDialogInternal.puCanWeContinue && strlen(fdFile.puFileNameBuffer)) + { + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(okButtonString "##validationdialog", ImVec2(okButtonWidth, 0.0f)) || prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = true; + return true; + } + +#if !invertOkAndCancelButtons + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif + + } + + return false; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawCancelButton() + { + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(cancelButtonString "##validationdialog", ImVec2(cancelButtonWidth, 0.0f)) || + prFileDialogInternal.puNeedToExitDialog) // dialog exit asked + { + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = false; + return true; + } + +#if invertOkAndCancelButtons + ImGui::SameLine(); +#endif + + return false; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawValidationButtons() + { + bool res = false; + + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - prOkCancelButtonWidth) * okCancelButtonAlignement); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + + if (invertOkAndCancelButtons) + { + res |= prDrawCancelButton(); + res |= prDrawOkButton(); + } + else + { + res |= prDrawOkButton(); + res |= prDrawCancelButton(); + } + + ImGui::EndGroup(); + + prOkCancelButtonWidth = ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x; + + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawFooter() + { + auto& fdFile = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + + float posY = ImGui::GetCursorPos().y; // height of last bar calc + + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + + if (!fdFile.puDLGDirectoryMode) + ImGui::Text(fileNameString); + else // directory chooser + ImGui::Text(dirNameString); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Input file fields + float width = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; + if (!fdFile.puDLGDirectoryMode) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + width -= FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + } + + ImGui::PushItemWidth(width); + + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue; + + if (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ReadOnlyFileNameField) + { + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly; + } + + if (ImGui::InputText("##FileName", fdFile.puFileNameBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, flags)) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = true; + } + + if (ImGui::GetItemID() == ImGui::GetActiveID()) + prFileDialogInternal.puFileInputIsActive = true; + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // combobox of filters + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.DrawFilterComboBox(prFileDialogInternal); + + bool res = false; + + res = prDrawValidationButtons(); + + prFileDialogInternal.puFooterHeight = ImGui::GetCursorPosY() - posY; + + return res; + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prSelectableItem(int vidx, std::shared_ptr vInfos, bool vSelected, const char* vFmt, ...) + { + if (!vInfos.use_count()) + return; + + auto& fdi = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + + static ImGuiSelectableFlags selectableFlags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick | + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, vFmt); + vsnprintf(fdi.puVariadicBuffer, MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER, vFmt, args); + va_end(args); + + float h = 0.0f; +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + if (prDisplayMode == DisplayModeEnum::THUMBNAILS_LIST && + !(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableThumbnailMode)) + { + h = DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight; + } +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + bool flashed = prBeginFlashItem((size_t)vidx); + bool res = prFlashableSelectable(fdi.puVariadicBuffer, vSelected, selectableFlags, + flashed, ImVec2(-1.0f, h)); + if (flashed) + prEndFlashItem(); +#else // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + (void)vidx; // remove a warnings ofr unused var + + bool res = ImGui::Selectable(fdi.puVariadicBuffer, vSelected, selectableFlags, ImVec2(-1.0f, h)); +#endif // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + if (res) + { + if (vInfos->fileType.isDir()) + { + // nav system, selectable cause open directory or select directory + if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + { + // little fix for get back the mouse behavior in nav system + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // 0 -> left mouse button double click + { + fdi.puPathClicked = fdi.SelectDirectory(vInfos); + } + else if (fdi.puDLGDirectoryMode) // directory chooser + { + fdi.SelectFileName(prFileDialogInternal, vInfos); + } + else + { + fdi.puPathClicked = fdi.SelectDirectory(vInfos); + } + } + else // no nav system => classic behavior + { + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // 0 -> left mouse button double click + { + fdi.puPathClicked = fdi.SelectDirectory(vInfos); + } + else if (fdi.puDLGDirectoryMode) // directory chooser + { + fdi.SelectFileName(prFileDialogInternal, vInfos); + } + } + } + else + { + fdi.SelectFileName(prFileDialogInternal, vInfos); + + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = true; + } + } + } + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prBeginFileColorIconStyle(std::shared_ptr vFileInfos, bool& vOutShowColor, std::string& vOutStr, ImFont** vOutFont) + { + vOutStr.clear(); + vOutShowColor = false; + + if (vFileInfos->fileStyle.use_count()) //-V807 //-V522 + { + vOutShowColor = true; + + *vOutFont = vFileInfos->fileStyle->font; + } + + if (vOutShowColor && !vFileInfos->fileStyle->icon.empty()) vOutStr = vFileInfos->fileStyle->icon; + else if (vFileInfos->fileType.isDir()) vOutStr = dirEntryString; + else if (vFileInfos->fileType.isLinkToUnknown()) vOutStr = linkEntryString; + else if (vFileInfos->fileType.isFile()) vOutStr = fileEntryString; + + vOutStr += " " + vFileInfos->fileNameExt; + + if (vOutShowColor) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, vFileInfos->fileStyle->color); + if (*vOutFont) + ImGui::PushFont(*vOutFont); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prEndFileColorIconStyle(const bool& vShowColor, ImFont* vFont) + { + if (vFont) + ImGui::PopFont(); + if (vShowColor) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawFileListView(ImVec2 vSize) + { + auto& fdi = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + + ImGui::PushID(this); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY +#ifndef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + ; + auto listViewID = ImGui::GetID("##FileDialog_fileTable"); + if (ImGui::BeginTableEx("##FileDialog_fileTable", listViewID, 4, flags, vSize, 0.0f)) //-V112 + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make header always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileName.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | + (defaultSortOrderFilename ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending), -1, 0); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileType.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderType ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnType) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 1); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileSize.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderSize ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnSize) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 2); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileDate.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderDate ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnDate) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 3); + +#ifndef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + { + if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty && !fdi.IsFileListEmpty()) + { + bool direction = sorts_specs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; + + if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 0) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME; + fdi.puSortingDirection[0] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 1) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[1] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 2) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[2] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else //if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 3) => alwayd true for the moment, to uncomment if we add a fourth column + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[3] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + } + + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); +#else // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); + for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++) //-V112 + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn() + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::TableHeader(column_name); + ImGui::PopID(); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + { + if (column == 0) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME) + fdi.puSortingDirection[0] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[0]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (column == 1) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[1] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[1]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (column == 2) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[2] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[2]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else //if (column == 3) => alwayd true for the moment, to uncomment if we add a fourth column + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[3] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[3]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + } + } +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + if (!fdi.IsFilteredListEmpty()) + { + std::string _str; + ImFont* _font = nullptr; + bool _showColor = false; + + prFileListClipper.Begin((int)fdi.GetFilteredListSize(), ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); + while (prFileListClipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = prFileListClipper.DisplayStart; i < prFileListClipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + if (i < 0) continue; + + auto infos = fdi.GetFilteredFileAt((size_t)i); + if (!infos.use_count()) + continue; + + prBeginFileColorIconStyle(infos, _showColor, _str, &_font); + + bool selected = fdi.IsFileNameSelected(infos->fileNameExt); // found + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file name + { + prSelectableItem(i, infos, selected, _str.c_str()); + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file type + { + ImGui::Text("%s", infos->fileExt.c_str()); + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file size + { + if (!infos->fileType.isDir()) + { + ImGui::Text("%s ", infos->formatedFileSize.c_str()); + } + else + { + ImGui::TextUnformatted(""); + } + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file date + time + { + ImGui::Text("%s", infos->fileModifDate.c_str()); + } + + prEndFileColorIconStyle(_showColor, _font); + } + } + prFileListClipper.End(); + } + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + if (!fdi.puInputPathActivated) + { + prLocateByInputKey(prFileDialogInternal); + prExploreWithkeys(prFileDialogInternal, listViewID); + } +#endif // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LastActiveId - 1 == listViewID || g.LastActiveId == listViewID) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileListViewIsActive = true; + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawThumbnailsListView(ImVec2 vSize) + { + auto& fdi = prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager; + + ImGui::PushID(this); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY +#ifndef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + ; + auto listViewID = ImGui::GetID("##FileDialog_fileTable"); + if (ImGui::BeginTableEx("##FileDialog_fileTable", listViewID, 5, flags, vSize, 0.0f)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make header always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileName.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | + (defaultSortOrderFilename ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending), -1, 0); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileType.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderType ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnType) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 1); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileSize.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderSize ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnSize) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 2); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileDate.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderDate ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) | + ((prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnDate) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide : 0), -1, 3); + // not needed to have an option for hide the thumbnails since this is why this view is used + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(fdi.puHeaderFileThumbnails.c_str(), ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | + (defaultSortOrderThumbnails ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending), -1, 4); //-V112 + +#ifndef USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + { + if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty && !fdi.IsFileListEmpty()) + { + bool direction = sorts_specs->Specs->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; + + if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 0) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME; + fdi.puSortingDirection[0] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 1) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[1] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 2) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[2] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 3) + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE; + fdi.puSortingDirection[3] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else // if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 4) = > always true for the moment, to uncomment if we add another column + { + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_THUMBNAILS; + fdi.puSortingDirection[4] = direction; + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + } + + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); +#else // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); + for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn() + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::TableHeader(column_name); + ImGui::PopID(); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + { + if (column == 0) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME) + fdi.puSortingDirection[0] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[0]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (column == 1) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[1] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[1]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_TYPE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (column == 2) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[2] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[2]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_SIZE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else if (column == 3) + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE) + fdi.puSortingDirection[3] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[3]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_DATE; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + else // if (sorts_specs->Specs->ColumnUserID == 4) = > always true for the moment, to uncomment if we add another column + { + if (fdi.puSortingField == IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_THUMBNAILS) + fdi.puSortingDirection[4] = !fdi.puSortingDirection[4]; + else + fdi.puSortingField = IGFD::FileManager::SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_THUMBNAILS; + + fdi.SortFields(prFileDialogInternal); + } + } + } +#endif // USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON + if (!fdi.IsFilteredListEmpty()) + { + std::string _str; + ImFont* _font = nullptr; + bool _showColor = false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const float itemHeight = ImMax(g.FontSize, DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight) + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + + prFileListClipper.Begin((int)fdi.GetFilteredListSize(), itemHeight); + while (prFileListClipper.Step()) + { + for (int i = prFileListClipper.DisplayStart; i < prFileListClipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + if (i < 0) continue; + + auto infos = fdi.GetFilteredFileAt((size_t)i); + if (!infos.use_count()) + continue; + + prBeginFileColorIconStyle(infos, _showColor, _str, &_font); + + bool selected = fdi.IsFileNameSelected(infos->fileNameExt); // found + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file name + { + prSelectableItem(i, infos, selected, _str.c_str()); + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file type + { + ImGui::Text("%s", infos->fileExt.c_str()); + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file size + { + if (!infos->fileType.isDir()) + { + ImGui::Text("%s ", infos->formatedFileSize.c_str()); + } + else + { + ImGui::TextUnformatted(""); + } + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file date + time + { + ImGui::Text("%s", infos->fileModifDate.c_str()); + } + if (ImGui::TableNextColumn()) // file thumbnails + { + auto th = &infos->thumbnailInfo; + + if (!th->isLoadingOrLoaded) + { + prAddThumbnailToLoad(infos); + } + if (th->isReadyToDisplay && + th->textureID) + { + ImGui::Image((ImTextureID)th->textureID, + ImVec2((float)th->textureWidth, + (float)th->textureHeight)); + } + } + + prEndFileColorIconStyle(_showColor, _font); + } + } + prFileListClipper.End(); + } + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + if (!fdi.puInputPathActivated) + { + prLocateByInputKey(prFileDialogInternal); + prExploreWithkeys(prFileDialogInternal, listViewID); + } +#endif // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LastActiveId - 1 == listViewID || g.LastActiveId == listViewID) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFileListViewIsActive = true; + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawThumbnailsGridView(ImVec2 vSize) + { + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##thumbnailsGridsFiles", vSize)) + { + // todo + } + + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + +#endif + + void IGFD::FileDialog::prDrawSidePane(float vHeight) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginChild("##FileTypes", ImVec2(0, vHeight)); + + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGoptionsPane( + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.GetSelectedFilter().filter.c_str(), + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas, &prFileDialogInternal.puCanWeContinue); + + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::Close() + { + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey.clear(); + prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog = false; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::WasOpenedThisFrame(const std::string& vKey) const + { + bool res = prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog && prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey == vKey; + if (res) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + res &= prFileDialogInternal.puLastImGuiFrameCount == g.FrameCount; // return true if a dialog was displayed in this frame + } + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::WasOpenedThisFrame() const + { + bool res = prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog; + if (res) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + res &= prFileDialogInternal.puLastImGuiFrameCount == g.FrameCount; // return true if a dialog was displayed in this frame + } + return res; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::IsOpened(const std::string& vKey) const + { + return (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog && prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey == vKey); + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::IsOpened() const + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileDialog::GetOpenedKey() const + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puShowDialog) + return prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey; + return ""; + } + + std::string IGFD::FileDialog::GetFilePathName() + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetResultingFilePathName(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + std::string IGFD::FileDialog::GetCurrentPath() + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetResultingPath(); + } + + std::string IGFD::FileDialog::GetCurrentFileName() + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetResultingFileName(prFileDialogInternal); + } + + std::string IGFD::FileDialog::GetCurrentFilter() + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.GetSelectedFilter().filter; + } + + std::map IGFD::FileDialog::GetSelection() + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.GetResultingSelection(); + } + + UserDatas IGFD::FileDialog::GetUserDatas() const + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puDLGuserDatas; + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::IsOk() const + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk; + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::SetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const char* vCriteria, const FileStyle& vInfos) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.SetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, vInfos); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::SetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const char* vCriteria, const ImVec4& vColor, const std::string& vIcon, ImFont* vFont) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.SetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, vColor, vIcon, vFont); + } + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::GetFileStyle(const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, const std::string& vCriteria, ImVec4* vOutColor, std::string* vOutIcon, ImFont **vOutFont) + { + return prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.GetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, vOutColor, vOutIcon, vOutFont); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::ClearFilesStyle() + { + prFileDialogInternal.puFilterManager.ClearFilesStyle(); + } + + void IGFD::FileDialog::SetLocales(const int& /*vLocaleCategory*/, const std::string& vLocaleBegin, const std::string& vLocaleEnd) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puUseCustomLocale = true; + prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleBegin = vLocaleBegin; + prFileDialogInternal.puLocaleEnd = vLocaleEnd; + } + + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + //// OVERWRITE DIALOG //////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + bool IGFD::FileDialog::prConfirm_Or_OpenOverWriteFileDialog_IfNeeded(bool vLastAction, ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags) + { + // if confirmation => return true for confirm the overwrite et quit the dialog + // if cancel => return false && set IsOk to false for keep inside the dialog + + // if IsOk == false => return false for quit the dialog + if (!prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk && vLastAction) + { + QuitFrame(); + return true; + } + + // if IsOk == true && no check of overwrite => return true for confirm the dialog + if (prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk && vLastAction && !(prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite)) + { + QuitFrame(); + return true; + } + + // if IsOk == true && check of overwrite => return false and show confirm to overwrite dialog + if ((prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm || (prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk && vLastAction)) && + (prFileDialogInternal.puDLGflags & ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite)) + { + if (prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk) // catched only one time + { + if (!prFileDialogInternal.puFileManager.IsFileExist(GetFilePathName())) // not existing => quit dialog + { + QuitFrame(); + return true; + } + else // existing => confirm dialog to open + { + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = false; + prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm = true; + } + } + + std::string name = OverWriteDialogTitleString "##" + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGtitle + prFileDialogInternal.puDLGkey + "OverWriteDialog"; + + bool res = false; + + ImGui::OpenPopup(name.c_str()); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal(name.c_str(), (bool*)0, + vFlags | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImGui::SetWindowPos(prFileDialogInternal.puDialogCenterPos - ImGui::GetWindowSize() * 0.5f); // next frame needed for GetWindowSize to work + + ImGui::Text("%s", OverWriteDialogMessageString); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString)) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm = false; + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = true; + res = true; + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + + if (IMGUI_BUTTON(OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString)) + { + prFileDialogInternal.puOkResultToConfirm = false; + prFileDialogInternal.puIsOk = false; + res = false; + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + } + + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + if (res) + { + QuitFrame(); + } + return res; + } + + return false; + } +} + +#endif // __cplusplus + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +///// C Interface /////////////////////////////////////////////// +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Return an initialized IGFD_Selection_Pair +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection_Pair IGFD_Selection_Pair_Get(void) +{ + IGFD_Selection_Pair res = {}; + res.fileName = nullptr; + res.filePathName = nullptr; + return res; +} + +// destroy only the content of vSelection_Pair +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Selection_Pair_DestroyContent(IGFD_Selection_Pair* vSelection_Pair) +{ + if (vSelection_Pair) + { + delete[] vSelection_Pair->fileName; + delete[] vSelection_Pair->filePathName; + } +} + +// Return an initialized IGFD_Selection +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection IGFD_Selection_Get(void) +{ + return { nullptr, 0U }; +} + +// destroy only the content of vSelection +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Selection_DestroyContent(IGFD_Selection* vSelection) +{ + if (vSelection) + { + if (vSelection->table) + { + for (size_t i = 0U; i < vSelection->count; i++) + { + IGFD_Selection_Pair_DestroyContent(&vSelection->table[i]); + } + delete[] vSelection->table; + } + vSelection->count = 0U; + } +} + +// create an instance of ImGuiFileDialog +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API ImGuiFileDialog* IGFD_Create(void) +{ + return new ImGuiFileDialog(); +} + +// destroy the instance of ImGuiFileDialog +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Destroy(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + delete vContext; + vContext = nullptr; + } +} + +// standard dialog +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenDialog( + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey, + const char* vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const char* vPath, + const char* vFileName, + const int vCountSelectionMax, + void* vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags flags) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->OpenDialog( + vKey, vTitle, vFilters, vPath, vFileName, + vCountSelectionMax, vUserDatas, flags); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenDialog2( + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey, + const char* vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const char* vFilePathName, + const int vCountSelectionMax, + void* vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags flags) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->OpenDialog( + vKey, vTitle, vFilters, vFilePathName, + vCountSelectionMax, vUserDatas, flags); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenPaneDialog( + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey, + const char* vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const char* vPath, + const char* vFileName, + IGFD_PaneFun vSidePane, + const float vSidePaneWidth, + const int vCountSelectionMax, + void* vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags flags) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->OpenDialog( + vKey, vTitle, vFilters, + vPath, vFileName, + vSidePane, vSidePaneWidth, + vCountSelectionMax, vUserDatas, flags); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenPaneDialog2( + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey, + const char* vTitle, + const char* vFilters, + const char* vFilePathName, + IGFD_PaneFun vSidePane, + const float vSidePaneWidth, + const int vCountSelectionMax, + void* vUserDatas, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags flags) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->OpenDialog( + vKey, vTitle, vFilters, + vFilePathName, + vSidePane, vSidePaneWidth, + vCountSelectionMax, vUserDatas, flags); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_DisplayDialog(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey, ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags, ImVec2 vMinSize, ImVec2 vMaxSize) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->Display(vKey, vFlags, vMinSize, vMaxSize); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_CloseDialog(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->Close(); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsOk(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->IsOk(); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_WasKeyOpenedThisFrame(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vKey) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->WasOpenedThisFrame(vKey); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_WasOpenedThisFrame(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->WasOpenedThisFrame(); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsKeyOpened(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + const char* vCurrentOpenedKey) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->IsOpened(vCurrentOpenedKey); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsOpened(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->IsOpened(); + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection IGFD_GetSelection(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + IGFD_Selection res = IGFD_Selection_Get(); + + if (vContext) + { + auto sel = vContext->GetSelection(); + if (!sel.empty()) + { + res.count = sel.size(); + res.table = new IGFD_Selection_Pair[res.count]; + + size_t idx = 0U; + for (const auto& s : sel) + { + IGFD_Selection_Pair* pair = res.table + idx++; + + // fileNameExt + if (!s.first.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.first.size() + 1U; + pair->fileName = new char[siz]; +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(pair->fileName, s.first.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(pair->fileName, siz, s.first.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + pair->fileName[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + + // filePathName + if (!s.second.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.second.size() + 1U; + pair->filePathName = new char[siz]; +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(pair->filePathName, s.second.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(pair->filePathName, siz, s.second.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + pair->filePathName[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + + return res; + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetFilePathName(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + char* res = nullptr; + + if (vContext) + { + auto s = vContext->GetFilePathName(); + if (!s.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.size() + 1U; + res = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (res) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(res, s.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(res, siz, s.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + res[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentFileName(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + char* res = nullptr; + + if (vContext) + { + auto s = vContext->GetCurrentFileName(); + if (!s.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.size() + 1U; + res = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (res) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(res, s.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(res, siz, s.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + res[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentPath(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + char* res = nullptr; + + if (vContext) + { + auto s = vContext->GetCurrentPath(); + if (!s.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.size() + 1U; + res = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (res) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(res, s.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(res, siz, s.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + res[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentFilter(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + char* res = nullptr; + + if (vContext) + { + auto s = vContext->GetCurrentFilter(); + if (!s.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.size() + 1U; + res = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (res) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(res, s.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(res, siz, s.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + res[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void* IGFD_GetUserDatas(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + return vContext->GetUserDatas(); + } + + return nullptr; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFileStyle(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFlags, const char* vCriteria, ImVec4 vColor, const char* vIcon, ImFont* vFont) //-V813 +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, vColor, vIcon, vFont); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFileStyle2(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFlags, const char* vCriteria, float vR, float vG, float vB, float vA, const char* vIcon, ImFont* vFont) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, ImVec4(vR, vG, vB, vA), vIcon, vFont); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_GetFileStyle(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFlags, const char* vCriteria, ImVec4* vOutColor, char** vOutIconText, ImFont** vOutFont) +{ + if (vContext) + { + std::string icon; + bool res = vContext->GetFileStyle(vFlags, vCriteria, vOutColor, &icon, vOutFont); + if (!icon.empty() && vOutIconText) + { + size_t siz = icon.size() + 1U; + *vOutIconText = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (*vOutIconText) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(*vOutIconText, icon.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(*vOutIconText, siz, icon.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + (*vOutIconText)[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + return res; + } + + return false; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_ClearFilesStyle(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->ClearFilesStyle(); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetLocales(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const int vCategory, const char* vBeginLocale, const char* vEndLocale) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetLocales(vCategory, (vBeginLocale ? vBeginLocale : ""), (vEndLocale ? vEndLocale : "")); + } +} + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, float vAttenValue) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds(vAttenValue); + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_SerializeBookmarks(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, bool vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks) +{ + char* res = nullptr; + + if (vContext) + { + auto s = vContext->SerializeBookmarks(vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks); + if (!s.empty()) + { + size_t siz = s.size() + 1U; + res = (char*)malloc(siz); + if (res) + { +#ifndef _MSC_VER + strncpy(res, s.c_str(), siz); +#else // _MSC_VER + strncpy_s(res, siz, s.c_str(), siz); +#endif // _MSC_VER + res[siz - 1U] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + return res; +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_DeserializeBookmarks(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const char* vBookmarks) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->DeserializeBookmarks(vBookmarks); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_AddBookmark(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const char* vBookMarkName, const char* vBookMarkPath) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->AddBookmark(vBookMarkName, vBookMarkPath); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_RemoveBookmark(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const char* vBookMarkName) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->RemoveBookmark(vBookMarkName); + } +} + +#endif + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetCreateThumbnailCallback(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const IGFD_CreateThumbnailFun vCreateThumbnailFun) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetCreateThumbnailCallback(vCreateThumbnailFun); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetDestroyThumbnailCallback(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, const IGFD_DestroyThumbnailFun vDestroyThumbnailFun) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->SetDestroyThumbnailCallback(vDestroyThumbnailFun); + } +} + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void ManageGPUThumbnails(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext) +{ + if (vContext) + { + vContext->ManageGPUThumbnails(); + } +} +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.h b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55a313dc --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,1914 @@ +/* +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Stephane Cuillerdier (aka aiekick) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +*/ + +/* +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +github repo : https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog +this section is the content of the ReadMe.md file + +# ImGuiFileDialog + +## Purpose + +ImGuiFileDialog is a file selection dialog built for (and using only) [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui). + +My primary goal was to have a custom pane with widgets according to file extension. This was not possible using other +solutions. + +## ImGui Supported Version + +ImGuiFileDialog follow the master and docking branch of ImGui . currently ImGui 1.88 WIP + +## Structure + +* The library is in [Lib_Only branch](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/tree/Lib_Only) +* A demo app can be found the [master branch](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/tree/master) + +This library is designed to be dropped into your source code rather than compiled separately. + +From your project directory: + +``` +mkdir lib +cd lib +git clone https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog.git +git checkout Lib_Only +``` + +These commands create a `lib` directory where you can store any third-party dependencies used in your project, downloads +the ImGuiFileDialog git repository and checks out the Lib_Only branch where the actual library code is located. + +Add `lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp` to your build system and include +`lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.h` in your source code. ImGuiFileLib will compile with and be included directly in +your executable file. + +If, for example, your project uses cmake, look for a line like `add_executable(my_project_name main.cpp)` +and change it to `add_executable(my_project_name lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp main.cpp)`. This tells the +compiler where to find the source code declared in `ImGuiFileDialog.h` which you included in your own source code. + +## Requirements: + +You must also, of course, have added [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) to your project for this to work at +all. + +[dirent v1.23](https://github.com/tronkko/dirent/tree/v1.23) is required to use ImGuiFileDialog under Windows. It is +included in the Lib_Only branch for your convenience. + +## Features + +- Separate system for call and display + - Can have many function calls with different parameters for one display function, for example +- Can create a custom pane with any widgets via function binding + - This pane can block the validation of the dialog + - Can also display different things according to current filter and UserDatas +- Advanced file style for file/dir/link coloring / icons / font +- Multi-selection (ctrl/shift + click) : + - 0 => Infinite + - 1 => One file (default) + - n => n files +- Compatible with MacOs, Linux, Windows + - Windows version can list drives +- Supports modal or standard dialog types +- Select files or directories +- Filter groups and custom filter names +- can ignore filter Case for file searching +- Keyboard navigation (arrows, backspace, enter) +- Exploring by entering characters (case insensitive) +- Directory bookmarks +- Directory manual entry (right click on any path element) +- Optional 'Confirm to Overwrite" dialog if file exists +- C Api (succesfully tested with CimGui) +- Thumbnails Display (agnostic way for compatibility with any backend, sucessfully tested with OpenGl and Vulkan) +- The dialog can be embedded in another user frame than the standard or modal dialog +- Can tune validation buttons (placements, widths, inversion) +- Can quick select a parrallel directory of a path, in the path composer (when you clikc on a / you have a popup) +- regex support for filters, collection of fitler and filestyle (the regex is recognized when between ( and ) in a filter + +## Singleton Pattern vs. Multiple Instances + +### Single Dialog : + +If you only need to display one file dialog at a time, use ImGuiFileDialog's singleton pattern to avoid explicitly +declaring an object: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->method_of_your_choice(); +``` + +### Multiple Dialogs : + +If you need to have multiple file dialogs open at once, declare each dialog explicity: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog instance_a; +instance_a.method_of_your_choice(); +ImGuiFileDialog instance_b; +instance_b.method_of_your_choice(); +``` + +## Simple Dialog : + +```cpp +void drawGui() +{ + // open Dialog Simple + if (ImGui::Button("Open File Dialog")) + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", "."); + + // display + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) + { + // action if OK + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) + { + std::string filePathName = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + std::string filePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentPath(); + // action + } + + // close + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + } +} +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/dlg_simple.gif) + +## Modal dialog : + +you have now a flag for open modal dialog : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal +``` + +you can use it like that : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", + ".", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); +``` + +## Directory Chooser : + +To have a directory chooser, set the file extension filter to nullptr: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseDirDlgKey", "Choose a Directory", nullptr, "."); +``` + +In this mode you can select any directory with one click and open a directory with a double-click. + +![directoryChooser](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/directoryChooser.gif) + +## Dialog with Custom Pane : + +The signature of the custom pane callback is: + +### for C++ : + +```cpp +void(const char *vFilter, IGFDUserDatas vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) +``` + +### for C : + +```c +void(const char *vFilter, void* vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) +``` + +### Example : + +```cpp +static bool canValidateDialog = false; +inline void InfosPane(cosnt char *vFilter, IGFDUserDatas vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) // if vCantContinue is false, the user cant validate the dialog +{ + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(0, 1, 1, 1), "Infos Pane"); + ImGui::Text("Selected Filter : %s", vFilter.c_str()); + if (vUserDatas) + ImGui::Text("UserDatas : %s", vUserDatas); + ImGui::Checkbox("if not checked you cant validate the dialog", &canValidateDialog); + if (vCantContinue) + *vCantContinue = canValidateDialog; +} + +void drawGui() +{ + // open Dialog with Pane + if (ImGui::Button("Open File Dialog with a custom pane")) + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", + ".", "", std::bind(&InfosPane, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3), 350, 1, UserDatas("InfosPane")); + + // display and action if ok + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) + { + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) + { + std::string filePathName = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + std::string filePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentPath(); + std::string filter = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentFilter(); + // here convert from string because a string was passed as a userDatas, but it can be what you want + std::string userDatas; + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetUserDatas()) + userDatas = std::string((const char*)ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetUserDatas()); + auto selection = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetSelection(); // multiselection + + // action + } + // close + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + } +} +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/doc/dlg_with_pane.gif) + +## File Style : Custom icons and colors by extension + +You can define style for files/dirs/links in many ways : + +the style can be colors, icons and fonts + +the general form is : +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(styleType, criteria, color, icon, font); + +styleType can be thoses : + +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile // define style for all files +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir // define style for all dir +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink // define style for all link +IGFD_FileStyleByExtention // define style by extention, for files or links +IGFD_FileStyleByFullName // define style for particular file/dir/link full name (filename + extention) +IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName // define style for file/dir/link when criteria is contained in full name +``` + +ImGuiFileDialog accepts icon font macros as well as text tags for file types. + +[ImGuIFontStudio](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio) is useful here. I wrote it to make it easy to create +custom icon sets for use with Dear ImGui. + +It is inspired by [IconFontCppHeaders](https://github.com/juliettef/IconFontCppHeaders), which can also be used with +ImGuiFileDialog. + +samples : + +```cpp +// define style by file extention and Add an icon for .png files +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".png", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC, font1); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".gif", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.9f), "[GIF]"); + +// define style for all directories +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); +// can be for a specific directory +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); + +// define style for all files +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE); +// can be for a specific file +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE); + +// define style for all links +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); +// can be for a specific link +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink, "Readme.md", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + +// define style for any files/dirs/links by fullname +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "doc", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); + +// define style by file who are containing this string +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); + +all of theses can be miwed with IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir / IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile / IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink +like theses by ex : +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile | IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "cmake", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_SAVE); + +// for all these,s you can use a regex +// ex for color files like Custom*.h +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "(Custom.+[.]h)", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC, font1); +``` + +this sample code of [master/main.cpp](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/main.cpp) produce the picture above : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".cpp", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".h", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".hpp", ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".md", ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".png", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); // add an icon for the filter type +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".gif", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.9f), "[GIF]"); // add an text for a filter type +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, nullptr, ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); // for all dirs +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, "CMakeLists.txt", ImVec4(0.1f, 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_ADD); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "doc", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_SAVE); +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/color_filter.png) + +## Filter Collections + +You can define a custom filter name that corresponds to a group of filters using this syntax: + +```custom_name1{filter1,filter2,filter3},custom_name2{filter1,filter2},filter1``` + +When you select custom_name1, filters 1 to 3 will be applied. The characters `{` and `}` are reserved. Don't use them +for filter names. + +this code : + +```cpp +const char *filters = "Source files (*.cpp *.h *.hpp){.cpp,.h,.hpp},Image files (*.png *.gif *.jpg *.jpeg){.png,.gif,.jpg,.jpeg},.md"; +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", ICON_IMFDLG_FOLDER_OPEN " Choose a File", filters, "."); +``` + +will produce : +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/collectionFilters.gif) + +## Multi Selection + +You can define in OpenDialog call the count file you want to select : + +- 0 => infinite +- 1 => one file only (default) +- n => n files only + +See the define at the end of these funcs after path. + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", "."); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose 1 File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 1); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose 5 File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 5); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose many File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 0); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".png,.jpg", + ".", "", std::bind(&InfosPane, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3), 350, 1, "SaveFile"); // 1 file +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/multiSelection.gif) + +## File Dialog Constraints + +You can set the minimum and/or maximum size of the dialog: + +```cpp +ImVec2 maxSize = ImVec2((float)display_w, (float)display_h); // The full display area +ImVec2 minSize = maxSize * 0.5f; // Half the display area +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, minSize, maxSize); +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/dialog_constraints.gif) + +## Exploring by keys + +You can activate this feature by uncommenting `#define USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS` +in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h) + +You can also uncomment the next lines to define navigation keys: + +* IGFD_KEY_UP => Up key for explore to the top +* IGFD_KEY_DOWN => Down key for explore to the bottom +* IGFD_KEY_ENTER => Enter key for open directory +* IGFD_KEY_BACKSPACE => BackSpace for comming back to the last directory + +You can also jump to a point in the file list by pressing the corresponding key of the first filename character. + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/explore_ny_keys.gif) + +As you see the current item is flashed by default for 1 second. You can define the flashing lifetime with the function + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds(1.0f); +``` + +## Bookmarks + +You can create/edit/call path bookmarks and load/save them. + +Activate this feature by uncommenting: `#define USE_BOOKMARK` in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h) + +More customization options: + +```cpp +#define bookmarkPaneWith 150.0f => width of the bookmark pane +#define IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON ToggleButton => customize the Toggled button (button stamp must be : (const char* label, bool *toggle) +#define bookmarksButtonString "Bookmark" => the text in the toggle button +#define bookmarksButtonHelpString "Bookmark" => the helper text when mouse over the button +#define addBookmarkButtonString "+" => the button for add a bookmark +#define removeBookmarkButtonString "-" => the button for remove the selected bookmark +``` + +* You can select each bookmark to edit the displayed name corresponding to a path +* Double-click on the label to apply the bookmark + +![bookmarks.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/bookmarks.gif) + +You can also serialize/deserialize bookmarks (for example to load/save from/to a file): +```cpp +Load => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->DeserializeBookmarks(bookmarString); +Save => std::string bookmarkString = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SerializeBookmarks(); +``` +(please see example code for details) + +you can also add/remove bookmark by code : +and in this case, you can also avoid serialization of code based bookmark + +```cpp +Add => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->AddBookmark(bookmark_name, bookmark_path); +Remove => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->RemoveBookmark(bookmark_name); +Save => std::string bookmarkString = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SerializeBookmarks(true); // true for prevent serialization of code based bookmarks +``` + +## Path Edition : + +Right clicking on any path element button allows the user to manually edit the path from that portion of the tree. +Pressing the completion key (GLFW uses `enter` by default) validates the new path. Pressing the cancel key (GLFW +uses`escape` by default) cancels the manual entry and restores the original path. + +Here's the manual entry operation in action: +![inputPathEdition.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/inputPathEdition.gif) + +## Confirm Overwrite Dialog : + +If you want avoid overwriting files after selection, ImGuiFileDialog can show a dialog to confirm or cancel the +operation. + +To do so, define the flag ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite in your call to OpenDialog. + +By default this flag is not set since there is no pre-defined way to define if a dialog will be for Open or Save +behavior. (by design! :) ) + +Example code For Standard Dialog : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", + ICON_IGFD_SAVE " Choose a File", filters, + ".", "", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); +``` + +Example code For Modal Dialog : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", + ICON_IGFD_SAVE " Choose a File", filters, + ".", "", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal | ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); +``` + +This dialog will only verify the file in the file field, not with `GetSelection()`. + +The confirmation dialog will be a non-movable modal (input blocking) dialog displayed in the middle of the current +ImGuiFileDialog window. + +As usual, you can customize the dialog in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h in this example) + +Uncomment these line for customization options: + +```cpp +//#define OverWriteDialogTitleString "The file Already Exist !" +//#define OverWriteDialogMessageString "Would you like to OverWrite it ?" +//#define OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString "Confirm" +//#define OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString "Cancel" +``` + +See the result : + +![ConfirmToOverWrite.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/ConfirmToOverWrite.gif) + +## Open / Save dialog Behavior : + +ImGuiFileDialog uses the same code internally for Open and Save dialogs. To distinguish between them access the various +data return functions depending on what the dialog is doing. + +When selecting an existing file (for example, a Load or Open dialog), use + +```cpp +std::map GetSelection(); // Returns selection via a map +UserDatas GetUserDatas(); // Get user data provided by the Open dialog +``` + +To selecting a new file (for example, a Save As... dialog), use: + +```cpp +std::string GetFilePathName(); // Returns the content of the selection field with current file extension and current path +std::string GetCurrentFileName(); // Returns the content of the selection field with current file extension but no path +std::string GetCurrentPath(); // Returns current path only +std::string GetCurrentFilter(); // The file extension +``` + +## Thumbnails Display + +You can now, display thumbnails of pictures. + +![thumbnails.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/thumbnails.gif) + +The file resize use stb/image so the following files extentions are supported : + * .png (tested sucessfully) + * .bmp (tested sucessfully) + * .tga (tested sucessfully) + * .jpg (tested sucessfully) + * .jpeg (tested sucessfully) + * .gif (tested sucessfully_ but not animation just first frame) + * .psd (not tested) + * .pic (not tested) + * .ppm (not tested) + * .pgm (not tested) + +Corresponding to your backend (ex : OpenGl) you need to define two callbacks : +* the first is a callback who will be called by ImGuiFileDialog for create the backend texture +* the second is a callback who will be called by ImGuiFileDialog for destroy the backend texture + +After that you need to call the function who is responsible to create / destroy the textures. +this function must be called in your GPU Rendering zone for avoid destroying of used texture. +if you do that at the same place of your imgui code, some backend can crash your app, by ex with vulkan. + +To Clarify : + +This feature is spliited in two zones : + - CPU Zone : for load/destroy picture file + - GPU Zone : for load/destroy gpu textures. +This modern behavior for avoid destroying of used texture, +was needed for vulkan. + +This feature was Successfully tested on my side with Opengl and Vulkan. +But im sure is perfectly compatible with other modern apis like DirectX and Metal + +ex, for opengl : + +```cpp +// Create thumbnails texture +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetCreateThumbnailCallback([](IGFD_Thumbnail_Info *vThumbnail_Info) -> void +{ + if (vThumbnail_Info && + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToUpload && + vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas) + { + GLuint textureId = 0; + glGenTextures(1, &textureId); + vThumbnail_Info->textureID = (void*)textureId; + + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, textureId); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, + (GLsizei)vThumbnail_Info->textureWidth, (GLsizei)vThumbnail_Info->textureHeight, + 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas); + glFinish(); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0); + + delete[] vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas; + vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas = nullptr; + + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToUpload = false; + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToDisplay = true; + } +}); +``` + +```cpp +// Destroy thumbnails texture +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetDestroyThumbnailCallback([](IGFD_Thumbnail_Info* vThumbnail_Info) +{ + if (vThumbnail_Info) + { + GLuint texID = (GLuint)vThumbnail_Info->textureID; + glDeleteTextures(1, &texID); + glFinish(); + } +}); +``` + +```cpp +// GPU Rendering Zone // To call for Create/ Destroy Textures +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->ManageGPUThumbnails(); +``` + +## Embedded in other frames : + +The dialog can be embedded in another user frame than the standard or modal dialog + +You have to create a variable of type ImGuiFileDialog. (if you are suing the singleton, you will not have the possibility to open other dialog) + +ex : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog fileDialog; + +// open dialog; in this case, Bookmark, directory creation are disabled with, and also the file input field is readonly. +// btw you can od what you want +fileDialog.OpenDialog("embedded", "Select File", ".*", "", -1, nullptr, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableCreateDirectoryButton | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ReadOnlyFileNameField); +// then display, here +// to note, when embedded the ImVec2(0,0) (MinSize) do nothing, only the ImVec2(0,350) (MaxSize) can size the dialog frame +fileDialog.Display("embedded", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(0,350))) +``` +the result : + +![Embedded.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/Embedded.gif) + +## Quick Parallel Path Selection in Path Composer + +you have a separator between two directories in the path composer +when you click on it you can explore a list of parrallels directories of this point + +this feature is disabled by default +you can enable it with the compiler flag : #define USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + +you can also customize the spacing between path button's with and without this mode +you can do that by define the compiler flag : #define CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING 2 +if undefined the spacing is defined by the imgui theme + +![quick_composer_path_select.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/quick_composer_path_select.gif) + +## Case Insensitive Filtering + +you can use this flag 'ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention' when you call the display function + +``` +by ex : +if the flag ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention is used +with filters like .jpg or .Jpg or .JPG +all files with extentions by ex : .jpg and .JPG will be displayed +``` + +## Tune the validations button group + +You can specify : +- the width of "ok" and "cancel" buttons, by the set the defines "okButtonWidth" and "cancelButtonWidth" +- the alignement of the button group (left, right, middle, etc..) by set the define "okCancelButtonAlignement" +- if you want to have the ok button on the left and cancel button on the right or inverted by set the define "invertOkAndCancelButtons" + +just see theses defines in the config file +```cpp +//Validation buttons +//#define okButtonString " OK" +//#define okButtonWidth 0.0f +//#define cancelButtonString " Cancel" +//#define cancelButtonWidth 0.0f +//alignement [0:1], 0.0 is left, 0.5 middle, 1.0 right, and other ratios +//#define okCancelButtonAlignement 0.0f +//#define invertOkAndCancelButtons false +``` +with Alignement 0.0 => left + +![alignement_0.0.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_0.0.png) + +with Alignement 1.0 => right + +![alignement_1.0.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_1.0.png) + +with Alignement 0.5 => middle + +![alignement_0.5.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_0.5.png) + +ok and cancel buttons inverted (cancel on the left and ok on the right) + +![validation_buttons_inverted.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/validation_buttons_inverted.png) + +## Filtering by a regex : + +you can use a regex for filtering and file coloring + +for have a filter recognized as a regex, you must have it between a ( and a ) + +this one will filter files who start by the word "Common" and finish by ".h" +```cpp +ex : "(Custom.+[.]h)" +``` + +use cases : + +* Simple filter : +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "(Custom.+[.]h)"); +``` + +* Collections filter : +for this one the filter is between "{" and "}", so you can use the "(" and ")" outside + +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "Source files (*.cpp *.h *.hpp){(Custom.+[.]h),.h,.hpp}"); +``` + +* file coloring : +this one will colorized all files who start by the word "Common" and finish by ".h" +```cpp +SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "(Custom.+[.]h)", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +``` + +* with this feature you can by ex filter and colorize render frame pictures who have ext like .000, .001, .002, etc.. +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "([.][0-9]{3})"); +SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "([.][0-9]{3})", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +``` + +## How to Integrate ImGuiFileDialog in your project + +### Customize ImGuiFileDialog : + +You can customize many aspects of ImGuiFileDialog by overriding `ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h`. + +To enable your customizations, define the preprocessor directive CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG with the path of your +custom config file. This path must be relative to the directory where you put the ImGuiFileDialog module. + +This operation is demonstrated in `CustomImGuiFileDialog.h` in the example project to: + +* Have a custom icon font instead of labels for buttons or message titles +* Customize the button text (the button call signature must be the same, by the way! :) + +The custom icon font used in the example code ([CustomFont.cpp](CustomFont.cpp) and [CustomFont.h](CustomFont.h)) was made +with [ImGuiFontStudio](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio), which I wrote. :) + +ImGuiFontStudio uses ImGuiFileDialog! Check it out. + +## Api's C/C++ : + +### the C Api + +this api was sucessfully tested with CImGui + +A C API is available let you include ImGuiFileDialog in your C project. +btw, ImGuiFileDialog depend of ImGui and dirent (for windows) + +Sample code with cimgui : + +```cpp +// create ImGuiFileDialog +ImGuiFileDialog *cfileDialog = IGFD_Create(); + +// open dialog +if (igButton("Open File", buttonSize)) +{ + IGFD_OpenDialog(cfiledialog, + "filedlg", // dialog key (make it possible to have different treatment reagrding the dialog key + "Open a File", // dialog title + "c files(*.c *.h){.c,.h}", // dialog filter syntax : simple => .h,.c,.pp, etc and collections : text1{filter0,filter1,filter2}, text2{filter0,filter1,filter2}, etc.. + ".", // base directory for files scan + "", // base filename + 0, // a fucntion for display a right pane if you want + 0.0f, // base width of the pane + 0, // count selection : 0 infinite, 1 one file (default), n (n files) + "User data !", // some user datas + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags +} + +ImGuiIO* ioptr = igGetIO(); +ImVec2 maxSize; +maxSize.x = ioptr->DisplaySize.x * 0.8f; +maxSize.y = ioptr->DisplaySize.y * 0.8f; +ImVec2 minSize; +minSize.x = maxSize.x * 0.25f; +minSize.y = maxSize.y * 0.25f; + +// display dialog +if (IGFD_DisplayDialog(cfiledialog, "filedlg", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, minSize, maxSize)) +{ + if (IGFD_IsOk(cfiledialog)) // result ok + { + char* cfilePathName = IGFD_GetFilePathName(cfiledialog); + printf("GetFilePathName : %s\n", cfilePathName); + char* cfilePath = IGFD_GetCurrentPath(cfiledialog); + printf("GetCurrentPath : %s\n", cfilePath); + char* cfilter = IGFD_GetCurrentFilter(cfiledialog); + printf("GetCurrentFilter : %s\n", cfilter); + // here convert from string because a string was passed as a userDatas, but it can be what you want + void* cdatas = IGFD_GetUserDatas(cfiledialog); + if (cdatas) + printf("GetUserDatas : %s\n", (const char*)cdatas); + struct IGFD_Selection csel = IGFD_GetSelection(cfiledialog); // multi selection + printf("Selection :\n"); + for (int i = 0; i < (int)csel.count; i++) + { + printf("(%i) FileName %s => path %s\n", i, csel.table[i].fileName, csel.table[i].filePathName); + } + // action + + // destroy + if (cfilePathName) free(cfilePathName); + if (cfilePath) free(cfilePath); + if (cfilter) free(cfilter); + + IGFD_Selection_DestroyContent(&csel); + } + IGFD_CloseDialog(cfiledialog); +} + +// destroy ImGuiFileDialog +IGFD_Destroy(cfiledialog); +``` + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Thats all. + +You can check by example in this repo with the file CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h : +- this trick was used for have custom icon font instead of labels for buttons or messages titles +- you can also use your custom imgui button, the button call stamp must be same by the way :) + +The Custom Icon Font (in CustomFont.cpp and CustomFont.h) was made with ImGuiFontStudio (https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio) i wrote for that :) +ImGuiFontStudio is using also ImGuiFileDialog. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ + +#ifndef IMGUIFILEDIALOG_H +#define IMGUIFILEDIALOG_H + +// compatible with 1.88 WIP +#define IMGUIFILEDIALOG_VERSION "v0.6.5" + +#ifndef CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG +#include "ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h" +#else // CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG +#include CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG +#endif // CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG + +// file style enum for file display (color, icon, font) +typedef int IGFD_FileStyleFlags; // -> enum IGFD_FileStyleFlags_ +enum IGFD_FileStyleFlags_ // by evaluation / priority order +{ + IGFD_FileStyle_None = 0, // define none style + IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile = (1 << 0), // define style for all files + IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir = (1 << 1), // define style for all dir + IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink = (1 << 2), // define style for all link + IGFD_FileStyleByExtention = (1 << 3), // define style by extention, for files or links + IGFD_FileStyleByFullName = (1 << 4), // define style for particular file/dir/link full name (filename + extention) + IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName = (1 << 5), // define style for file/dir/link when criteria is contained in full name +}; + +typedef int ImGuiFileDialogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ +enum ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_None = 0, // define none default flag + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite = (1 << 0), // show confirm to overwrite dialog + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DontShowHiddenFiles = (1 << 1), // dont show hidden file (file starting with a .) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableCreateDirectoryButton = (1 << 2), // disable the create directory button + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnType = (1 << 3), // hide column file type + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnSize = (1 << 4), // hide column file size + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_HideColumnDate = (1 << 5), // hide column file date + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog = (1 << 6), // let the dialog embedded in your own imgui begin / end scope + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ReadOnlyFileNameField = (1 << 7), // don't let user type in filename field for file open style dialogs + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention = (1 << 8), // the file extentions treatments will not take into account the case + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal = (1 << 9), // modal +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableThumbnailMode = (1 << 10), // disable the thumbnail mode +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode = (1 << 11), // disable the bookmark mode +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Default = ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite +}; + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +struct IGFD_Thumbnail_Info +{ + int isReadyToDisplay = 0; // ready to be rendered, so texture created + int isReadyToUpload = 0; // ready to upload to gpu + int isLoadingOrLoaded = 0; // was sent to laoding or loaded + int textureWidth = 0; // width of the texture to upload + int textureHeight = 0; // height of the texture to upload + int textureChannels = 0; // count channels of the texture to upload + unsigned char* textureFileDatas = 0; // file texture datas, will be rested to null after gpu upload + void* textureID = 0; // 2d texture id (void* is like ImtextureID type) (GL, DX, VK, Etc..) + void* userDatas = 0; // user datas +}; +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + +#ifdef __cplusplus + +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace IGFD +{ +#ifndef defaultSortField +#define defaultSortField FIELD_FILENAME +#endif // defaultSortField + +#ifndef defaultSortOrderFilename +#define defaultSortOrderFilename true +#endif // defaultSortOrderFilename +#ifndef defaultSortOrderType +#define defaultSortOrderType true +#endif // defaultSortOrderType +#ifndef defaultSortOrderSize +#define defaultSortOrderSize true +#endif // defaultSortOrderSize +#ifndef defaultSortOrderDate +#define defaultSortOrderDate true +#endif // defaultSortOrderDate +#ifndef defaultSortOrderThumbnails +#define defaultSortOrderThumbnails true +#endif // defaultSortOrderThumbnails + +#ifndef MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER +#define MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER 1024 +#endif // MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER + +#ifndef MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE +#define MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 +#endif // MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileDialogInternal; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class SearchManager + { + public: + std::string puSearchTag; + char puSearchBuffer[MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER] = ""; + bool puSearchInputIsActive = false; + + public: + void Clear(); // clear datas + void DrawSearchBar(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // draw the search bar + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class Utils + { + public: + struct PathStruct + { + std::string path; + std::string name; + std::string ext; + bool isOk = false; + }; + + public: + static bool Splitter(bool split_vertically, float thickness, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float splitter_long_axis_size = -1.0f); + static bool ReplaceString(std::string& str, const std::string& oldStr, const std::string& newStr); + static bool IsDirectoryCanBeOpened(const std::string& name); // by ex protected dirs (not user rights) + static bool IsDirectoryExist(const std::string& name); + static bool CreateDirectoryIfNotExist(const std::string& name); + static PathStruct ParsePathFileName(const std::string& vPathFileName); + static void AppendToBuffer(char* vBuffer, size_t vBufferLen, const std::string& vStr); + static void ResetBuffer(char* vBuffer); + static void SetBuffer(char* vBuffer, size_t vBufferLen, const std::string& vStr); + static bool WReplaceString(std::wstring& str, const std::wstring& oldStr, const std::wstring& newStr); + static std::vector WSplitStringToVector(const std::wstring& text, char delimiter, bool pushEmpty); + static std::string utf8_encode(const std::wstring& wstr); + static std::wstring utf8_decode(const std::string& str); + static std::vector SplitStringToVector(const std::string& text, char delimiter, bool pushEmpty); + static std::vector GetDrivesList(); + static std::string LowerCaseString(const std::string& vString); // turn all text in lower case for search facilitie + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileStyle + { + public: + ImVec4 color = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0); + std::string icon; + ImFont* font = nullptr; + IGFD_FileStyleFlags flags = 0; + + public: + FileStyle(); + FileStyle(const FileStyle& vStyle); + FileStyle(const ImVec4& vColor, const std::string& vIcon = "", ImFont* vFont = nullptr); + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileInfos; + class FilterManager + { + public: + class FilterInfos + { + public: + std::string filter; // simple filter + std::regex filter_regex; // filter fo type regex + std::set collectionfilters; // collections of filters + std::string filter_optimized; // opitmized for case insensitive search + std::set collectionfilters_optimized; // optimized collections of filters for case insensitive search + std::vector collectionfilters_regex; // collection of regex filter type + + public: + void clear(); // clear the datas + bool empty() const; // is filter empty + bool exist(const std::string& vFilter, bool vIsCaseInsensitive) const; // is filter exist + bool regex_exist(const std::string& vFilter) const; // is regex filter exist + }; + + private: +#ifdef NEED_TO_BE_PUBLIC_FOR_TESTS + public: +#endif + std::vector prParsedFilters; + std::unordered_map>> prFilesStyle; // file infos for file extention only + FilterInfos prSelectedFilter; + + public: + std::string puDLGFilters; + std::string puDLGdefaultExt; + + public: + void ParseFilters(const char* vFilters); // Parse filter syntax, detect and parse filter collection + void SetSelectedFilterWithExt(const std::string& vFilter); // Select filter + + bool prFillFileStyle(std::shared_ptr vFileInfos) const; // fill with the good style + + void SetFileStyle( + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, + const char* vCriteria, + const FileStyle& vInfos); // Set FileStyle + void SetFileStyle( + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, + const char* vCriteria, + const ImVec4& vColor, + const std::string& vIcon, + ImFont* vFont); // link file style to Color and Icon and Font + bool GetFileStyle( + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, + const std::string& vCriteria, + ImVec4* vOutColor, + std::string* vOutIcon, + ImFont** vOutFont); // Get Color and Icon for Filter + void ClearFilesStyle(); // clear prFileStyle + + bool IsCoveredByFilters( // check if current file extention (vExt) is covered by current filter, ro by regex (vNameExt) + const std::string& vNameExt, + const std::string& vExt, + bool vIsCaseInsensitive) const; + bool DrawFilterComboBox(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // draw the filter combobox + FilterInfos GetSelectedFilter(); // get the current selected filter + std::string ReplaceExtentionWithCurrentFilter(const std::string& vFile) const; // replace the extention of the current file by the selected filter + void SetDefaultFilterIfNotDefined(); // define the first filter if no filter is selected + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileType + { + public: + enum class ContentType { + // The ordering will be used during sort. + Invalid = -1, + Directory = 0, + File = 1, + LinkToUnknown = 2, // link to something that is not a regular file or directory. + }; + + private: + ContentType m_Content = ContentType::Invalid; + bool m_Symlink = false; + + public: + FileType() = default; + FileType(const ContentType& vContentType, const bool& vIsSymlink) + : m_Content(vContentType), m_Symlink(vIsSymlink) + {} + + void SetContent(const ContentType& vContentType) { m_Content = vContentType; } + void SetSymLink(const bool& vIsSymlink) { m_Symlink = vIsSymlink; } + + bool isValid () const { return m_Content != ContentType::Invalid; } + bool isDir () const { return m_Content == ContentType::Directory; } + bool isFile () const { return m_Content == ContentType::File; } + bool isLinkToUnknown () const { return m_Content == ContentType::LinkToUnknown; } + bool isSymLink() const { return m_Symlink; } + + // Comparisons only care about the content type, ignoring whether it's a symlink or not. + bool operator== (const FileType& rhs) const { return m_Content == rhs.m_Content; } + bool operator!= (const FileType& rhs) const { return m_Content != rhs.m_Content; } + bool operator< (const FileType& rhs) const { return m_Content < rhs.m_Content; } + bool operator> (const FileType& rhs) const { return m_Content > rhs.m_Content; } + }; + + class FileInfos + { + public: + FileType fileType; // fileType + std::string filePath; // path of the file + std::string fileNameExt; // filename of the file (file name + extention) (but no path) + std::string fileNameExt_optimized; // optimized for search => insensitivecase + std::string fileExt; // extention of the file + size_t fileSize = 0; // for sorting operations + std::string formatedFileSize; // file size formated (10 o, 10 ko, 10 mo, 10 go) + std::string fileModifDate; // file user defined format of the date (data + time by default) + std::shared_ptr fileStyle = nullptr; // style of the file +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + IGFD_Thumbnail_Info thumbnailInfo; // structre for the display for image file tetxure +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + + public: + bool IsTagFound(const std::string& vTag) const; + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileManager + { + public: // types + enum class SortingFieldEnum // sorting for filetering of the file lsit + { + FIELD_NONE = 0, // no sorting preference, result indetermined haha.. + FIELD_FILENAME, // sorted by filename + FIELD_TYPE, // sorted by filetype + FIELD_SIZE, // sorted by filesize (formated file size) + FIELD_DATE, // sorted by filedate +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + FIELD_THUMBNAILS, // sorted by thumbnails (comparaison by width then by height) +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + }; + + private: + std::string prCurrentPath; // current path (to be decomposed in prCurrentPathDecomposition + std::vector prCurrentPathDecomposition; // part words + std::vector> prFileList; // base container + std::vector> prFilteredFileList; // filtered container (search, sorting, etc..) + std::vector> prPathList; // base container for path selection + std::vector> prFilteredPathList; // filtered container for path selection (search, sorting, etc..) + std::vector::iterator prPopupComposedPath; // iterator on prCurrentPathDecomposition for Current Path popup + std::string prLastSelectedFileName; // for shift multi selection + std::set prSelectedFileNames; // the user selection of FilePathNames + bool prCreateDirectoryMode = false; // for create directory widget + + public: + char puVariadicBuffer[MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER] = ""; // called by prSelectableItem + bool puInputPathActivated = false; // show input for path edition + bool puDrivesClicked = false; // event when a drive button is clicked + bool puPathClicked = false; // event when a path button was clicked + char puInputPathBuffer[MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE] = ""; // input path buffer for imgui widget input text (displayed in palce of composer) + char puFileNameBuffer[MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER] = ""; // file name buffer in footer for imgui widget input text + char puDirectoryNameBuffer[MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER] = ""; // directory name buffer in footer for imgui widget input text (when is directory mode) + std::string puHeaderFileName; // detail view name of column file + std::string puHeaderFileType; // detail view name of column type + std::string puHeaderFileSize; // detail view name of column size + std::string puHeaderFileDate; // detail view name of column date + time +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + std::string puHeaderFileThumbnails; // detail view name of column thumbnails + bool puSortingDirection[5] = { // true => Ascending, false => Descending + defaultSortOrderFilename, + defaultSortOrderType, + defaultSortOrderSize, + defaultSortOrderDate, + defaultSortOrderThumbnails }; +#else + bool puSortingDirection[4] = { // true => Ascending, false => Descending + defaultSortOrderFilename, + defaultSortOrderType, + defaultSortOrderSize, + defaultSortOrderDate }; +#endif + SortingFieldEnum puSortingField = SortingFieldEnum::FIELD_FILENAME; // detail view sorting column + bool puShowDrives = false; // drives are shown (only on os windows) + + std::string puDLGpath; // base path set by user when OpenDialog was called + std::string puDLGDefaultFileName; // base default file path name set by user when OpenDialog was called + size_t puDLGcountSelectionMax = 1U; // 0 for infinite // base max selection count set by user when OpenDialog was called + bool puDLGDirectoryMode = false; // is directory mode (defiend like : puDLGDirectoryMode = (filters.empty())) + + std::string puFsRoot; + + private: + static std::string prRoundNumber(double vvalue, int n); // custom rounding number + static std::string prFormatFileSize(size_t vByteSize); // format file size field + static void prCompleteFileInfos(const std::shared_ptr& FileInfos); // set time and date infos of a file (detail view mode) + void prRemoveFileNameInSelection(const std::string& vFileName); // selection : remove a file name + void prAddFileNameInSelection(const std::string& vFileName, bool vSetLastSelectionFileName); // selection : add a file name + void AddFile(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + const std::string& vPath, const std::string& vFileName, const FileType& vFileType); // add file called by scandir + void AddPath(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + const std::string& vPath, const std::string& vFileName, const FileType& vFileType); // add file called by scandir + +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + void ScanDirForPathSelection(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath); // scan the directory for retrieve the path list + void OpenPathPopup(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, std::vector::iterator vPathIter); +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + + void SetCurrentPath(std::vector::iterator vPathIter); + + void ApplyFilteringOnFileList( + const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + std::vector>& vFileInfosList, + std::vector>& vFileInfosFilteredList); + void SortFields( + const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + std::vector>& vFileInfosList, + std::vector>& vFileInfosFilteredList); // will sort a column + + public: + FileManager(); + bool IsComposerEmpty(); + size_t GetComposerSize(); + bool IsFileListEmpty(); + bool IsPathListEmpty(); + bool IsFilteredListEmpty(); + bool IsPathFilteredListEmpty(); + size_t GetFullFileListSize(); + std::shared_ptr GetFullFileAt(size_t vIdx); + size_t GetFilteredListSize(); + size_t GetPathFilteredListSize(); + std::shared_ptr GetFilteredFileAt(size_t vIdx); + std::shared_ptr GetFilteredPathAt(size_t vIdx); + std::vector::iterator GetCurrentPopupComposedPath(); + bool IsFileNameSelected(const std::string& vFileName); + std::string GetBack(); + void ClearComposer(); + void ClearFileLists(); // clear file list, will destroy thumbnail textures + void ClearPathLists(); // clear path list, will destroy thumbnail textures + void ClearAll(); + void ApplyFilteringOnFileList(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + void SortFields(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // will sort a column + void OpenCurrentPath(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // set the path of the dialog, will launch the directory scan for populate the file listview + bool GetDrives(); // list drives on windows platform + bool CreateDir(const std::string& vPath); // create a directory on the file system + std::string ComposeNewPath(std::vector::iterator vIter); // compose a path from the compose path widget + bool SetPathOnParentDirectoryIfAny(); // compose paht on parent directory + std::string GetCurrentPath(); // get the current path + void SetCurrentPath(const std::string& vCurrentPath); // set the current path + static bool IsFileExist(const std::string& vFile); + void SetDefaultFileName(const std::string& vFileName); + bool SelectDirectory(const std::shared_ptr& vInfos); // enter directory + void SelectFileName(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, + const std::shared_ptr& vInfos); // select filename + + //depend of dirent.h + void SetCurrentDir(const std::string& vPath); // define current directory for scan + void ScanDir(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const std::string& vPath); // scan the directory for retrieve the file list + + public: + std::string GetResultingPath(); + std::string GetResultingFileName(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + std::string GetResultingFilePathName(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + std::map GetResultingSelection(); + + public: + void DrawDirectoryCreation(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // draw directory creation widget + void DrawPathComposer(const FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // draw path composer widget + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + typedef std::function CreateThumbnailFun; // texture 2d creation function binding + typedef std::function DestroyThumbnailFun; // texture 2d destroy function binding +#endif + class ThumbnailFeature + { + protected: + ThumbnailFeature(); + ~ThumbnailFeature(); + + void NewThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + void EndThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + void QuitThumbnailFrame(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + protected: + enum class DisplayModeEnum + { + FILE_LIST = 0, + THUMBNAILS_LIST, + THUMBNAILS_GRID + }; + + private: + uint32_t prCountFiles = 0U; + bool prIsWorking = false; + std::shared_ptr prThumbnailGenerationThread = nullptr; + std::list> prThumbnailFileDatasToGet; // base container + std::mutex prThumbnailFileDatasToGetMutex; + std::list> prThumbnailToCreate; // base container + std::mutex prThumbnailToCreateMutex; + std::list prThumbnailToDestroy; // base container + std::mutex prThumbnailToDestroyMutex; + + CreateThumbnailFun prCreateThumbnailFun = nullptr; + DestroyThumbnailFun prDestroyThumbnailFun = nullptr; + + protected: + DisplayModeEnum prDisplayMode = DisplayModeEnum::FILE_LIST; + + protected: + // will be call in cpu zone (imgui computations, will call a texture file retrieval thread) + void prStartThumbnailFileDatasExtraction(); // start the thread who will get byte buffer from image files + bool prStopThumbnailFileDatasExtraction(); // stop the thread who will get byte buffer from image files + void prThreadThumbnailFileDatasExtractionFunc(); // the thread who will get byte buffer from image files + void prDrawThumbnailGenerationProgress(); // a little progressbar who will display the texture gen status + void prAddThumbnailToLoad(const std::shared_ptr& vFileInfos); // add texture to load in the thread + void prAddThumbnailToCreate(const std::shared_ptr& vFileInfos); + void prAddThumbnailToDestroy(const IGFD_Thumbnail_Info& vIGFD_Thumbnail_Info); + void prDrawDisplayModeToolBar(); // draw display mode toolbar (file list, thumbnails list, small thumbnails grid, big thumbnails grid) + void prClearThumbnails(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); + + public: + void SetCreateThumbnailCallback(const CreateThumbnailFun& vCreateThumbnailFun); + void SetDestroyThumbnailCallback(const DestroyThumbnailFun& vCreateThumbnailFun); + + // must be call in gpu zone (rendering, possibly one rendering thread) + void ManageGPUThumbnails(); // in gpu rendering zone, whill create or destroy texture +#endif + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class BookMarkFeature + { + protected: + BookMarkFeature(); + +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK + private: + struct BookmarkStruct + { + std::string name; // name of the bookmark + + // todo: the path could be relative, better if the app is movedn but bookmarked path can be outside of the app + std::string path; // absolute path of the bookmarked directory + + bool defined_by_code = false; // defined by code, can be used for rpevent serialization / deserialization + }; + + private: + ImGuiListClipper prBookmarkClipper; + std::vector prBookmarks; + char prBookmarkEditBuffer[MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER] = ""; + + protected: + float prBookmarkWidth = 200.0f; + bool prBookmarkPaneShown = false; + + protected: + void prDrawBookmarkButton(); // draw bookmark button + bool prDrawBookmarkPane(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, const ImVec2& vSize); // draw bookmark Pane + + public: + std::string SerializeBookmarks( // serialize bookmarks : return bookmark buffer to save in a file + const bool& vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks = true); // for avoid serialization of bookmarks added by code + void DeserializeBookmarks( // deserialize bookmarks : load bookmark buffer to load in the dialog (saved from previous use with SerializeBookmarks()) + const std::string& vBookmarks); // bookmark buffer to load + void AddBookmark( // add a bookmark by code + const std::string& vBookMarkName, // bookmark name + const std::string& vBookMarkPath); // bookmark path + bool RemoveBookmark( // remove a bookmark by code, return true if succeed + const std::string& vBookMarkName); // bookmark name to remove + +#endif // USE_BOOKMARK + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + // file localization by input chat // widget flashing + class KeyExplorerFeature + { + protected: + KeyExplorerFeature(); + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + private: + bool prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFound = false; + ImWchar prLocateFileByInputChar_lastChar = 0; + float prFlashAlpha = 0.0f; // flash when select by char + float prFlashAlphaAttenInSecs = 1.0f; // fps display dependant + int prLocateFileByInputChar_InputQueueCharactersSize = 0; + size_t prFlashedItem = 0; // flash when select by char + size_t prLocateFileByInputChar_lastFileIdx = 0; + + protected: + void prLocateByInputKey(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal); // select a file line in listview according to char key + bool prLocateItem_Loop(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, ImWchar vC); // restrat for start of list view if not found a corresponding file + void prExploreWithkeys(FileDialogInternal& vFileDialogInternal, ImGuiID vListViewID); // select file/directory line in listview accroding to up/down enter/backspace keys + static bool prFlashableSelectable( // custom flashing selectable widgets, for flash the selected line in a short time + const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, + bool vFlashing = false, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + void prStartFlashItem(size_t vIdx); // define than an item must be flashed + bool prBeginFlashItem(size_t vIdx); // start the flashing of a line in lsit view + static void prEndFlashItem(); // end the fleshing accrdoin to var prFlashAlphaAttenInSecs + + public: + void SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds( // set the flashing time of the line in file list when use exploration keys + float vAttenValue); // set the attenuation (from flashed to not flashed) in seconds +#endif // USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + typedef void* UserDatas; + typedef std::function PaneFun; // side pane function binding + class FileDialogInternal + { + public: + FileManager puFileManager; + FilterManager puFilterManager; + SearchManager puSearchManager; + + public: + std::string puName; + bool puShowDialog = false; + ImVec2 puDialogCenterPos = ImVec2(0, 0); // center pos for display the confirm overwrite dialog + int puLastImGuiFrameCount = 0; // to be sure than only one dialog displayed per frame + float puFooterHeight = 0.0f; + bool puCanWeContinue = true; // events + bool puOkResultToConfirm = false; // to confim if ok for OverWrite + bool puIsOk = false; + bool puFileInputIsActive = false; // when input text for file or directory is active + bool puFileListViewIsActive = false; // when list view is active + std::string puDLGkey; + std::string puDLGtitle; + ImGuiFileDialogFlags puDLGflags = ImGuiFileDialogFlags_None; + UserDatas puDLGuserDatas = nullptr; + PaneFun puDLGoptionsPane = nullptr; + float puDLGoptionsPaneWidth = 0.0f; + bool puNeedToExitDialog = false; + + bool puUseCustomLocale = false; + int puLocaleCategory = LC_ALL; // locale category to use + std::string puLocaleBegin; // the locale who will be applied at start of the display dialog + std::string puLocaleEnd; // the locale who will be applaied at end of the display dialog + + public: + void NewFrame(); // new frame, so maybe neded to do somethings, like reset events + void EndFrame(); // end frame, so maybe neded to do somethings fater all + void ResetForNewDialog(); // reset what is needed to reset for the openging of a new dialog + }; + + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + class FileDialog : + public BookMarkFeature, + public KeyExplorerFeature, + public ThumbnailFeature + { + private: + FileDialogInternal prFileDialogInternal; + ImGuiListClipper prFileListClipper; + ImGuiListClipper prPathListClipper; + float prOkCancelButtonWidth = 0.0f; + + public: + bool puAnyWindowsHovered = false; // not remember why haha :) todo : to check if we can remove + + public: + // Singleton for easier accces form anywhere but only one dialog at a time + // vCopy or vForce can be used for share a memory pointer in a new memory space like a dll module + static FileDialog* Instance(FileDialog* vCopy = nullptr, bool vForce = false) + { + static FileDialog _instance; + static FileDialog* _instance_copy = nullptr; + if (vCopy || vForce) + { + _instance_copy = vCopy; + } + if (_instance_copy) + { + return _instance_copy; + } + return &_instance; + } + + public: + FileDialog(); // ImGuiFileDialog Constructor. can be used for have many dialog at same tiem (not possible with singleton) + virtual ~FileDialog(); // ImGuiFileDialog Destructor + + // standard dialog + void OpenDialog( // open simple dialog (path and fileName can be specified) + const std::string& vKey, // key dialog + const std::string& vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters + const std::string& vPath, // path + const std::string& vFileName, // defaut file name + const int& vCountSelectionMax = 1, // count selection max + UserDatas vUserDatas = nullptr, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags = 0); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + + void OpenDialog( // open simple dialog (path and filename are obtained from filePathName) + const std::string& vKey, // key dialog + const std::string& vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters + const std::string& vFilePathName, // file path name (will be decompsoed in path and fileName) + const int& vCountSelectionMax = 1, // count selection max + UserDatas vUserDatas = nullptr, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags = 0); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + + // with pane + void OpenDialog( // open dialog with custom right pane (path and fileName can be specified) + const std::string& vKey, // key dialog + const std::string& vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters + const std::string& vPath, // path + const std::string& vFileName, // defaut file name + const PaneFun& vSidePane, // side pane + const float& vSidePaneWidth = 250.0f, // side pane width + const int& vCountSelectionMax = 1, // count selection max + UserDatas vUserDatas = nullptr, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags = 0); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + + void OpenDialog( // open dialog with custom right pane (path and filename are obtained from filePathName) + const std::string& vKey, // key dialog + const std::string& vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters + const std::string& vFilePathName, // file path name (will be decompsoed in path and fileName) + const PaneFun& vSidePane, // side pane + const float& vSidePaneWidth = 250.0f, // side pane width + const int& vCountSelectionMax = 1, // count selection max + UserDatas vUserDatas = nullptr, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags = 0); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + + // Display / Close dialog form + bool Display( // Display the dialog. return true if a result was obtained (Ok or not) + const std::string& vKey, // key dialog to display (if not the same key as defined by OpenDialog => no opening) + ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, // ImGuiWindowFlags + ImVec2 vMinSize = ImVec2(0, 0), // mininmal size contraint for the ImGuiWindow + ImVec2 vMaxSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // maximal size contraint for the ImGuiWindow + void Close(); // close dialog + + // queries + bool WasOpenedThisFrame(const std::string& vKey) const; // say if the dialog key was already opened this frame + bool WasOpenedThisFrame() const; // say if the dialog was already opened this frame + bool IsOpened(const std::string& vKey) const; // say if the key is opened + bool IsOpened() const; // say if the dialog is opened somewhere + std::string GetOpenedKey() const; // return the dialog key who is opened, return nothing if not opened + + // get result + bool IsOk() const; // true => Dialog Closed with Ok result / false : Dialog closed with cancel result + std::map GetSelection(); // Open File behavior : will return selection via a map + std::string GetFilePathName(); // Save File behavior : will always return the content of the field with current filter extention and current path + std::string GetCurrentFileName(); // Save File behavior : will always return the content of the field with current filter extention + std::string GetCurrentPath(); // will return current path + std::string GetCurrentFilter(); // will return selected filter + UserDatas GetUserDatas() const; // will return user datas send with Open Dialog + + // file style by extentions + void SetFileStyle( // SetExtention datas for have custom display of particular file type + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, // file style + const char* vCriteria, // extention filter to tune + const FileStyle& vInfos); // Filter Extention Struct who contain Color and Icon/Text for the display of the file with extention filter + void SetFileStyle( // SetExtention datas for have custom display of particular file type + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, // file style + const char* vCriteria, // extention filter to tune + const ImVec4& vColor, // wanted color for the display of the file with extention filter + const std::string& vIcon = "", // wanted text or icon of the file with extention filter + ImFont *vFont = nullptr); // wantes font + bool GetFileStyle( // GetExtention datas. return true is extention exist + const IGFD_FileStyleFlags& vFlags, // file style + const std::string& vCriteria, // extention filter (same as used in SetExtentionInfos) + ImVec4* vOutColor, // color to retrieve + std::string* vOutIcon = nullptr, // icon or text to retrieve + ImFont** vOutFont = nullptr); // font to retreive + void ClearFilesStyle(); // clear extentions setttings + + void SetLocales( // set locales to use before and after the dialog display + const int& vLocaleCategory, // set local category + const std::string& vLocaleBegin, // locale to use at begining of the dialog display + const std::string& vLocaleEnd); // locale to use at the end of the dialog display + + protected: + void NewFrame(); // new frame just at begining of display + void EndFrame(); // end frame just at end of display + void QuitFrame(); // quit frame when qui quit the dialog + + // others + bool prConfirm_Or_OpenOverWriteFileDialog_IfNeeded( + bool vLastAction, ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags); // treatment of the result, start the confirm to overwrite dialog if needed (if defined with flag) + + public: + // dialog parts + virtual void prDrawHeader(); // draw header part of the dialog (bookmark btn, dir creation, path composer, search bar) + virtual void prDrawContent(); // draw content part of the dialog (bookmark pane, file list, side pane) + virtual bool prDrawFooter(); // draw footer part of the dialog (file field, fitler combobox, ok/cancel btn's) + + // widgets components +#if defined(USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT) + virtual void DisplayPathPopup(ImVec2 vSize); // draw path popup when click on a \ or / +#endif // USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + virtual bool prDrawValidationButtons(); // draw validations btns, ok, cancel buttons + virtual bool prDrawOkButton(); // draw ok button + virtual bool prDrawCancelButton(); // draw cancel button + virtual void prDrawSidePane(float vHeight); // draw side pane + virtual void prSelectableItem(int vidx, + std::shared_ptr vInfos, + bool vSelected, const char* vFmt, ...); // draw a custom selectable behavior item + virtual void prDrawFileListView(ImVec2 vSize); // draw file list view (default mode) + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS + virtual void prDrawThumbnailsListView(ImVec2 vSize); // draw file list view with small thumbnails on the same line + virtual void prDrawThumbnailsGridView(ImVec2 vSize); // draw a grid of small thumbnails +#endif + + // to be called only by these function and theirs overrides + // - prDrawFileListView + // - prDrawThumbnailsListView + // - prDrawThumbnailsGridView + void prBeginFileColorIconStyle( + std::shared_ptr vFileInfos, + bool& vOutShowColor, + std::string& vOutStr, + ImFont** vOutFont); // begin style apply of filter with color an icon if any + void prEndFileColorIconStyle( + const bool& vShowColor, + ImFont* vFont); // end style apply of filter + }; +} + +typedef IGFD::UserDatas IGFDUserDatas; +typedef IGFD::PaneFun IGFDPaneFun; +typedef IGFD::FileDialog ImGuiFileDialog; +#else // __cplusplus +typedef struct ImGuiFileDialog ImGuiFileDialog; +typedef struct IGFD_Selection_Pair IGFD_Selection_Pair; +typedef struct IGFD_Selection IGFD_Selection; +#endif // __cplusplus + +// C Interface + +#include + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ +#ifdef IMGUIFILEDIALOG_NO_EXPORT +#define API +#else // IMGUIFILEDIALOG_NO_EXPORT +#define API __declspec(dllexport) +#endif // IMGUIFILEDIALOG_NO_EXPORT +#else // defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define API __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#else // __GNUC__ +#define API +#endif // __GNUC__ +#endif // defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API extern "C" API +#else // __cplusplus +#define IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API +#endif // __cplusplus + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +///// C API //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +struct IGFD_Selection_Pair +{ + char* fileName; + char* filePathName; +}; + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection_Pair IGFD_Selection_Pair_Get(); // return an initialized IGFD_Selection_Pair +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Selection_Pair_DestroyContent(IGFD_Selection_Pair* vSelection_Pair); // destroy the content of a IGFD_Selection_Pair + +struct IGFD_Selection +{ + IGFD_Selection_Pair* table; // 0 + size_t count; // 0U +}; + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection IGFD_Selection_Get(); // return an initialized IGFD_Selection +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Selection_DestroyContent(IGFD_Selection* vSelection); // destroy the content of a IGFD_Selection + +// constructor / destructor +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API ImGuiFileDialog* IGFD_Create(void); // create the filedialog context +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_Destroy(ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // destroy the filedialog context + +typedef void (*IGFD_PaneFun)(const char*, void*, bool*); // callback fucntion for display the pane + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +typedef void (*IGFD_CreateThumbnailFun)(IGFD_Thumbnail_Info*); // callback function for create thumbnail texture +typedef void (*IGFD_DestroyThumbnailFun)(IGFD_Thumbnail_Info*); // callback fucntion for destroy thumbnail texture +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenDialog( // open a standard dialog + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey, // key dialog + const char* vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters/filter collections. set it to null for directory mode + const char* vPath, // path + const char* vFileName, // defaut file name + const int vCountSelectionMax, // count selection max + void* vUserDatas, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenDialog2( // open a standard dialog + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey, // key dialog + const char* vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters/filter collections. set it to null for directory mode + const char* vFilePathName, // defaut file path name (path and filename witl be extracted from it) + const int vCountSelectionMax, // count selection max + void* vUserDatas, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenPaneDialog( // open a standard dialog with pane + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey, // key dialog + const char* vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters/filter collections. set it to null for directory mode + const char* vPath, // path + const char* vFileName, // defaut file name + const IGFD_PaneFun vSidePane, // side pane + const float vSidePaneWidth, // side pane base width + const int vCountSelectionMax, // count selection max + void* vUserDatas, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_OpenPaneDialog2( // open a standard dialog with pane + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey, // key dialog + const char* vTitle, // title + const char* vFilters, // filters/filter collections. set it to null for directory mode + const char* vFilePathName, // defaut file name (path and filename witl be extracted from it) + const IGFD_PaneFun vSidePane, // side pane + const float vSidePaneWidth, // side pane base width + const int vCountSelectionMax, // count selection max + void* vUserDatas, // user datas (can be retrieved in pane) + ImGuiFileDialogFlags vFlags); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_DisplayDialog( // Display the dialog + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey, // key dialog to display (if not the same key as defined by OpenDialog => no opening) + ImGuiWindowFlags vFlags, // ImGuiWindowFlags + ImVec2 vMinSize, // mininmal size contraint for the ImGuiWindow + ImVec2 vMaxSize); // maximal size contraint for the ImGuiWindow + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_CloseDialog( // Close the dialog + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsOk( // true => Dialog Closed with Ok result / false : Dialog closed with cancel result + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_WasKeyOpenedThisFrame( // say if the dialog key was already opened this frame + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vKey); + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_WasOpenedThisFrame( // say if the dialog was already opened this frame + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsKeyOpened( // say if the dialog key is opened + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vCurrentOpenedKey); // the dialog key + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_IsOpened( // say if the dialog is opened somewhere + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API IGFD_Selection IGFD_GetSelection( // Open File behavior : will return selection via a map + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetFilePathName( // Save File behavior : will always return the content of the field with current filter extention and current path, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentFileName( // Save File behavior : will always return the content of the field with current filter extention, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentPath( // will return current path, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_GetCurrentFilter( // will return selected filter, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void* IGFD_GetUserDatas( // will return user datas send with Open Dialog + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFileStyle( // SetExtention datas for have custom display of particular file type + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFileStyleFlags, // file style type + const char* vFilter, // extention filter to tune + ImVec4 vColor, // wanted color for the display of the file with extention filter + const char* vIconText, // wanted text or icon of the file with extention filter (can be sued with font icon) + ImFont* vFont); // wanted font pointer + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFileStyle2( // SetExtention datas for have custom display of particular file type + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFileStyleFlags, // file style type + const char* vFilter, // extention filter to tune + float vR, float vG, float vB, float vA, // wanted color channels RGBA for the display of the file with extention filter + const char* vIconText, // wanted text or icon of the file with extention filter (can be sued with font icon) + ImFont* vFont); // wanted font pointer + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API bool IGFD_GetFileStyle( + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + IGFD_FileStyleFlags vFileStyleFlags, // file style type + const char* vFilter, // extention filter (same as used in SetExtentionInfos) + ImVec4* vOutColor, // color to retrieve + char** vOutIconText, // icon or text to retrieve, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImFont** vOutFont); // font pointer to retrived + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_ClearFilesStyle( // clear extentions setttings + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetLocales( // set locales to use before and after display + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const int vCategory, // set local category + const char* vBeginLocale, // locale to use at begining of the dialog display + const char* vEndLocale); // locale to set at end of the dialog display + +#ifdef USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds( // set the flashing time of the line in file list when use exploration keys + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + float vAttenValue); // set the attenuation (from flashed to not flashed) in seconds +#endif + +#ifdef USE_BOOKMARK +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API char* IGFD_SerializeBookmarks( // serialize bookmarks : return bookmark buffer to save in a file, WARNINGS you are responsible to free it + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + bool vDontSerializeCodeBasedBookmarks); // for avoid serialization of bookmarks added by code + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_DeserializeBookmarks( // deserialize bookmarks : load bookmar buffer to load in the dialog (saved from previous use with SerializeBookmarks()) + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vBookmarks); // bookmark buffer to load + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_AddBookmark( // add a bookmark by code + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vBookMarkName, // bookmark name + const char* vBookMarkPath); // bookmark path + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void IGFD_RemoveBookmark( // remove a bookmark by code, return true if succeed + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + const char* vBookMarkName); // bookmark name to remove +#endif + +#ifdef USE_THUMBNAILS +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetCreateThumbnailCallback( // define the callback for create the thumbnails texture + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + IGFD_CreateThumbnailFun vCreateThumbnailFun); // the callback for create the thumbnails texture + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void SetDestroyThumbnailCallback( // define the callback for destroy the thumbnails texture + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext, // ImGuiFileDialog context + IGFD_DestroyThumbnailFun vDestroyThumbnailFun); // the callback for destroy the thumbnails texture + +IMGUIFILEDIALOG_API void ManageGPUThumbnails( // must be call in gpu zone, possibly a thread, will call the callback for create / destroy the textures + ImGuiFileDialog* vContext); // ImGuiFileDialog context +#endif // USE_THUMBNAILS + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +#endif // IMGUIFILEDIALOG_H diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e4d6d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +#pragma once + +// uncomment and modify defines under for customize ImGuiFileDialog + +//this options need c++17 +//#define USE_STD_FILESYSTEM + +//#define MAX_FILE_DIALOG_NAME_BUFFER 1024 +//#define MAX_PATH_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 + +// the slash's buttons in path cna be used for quick select parallles directories +//#define USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + +// the spacing between button path's can be customized. +// if disabled the spacing is defined by the imgui theme +// define the space between path buttons +//#define CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING 2 + +//#define USE_THUMBNAILS +//the thumbnail generation use the stb_image and stb_resize lib who need to define the implementation +//btw if you already use them in your app, you can have compiler error due to "implemntation found in double" +//so uncomment these line for prevent the creation of implementation of these libs again +//#define DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define DONT_DEFINE_AGAIN__STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_RADIO_BUTTON RadioButton +//#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ImageHeight 32.0f +//#define tableHeaderFileThumbnailsString "Thumbnails" +//#define DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonString "FL" +//#define DisplayMode_FilesList_ButtonHelp "File List" +//#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonString "TL" +//#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsList_ButtonHelp "Thumbnails List" +// todo +//#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonString "TG" +//#define DisplayMode_ThumbailsGrid_ButtonHelp "Thumbnails Grid" + +//#define USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS +// this mapping by default is for GLFW but you can use another +//#include +// Up key for explore to the top +//#define IGFD_KEY_UP ImGuiKey_UpArrow +// Down key for explore to the bottom +//#define IGFD_KEY_DOWN ImGuiKey_DownArrow +// Enter key for open directory +//#define IGFD_KEY_ENTER ImGuiKey_Enter +// BackSpace for comming back to the last directory +//#define IGFD_KEY_BACKSPACE ImGuiKey_Backspace + +// by ex you can quit the dialog by pressing the key excape +//#define USE_DIALOG_EXIT_WITH_KEY +//#define IGFD_EXIT_KEY ImGuiKey_Escape + +// widget +// begin combo widget +// #define IMGUI_BEGIN_COMBO ImGui::BeginCombo +// filter combobox width +//#define FILTER_COMBO_WIDTH 120.0f +// button widget use for compose path +//#define IMGUI_PATH_BUTTON ImGui::Button +// standard button +//#define IMGUI_BUTTON ImGui::Button + +// locales string +//#define createDirButtonString "+" +//#define resetButtonString "R" +//#define drivesButtonString "Drives" +//#define editPathButtonString "E" +//#define searchString "Search" +//#define dirEntryString "[DIR] " +//#define linkEntryString "[LINK] " +//#define fileEntryString "[FILE] " +//#define fileNameString "File Name : " +//#define dirNameString "Directory Path :" +//#define buttonResetSearchString "Reset search" +//#define buttonDriveString "Drives" +//#define buttonEditPathString "Edit path\nYou can also right click on path buttons" +//#define buttonResetPathString "Reset to current directory" +//#define buttonCreateDirString "Create Directory" +//#define OverWriteDialogTitleString "The file Already Exist !" +//#define OverWriteDialogMessageString "Would you like to OverWrite it ?" +//#define OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString "Confirm" +//#define OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString "Cancel" + +//Validation buttons +//#define okButtonString " OK" +//#define okButtonWidth 0.0f +//#define cancelButtonString " Cancel" +//#define cancelButtonWidth 0.0f +//alignement [0:1], 0.0 is left, 0.5 middle, 1.0 right, and other ratios +//#define okCancelButtonAlignement 0.0f +//#define invertOkAndCancelButtons 0 + +// DateTimeFormat +// see strftime functionin for customize +// "%Y/%m/%d %H:%M" give 2021:01:22 11:47 +// "%Y/%m/%d %i:%M%p" give 2021:01:22 11:45PM +//#define DateTimeFormat "%Y/%m/%d %i:%M%p" + +// theses icons will appear in table headers +//#define USE_CUSTOM_SORTING_ICON +//#define tableHeaderAscendingIcon "A|" +//#define tableHeaderDescendingIcon "D|" +//#define tableHeaderFileNameString " File name" +//#define tableHeaderFileTypeString " Type" +//#define tableHeaderFileSizeString " Size" +//#define tableHeaderFileDateTimeString " Date" +//#define fileSizeBytes "o" +//#define fileSizeKiloBytes "Ko" +//#define fileSizeMegaBytes "Mo" +//#define fileSizeGigaBytes "Go" + +// default table sort field (must be FIELD_FILENAME, FIELD_TYPE, FIELD_SIZE, FIELD_DATE or FIELD_THUMBNAILS) +//#define defaultSortField FIELD_FILENAME + +// default table sort order for each field (true => Descending, false => Ascending) +//#define defaultSortOrderFilename true +//#define defaultSortOrderType true +//#define defaultSortOrderSize true +//#define defaultSortOrderDate true +//#define defaultSortOrderThumbnails true + +//#define USE_BOOKMARK +//#define bookmarkPaneWith 150.0f +//#define IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON ToggleButton +//#define bookmarksButtonString "Bookmark" +//#define bookmarksButtonHelpString "Bookmark" +//#define addBookmarkButtonString "+" +//#define removeBookmarkButtonString "-" diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/LICENSE b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c17eee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +MIT License + +Copyright (c) 2018-2022 Stephane Cuillerdier (aka Aiekick) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/README.md b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..986995b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,907 @@ +[](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/actions?query=workflow%3AWin) +[](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/actions?query=workflow%3ALinux) +[](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/actions?query=workflow%3AOsx) +[![Wrapped Dear ImGui Version](https://img.shields.io/badge/Dear%20ImGui%20Version-1.88-blue.svg)](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) + +# ImGuiFileDialog + +## Purpose + +ImGuiFileDialog is a file selection dialog built for (and using only) [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui). + +My primary goal was to have a custom pane with widgets according to file extension. This was not possible using other +solutions. + +## ImGui Supported Version + +ImGuiFileDialog follow the master and docking branch of ImGui . currently ImGui 1.88 + +## Structure + +* The library is in [Lib_Only branch](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/tree/Lib_Only) +* A demo app can be found the [master branch](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/tree/master) + +This library is designed to be dropped into your source code rather than compiled separately. + +From your project directory: + +``` +mkdir lib +cd lib +git clone https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog.git +git checkout Lib_Only +``` + +These commands create a `lib` directory where you can store any third-party dependencies used in your project, downloads +the ImGuiFileDialog git repository and checks out the Lib_Only branch where the actual library code is located. + +Add `lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp` to your build system and include +`lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.h` in your source code. ImGuiFileLib will compile with and be included directly in +your executable file. + +If, for example, your project uses cmake, look for a line like `add_executable(my_project_name main.cpp)` +and change it to `add_executable(my_project_name lib/ImGuiFileDialog/ImGuiFileDialog.cpp main.cpp)`. This tells the +compiler where to find the source code declared in `ImGuiFileDialog.h` which you included in your own source code. + +## Requirements: + +You must also, of course, have added [Dear ImGui](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui) to your project for this to work at +all. + +[dirent v1.23](https://github.com/tronkko/dirent/tree/v1.23) is required to use ImGuiFileDialog under Windows. It is +included in the Lib_Only branch for your convenience. + +Android Requirements : Api 21 mini + +## Features + +- Separate system for call and display + - Can have many function calls with different parameters for one display function, for example +- Can create a custom pane with any widgets via function binding + - This pane can block the validation of the dialog + - Can also display different things according to current filter and UserDatas +- Advanced file style for file/dir/link coloring / icons / font +- Multi-selection (ctrl/shift + click) : + - 0 => Infinite + - 1 => One file (default) + - n => n files +- Compatible with MacOs, Linux, Windows + - Windows version can list drives +- Supports modal or standard dialog types +- Select files or directories +- Filter groups and custom filter names +- can ignore filter Case for file searching +- Keyboard navigation (arrows, backspace, enter) +- Exploring by entering characters (case insensitive) +- Directory bookmarks +- Directory manual entry (right click on any path element) +- Optional 'Confirm to Overwrite" dialog if file exists +- C Api (succesfully tested with CimGui) +- Thumbnails Display (agnostic way for compatibility with any backend, sucessfully tested with OpenGl and Vulkan) +- The dialog can be embedded in another user frame than the standard or modal dialog +- Can tune validation buttons (placements, widths, inversion) +- Can quick select a parrallel directory of a path, in the path composer (when you clikc on a / you have a popup) +- regex support for filters, collection of fitler and filestyle (the regex is recognized when between ( and ) in a filter + +### WARNINGS : +- the nav system keyboard behavior is not working as expected, so maybe full of bug for ImGuiFileDialog + +

Singleton Pattern vs. Multiple Instances :

+ +### Single Dialog : + +If you only need to display one file dialog at a time, use ImGuiFileDialog's singleton pattern to avoid explicitly +declaring an object: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->method_of_your_choice(); +``` + +### Multiple Dialogs : + +If you need to have multiple file dialogs open at once, declare each dialog explicity: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog instance_a; +instance_a.method_of_your_choice(); +ImGuiFileDialog instance_b; +instance_b.method_of_your_choice(); +``` + +
+ +

Simple Dialog :

+ +```cpp +void drawGui() +{ + // open Dialog Simple + if (ImGui::Button("Open File Dialog")) + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", "."); + + // display + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) + { + // action if OK + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) + { + std::string filePathName = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + std::string filePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentPath(); + // action + } + + // close + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + } +} +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/dlg_simple.gif) + +
+ +

Modal Dialog :

+ +you have now a flag for open modal dialog : + + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal +``` + +you can use it like that : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", + ".", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); +``` + +
+ +

Directory Chooser :

+ +To have a directory chooser, set the file extension filter to nullptr: + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseDirDlgKey", "Choose a Directory", nullptr, "."); +``` + +In this mode you can select any directory with one click and open a directory with a double-click. + +![directoryChooser](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/directoryChooser.gif) + +
+ +

Dialog with Custom Pane :

+ +The signature of the custom pane callback is: + +### for C++ : + +```cpp +void(const char *vFilter, IGFDUserDatas vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) +``` + +### for C : + +```c +void(const char *vFilter, void* vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) +``` + +### Example : + +```cpp +static bool canValidateDialog = false; +inline void InfosPane(cosnt char *vFilter, IGFDUserDatas vUserDatas, bool *vCantContinue) // if vCantContinue is false, the user cant validate the dialog +{ + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(0, 1, 1, 1), "Infos Pane"); + ImGui::Text("Selected Filter : %s", vFilter.c_str()); + if (vUserDatas) + ImGui::Text("UserDatas : %s", vUserDatas); + ImGui::Checkbox("if not checked you cant validate the dialog", &canValidateDialog); + if (vCantContinue) + *vCantContinue = canValidateDialog; +} + +void drawGui() +{ + // open Dialog with Pane + if (ImGui::Button("Open File Dialog with a custom pane")) + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".cpp,.h,.hpp", + ".", "", std::bind(&InfosPane, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3), 350, 1, UserDatas("InfosPane")); + + // display and action if ok + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) + { + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) + { + std::string filePathName = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + std::string filePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentPath(); + std::string filter = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetCurrentFilter(); + // here convert from string because a string was passed as a userDatas, but it can be what you want + std::string userDatas; + if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetUserDatas()) + userDatas = std::string((const char*)ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetUserDatas()); + auto selection = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetSelection(); // multiselection + + // action + } + // close + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + } +} +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/dlg_with_pane.gif) + +
+ +

File Style : Custom icons and colors by extension :

+ +You can define style for files/dirs/links in many ways : + +the style can be colors, icons and fonts + +the general form is : +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(styleType, criteria, color, icon, font); + +styleType can be thoses : + +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile // define style for all files +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir // define style for all dir +IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink // define style for all link +IGFD_FileStyleByExtention // define style by extention, for files or links +IGFD_FileStyleByFullName // define style for particular file/dir/link full name (filename + extention) +IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName // define style for file/dir/link when criteria is contained in full name +``` + +ImGuiFileDialog accepts icon font macros as well as text tags for file types. + +[ImGuIFontStudio](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio) is useful here. I wrote it to make it easy to create +custom icon sets for use with Dear ImGui. + +It is inspired by [IconFontCppHeaders](https://github.com/juliettef/IconFontCppHeaders), which can also be used with +ImGuiFileDialog. + +you can also use a regex for the filtering. the regex must be betwwen the ( and ) for be recognized as a regex + +samples : + +```cpp +// define style by file extention and Add an icon for .png files +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".png", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC, font1); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".gif", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.9f), "[GIF]"); + +// define style for all directories +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); +// can be for a specific directory +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); + +// define style for all files +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE); +// can be for a specific file +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE); + +// define style for all links +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink, "", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); +// can be for a specific link +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink, "Readme.md", ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + +// define style for any files/dirs/links by fullname +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "doc", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); + +// define style by file who are containing this string +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); + +all of theses can be miwed with IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir / IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile / IGFD_FileStyleByTypeLink +like theses by ex : +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile | IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "cmake", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_SAVE); + +// for all these,s you can use a regex +// ex for color files like Custom*.h +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "(Custom.+[.]h)", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC, font1); +``` + +this sample code of [master/main.cpp](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/main.cpp) produce the picture above : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "(Custom.+[.]h)", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".cpp", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".h", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".hpp", ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".md", ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f)); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".png", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); // add an icon for the filter type +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByExtention, ".gif", ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.9f), "[GIF]"); // add an text for a filter type +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir, nullptr, ImVec4(0.5f, 1.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FOLDER); // for all dirs +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile, "CMakeLists.txt", ImVec4(0.1f, 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_ADD); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "doc", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_FILE_PIC); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeDir | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.9f, 0.2f, 0.0f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_BOOKMARK); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByTypeFile | IGFD_FileStyleByContainedInFullName, ".git", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 0.9f), ICON_IGFD_SAVE); +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/color_filter.png) + +
+ +

Filter Collections :

+ +You can define a custom filter name that corresponds to a group of filters using this syntax: + +You can also use a regex for the filtering. the regex must be betwwen the ( and ) for be recognized as a regex + + +```custom_name1{filter1,filter2,filter3,(regex0),(regex1)},custom_name2{filter1,filter2,(regex0)},filter1``` + +When you select custom_name1, filters 1 to 3 will be applied. The characters `{` and `}` are reserved. Don't use them +for filter names. + + +this code : + +```cpp +const char *filters = "Source files (*.cpp *.h *.hpp){.cpp,.h,.hpp},Image files (*.png *.gif *.jpg *.jpeg){.png,.gif,.jpg,.jpeg},.md"; +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", ICON_IMFDLG_FOLDER_OPEN " Choose a File", filters, "."); +``` + +will produce : +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/collectionFilters.gif) + +
+ +

Multi Selection :

+ +You can define in OpenDialog call the count file you want to select : + +- 0 => infinite +- 1 => one file only (default) +- n => n files only + +See the define at the end of these funcs after path. + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", "."); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose 1 File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 1); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose 5 File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 5); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose many File", ".*,.cpp,.h,.hpp", ".", 0); +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", "Choose File", ".png,.jpg", + ".", "", std::bind(&InfosPane, std::placeholders::_1, std::placeholders::_2, std::placeholders::_3), 350, 1, "SaveFile"); // 1 file +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/multiSelection.gif) + +
+ +

File Dialog Constraints :

+ +You can set the minimum and/or maximum size of the dialog: + +```cpp +ImVec2 maxSize = ImVec2((float)display_w, (float)display_h); // The full display area +ImVec2 minSize = maxSize * 0.5f; // Half the display area +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, minSize, maxSize); +``` + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/dialog_constraints.gif) + +
+ +

Exploring by keys :

+ +You can activate this feature by uncommenting `#define USE_EXPLORATION_BY_KEYS` +in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h) + +You can also uncomment the next lines to define navigation keys: + +* IGFD_KEY_UP => Up key for explore to the top +* IGFD_KEY_DOWN => Down key for explore to the bottom +* IGFD_KEY_ENTER => Enter key for open directory +* IGFD_KEY_BACKSPACE => BackSpace for comming back to the last directory + +You can also jump to a point in the file list by pressing the corresponding key of the first filename character. + +![alt text](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/explore_ny_keys.gif) + +As you see the current item is flashed by default for 1 second. You can define the flashing lifetime with the function + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetFlashingAttenuationInSeconds(1.0f); +``` + +
+ +

Bookmarks :

+ +You can create/edit/call path bookmarks and load/save them. + +Activate this feature by uncommenting: `#define USE_BOOKMARK` in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h) + +More customization options: + +```cpp +#define bookmarkPaneWith 150.0f => width of the bookmark pane +#define IMGUI_TOGGLE_BUTTON ToggleButton => customize the Toggled button (button stamp must be : (const char* label, bool *toggle) +#define bookmarksButtonString "Bookmark" => the text in the toggle button +#define bookmarksButtonHelpString "Bookmark" => the helper text when mouse over the button +#define addBookmarkButtonString "+" => the button for add a bookmark +#define removeBookmarkButtonString "-" => the button for remove the selected bookmark +``` + +* You can select each bookmark to edit the displayed name corresponding to a path +* Double-click on the label to apply the bookmark + +![bookmarks.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/bookmarks.gif) + +You can also serialize/deserialize bookmarks (for example to load/save from/to a file): +```cpp +Load => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->DeserializeBookmarks(bookmarString); +Save => std::string bookmarkString = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SerializeBookmarks(); +``` + +you can also add/remove bookmark by code : + +and in this case, you can also avoid serialization of code based bookmark + +```cpp +Add => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->AddBookmark(bookmark_name, bookmark_path); +Remove => ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->RemoveBookmark(bookmark_name); + +// true for prevent serialization of code based bookmarks +Save => std::string bookmarkString = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SerializeBookmarks(true); +``` + +(please see example code for details) + +
+ +

Path Edition :

+ +Right clicking on any path element button allows the user to manually edit the path from that portion of the tree. +Pressing the completion key (GLFW uses `enter` by default) validates the new path. Pressing the cancel key (GLFW +uses`escape` by default) cancels the manual entry and restores the original path. + +Here's the manual entry operation in action: +![inputPathEdition.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/inputPathEdition.gif) + +
+ +

Confirm Overwrite Dialog :

+ +If you want avoid overwriting files after selection, ImGuiFileDialog can show a dialog to confirm or cancel the +operation. + +To do so, define the flag ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite in your call to OpenDialog/OpenModal. + +By default this flag is not set since there is no pre-defined way to define if a dialog will be for Open or Save +behavior. (by design! :) ) + +Example code For Standard Dialog : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", + ICON_IGFD_SAVE " Choose a File", filters, + ".", "", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); +``` + +Example code For Modal Dialog : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", + ICON_IGFD_SAVE " Choose a File", filters, + ".", "", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal | ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); +``` + +This dialog will only verify the file in the file field, not with `GetSelection()`. + +The confirmation dialog will be a non-movable modal (input blocking) dialog displayed in the middle of the current +ImGuiFileDialog window. + +As usual, you can customize the dialog in your custom config file (CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h in this example) + +Uncomment these line for customization options: + +```cpp +//#define OverWriteDialogTitleString "The file Already Exist !" +//#define OverWriteDialogMessageString "Would you like to OverWrite it ?" +//#define OverWriteDialogConfirmButtonString "Confirm" +//#define OverWriteDialogCancelButtonString "Cancel" +``` + +See the result : + +![ConfirmToOverWrite.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/ConfirmToOverWrite.gif) + +
+ +

Open / Save dialog Behavior :

+ +ImGuiFileDialog uses the same code internally for Open and Save dialogs. To distinguish between them access the various +data return functions depending on what the dialog is doing. + +When selecting an existing file (for example, a Load or Open dialog), use + +```cpp +std::map GetSelection(); // Returns selection via a map +UserDatas GetUserDatas(); // Get user data provided by the Open dialog +``` + +To selecting a new file (for example, a Save As... dialog), use: + +```cpp +std::string GetFilePathName(); // Returns the content of the selection field with current file extension and current path +std::string GetCurrentFileName(); // Returns the content of the selection field with current file extension but no path +std::string GetCurrentPath(); // Returns current path only +std::string GetCurrentFilter(); // The file extension +``` + +
+ +

Thumbnails Display :

+ +You can now, display thumbnails of pictures. + +![thumbnails.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/thumbnails.gif) + +The file resize use stb/image so the following files extentions are supported : + * .png (tested sucessfully) + * .bmp (tested sucessfully) + * .tga (tested sucessfully) + * .jpg (tested sucessfully) + * .jpeg (tested sucessfully) + * .gif (tested sucessfully_ but not animation just first frame) + * .psd (not tested) + * .pic (not tested) + * .ppm (not tested) + * .pgm (not tested) + +Corresponding to your backend (ex : OpenGl) you need to define two callbacks : +* the first is a callback who will be called by ImGuiFileDialog for create the backend texture +* the second is a callback who will be called by ImGuiFileDialog for destroy the backend texture + +After that you need to call the function who is responsible to create / destroy the textures. +this function must be called in your GPU Rendering zone for avoid destroying of used texture. +if you do that at the same place of your imgui code, some backend can crash your app, by ex with vulkan. + +To Clarify : + +This feature is spliited in two zones : + - CPU Zone : for load/destroy picture file + - GPU Zone : for load/destroy gpu textures. +This modern behavior for avoid destroying of used texture, +was needed for vulkan. + +This feature was Successfully tested on my side with Opengl and Vulkan. +But im sure is perfectly compatible with other modern apis like DirectX and Metal + +ex, for opengl : + +```cpp +// Create thumbnails texture +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetCreateThumbnailCallback([](IGFD_Thumbnail_Info *vThumbnail_Info) -> void +{ + if (vThumbnail_Info && + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToUpload && + vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas) + { + GLuint textureId = 0; + glGenTextures(1, &textureId); + vThumbnail_Info->textureID = (void*)textureId; + + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, textureId); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); + glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, + (GLsizei)vThumbnail_Info->textureWidth, (GLsizei)vThumbnail_Info->textureHeight, + 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas); + glFinish(); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0); + + delete[] vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas; + vThumbnail_Info->textureFileDatas = nullptr; + + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToUpload = false; + vThumbnail_Info->isReadyToDisplay = true; + } +}); +``` + +```cpp +// Destroy thumbnails texture +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->SetDestroyThumbnailCallback([](IGFD_Thumbnail_Info* vThumbnail_Info) +{ + if (vThumbnail_Info) + { + GLuint texID = (GLuint)vThumbnail_Info->textureID; + glDeleteTextures(1, &texID); + glFinish(); + } +}); +``` + +```cpp +// GPU Rendering Zone // To call for Create/ Destroy Textures +ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->ManageGPUThumbnails(); +``` + +
+ +

Embedded in other frames :

+ +The dialog can be embedded in another user frame than the standard or modal dialog + +You have to create a variable of type ImGuiFileDialog. (if you are suing the singleton, you will not have the possibility to open other dialog) + +ex : + +```cpp +ImGuiFileDialog fileDialog; + +// open dialog; in this case, Bookmark, directory creation are disabled with, and also the file input field is readonly. +// btw you can od what you want +fileDialog.OpenDialog("embedded", "Select File", ".*", "", -1, nullptr, + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_NoDialog | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableBookmarkMode | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_DisableCreateDirectoryButton | + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ReadOnlyFileNameField); +// then display, here +// to note, when embedded the ImVec2(0,0) (MinSize) do nothing, only the ImVec2(0,350) (MaxSize) can size the dialog frame +fileDialog.Display("embedded", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(0,350))) +``` +the result : + +![Embedded.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/Embedded.gif) + +
+ +

Quick Parallel Path Selection in Path Composer :

+ +you have a separator between two directories in the path composer +when you click on it you can explore a list of parrallels directories of this point + +this feature is disabled by default +you can enable it with the compiler flag : #define USE_QUICK_PATH_SELECT + +you can also customize the spacing between path button's with and without this mode +you can do that by define the compiler flag : #define CUSTOM_PATH_SPACING 2 +if undefined the spacing is defined by the imgui theme + +![quick_composer_path_select.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/quick_composer_path_select.gif) + +
+ +

Case Insensitive Filtering :

+ +you can use this flag 'ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention' when you call the open functions + +``` +by ex : +if the flag ImGuiFileDialogFlags_CaseInsensitiveExtention is used +with filters like .jpg or .Jpg or .JPG +all files with extentions by ex : .jpg and .JPG will be displayed +``` + +
+ +

How to Integrate ImGuiFileDialog in your project :

+ +### Customize ImGuiFileDialog : + +You can customize many aspects of ImGuiFileDialog by overriding `ImGuiFileDialogConfig.h`. + +To enable your customizations, define the preprocessor directive CUSTOM_IMGUIFILEDIALOG_CONFIG with the path of your +custom config file. This path must be relative to the directory where you put the ImGuiFileDialog module. + +This operation is demonstrated in `CustomImGuiFileDialog.h` in the example project to: + +* Have a custom icon font instead of labels for buttons or message titles +* Customize the button text (the button call signature must be the same, by the way! :) + +The custom icon font used in the example code ([CustomFont.cpp](CustomFont.cpp) and [CustomFont.h](CustomFont.h)) was made +with [ImGuiFontStudio](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio), which I wrote. :) + +ImGuiFontStudio uses ImGuiFileDialog! Check it out. + +
+ +

Tune the validations button group :

+ +You can specify : +- the width of "ok" and "cancel" buttons, by the set the defines "okButtonWidth" and "cancelButtonWidth" +- the alignement of the button group (left, right, middle, etc..) by set the define "okCancelButtonAlignement" +- if you want to have the ok button on the left and cancel button on the right or inverted by set the define "invertOkAndCancelButtons" + +just see theses defines in the config file +```cpp +//Validation buttons +//#define okButtonString " OK" +//#define okButtonWidth 0.0f +//#define cancelButtonString " Cancel" +//#define cancelButtonWidth 0.0f +//alignement [0:1], 0.0 is left, 0.5 middle, 1.0 right, and other ratios +//#define okCancelButtonAlignement 0.0f +//#define invertOkAndCancelButtons false +``` +with Alignement 0.0 => left + +![alignement_0.0.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_0.0.png) + +with Alignement 1.0 => right + +![alignement_1.0.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_1.0.png) + +with Alignement 0.5 => middle + +![alignement_0.5.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/alignement_0.5.png) + +ok and cancel buttons inverted (cancel on the left and ok on the right) + +![validation_buttons_inverted.gif](https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/blob/master/doc/validation_buttons_inverted.png) + +
+ +

Filtering by a regex :

+ +you can use a regex for filtering and file coloring + +for have a filter recognized as a regex, you must have it between a ( and a ) + +this one will filter files who start by the word "Common" and finish by ".h" +```cpp +ex : "(Custom.+[.]h)" +``` + +use cases : + +* Simple filter : +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "(Custom.+[.]h)"); +``` + +* Collections filter : +for this one the filter is between "{" and "}", so you can use the "(" and ")" outside + +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "Source files (*.cpp *.h *.hpp){(Custom.+[.]h),.h,.hpp},); +``` + +* file coloring : +this one will colorized all files who start by the word "Common" and finish by ".h" +```cpp +SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "(Custom.+[.]h)", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +``` + +* with this feature you can by ex filter and colorize render frame pictures who have ext like .000, .001, .002, etc.. +```cpp +OpenDialog("toto", "Choose File", "([.][0-9]{3})"); +SetFileStyle(IGFD_FileStyleByFullName, "([.][0-9]{3})", ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.9f)); +``` + +
+ +

Api's C/C++ :

+ +### the C Api + +this api was sucessfully tested with CImGui + +A C API is available let you include ImGuiFileDialog in your C project. +btw, ImGuiFileDialog depend of ImGui and dirent (for windows) + +Sample code with cimgui : + +```cpp +// create ImGuiFileDialog +ImGuiFileDialog *cfileDialog = IGFD_Create(); + +// open dialog +if (igButton("Open File", buttonSize)) +{ + IGFD_OpenDialog(cfiledialog, + "filedlg", // dialog key (make it possible to have different treatment reagrding the dialog key + "Open a File", // dialog title + "c files(*.c *.h){.c,.h}", // dialog filter syntax : simple => .h,.c,.pp, etc and collections : text1{filter0,filter1,filter2}, text2{filter0,filter1,filter2}, etc.. + ".", // base directory for files scan + "", // base filename + 0, // a fucntion for display a right pane if you want + 0.0f, // base width of the pane + 0, // count selection : 0 infinite, 1 one file (default), n (n files) + "User data !", // some user datas + ImGuiFileDialogFlags_ConfirmOverwrite); // ImGuiFileDialogFlags +} + +ImGuiIO* ioptr = igGetIO(); +ImVec2 maxSize; +maxSize.x = ioptr->DisplaySize.x * 0.8f; +maxSize.y = ioptr->DisplaySize.y * 0.8f; +ImVec2 minSize; +minSize.x = maxSize.x * 0.25f; +minSize.y = maxSize.y * 0.25f; + +// display dialog +if (IGFD_DisplayDialog(cfiledialog, "filedlg", ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, minSize, maxSize)) +{ + if (IGFD_IsOk(cfiledialog)) // result ok + { + char* cfilePathName = IGFD_GetFilePathName(cfiledialog); + printf("GetFilePathName : %s\n", cfilePathName); + char* cfilePath = IGFD_GetCurrentPath(cfiledialog); + printf("GetCurrentPath : %s\n", cfilePath); + char* cfilter = IGFD_GetCurrentFilter(cfiledialog); + printf("GetCurrentFilter : %s\n", cfilter); + // here convert from string because a string was passed as a userDatas, but it can be what you want + void* cdatas = IGFD_GetUserDatas(cfiledialog); + if (cdatas) + printf("GetUserDatas : %s\n", (const char*)cdatas); + struct IGFD_Selection csel = IGFD_GetSelection(cfiledialog); // multi selection + printf("Selection :\n"); + for (int i = 0; i < (int)csel.count; i++) + { + printf("(%i) FileName %s => path %s\n", i, csel.table[i].fileName, csel.table[i].filePathName); + } + // action + + // destroy + if (cfilePathName) free(cfilePathName); + if (cfilePath) free(cfilePath); + if (cfilter) free(cfilter); + + IGFD_Selection_DestroyContent(&csel); + } + IGFD_CloseDialog(cfiledialog); +} + +// destroy ImGuiFileDialog +IGFD_Destroy(cfiledialog); +``` + +
+ +

How to build the sample app :

+ +The sample app is [here in master branch]((https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFileDialog/tree/master) + +You need to use cMake. For the 3 Os (Win, Linux, MacOs), the cMake usage is exactly the same, + + Choose a build directory. (called here my_build_directory for instance) and + Choose a Build Mode : "Release" / "MinSizeRel" / "RelWithDebInfo" / "Debug" (called here BuildMode for instance) + Run cMake in console : (the first for generate cmake build files, the second for build the binary) + +cmake -B my_build_directory -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=BuildMode +cmake --build my_build_directory --config BuildMode + +Some cMake version need Build mode define via the directive CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE or via --Config when we launch the build. This is why i put the boths possibilities + +By the way you need before, to make sure, you have needed dependencies. + +### On Windows : + +You need to have the opengl library installed + +### On Linux : + +You need many lib : (X11, xrandr, xinerama, xcursor, mesa) + +If you are on debian you can run : + +sudo apt-get update +sudo apt-get install libgl1-mesa-dev libx11-dev libxi-dev libxrandr-dev libxinerama-dev libxcursor-dev + +### On MacOs : + +you need many lib : opengl and cocoa framework + +
+ +## Thats all folks :-) + +You can check by example in this repo with the file CustomImGuiFileDialogConfig.h : +- this trick was used for have custom icon font instead of labels for buttons or messages titles +- you can also use your custom imgui button, the button call stamp must be same by the way :) + +The Custom Icon Font (in CustomFont.cpp and CustomFont.h) was made with ImGuiFontStudio (https://github.com/aiekick/ImGuiFontStudio) i wrote for that :) +ImGuiFontStudio is using also ImGuiFileDialog.$ + +![Alt](https://repobeats.axiom.co/api/embed/22a6eef207d0bce7c03519d94f55100973b451ca.svg "Repobeats analytics image") diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/ChangeLog b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d79cea25 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +2018-05-08 Toni Rönkkö + + * Version 1.23.2: fixes bad scandir prototype. + +2017-08-27 Toni Rönkkö + + * Version 1.23: support readdir_r and scandir functions. + +2017-07-18 Toni Rönkkö + + * Created release branches v1.22 and v1.21 to Git. Published version + 1.22 at softagalleria.net. + +2016-09-11 Toni Rönkkö + + * Version 1.22: added support for CMake. Thanks to Paul Fultz II. + +2014-09-25 Toni Rönkkö + + * Version 1.21: compiles correctly under Open Watcom. Thanks to + Virgil Banowetz for a patch! + +2014-04-07 Toni Rönkkö + + * Version 1.20.1: the zip file from the previous version did not open + correctly with Microsoft's compressed folders. Thanks to Alexandre + for info! + +2014-03-17 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.20: dirent.h compiles correctly in 64-bit architecture. + Thanks to Aaron Simmons! + +2014-03-03 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.13.2: define DT_LNK for compatibility with Unix + programs. Thanks to Joel Bruick for suggestion! + +2013-01-27 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.13.1: patch from Edward Berner fixes set_errno() on + Windows NT 4.0. + + * Revised wcstombs() and mbstowcs() wrappers to make sure that they do + not write past their target string. + + * PATH_MAX from windows.h includes zero terminator so there is no + need to add one extra byte to variables and structures. + +2012-12-12 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.13: use the traditional 8+3 file naming scheme if a file + name cannot be represented in the default ANSI code page. Now + compiles again with MSVC 6.0. Thanks to Konstantin Khomoutov for + testing. + +2012-10-01 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.12.1: renamed wide-character DIR structure _wDIR to + _WDIR (with capital W) in order to maintain compatibility with MingW. + +2012-09-30 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.12: define PATH_MAX and NAME_MAX. Added wide-character + variants _wDIR, _wdirent, _wopendir(), _wreaddir(), _wclosedir() and + _wrewinddir(). Thanks to Edgar Buerkle and Jan Nijtmans for ideas + and code. + + * Now avoiding windows.h. This allows dirent.h to be integrated + more easily into programs using winsock. Thanks to Fernando + Azaldegui. + +2011-03-15 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.11: defined FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE for MSVC 6.0. + +2010-08-11 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.10: added d_type and d_namlen fields to dirent structure. + The former is especially useful for determining whether directory + entry represents a file or a directory. For more information, see + http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/glibc/libc_270.html + + * Improved conformance to the standards. For example, errno is now + set properly on failure and assert() is never used. Thanks to Peter + Brockam for suggestions. + + * Fixed a bug in rewinddir(): when using relative directory names, + change of working directory no longer causes rewinddir() to fail. + +2009-12-15 John Cunningham + + * Version 1.9: added rewinddir member function + +2008-01-18 Toni Ronkko + + * Version 1.8: Using FindFirstFileA and WIN32_FIND_DATAA to avoid + converting string between multi-byte and unicode representations. + This makes the code simpler and also allows the code to be compiled + under MingW. Thanks to Azriel Fasten for the suggestion. + +2007-03-04 Toni Ronkko + + * Bug fix: due to the strncpy_s() function this file only compiled in + Visual Studio 2005. Using the new string functions only when the + compiler version allows. + +2006-11-02 Toni Ronkko + + * Major update: removed support for Watcom C, MS-DOS and Turbo C to + simplify the file, updated the code to compile cleanly on Visual + Studio 2005 with both unicode and multi-byte character strings, + removed rewinddir() as it had a bug. + +2006-08-20 Toni Ronkko + + * Removed all remarks about MSVC 1.0, which is antiqued now. + Simplified comments by removing SGML tags. + +2002-05-14 Toni Ronkko + + * Embedded the function definitions directly to the header so that no + source modules need to be included in the Visual Studio project. + Removed all the dependencies to other projects so that this header + file can be used independently. + +1998-05-28 Toni Ronkko + + * First version. diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/LICENSE b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af043606 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +The MIT License (MIT) + +Copyright (c) 1998-2019 Toni Ronkko + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy +of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal +in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights +to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell +copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is +furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/README.md b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53cc9f72 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# Dirent +Dirent is a C/C++ programming interface that allows programmers to retrieve +information about files and directories under Linux/UNIX. This project +provides Linux compatible Dirent interface for Microsoft Windows. + + +# Installation + +Download the latest Dirent installation package from +[GitHub](https://github.com/tronkko/dirent/releases) and +unpack the installation file with 7-zip, for example. The installation +package contains dirent.h file as well as a few example programs and +tests. + + +## Install Dirent for All Programs + +To make dirent.h available for all C/C++ programs, simply copy the +``include/dirent.h`` file to the system include directory. System include +directory contains header files such as assert.h and windows.h. In Visual +Studio 2008, for example, the system include may be found at +``C:\Program Files\Microsoft Visual Studio 9.0\VC\include``. + +Everything you need is included in the single dirent.h file, and you can +start using Dirent immediately -- there is no need to add files to your +Visual Studio project. + + +## Embed Dirent into Your Own Project + +If you wish to distribute dirent.h alongside with your own source code, then +copy ``include/dirent.h`` file to a new sub-directory within your project and +add that directory to include path on Windows while omitting the directory +under Linux/UNIX. This allows your project to be compiled against native +dirent.h on Linux/UNIX while substituting the functionality on Microsoft +Windows. + + +## Examples + +The installation package contains four example programs: + +Program | Purpose +-------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- +ls | List files in a directory, e.g. ls "c:\Program Files" +find | Find files in subdirectories, e.g. find "c:\Program Files\CMake" +updatedb | Build database of files in a drive, e.g. updatedb c:\ +locate | Locate a file from database, e.g. locate notepad.exe + +To build the example programs, first install [CMake](https://cmake.org/). +Then, with CMake installed, open command prompt and create a temporary +directory ``c:\temp\dirent`` for the build files as + +``` +c:\ +mkdir temp +mkdir temp\dirent +cd temp\dirent +``` + +Generate build files as + +``` +cmake d:\dirent +``` + +where ``d:\dirent`` is the root directory of the Dirent package (containing +this README.md and LICENSE file). + +Once CMake is finished, open Visual Studio, load the generated dirent.sln file +from the build directory and build the solution. Once the build completes, run +the example programs from the command prompt as + +``` +cd Debug +ls . +find . +updatedb c:\ +locate cmd.exe +``` + + +# Copying + +Dirent may be freely distributed under the MIT license. See the +[LICENSE](LICENSE) file for details. + + +# Alternatives to Dirent + +I ported Dirent to Microsoft Windows in 1998 when only a few alternatives +were available. However, the situation has changed since then and nowadays +both [Cygwin](http://www.cygwin.com) and [MingW](http://www.mingw.org) +allow you to compile a great number of UNIX programs in Microsoft Windows. +They both provide a full dirent API as well as many other UNIX APIs. MingW +can even be used for commercial applications! diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/dirent.h b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/dirent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7a46daf --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/dirent/dirent.h @@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@ +/* + * Dirent interface for Microsoft Visual Studio + * + * Copyright (C) 1998-2019 Toni Ronkko + * This file is part of dirent. Dirent may be freely distributed + * under the MIT license. For all details and documentation, see + * https://github.com/tronkko/dirent + */ +#ifndef DIRENT_H +#define DIRENT_H + +/* Hide warnings about unreferenced local functions */ +#if defined(__clang__) +# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# pragma warning(disable:4505) +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" +#endif + +/* + * Include windows.h without Windows Sockets 1.1 to prevent conflicts with + * Windows Sockets 2.0. + */ +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* Indicates that d_type field is available in dirent structure */ +#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE + +/* Indicates that d_namlen field is available in dirent structure */ +#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN + +/* Entries missing from MSVC 6.0 */ +#if !defined(FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) +# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE 0x40 +#endif + +/* File type and permission flags for stat(), general mask */ +#if !defined(S_IFMT) +# define S_IFMT _S_IFMT +#endif + +/* Directory bit */ +#if !defined(S_IFDIR) +# define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR +#endif + +/* Character device bit */ +#if !defined(S_IFCHR) +# define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR +#endif + +/* Pipe bit */ +#if !defined(S_IFFIFO) +# define S_IFFIFO _S_IFFIFO +#endif + +/* Regular file bit */ +#if !defined(S_IFREG) +# define S_IFREG _S_IFREG +#endif + +/* Read permission */ +#if !defined(S_IREAD) +# define S_IREAD _S_IREAD +#endif + +/* Write permission */ +#if !defined(S_IWRITE) +# define S_IWRITE _S_IWRITE +#endif + +/* Execute permission */ +#if !defined(S_IEXEC) +# define S_IEXEC _S_IEXEC +#endif + +/* Pipe */ +#if !defined(S_IFIFO) +# define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO +#endif + +/* Block device */ +#if !defined(S_IFBLK) +# define S_IFBLK 0 +#endif + +/* Link */ +#if !defined(S_IFLNK) +# define S_IFLNK 0 +#endif + +/* Socket */ +#if !defined(S_IFSOCK) +# define S_IFSOCK 0 +#endif + +/* Read user permission */ +#if !defined(S_IRUSR) +# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD +#endif + +/* Write user permission */ +#if !defined(S_IWUSR) +# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE +#endif + +/* Execute user permission */ +#if !defined(S_IXUSR) +# define S_IXUSR 0 +#endif + +/* Read group permission */ +#if !defined(S_IRGRP) +# define S_IRGRP 0 +#endif + +/* Write group permission */ +#if !defined(S_IWGRP) +# define S_IWGRP 0 +#endif + +/* Execute group permission */ +#if !defined(S_IXGRP) +# define S_IXGRP 0 +#endif + +/* Read others permission */ +#if !defined(S_IROTH) +# define S_IROTH 0 +#endif + +/* Write others permission */ +#if !defined(S_IWOTH) +# define S_IWOTH 0 +#endif + +/* Execute others permission */ +#if !defined(S_IXOTH) +# define S_IXOTH 0 +#endif + +/* Maximum length of file name */ +#if !defined(PATH_MAX) +# define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH +#endif +#if !defined(FILENAME_MAX) +# define FILENAME_MAX MAX_PATH +#endif +#if !defined(NAME_MAX) +# define NAME_MAX FILENAME_MAX +#endif + +/* File type flags for d_type */ +#define DT_UNKNOWN 0 +#define DT_REG S_IFREG +#define DT_DIR S_IFDIR +#define DT_FIFO S_IFIFO +#define DT_SOCK S_IFSOCK +#define DT_CHR S_IFCHR +#define DT_BLK S_IFBLK +#define DT_LNK S_IFLNK + +/* Macros for converting between st_mode and d_type */ +#define IFTODT(mode) ((mode) & S_IFMT) +#define DTTOIF(type) (type) + +/* + * File type macros. Note that block devices, sockets and links cannot be + * distinguished on Windows and the macros S_ISBLK, S_ISSOCK and S_ISLNK are + * only defined for compatibility. These macros should always return false + * on Windows. + */ +#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) +# define S_ISFIFO(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISDIR) +# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISREG) +# define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISLNK) +# define S_ISLNK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) +# define S_ISSOCK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISCHR) +# define S_ISCHR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR) +#endif +#if !defined(S_ISBLK) +# define S_ISBLK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK) +#endif + +/* Return the exact length of the file name without zero terminator */ +#define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(p) ((p)->d_namlen) + +/* Return the maximum size of a file name */ +#define _D_ALLOC_NAMLEN(p) ((PATH_MAX)+1) + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Wide-character version */ +struct _wdirent { + /* Always zero */ + long d_ino; + + /* File position within stream */ + long d_off; + + /* Structure size */ + unsigned short d_reclen; + + /* Length of name without \0 */ + size_t d_namlen; + + /* File type */ + int d_type; + + /* File name */ + wchar_t d_name[PATH_MAX+1]; +}; +typedef struct _wdirent _wdirent; + +struct _WDIR { + /* Current directory entry */ + struct _wdirent ent; + + /* Private file data */ + WIN32_FIND_DATAW data; + + /* True if data is valid */ + int cached; + + /* Win32 search handle */ + HANDLE handle; + + /* Initial directory name */ + wchar_t *patt; +}; +typedef struct _WDIR _WDIR; + +/* Multi-byte character version */ +struct dirent { + /* Always zero */ + long d_ino; + + /* File position within stream */ + long d_off; + + /* Structure size */ + unsigned short d_reclen; + + /* Length of name without \0 */ + size_t d_namlen; + + /* File type */ + int d_type; + + /* File name */ + char d_name[PATH_MAX+1]; +}; +typedef struct dirent dirent; + +struct DIR { + struct dirent ent; + struct _WDIR *wdirp; +}; +typedef struct DIR DIR; + + +/* Dirent functions */ +static DIR *opendir (const char *dirname); +static _WDIR *_wopendir (const wchar_t *dirname); + +static struct dirent *readdir (DIR *dirp); +static struct _wdirent *_wreaddir (_WDIR *dirp); + +static int readdir_r( + DIR *dirp, struct dirent *entry, struct dirent **result); +static int _wreaddir_r( + _WDIR *dirp, struct _wdirent *entry, struct _wdirent **result); + +static int closedir (DIR *dirp); +static int _wclosedir (_WDIR *dirp); + +static void rewinddir (DIR* dirp); +static void _wrewinddir (_WDIR* dirp); + +static int scandir (const char *dirname, struct dirent ***namelist, + int (*filter)(const struct dirent*), + int (*compare)(const struct dirent**, const struct dirent**)); + +static int alphasort (const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b); + +static int versionsort (const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b); + + +/* For compatibility with Symbian */ +#define wdirent _wdirent +#define WDIR _WDIR +#define wopendir _wopendir +#define wreaddir _wreaddir +#define wclosedir _wclosedir +#define wrewinddir _wrewinddir + + +/* Internal utility functions */ +static WIN32_FIND_DATAW *dirent_first (_WDIR *dirp); +static WIN32_FIND_DATAW *dirent_next (_WDIR *dirp); + +static int dirent_mbstowcs_s( + size_t *pReturnValue, + wchar_t *wcstr, + size_t sizeInWords, + const char *mbstr, + size_t count); + +static int dirent_wcstombs_s( + size_t *pReturnValue, + char *mbstr, + size_t sizeInBytes, + const wchar_t *wcstr, + size_t count); + +static void dirent_set_errno (int error); + + +/* + * Open directory stream DIRNAME for read and return a pointer to the + * internal working area that is used to retrieve individual directory + * entries. + */ +static _WDIR* +_wopendir( + const wchar_t *dirname) +{ + _WDIR *dirp; + DWORD n; + wchar_t *p; + + /* Must have directory name */ + if (dirname == NULL || dirname[0] == '\0') { + dirent_set_errno (ENOENT); + return NULL; + } + + /* Allocate new _WDIR structure */ + dirp = (_WDIR*) malloc (sizeof (struct _WDIR)); + if (!dirp) { + return NULL; + } + + /* Reset _WDIR structure */ + dirp->handle = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + dirp->patt = NULL; + dirp->cached = 0; + + /* + * Compute the length of full path plus zero terminator + * + * Note that on WinRT there's no way to convert relative paths + * into absolute paths, so just assume it is an absolute path. + */ +#if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP) + /* Desktop */ + n = GetFullPathNameW (dirname, 0, NULL, NULL); +#else + /* WinRT */ + n = wcslen (dirname); +#endif + + /* Allocate room for absolute directory name and search pattern */ + dirp->patt = (wchar_t*) malloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * n + 16); + if (dirp->patt == NULL) { + goto exit_closedir; + } + + /* + * Convert relative directory name to an absolute one. This + * allows rewinddir() to function correctly even when current + * working directory is changed between opendir() and rewinddir(). + * + * Note that on WinRT there's no way to convert relative paths + * into absolute paths, so just assume it is an absolute path. + */ +#if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP) + /* Desktop */ + n = GetFullPathNameW (dirname, n, dirp->patt, NULL); + if (n <= 0) { + goto exit_closedir; + } +#else + /* WinRT */ + wcsncpy_s (dirp->patt, n+1, dirname, n); +#endif + + /* Append search pattern \* to the directory name */ + p = dirp->patt + n; + switch (p[-1]) { + case '\\': + case '/': + case ':': + /* Directory ends in path separator, e.g. c:\temp\ */ + /*NOP*/; + break; + + default: + /* Directory name doesn't end in path separator */ + *p++ = '\\'; + } + *p++ = '*'; + *p = '\0'; + + /* Open directory stream and retrieve the first entry */ + if (!dirent_first (dirp)) { + goto exit_closedir; + } + + /* Success */ + return dirp; + + /* Failure */ +exit_closedir: + _wclosedir (dirp); + return NULL; +} + +/* + * Read next directory entry. + * + * Returns pointer to static directory entry which may be overwritten by + * subsequent calls to _wreaddir(). + */ +static struct _wdirent* +_wreaddir( + _WDIR *dirp) +{ + struct _wdirent *entry; + + /* + * Read directory entry to buffer. We can safely ignore the return value + * as entry will be set to NULL in case of error. + */ + (void) _wreaddir_r (dirp, &dirp->ent, &entry); + + /* Return pointer to statically allocated directory entry */ + return entry; +} + +/* + * Read next directory entry. + * + * Returns zero on success. If end of directory stream is reached, then sets + * result to NULL and returns zero. + */ +static int +_wreaddir_r( + _WDIR *dirp, + struct _wdirent *entry, + struct _wdirent **result) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATAW *datap; + + /* Read next directory entry */ + datap = dirent_next (dirp); + if (datap) { + size_t n; + DWORD attr; + + /* + * Copy file name as wide-character string. If the file name is too + * long to fit in to the destination buffer, then truncate file name + * to PATH_MAX characters and zero-terminate the buffer. + */ + n = 0; + while (n < PATH_MAX && datap->cFileName[n] != 0) { + entry->d_name[n] = datap->cFileName[n]; + n++; + } + entry->d_name[n] = 0; + + /* Length of file name excluding zero terminator */ + entry->d_namlen = n; + + /* File type */ + attr = datap->dwFileAttributes; + if ((attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) != 0) { + entry->d_type = DT_CHR; + } else if ((attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != 0) { + entry->d_type = DT_DIR; + } else { + entry->d_type = DT_REG; + } + + /* Reset dummy fields */ + entry->d_ino = 0; + entry->d_off = 0; + entry->d_reclen = sizeof (struct _wdirent); + + /* Set result address */ + *result = entry; + + } else { + + /* Return NULL to indicate end of directory */ + *result = NULL; + + } + + return /*OK*/0; +} + +/* + * Close directory stream opened by opendir() function. This invalidates the + * DIR structure as well as any directory entry read previously by + * _wreaddir(). + */ +static int +_wclosedir( + _WDIR *dirp) +{ + int ok; + if (dirp) { + + /* Release search handle */ + if (dirp->handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + FindClose (dirp->handle); + } + + /* Release search pattern */ + free (dirp->patt); + + /* Release directory structure */ + free (dirp); + ok = /*success*/0; + + } else { + + /* Invalid directory stream */ + dirent_set_errno (EBADF); + ok = /*failure*/-1; + + } + return ok; +} + +/* + * Rewind directory stream such that _wreaddir() returns the very first + * file name again. + */ +static void +_wrewinddir( + _WDIR* dirp) +{ + if (dirp) { + /* Release existing search handle */ + if (dirp->handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + FindClose (dirp->handle); + } + + /* Open new search handle */ + dirent_first (dirp); + } +} + +/* Get first directory entry (internal) */ +static WIN32_FIND_DATAW* +dirent_first( + _WDIR *dirp) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATAW *datap; + DWORD error; + + /* Open directory and retrieve the first entry */ + dirp->handle = FindFirstFileExW( + dirp->patt, FindExInfoStandard, &dirp->data, + FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0); + if (dirp->handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + + /* a directory entry is now waiting in memory */ + datap = &dirp->data; + dirp->cached = 1; + + } else { + + /* Failed to open directory: no directory entry in memory */ + dirp->cached = 0; + datap = NULL; + + /* Set error code */ + error = GetLastError (); + switch (error) { + case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED: + /* No read access to directory */ + dirent_set_errno (EACCES); + break; + + case ERROR_DIRECTORY: + /* Directory name is invalid */ + dirent_set_errno (ENOTDIR); + break; + + case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND: + default: + /* Cannot find the file */ + dirent_set_errno (ENOENT); + } + + } + return datap; +} + +/* + * Get next directory entry (internal). + * + * Returns + */ +static WIN32_FIND_DATAW* +dirent_next( + _WDIR *dirp) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATAW *p; + + /* Get next directory entry */ + if (dirp->cached != 0) { + + /* A valid directory entry already in memory */ + p = &dirp->data; + dirp->cached = 0; + + } else if (dirp->handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { + + /* Get the next directory entry from stream */ + if (FindNextFileW (dirp->handle, &dirp->data) != FALSE) { + /* Got a file */ + p = &dirp->data; + } else { + /* The very last entry has been processed or an error occurred */ + FindClose (dirp->handle); + dirp->handle = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + p = NULL; + } + + } else { + + /* End of directory stream reached */ + p = NULL; + + } + + return p; +} + +/* + * Open directory stream using plain old C-string. + */ +static DIR* +opendir( + const char *dirname) +{ + struct DIR *dirp; + + /* Must have directory name */ + if (dirname == NULL || dirname[0] == '\0') { + dirent_set_errno (ENOENT); + return NULL; + } + + /* Allocate memory for DIR structure */ + dirp = (DIR*) malloc (sizeof (struct DIR)); + if (!dirp) { + return NULL; + } + { + int error; + wchar_t wname[PATH_MAX + 1]; + size_t n; + + /* Convert directory name to wide-character string */ + error = dirent_mbstowcs_s( + &n, wname, PATH_MAX + 1, dirname, PATH_MAX + 1); + if (error) { + /* + * Cannot convert file name to wide-character string. This + * occurs if the string contains invalid multi-byte sequences or + * the output buffer is too small to contain the resulting + * string. + */ + goto exit_free; + } + + + /* Open directory stream using wide-character name */ + dirp->wdirp = _wopendir (wname); + if (!dirp->wdirp) { + goto exit_free; + } + + } + + /* Success */ + return dirp; + + /* Failure */ +exit_free: + free (dirp); + return NULL; +} + +/* + * Read next directory entry. + */ +static struct dirent* +readdir( + DIR *dirp) +{ + struct dirent *entry; + + /* + * Read directory entry to buffer. We can safely ignore the return value + * as entry will be set to NULL in case of error. + */ + (void) readdir_r (dirp, &dirp->ent, &entry); + + /* Return pointer to statically allocated directory entry */ + return entry; +} + +/* + * Read next directory entry into called-allocated buffer. + * + * Returns zero on success. If the end of directory stream is reached, then + * sets result to NULL and returns zero. + */ +static int +readdir_r( + DIR *dirp, + struct dirent *entry, + struct dirent **result) +{ + WIN32_FIND_DATAW *datap; + + /* Read next directory entry */ + datap = dirent_next (dirp->wdirp); + if (datap) { + size_t n; + int error; + + /* Attempt to convert file name to multi-byte string */ + error = dirent_wcstombs_s( + &n, entry->d_name, PATH_MAX + 1, datap->cFileName, PATH_MAX + 1); + + /* + * If the file name cannot be represented by a multi-byte string, + * then attempt to use old 8+3 file name. This allows traditional + * Unix-code to access some file names despite of unicode + * characters, although file names may seem unfamiliar to the user. + * + * Be ware that the code below cannot come up with a short file + * name unless the file system provides one. At least + * VirtualBox shared folders fail to do this. + */ + if (error && datap->cAlternateFileName[0] != '\0') { + error = dirent_wcstombs_s( + &n, entry->d_name, PATH_MAX + 1, + datap->cAlternateFileName, PATH_MAX + 1); + } + + if (!error) { + DWORD attr; + + /* Length of file name excluding zero terminator */ + entry->d_namlen = n - 1; + + /* File attributes */ + attr = datap->dwFileAttributes; + if ((attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) != 0) { + entry->d_type = DT_CHR; + } else if ((attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != 0) { + entry->d_type = DT_DIR; + } else { + entry->d_type = DT_REG; + } + + /* Reset dummy fields */ + entry->d_ino = 0; + entry->d_off = 0; + entry->d_reclen = sizeof (struct dirent); + + } else { + + /* + * Cannot convert file name to multi-byte string so construct + * an erroneous directory entry and return that. Note that + * we cannot return NULL as that would stop the processing + * of directory entries completely. + */ + entry->d_name[0] = '?'; + entry->d_name[1] = '\0'; + entry->d_namlen = 1; + entry->d_type = DT_UNKNOWN; + entry->d_ino = 0; + entry->d_off = -1; + entry->d_reclen = 0; + + } + + /* Return pointer to directory entry */ + *result = entry; + + } else { + + /* No more directory entries */ + *result = NULL; + + } + + return /*OK*/0; +} + +/* + * Close directory stream. + */ +static int +closedir( + DIR *dirp) +{ + int ok; + if (dirp) { + + /* Close wide-character directory stream */ + ok = _wclosedir (dirp->wdirp); + dirp->wdirp = NULL; + + /* Release multi-byte character version */ + free (dirp); + + } else { + + /* Invalid directory stream */ + dirent_set_errno (EBADF); + ok = /*failure*/-1; + + } + return ok; +} + +/* + * Rewind directory stream to beginning. + */ +static void +rewinddir( + DIR* dirp) +{ + /* Rewind wide-character string directory stream */ + _wrewinddir (dirp->wdirp); +} + +/* + * Scan directory for entries. + */ +static int +scandir( + const char *dirname, + struct dirent ***namelist, + int (*filter)(const struct dirent*), + int (*compare)(const struct dirent**, const struct dirent**)) +{ + struct dirent **files = NULL; + size_t size = 0; + size_t allocated = 0; + const size_t init_size = 1; + DIR *dir = NULL; + struct dirent *entry; + struct dirent *tmp = NULL; + size_t i; + int result = 0; + + /* Open directory stream */ + dir = opendir (dirname); + if (dir) { + + /* Read directory entries to memory */ + while (1) { + + /* Enlarge pointer table to make room for another pointer */ + if (size >= allocated) { + void *p; + size_t num_entries; + + /* Compute number of entries in the enlarged pointer table */ + if (size < init_size) { + /* Allocate initial pointer table */ + num_entries = init_size; + } else { + /* Double the size */ + num_entries = size * 2; + } + + /* Allocate first pointer table or enlarge existing table */ + p = realloc (files, sizeof (void*) * num_entries); + if (p != NULL) { + /* Got the memory */ + files = (dirent**) p; + allocated = num_entries; + } else { + /* Out of memory */ + result = -1; + break; + } + + } + + /* Allocate room for temporary directory entry */ + if (tmp == NULL) { + tmp = (struct dirent*) malloc (sizeof (struct dirent)); + if (tmp == NULL) { + /* Cannot allocate temporary directory entry */ + result = -1; + break; + } + } + + /* Read directory entry to temporary area */ + if (readdir_r (dir, tmp, &entry) == /*OK*/0) { + + /* Did we get an entry? */ + if (entry != NULL) { + int pass; + + /* Determine whether to include the entry in result */ + if (filter) { + /* Let the filter function decide */ + pass = filter (tmp); + } else { + /* No filter function, include everything */ + pass = 1; + } + + if (pass) { + /* Store the temporary entry to pointer table */ + files[size++] = tmp; + tmp = NULL; + + /* Keep up with the number of files */ + result++; + } + + } else { + + /* + * End of directory stream reached => sort entries and + * exit. + */ + qsort (files, size, sizeof (void*), + (int (*) (const void*, const void*)) compare); + break; + + } + + } else { + /* Error reading directory entry */ + result = /*Error*/ -1; + break; + } + + } + + } else { + /* Cannot open directory */ + result = /*Error*/ -1; + } + + /* Release temporary directory entry */ + free (tmp); + + /* Release allocated memory on error */ + if (result < 0) { + for (i = 0; i < size; i++) { + free (files[i]); + } + free (files); + files = NULL; + } + + /* Close directory stream */ + if (dir) { + closedir (dir); + } + + /* Pass pointer table to caller */ + if (namelist) { + *namelist = files; + } + return result; +} + +/* Alphabetical sorting */ +static int +alphasort( + const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b) +{ + return strcoll ((*a)->d_name, (*b)->d_name); +} + +/* Sort versions */ +static int +versionsort( + const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b) +{ + /* FIXME: implement strverscmp and use that */ + return alphasort (a, b); +} + +/* Convert multi-byte string to wide character string */ +static int +dirent_mbstowcs_s( + size_t *pReturnValue, + wchar_t *wcstr, + size_t sizeInWords, + const char *mbstr, + size_t count) +{ + int error; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + + /* Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 or later */ + error = mbstowcs_s (pReturnValue, wcstr, sizeInWords, mbstr, count); + +#else + + /* Older Visual Studio or non-Microsoft compiler */ + size_t n; + + /* Convert to wide-character string (or count characters) */ + n = mbstowcs (wcstr, mbstr, sizeInWords); + if (!wcstr || n < count) { + + /* Zero-terminate output buffer */ + if (wcstr && sizeInWords) { + if (n >= sizeInWords) { + n = sizeInWords - 1; + } + wcstr[n] = 0; + } + + /* Length of resulting multi-byte string WITH zero terminator */ + if (pReturnValue) { + *pReturnValue = n + 1; + } + + /* Success */ + error = 0; + + } else { + + /* Could not convert string */ + error = 1; + + } + +#endif + return error; +} + +/* Convert wide-character string to multi-byte string */ +static int +dirent_wcstombs_s( + size_t *pReturnValue, + char *mbstr, + size_t sizeInBytes, /* max size of mbstr */ + const wchar_t *wcstr, + size_t count) +{ + int error; + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + + /* Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 or later */ + error = wcstombs_s (pReturnValue, mbstr, sizeInBytes, wcstr, count); + +#else + + /* Older Visual Studio or non-Microsoft compiler */ + size_t n; + + /* Convert to multi-byte string (or count the number of bytes needed) */ + n = wcstombs (mbstr, wcstr, sizeInBytes); + if (!mbstr || n < count) { + + /* Zero-terminate output buffer */ + if (mbstr && sizeInBytes) { + if (n >= sizeInBytes) { + n = sizeInBytes - 1; + } + mbstr[n] = '\0'; + } + + /* Length of resulting multi-bytes string WITH zero-terminator */ + if (pReturnValue) { + *pReturnValue = n + 1; + } + + /* Success */ + error = 0; + + } else { + + /* Cannot convert string */ + error = 1; + + } + +#endif + return error; +} + +/* Set errno variable */ +static void +dirent_set_errno( + int error) +{ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + + /* Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 and later */ + _set_errno (error); + +#else + + /* Non-Microsoft compiler or older Microsoft compiler */ + errno = error; + +#endif +} + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif /*DIRENT_H*/ diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/LICENSE b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a77ae91f --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/README.md b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/README.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61bbd30d --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + +stb +=== + +single-file public domain (or MIT licensed) libraries for C/C++ + +Noteworthy: + +* image loader: [stb_image.h](stb_image.h) +* image writer: [stb_image_write.h](stb_image_write.h) +* image resizer: [stb_image_resize.h](stb_image_resize.h) +* font text rasterizer: [stb_truetype.h](stb_truetype.h) +* typesafe containers: [stb_ds.h](stb_ds.h) + +Most libraries by stb, except: stb_dxt by Fabian "ryg" Giesen, stb_image_resize +by Jorge L. "VinoBS" Rodriguez, and stb_sprintf by Jeff Roberts. + + + +library | lastest version | category | LoC | description +--------------------- | ---- | -------- | --- | -------------------------------- +**[stb_vorbis.c](stb_vorbis.c)** | 1.20 | audio | 5563 | decode ogg vorbis files from file/memory to float/16-bit signed output +**[stb_image.h](stb_image.h)** | 2.26 | graphics | 7762 | image loading/decoding from file/memory: JPG, PNG, TGA, BMP, PSD, GIF, HDR, PIC +**[stb_truetype.h](stb_truetype.h)** | 1.24 | graphics | 5011 | parse, decode, and rasterize characters from truetype fonts +**[stb_image_write.h](stb_image_write.h)** | 1.15 | graphics | 1690 | image writing to disk: PNG, TGA, BMP +**[stb_image_resize.h](stb_image_resize.h)** | 0.96 | graphics | 2631 | resize images larger/smaller with good quality +**[stb_rect_pack.h](stb_rect_pack.h)** | 1.00 | graphics | 628 | simple 2D rectangle packer with decent quality +**[stb_ds.h](stb_ds.h)** | 0.65 | utility | 1880 | typesafe dynamic array and hash tables for C, will compile in C++ +**[stb_sprintf.h](stb_sprintf.h)** | 1.09 | utility | 1879 | fast sprintf, snprintf for C/C++ +**[stretchy_buffer.h](stretchy_buffer.h)** | 1.04 | utility | 263 | typesafe dynamic array for C (i.e. approximation to vector<>), doesn't compile as C++ +**[stb_textedit.h](stb_textedit.h)** | 1.13 | user interface | 1404 | guts of a text editor for games etc implementing them from scratch +**[stb_voxel_render.h](stb_voxel_render.h)** | 0.89 | 3D graphics | 3807 | Minecraft-esque voxel rendering "engine" with many more features +**[stb_dxt.h](stb_dxt.h)** | 1.10 | 3D graphics | 753 | Fabian "ryg" Giesen's real-time DXT compressor +**[stb_perlin.h](stb_perlin.h)** | 0.5 | 3D graphics | 428 | revised Perlin noise (3D input, 1D output) +**[stb_easy_font.h](stb_easy_font.h)** | 1.1 | 3D graphics | 305 | quick-and-dirty easy-to-deploy bitmap font for printing frame rate, etc +**[stb_tilemap_editor.h](stb_tilemap_editor.h)** | 0.41 | game dev | 4161 | embeddable tilemap editor +**[stb_herringbone_wa...](stb_herringbone_wang_tile.h)** | 0.7 | game dev | 1221 | herringbone Wang tile map generator +**[stb_c_lexer.h](stb_c_lexer.h)** | 0.11 | parsing | 966 | simplify writing parsers for C-like languages +**[stb_divide.h](stb_divide.h)** | 0.93 | math | 430 | more useful 32-bit modulus e.g. "euclidean divide" +**[stb_connected_comp...](stb_connected_components.h)** | 0.96 | misc | 1049 | incrementally compute reachability on grids +**[stb.h](stb.h)** | 2.37 | misc | 14454 | helper functions for C, mostly redundant in C++; basically author's personal stuff +**[stb_leakcheck.h](stb_leakcheck.h)** | 0.6 | misc | 194 | quick-and-dirty malloc/free leak-checking +**[stb_include.h](stb_include.h)** | 0.02 | misc | 295 | implement recursive #include support, particularly for GLSL + +Total libraries: 22 +Total lines of C code: 56774 + + +FAQ +--- + +#### What's the license? + +These libraries are in the public domain. You can do anything you +want with them. You have no legal obligation +to do anything else, although I appreciate attribution. + +They are also licensed under the MIT open source license, if you have lawyers +who are unhappy with public domain. Every source file includes an explicit +dual-license for you to choose from. + +#### Are there other single-file public-domain/open source libraries with minimal dependencies out there? + +[Yes.](https://github.com/nothings/single_file_libs) + +#### If I wrap an stb library in a new library, does the new library have to be public domain/MIT? + +No, because it's public domain you can freely relicense it to whatever license your new +library wants to be. + +#### What's the deal with SSE support in GCC-based compilers? + +stb_image will either use SSE2 (if you compile with -msse2) or +will not use any SIMD at all, rather than trying to detect the +processor at runtime and handle it correctly. As I understand it, +the approved path in GCC for runtime-detection require +you to use multiple source files, one for each CPU configuration. +Because stb_image is a header-file library that compiles in only +one source file, there's no approved way to build both an +SSE-enabled and a non-SSE-enabled variation. + +While we've tried to work around it, we've had multiple issues over +the years due to specific versions of gcc breaking what we're doing, +so we've given up on it. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/280 +and https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/410 for examples. + +#### Some of these libraries seem redundant to existing open source libraries. Are they better somehow? + +Generally they're only better in that they're easier to integrate, +easier to use, and easier to release (single file; good API; no +attribution requirement). They may be less featureful, slower, +and/or use more memory. If you're already using an equivalent +library, there's probably no good reason to switch. + +#### Can I link directly to the table of stb libraries? + +You can use [this URL](https://github.com/nothings/stb#stb_libs) to link directly to that list. + +#### Why do you list "lines of code"? It's a terrible metric. + +Just to give you some idea of the internal complexity of the library, +to help you manage your expectations, or to let you know what you're +getting into. While not all the libraries are written in the same +style, they're certainly similar styles, and so comparisons between +the libraries are probably still meaningful. + +Note though that the lines do include both the implementation, the +part that corresponds to a header file, and the documentation. + +#### Why single-file headers? + +Windows doesn't have standard directories where libraries +live. That makes deploying libraries in Windows a lot more +painful than open source developers on Unix-derivates generally +realize. (It also makes library dependencies a lot worse in Windows.) + +There's also a common problem in Windows where a library was built +against a different version of the runtime library, which causes +link conflicts and confusion. Shipping the libs as headers means +you normally just compile them straight into your project without +making libraries, thus sidestepping that problem. + +Making them a single file makes it very easy to just +drop them into a project that needs them. (Of course you can +still put them in a proper shared library tree if you want.) + +Why not two files, one a header and one an implementation? +The difference between 10 files and 9 files is not a big deal, +but the difference between 2 files and 1 file is a big deal. +You don't need to zip or tar the files up, you don't have to +remember to attach *two* files, etc. + +#### Why "stb"? Is this something to do with Set-Top Boxes? + +No, they are just the initials for my name, Sean T. Barrett. +This was not chosen out of egomania, but as a moderately sane +way of namespacing the filenames and source function names. + +#### Will you add more image types to stb_image.h? + +No. As stb_image use has grown, it has become more important +for us to focus on security of the codebase. Adding new image +formats increases the amount of code we need to secure, so it +is no longer worth adding new formats. + +#### Do you have any advice on how to create my own single-file library? + +Yes. https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/docs/stb_howto.txt + +#### Why public domain? + +I prefer it over GPL, LGPL, BSD, zlib, etc. for many reasons. +Some of them are listed here: +https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/docs/why_public_domain.md + +#### Why C? + +Primarily, because I use C, not C++. But it does also make it easier +for other people to use them from other languages. + +#### Why not C99? stdint.h, declare-anywhere, etc. + +I still use MSVC 6 (1998) as my IDE because it has better human factors +for me than later versions of MSVC. diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image.h b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..accef483 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,7762 @@ +/* stb_image - v2.26 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb + no warranty implied; use at your own risk + + Do this: + #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + before you include this file in *one* C or C++ file to create the implementation. + + // i.e. it should look like this: + #include ... + #include ... + #include ... + #define STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + #include "stb_image.h" + + You can #define STBI_ASSERT(x) before the #include to avoid using assert.h. + And #define STBI_MALLOC, STBI_REALLOC, and STBI_FREE to avoid using malloc,realloc,free + + + QUICK NOTES: + Primarily of interest to game developers and other people who can + avoid problematic images and only need the trivial interface + + JPEG baseline & progressive (12 bpc/arithmetic not supported, same as stock IJG lib) + PNG 1/2/4/8/16-bit-per-channel + + TGA (not sure what subset, if a subset) + BMP non-1bpp, non-RLE + PSD (composited view only, no extra channels, 8/16 bit-per-channel) + + GIF (*comp always reports as 4-channel) + HDR (radiance rgbE format) + PIC (Softimage PIC) + PNM (PPM and PGM binary only) + + Animated GIF still needs a proper API, but here's one way to do it: + http://gist.github.com/urraka/685d9a6340b26b830d49 + + - decode from memory or through FILE (define STBI_NO_STDIO to remove code) + - decode from arbitrary I/O callbacks + - SIMD acceleration on x86/x64 (SSE2) and ARM (NEON) + + Full documentation under "DOCUMENTATION" below. + + +LICENSE + + See end of file for license information. + +RECENT REVISION HISTORY: + + 2.26 (2020-07-13) many minor fixes + 2.25 (2020-02-02) fix warnings + 2.24 (2020-02-02) fix warnings; thread-local failure_reason and flip_vertically + 2.23 (2019-08-11) fix clang static analysis warning + 2.22 (2019-03-04) gif fixes, fix warnings + 2.21 (2019-02-25) fix typo in comment + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) bugfix, 1-bit BMP, 16-bitness query, fix warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; optimizations; bugfixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4; all Imagenet JPGs; no runtime SSE detection on GCC + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-12-04) experimental 16-bit API, only for PNG so far; fixes + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) 16-bit PNGS; enable SSE2 in non-gcc x64 + RGB-format JPEG; remove white matting in PSD; + allocate large structures on the stack; + correct channel count for PNG & BMP + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 + 2.09 (2016-01-16) 16-bit TGA; comments in PNM files; STBI_REALLOC_SIZED + + See end of file for full revision history. + + + ============================ Contributors ========================= + + Image formats Extensions, features + Sean Barrett (jpeg, png, bmp) Jetro Lauha (stbi_info) + Nicolas Schulz (hdr, psd) Martin "SpartanJ" Golini (stbi_info) + Jonathan Dummer (tga) James "moose2000" Brown (iPhone PNG) + Jean-Marc Lienher (gif) Ben "Disch" Wenger (io callbacks) + Tom Seddon (pic) Omar Cornut (1/2/4-bit PNG) + Thatcher Ulrich (psd) Nicolas Guillemot (vertical flip) + Ken Miller (pgm, ppm) Richard Mitton (16-bit PSD) + github:urraka (animated gif) Junggon Kim (PNM comments) + Christopher Forseth (animated gif) Daniel Gibson (16-bit TGA) + socks-the-fox (16-bit PNG) + Jeremy Sawicki (handle all ImageNet JPGs) + Optimizations & bugfixes Mikhail Morozov (1-bit BMP) + Fabian "ryg" Giesen Anael Seghezzi (is-16-bit query) + Arseny Kapoulkine + John-Mark Allen + Carmelo J Fdez-Aguera + + Bug & warning fixes + Marc LeBlanc David Woo Guillaume George Martins Mozeiko + Christpher Lloyd Jerry Jansson Joseph Thomson Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski + Phil Jordan Dave Moore Roy Eltham + Hayaki Saito Nathan Reed Won Chun + Luke Graham Johan Duparc Nick Verigakis the Horde3D community + Thomas Ruf Ronny Chevalier github:rlyeh + Janez Zemva John Bartholomew Michal Cichon github:romigrou + Jonathan Blow Ken Hamada Tero Hanninen github:svdijk + Laurent Gomila Cort Stratton github:snagar + Aruelien Pocheville Sergio Gonzalez Thibault Reuille github:Zelex + Cass Everitt Ryamond Barbiero github:grim210 + Paul Du Bois Engin Manap Aldo Culquicondor github:sammyhw + Philipp Wiesemann Dale Weiler Oriol Ferrer Mesia github:phprus + Josh Tobin Matthew Gregan github:poppolopoppo + Julian Raschke Gregory Mullen Christian Floisand github:darealshinji + Baldur Karlsson Kevin Schmidt JR Smith github:Michaelangel007 + Brad Weinberger Matvey Cherevko [reserved] + Luca Sas Alexander Veselov Zack Middleton [reserved] + Ryan C. Gordon [reserved] [reserved] + DO NOT ADD YOUR NAME HERE + + To add your name to the credits, pick a random blank space in the middle and fill it. + 80% of merge conflicts on stb PRs are due to people adding their name at the end + of the credits. +*/ + +#ifndef STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H +#define STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H + +// DOCUMENTATION +// +// Limitations: +// - no 12-bit-per-channel JPEG +// - no JPEGs with arithmetic coding +// - GIF always returns *comp=4 +// +// Basic usage (see HDR discussion below for HDR usage): +// int x,y,n; +// unsigned char *data = stbi_load(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0); +// // ... process data if not NULL ... +// // ... x = width, y = height, n = # 8-bit components per pixel ... +// // ... replace '0' with '1'..'4' to force that many components per pixel +// // ... but 'n' will always be the number that it would have been if you said 0 +// stbi_image_free(data) +// +// Standard parameters: +// int *x -- outputs image width in pixels +// int *y -- outputs image height in pixels +// int *channels_in_file -- outputs # of image components in image file +// int desired_channels -- if non-zero, # of image components requested in result +// +// The return value from an image loader is an 'unsigned char *' which points +// to the pixel data, or NULL on an allocation failure or if the image is +// corrupt or invalid. The pixel data consists of *y scanlines of *x pixels, +// with each pixel consisting of N interleaved 8-bit components; the first +// pixel pointed to is top-left-most in the image. There is no padding between +// image scanlines or between pixels, regardless of format. The number of +// components N is 'desired_channels' if desired_channels is non-zero, or +// *channels_in_file otherwise. If desired_channels is non-zero, +// *channels_in_file has the number of components that _would_ have been +// output otherwise. E.g. if you set desired_channels to 4, you will always +// get RGBA output, but you can check *channels_in_file to see if it's trivially +// opaque because e.g. there were only 3 channels in the source image. +// +// An output image with N components has the following components interleaved +// in this order in each pixel: +// +// N=#comp components +// 1 grey +// 2 grey, alpha +// 3 red, green, blue +// 4 red, green, blue, alpha +// +// If image loading fails for any reason, the return value will be NULL, +// and *x, *y, *channels_in_file will be unchanged. The function +// stbi_failure_reason() can be queried for an extremely brief, end-user +// unfriendly explanation of why the load failed. Define STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS +// to avoid compiling these strings at all, and STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG to get slightly +// more user-friendly ones. +// +// Paletted PNG, BMP, GIF, and PIC images are automatically depalettized. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// UNICODE: +// +// If compiling for Windows and you wish to use Unicode filenames, compile +// with +// #define STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +// and pass utf8-encoded filenames. Call stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8 to convert +// Windows wchar_t filenames to utf8. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// Philosophy +// +// stb libraries are designed with the following priorities: +// +// 1. easy to use +// 2. easy to maintain +// 3. good performance +// +// Sometimes I let "good performance" creep up in priority over "easy to maintain", +// and for best performance I may provide less-easy-to-use APIs that give higher +// performance, in addition to the easy-to-use ones. Nevertheless, it's important +// to keep in mind that from the standpoint of you, a client of this library, +// all you care about is #1 and #3, and stb libraries DO NOT emphasize #3 above all. +// +// Some secondary priorities arise directly from the first two, some of which +// provide more explicit reasons why performance can't be emphasized. +// +// - Portable ("ease of use") +// - Small source code footprint ("easy to maintain") +// - No dependencies ("ease of use") +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// I/O callbacks +// +// I/O callbacks allow you to read from arbitrary sources, like packaged +// files or some other source. Data read from callbacks are processed +// through a small internal buffer (currently 128 bytes) to try to reduce +// overhead. +// +// The three functions you must define are "read" (reads some bytes of data), +// "skip" (skips some bytes of data), "eof" (reports if the stream is at the end). +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// SIMD support +// +// The JPEG decoder will try to automatically use SIMD kernels on x86 when +// supported by the compiler. For ARM Neon support, you must explicitly +// request it. +// +// (The old do-it-yourself SIMD API is no longer supported in the current +// code.) +// +// On x86, SSE2 will automatically be used when available based on a run-time +// test; if not, the generic C versions are used as a fall-back. On ARM targets, +// the typical path is to have separate builds for NEON and non-NEON devices +// (at least this is true for iOS and Android). Therefore, the NEON support is +// toggled by a build flag: define STBI_NEON to get NEON loops. +// +// If for some reason you do not want to use any of SIMD code, or if +// you have issues compiling it, you can disable it entirely by +// defining STBI_NO_SIMD. +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// HDR image support (disable by defining STBI_NO_HDR) +// +// stb_image supports loading HDR images in general, and currently the Radiance +// .HDR file format specifically. You can still load any file through the existing +// interface; if you attempt to load an HDR file, it will be automatically remapped +// to LDR, assuming gamma 2.2 and an arbitrary scale factor defaulting to 1; +// both of these constants can be reconfigured through this interface: +// +// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(2.2f); +// stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(1.0f); +// +// (note, do not use _inverse_ constants; stbi_image will invert them +// appropriately). +// +// Additionally, there is a new, parallel interface for loading files as +// (linear) floats to preserve the full dynamic range: +// +// float *data = stbi_loadf(filename, &x, &y, &n, 0); +// +// If you load LDR images through this interface, those images will +// be promoted to floating point values, run through the inverse of +// constants corresponding to the above: +// +// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(1.0f); +// stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(2.2f); +// +// Finally, given a filename (or an open file or memory block--see header +// file for details) containing image data, you can query for the "most +// appropriate" interface to use (that is, whether the image is HDR or +// not), using: +// +// stbi_is_hdr(char *filename); +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// iPhone PNG support: +// +// By default we convert iphone-formatted PNGs back to RGB, even though +// they are internally encoded differently. You can disable this conversion +// by calling stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(0), in which case +// you will always just get the native iphone "format" through (which +// is BGR stored in RGB). +// +// Call stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(1) as well to force a divide per +// pixel to remove any premultiplied alpha *only* if the image file explicitly +// says there's premultiplied data (currently only happens in iPhone images, +// and only if iPhone convert-to-rgb processing is on). +// +// =========================================================================== +// +// ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION +// +// - You can suppress implementation of any of the decoders to reduce +// your code footprint by #defining one or more of the following +// symbols before creating the implementation. +// +// STBI_NO_JPEG +// STBI_NO_PNG +// STBI_NO_BMP +// STBI_NO_PSD +// STBI_NO_TGA +// STBI_NO_GIF +// STBI_NO_HDR +// STBI_NO_PIC +// STBI_NO_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - You can request *only* certain decoders and suppress all other ones +// (this will be more forward-compatible, as addition of new decoders +// doesn't require you to disable them explicitly): +// +// STBI_ONLY_JPEG +// STBI_ONLY_PNG +// STBI_ONLY_BMP +// STBI_ONLY_PSD +// STBI_ONLY_TGA +// STBI_ONLY_GIF +// STBI_ONLY_HDR +// STBI_ONLY_PIC +// STBI_ONLY_PNM (.ppm and .pgm) +// +// - If you use STBI_NO_PNG (or _ONLY_ without PNG), and you still +// want the zlib decoder to be available, #define STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB +// +// - If you define STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS, stb_image will reject images greater +// than that size (in either width or height) without further processing. +// This is to let programs in the wild set an upper bound to prevent +// denial-of-service attacks on untrusted data, as one could generate a +// valid image of gigantic dimensions and force stb_image to allocate a +// huge block of memory and spend disproportionate time decoding it. By +// default this is set to (1 << 24), which is 16777216, but that's still +// very big. + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +#include +#endif // STBI_NO_STDIO + +#define STBI_VERSION 1 + +enum +{ + STBI_default = 0, // only used for desired_channels + + STBI_grey = 1, + STBI_grey_alpha = 2, + STBI_rgb = 3, + STBI_rgb_alpha = 4 +}; + +#include +typedef unsigned char stbi_uc; +typedef unsigned short stbi_us; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef STBIDEF +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_STATIC +#define STBIDEF static +#else +#define STBIDEF extern +#endif +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// PRIMARY API - works on images of any type +// + +// +// load image by filename, open file, or memory buffer +// + +typedef struct +{ + int (*read) (void *user,char *data,int size); // fill 'data' with 'size' bytes. return number of bytes actually read + void (*skip) (void *user,int n); // skip the next 'n' bytes, or 'unget' the last -n bytes if negative + int (*eof) (void *user); // returns nonzero if we are at end of file/data +} stbi_io_callbacks; + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 8-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len , int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk , void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +// for stbi_load_from_file, file pointer is left pointing immediately after image +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// 16-bits-per-channel interface +// + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16 (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); +#endif + +//////////////////////////////////// +// +// float-per-channel interface +// +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory (stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks (stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + + #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels); + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma); + STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale); +#endif // STBI_NO_HDR + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR + STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma); + STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale); +#endif // STBI_NO_LINEAR + +// stbi_is_hdr is always defined, but always returns false if STBI_NO_HDR +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len); +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr (char const *filename); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f); +#endif // STBI_NO_STDIO + + +// get a VERY brief reason for failure +// on most compilers (and ALL modern mainstream compilers) this is threadsafe +STBIDEF const char *stbi_failure_reason (void); + +// free the loaded image -- this is just free() +STBIDEF void stbi_image_free (void *retval_from_stbi_load); + +// get image dimensions & components without fully decoding +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user); + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_info (char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file (FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit (char const *filename); +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f); +#endif + + + +// for image formats that explicitly notate that they have premultiplied alpha, +// we just return the colors as stored in the file. set this flag to force +// unpremultiplication. results are undefined if the unpremultiply overflow. +STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply); + +// indicate whether we should process iphone images back to canonical format, +// or just pass them through "as-is" +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(int flag_true_if_should_convert); + +// flip the image vertically, so the first pixel in the output array is the bottom left +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip); + +// as above, but only applies to images loaded on the thread that calls the function +// this function is only available if your compiler supports thread-local variables; +// calling it will fail to link if your compiler doesn't +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_flip); + +// ZLIB client - used by PNG, available for other purposes + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen); +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen, int parse_header); +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc(const char *buffer, int len, int *outlen); +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen); + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_malloc(const char *buffer, int len, int *outlen); +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +// +// +//// end header file ///////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#endif // STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H + +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#if defined(STBI_ONLY_JPEG) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PNG) || defined(STBI_ONLY_BMP) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_TGA) || defined(STBI_ONLY_GIF) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PSD) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_HDR) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PIC) || defined(STBI_ONLY_PNM) \ + || defined(STBI_ONLY_ZLIB) + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_JPEG + #define STBI_NO_JPEG + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PNG + #define STBI_NO_PNG + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_BMP + #define STBI_NO_BMP + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PSD + #define STBI_NO_PSD + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_TGA + #define STBI_NO_TGA + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_GIF + #define STBI_NO_GIF + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_HDR + #define STBI_NO_HDR + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PIC + #define STBI_NO_PIC + #endif + #ifndef STBI_ONLY_PNM + #define STBI_NO_PNM + #endif +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && !defined(STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB) && !defined(STBI_NO_ZLIB) +#define STBI_NO_ZLIB +#endif + + +#include +#include // ptrdiff_t on osx +#include +#include +#include + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +#include // ldexp, pow +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +#include +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_ASSERT +#include +#define STBI_ASSERT(x) assert(x) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBI_EXTERN extern "C" +#else +#define STBI_EXTERN extern +#endif + + +#ifndef _MSC_VER + #ifdef __cplusplus + #define stbi_inline inline + #else + #define stbi_inline + #endif +#else + #define stbi_inline __forceinline +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_THREAD_LOCALS + #if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL thread_local + #elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 5 + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __thread + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __declspec(thread) + #elif defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L && !defined(__STDC_NO_THREADS__) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL _Thread_local + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL + #if defined(__GNUC__) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __thread + #endif + #endif +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +typedef unsigned short stbi__uint16; +typedef signed short stbi__int16; +typedef unsigned int stbi__uint32; +typedef signed int stbi__int32; +#else +#include +typedef uint16_t stbi__uint16; +typedef int16_t stbi__int16; +typedef uint32_t stbi__uint32; +typedef int32_t stbi__int32; +#endif + +// should produce compiler error if size is wrong +typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBI_NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBI_NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBI_HAS_LROTL +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_HAS_LROTL + #define stbi_lrot(x,y) _lrotl(x,y) +#else + #define stbi_lrot(x,y) (((x) << (y)) | ((x) >> (32 - (y)))) +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_MALLOC) && defined(STBI_FREE) && (defined(STBI_REALLOC) || defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)) +// ok +#elif !defined(STBI_MALLOC) && !defined(STBI_FREE) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC) && !defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED) +// ok +#else +#error "Must define all or none of STBI_MALLOC, STBI_FREE, and STBI_REALLOC (or STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)." +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_MALLOC +#define STBI_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) +#define STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) realloc(p,newsz) +#define STBI_FREE(p) free(p) +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_REALLOC_SIZED +#define STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(p,oldsz,newsz) STBI_REALLOC(p,newsz) +#endif + +// x86/x64 detection +#if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) +#define STBI__X64_TARGET +#elif defined(__i386) || defined(_M_IX86) +#define STBI__X86_TARGET +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) && !defined(__SSE2__) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) +// gcc doesn't support sse2 intrinsics unless you compile with -msse2, +// which in turn means it gets to use SSE2 everywhere. This is unfortunate, +// but previous attempts to provide the SSE2 functions with runtime +// detection caused numerous issues. The way architecture extensions are +// exposed in GCC/Clang is, sadly, not really suited for one-file libs. +// New behavior: if compiled with -msse2, we use SSE2 without any +// detection; if not, we don't use it at all. +#define STBI_NO_SIMD +#endif + +#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) && !defined(STBI_MINGW_ENABLE_SSE2) && !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) +// Note that __MINGW32__ doesn't actually mean 32-bit, so we have to avoid STBI__X64_TARGET +// +// 32-bit MinGW wants ESP to be 16-byte aligned, but this is not in the +// Windows ABI and VC++ as well as Windows DLLs don't maintain that invariant. +// As a result, enabling SSE2 on 32-bit MinGW is dangerous when not +// simultaneously enabling "-mstackrealign". +// +// See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/81 for more information. +// +// So default to no SSE2 on 32-bit MinGW. If you've read this far and added +// -mstackrealign to your build settings, feel free to #define STBI_MINGW_ENABLE_SSE2. +#define STBI_NO_SIMD +#endif + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && (defined(STBI__X86_TARGET) || defined(STBI__X64_TARGET)) +#define STBI_SSE2 +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 // not VC6 +#include // __cpuid +static int stbi__cpuid3(void) +{ + int info[4]; + __cpuid(info,1); + return info[3]; +} +#else +static int stbi__cpuid3(void) +{ + int res; + __asm { + mov eax,1 + cpuid + mov res,edx + } + return res; +} +#endif + +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) __declspec(align(16)) type name + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) +{ + int info3 = stbi__cpuid3(); + return ((info3 >> 26) & 1) != 0; +} +#endif + +#else // assume GCC-style if not VC++ +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_SSE2) +static int stbi__sse2_available(void) +{ + // If we're even attempting to compile this on GCC/Clang, that means + // -msse2 is on, which means the compiler is allowed to use SSE2 + // instructions at will, and so are we. + return 1; +} +#endif + +#endif +#endif + +// ARM NEON +#if defined(STBI_NO_SIMD) && defined(STBI_NEON) +#undef STBI_NEON +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON +#include +// assume GCC or Clang on ARM targets +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_SIMD_ALIGN +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS +#define STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS (1 << 24) +#endif + +/////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// stbi__context struct and start_xxx functions + +// stbi__context structure is our basic context used by all images, so it +// contains all the IO context, plus some basic image information +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint32 img_x, img_y; + int img_n, img_out_n; + + stbi_io_callbacks io; + void *io_user_data; + + int read_from_callbacks; + int buflen; + stbi_uc buffer_start[128]; + int callback_already_read; + + stbi_uc *img_buffer, *img_buffer_end; + stbi_uc *img_buffer_original, *img_buffer_original_end; +} stbi__context; + + +static void stbi__refill_buffer(stbi__context *s); + +// initialize a memory-decode context +static void stbi__start_mem(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + s->io.read = NULL; + s->read_from_callbacks = 0; + s->callback_already_read = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; +} + +// initialize a callback-based context +static void stbi__start_callbacks(stbi__context *s, stbi_io_callbacks *c, void *user) +{ + s->io = *c; + s->io_user_data = user; + s->buflen = sizeof(s->buffer_start); + s->read_from_callbacks = 1; + s->callback_already_read = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = s->buffer_start; + stbi__refill_buffer(s); + s->img_buffer_original_end = s->img_buffer_end; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + +static int stbi__stdio_read(void *user, char *data, int size) +{ + return (int) fread(data,1,size,(FILE*) user); +} + +static void stbi__stdio_skip(void *user, int n) +{ + int ch; + fseek((FILE*) user, n, SEEK_CUR); + ch = fgetc((FILE*) user); /* have to read a byte to reset feof()'s flag */ + if (ch != EOF) { + ungetc(ch, (FILE *) user); /* push byte back onto stream if valid. */ + } +} + +static int stbi__stdio_eof(void *user) +{ + return feof((FILE*) user) || ferror((FILE *) user); +} + +static stbi_io_callbacks stbi__stdio_callbacks = +{ + stbi__stdio_read, + stbi__stdio_skip, + stbi__stdio_eof, +}; + +static void stbi__start_file(stbi__context *s, FILE *f) +{ + stbi__start_callbacks(s, &stbi__stdio_callbacks, (void *) f); +} + +//static void stop_file(stbi__context *s) { } + +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +static void stbi__rewind(stbi__context *s) +{ + // conceptually rewind SHOULD rewind to the beginning of the stream, + // but we just rewind to the beginning of the initial buffer, because + // we only use it after doing 'test', which only ever looks at at most 92 bytes + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original; + s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end; +} + +enum +{ + STBI_ORDER_RGB, + STBI_ORDER_BGR +}; + +typedef struct +{ + int bits_per_channel; + int num_channels; + int channel_order; +} stbi__result_info; + +#ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG +static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNG +static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_TGA +static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc); +static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context *s); +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +static int stbi__gif_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp); +static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNM +static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s); +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); +static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +#endif + +static +#ifdef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +#endif +const char *stbi__g_failure_reason; + +STBIDEF const char *stbi_failure_reason(void) +{ + return stbi__g_failure_reason; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS +static int stbi__err(const char *str) +{ + stbi__g_failure_reason = str; + return 0; +} +#endif + +static void *stbi__malloc(size_t size) +{ + return STBI_MALLOC(size); +} + +// stb_image uses ints pervasively, including for offset calculations. +// therefore the largest decoded image size we can support with the +// current code, even on 64-bit targets, is INT_MAX. this is not a +// significant limitation for the intended use case. +// +// we do, however, need to make sure our size calculations don't +// overflow. hence a few helper functions for size calculations that +// multiply integers together, making sure that they're non-negative +// and no overflow occurs. + +// return 1 if the sum is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative terms are considered invalid. +static int stbi__addsizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (b < 0) return 0; + // now 0 <= b <= INT_MAX, hence also + // 0 <= INT_MAX - b <= INTMAX. + // And "a + b <= INT_MAX" (which might overflow) is the + // same as a <= INT_MAX - b (no overflow) + return a <= INT_MAX - b; +} + +// returns 1 if the product is valid, 0 on overflow. +// negative factors are considered invalid. +static int stbi__mul2sizes_valid(int a, int b) +{ + if (a < 0 || b < 0) return 0; + if (b == 0) return 1; // mul-by-0 is always safe + // portable way to check for no overflows in a*b + return a <= INT_MAX/b; +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNG) || !defined(STBI_NO_TGA) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +// returns 1 if "a*b + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad2sizes_valid(int a, int b, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b, add); +} +#endif + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +static int stbi__mad3sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c, add); +} + +// returns 1 if "a*b*c*d + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static int stbi__mad4sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && + stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b*c, d) && stbi__addsizes_valid(a*b*c*d, add); +} +#endif + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNG) || !defined(STBI_NO_TGA) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +// mallocs with size overflow checking +static void *stbi__malloc_mad2(int a, int b, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad2sizes_valid(a, b, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b + add); +} +#endif + +static void *stbi__malloc_mad3(int a, int b, int c, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(a, b, c, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c + add); +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +static void *stbi__malloc_mad4(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) +{ + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(a, b, c, d, add)) return NULL; + return stbi__malloc(a*b*c*d + add); +} +#endif + +// stbi__err - error +// stbi__errpf - error returning pointer to float +// stbi__errpuc - error returning pointer to unsigned char + +#ifdef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS + #define stbi__err(x,y) 0 +#elif defined(STBI_FAILURE_USERMSG) + #define stbi__err(x,y) stbi__err(y) +#else + #define stbi__err(x,y) stbi__err(x) +#endif + +#define stbi__errpf(x,y) ((float *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) +#define stbi__errpuc(x,y) ((unsigned char *)(size_t) (stbi__err(x,y)?NULL:NULL)) + +STBIDEF void stbi_image_free(void *retval_from_stbi_load) +{ + STBI_FREE(retval_from_stbi_load); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp); +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static stbi_uc *stbi__hdr_to_ldr(float *data, int x, int y, int comp); +#endif + +static int stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global = 0; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip) +{ + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global = flag_true_if_should_flip; +} + +#ifndef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +#define stbi__vertically_flip_on_load stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global +#else +static STBI_THREAD_LOCAL int stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local, stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_flip) +{ + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local = flag_true_if_should_flip; + stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set = 1; +} + +#define stbi__vertically_flip_on_load (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_set \ + ? stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_local \ + : stbi__vertically_flip_on_load_global) +#endif // STBI_THREAD_LOCAL + +static void *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) +{ + memset(ri, 0, sizeof(*ri)); // make sure it's initialized if we add new fields + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; // default is 8 so most paths don't have to be changed + ri->channel_order = STBI_ORDER_RGB; // all current input & output are this, but this is here so we can add BGR order + ri->num_channels = 0; + + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_test(s)) return stbi__png_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP + if (stbi__bmp_test(s)) return stbi__bmp_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) return stbi__gif_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_test(s)) return stbi__psd_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri, bpc); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(bpc); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC + if (stbi__pic_test(s)) return stbi__pic_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + if (stbi__pnm_test(s)) return stbi__pnm_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { + float *hdr = stbi__hdr_load(s, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + return stbi__hdr_to_ldr(hdr, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); + } + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA + // test tga last because it's a crappy test! + if (stbi__tga_test(s)) + return stbi__tga_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif + + return stbi__errpuc("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__convert_16_to_8(stbi__uint16 *orig, int w, int h, int channels) +{ + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi_uc *reduced; + + reduced = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(img_len); + if (reduced == NULL) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + reduced[i] = (stbi_uc)((orig[i] >> 8) & 0xFF); // top half of each byte is sufficient approx of 16->8 bit scaling + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return reduced; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_8_to_16(stbi_uc *orig, int w, int h, int channels) +{ + int i; + int img_len = w * h * channels; + stbi__uint16 *enlarged; + + enlarged = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(img_len*2); + if (enlarged == NULL) return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + for (i = 0; i < img_len; ++i) + enlarged[i] = (stbi__uint16)((orig[i] << 8) + orig[i]); // replicate to high and low byte, maps 0->0, 255->0xffff + + STBI_FREE(orig); + return enlarged; +} + +static void stbi__vertical_flip(void *image, int w, int h, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int row; + size_t bytes_per_row = (size_t)w * bytes_per_pixel; + stbi_uc temp[2048]; + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + + for (row = 0; row < (h>>1); row++) { + stbi_uc *row0 = bytes + row*bytes_per_row; + stbi_uc *row1 = bytes + (h - row - 1)*bytes_per_row; + // swap row0 with row1 + size_t bytes_left = bytes_per_row; + while (bytes_left) { + size_t bytes_copy = (bytes_left < sizeof(temp)) ? bytes_left : sizeof(temp); + memcpy(temp, row0, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row0, row1, bytes_copy); + memcpy(row1, temp, bytes_copy); + row0 += bytes_copy; + row1 += bytes_copy; + bytes_left -= bytes_copy; + } + } +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +static void stbi__vertical_flip_slices(void *image, int w, int h, int z, int bytes_per_pixel) +{ + int slice; + int slice_size = w * h * bytes_per_pixel; + + stbi_uc *bytes = (stbi_uc *)image; + for (slice = 0; slice < z; ++slice) { + stbi__vertical_flip(bytes, w, h, bytes_per_pixel); + bytes += slice_size; + } +} +#endif + +static unsigned char *stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 8); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + // it is the responsibility of the loaders to make sure we get either 8 or 16 bit. + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8 || ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 8) { + result = stbi__convert_16_to_8((stbi__uint16 *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 8; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format to here + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi_uc)); + } + + return (unsigned char *) result; +} + +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__result_info ri; + void *result = stbi__load_main(s, x, y, comp, req_comp, &ri, 16); + + if (result == NULL) + return NULL; + + // it is the responsibility of the loaders to make sure we get either 8 or 16 bit. + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8 || ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 16) { + result = stbi__convert_8_to_16((stbi_uc *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); + ri.bits_per_channel = 16; + } + + // @TODO: move stbi__convert_format16 to here + // @TODO: special case RGB-to-Y (and RGBA-to-YA) for 8-bit-to-16-bit case to keep more precision + + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(stbi__uint16)); + } + + return (stbi__uint16 *) result; +} + +#if !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) +static void stbi__float_postprocess(float *result, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load && result != NULL) { + int channels = req_comp ? req_comp : *comp; + stbi__vertical_flip(result, *x, *y, channels * sizeof(float)); + } +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall MultiByteToWideChar(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const char *str, int cbmb, wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide); +STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide, char *str, int cbmb, const char *defchar, int *used_default); +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) +{ + return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, (int) bufferlen, NULL, NULL); +} +#endif + +static FILE *stbi__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) +{ + FILE *f; +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) + wchar_t wMode[64]; + wchar_t wFilename[1024]; + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + return 0; + + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + return 0; + +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) + f = 0; +#else + f = _wfopen(wFilename, wMode); +#endif + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != fopen_s(&f, filename, mode)) + f=0; +#else + f = fopen(filename, mode); +#endif + return f; +} + + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + unsigned char *result; + if (!f) return stbi__errpuc("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_load_from_file(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (result) { + // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer + fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi__uint16 *stbi_load_from_file_16(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__uint16 *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + result = stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); + if (result) { + // need to 'unget' all the characters in the IO buffer + fseek(f, - (int) (s.img_buffer_end - s.img_buffer), SEEK_CUR); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + stbi__uint16 *result; + if (!f) return (stbi_us *) stbi__errpuc("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_load_from_file_16(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + + +#endif //!STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_us *stbi_load_16_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *channels_in_file, int desired_channels) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *)clbk, user); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(&s,x,y,channels_in_file,desired_channels); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +STBIDEF stbi_uc *stbi_load_gif_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *result; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + + result = (unsigned char*) stbi__load_gif_main(&s, delays, x, y, z, comp, req_comp); + if (stbi__vertically_flip_on_load) { + stbi__vertical_flip_slices( result, *x, *y, *z, *comp ); + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__loadf_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + unsigned char *data; + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_test(s)) { + stbi__result_info ri; + float *hdr_data = stbi__hdr_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, &ri); + if (hdr_data) + stbi__float_postprocess(hdr_data,x,y,comp,req_comp); + return hdr_data; + } + #endif + data = stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(s, x, y, comp, req_comp); + if (data) + return stbi__ldr_to_hdr(data, *x, *y, req_comp ? req_comp : *comp); + return stbi__errpf("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + float *result; + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + if (!f) return stbi__errpf("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_loadf_from_file(f,x,y,comp,req_comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF float *stbi_loadf_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + return stbi__loadf_main(&s,x,y,comp,req_comp); +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +#endif // !STBI_NO_LINEAR + +// these is-hdr-or-not is defined independent of whether STBI_NO_LINEAR is +// defined, for API simplicity; if STBI_NO_LINEAR is defined, it always +// reports false! + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__hdr_test(&s); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(buffer); + STBI_NOTUSED(len); + return 0; + #endif +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr (char const *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result=0; + if (f) { + result = stbi_is_hdr_from_file(f); + fclose(f); + } + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_file(FILE *f) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + long pos = ftell(f); + int res; + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_file(&s,f); + res = stbi__hdr_test(&s); + fseek(f, pos, SEEK_SET); + return res; + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(f); + return 0; + #endif +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_hdr_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *clbk, void *user) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) clbk, user); + return stbi__hdr_test(&s); + #else + STBI_NOTUSED(clbk); + STBI_NOTUSED(user); + return 0; + #endif +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float stbi__l2h_gamma=2.2f, stbi__l2h_scale=1.0f; + +STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__l2h_gamma = gamma; } +STBIDEF void stbi_ldr_to_hdr_scale(float scale) { stbi__l2h_scale = scale; } +#endif + +static float stbi__h2l_gamma_i=1.0f/2.2f, stbi__h2l_scale_i=1.0f; + +STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_gamma(float gamma) { stbi__h2l_gamma_i = 1/gamma; } +STBIDEF void stbi_hdr_to_ldr_scale(float scale) { stbi__h2l_scale_i = 1/scale; } + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Common code used by all image loaders +// + +enum +{ + STBI__SCAN_load=0, + STBI__SCAN_type, + STBI__SCAN_header +}; + +static void stbi__refill_buffer(stbi__context *s) +{ + int n = (s->io.read)(s->io_user_data,(char*)s->buffer_start,s->buflen); + s->callback_already_read += (int) (s->img_buffer - s->img_buffer_original); + if (n == 0) { + // at end of file, treat same as if from memory, but need to handle case + // where s->img_buffer isn't pointing to safe memory, e.g. 0-byte file + s->read_from_callbacks = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->buffer_start; + s->img_buffer_end = s->buffer_start+1; + *s->img_buffer = 0; + } else { + s->img_buffer = s->buffer_start; + s->img_buffer_end = s->buffer_start + n; + } +} + +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__get8(stbi__context *s) +{ + if (s->img_buffer < s->img_buffer_end) + return *s->img_buffer++; + if (s->read_from_callbacks) { + stbi__refill_buffer(s); + return *s->img_buffer++; + } + return 0; +} + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +stbi_inline static int stbi__at_eof(stbi__context *s) +{ + if (s->io.read) { + if (!(s->io.eof)(s->io_user_data)) return 0; + // if feof() is true, check if buffer = end + // special case: we've only got the special 0 character at the end + if (s->read_from_callbacks == 0) return 1; + } + + return s->img_buffer >= s->img_buffer_end; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static void stbi__skip(stbi__context *s, int n) +{ + if (n == 0) return; // already there! + if (n < 0) { + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + return; + } + if (s->io.read) { + int blen = (int) (s->img_buffer_end - s->img_buffer); + if (blen < n) { + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + (s->io.skip)(s->io_user_data, n - blen); + return; + } + } + s->img_buffer += n; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_HDR) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__getn(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc *buffer, int n) +{ + if (s->io.read) { + int blen = (int) (s->img_buffer_end - s->img_buffer); + if (blen < n) { + int res, count; + + memcpy(buffer, s->img_buffer, blen); + + count = (s->io.read)(s->io_user_data, (char*) buffer + blen, n - blen); + res = (count == (n-blen)); + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; + return res; + } + } + + if (s->img_buffer+n <= s->img_buffer_end) { + memcpy(buffer, s->img_buffer, n); + s->img_buffer += n; + return 1; + } else + return 0; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__get16be(stbi__context *s) +{ + int z = stbi__get8(s); + return (z << 8) + stbi__get8(s); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32be(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16be(s); + return (z << 16) + stbi__get16be(s); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) +// nothing +#else +static int stbi__get16le(stbi__context *s) +{ + int z = stbi__get8(s); + return z + (stbi__get8(s) << 8); +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32le(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16le(s); + return z + (stbi__get16le(s) << 16); +} +#endif + +#define STBI__BYTECAST(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) & 255)) // truncate int to byte without warnings + +#if defined(STBI_NO_JPEG) && defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// generic converter from built-in img_n to req_comp +// individual types do this automatically as much as possible (e.g. jpeg +// does all cases internally since it needs to colorspace convert anyway, +// and it never has alpha, so very few cases ). png can automatically +// interleave an alpha=255 channel, but falls back to this for other cases +// +// assume data buffer is malloced, so malloc a new one and free that one +// only failure mode is malloc failing + +static stbi_uc stbi__compute_y(int r, int g, int b) +{ + return (stbi_uc) (((r*77) + (g*150) + (29*b)) >> 8); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_BMP) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) && defined(STBI_NO_TGA) && defined(STBI_NO_GIF) && defined(STBI_NO_PIC) && defined(STBI_NO_PNM) +// nothing +#else +static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int req_comp, unsigned int x, unsigned int y) +{ + int i,j; + unsigned char *good; + + if (req_comp == img_n) return data; + STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); + + good = (unsigned char *) stbi__malloc_mad3(req_comp, x, y, 0); + if (good == NULL) { + STBI_FREE(data); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + + for (j=0; j < (int) y; ++j) { + unsigned char *src = data + j * x * img_n ; + unsigned char *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; + + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; + // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=255; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 255; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); STBI_FREE(data); STBI_FREE(good); return stbi__errpuc("unsupported", "Unsupported format conversion"); + } + #undef STBI__CASE + } + + STBI_FREE(data); + return good; +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint16 stbi__compute_y_16(int r, int g, int b) +{ + return (stbi__uint16) (((r*77) + (g*150) + (29*b)) >> 8); +} +#endif + +#if defined(STBI_NO_PNG) && defined(STBI_NO_PSD) +// nothing +#else +static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_format16(stbi__uint16 *data, int img_n, int req_comp, unsigned int x, unsigned int y) +{ + int i,j; + stbi__uint16 *good; + + if (req_comp == img_n) return data; + STBI_ASSERT(req_comp >= 1 && req_comp <= 4); + + good = (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__malloc(req_comp * x * y * 2); + if (good == NULL) { + STBI_FREE(data); + return (stbi__uint16 *) stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + + for (j=0; j < (int) y; ++j) { + stbi__uint16 *src = data + j * x * img_n ; + stbi__uint16 *dest = good + j * x * req_comp; + + #define STBI__COMBO(a,b) ((a)*8+(b)) + #define STBI__CASE(a,b) case STBI__COMBO(a,b): for(i=x-1; i >= 0; --i, src += a, dest += b) + // convert source image with img_n components to one with req_comp components; + // avoid switch per pixel, so use switch per scanline and massive macros + switch (STBI__COMBO(img_n, req_comp)) { + STBI__CASE(1,2) { dest[0]=src[0]; dest[1]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(1,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,1) { dest[0]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,3) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; } break; + STBI__CASE(2,4) { dest[0]=dest[1]=dest[2]=src[0]; dest[3]=src[1]; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,4) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2];dest[3]=0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(3,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(3,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = 0xffff; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; + STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; + STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); STBI_FREE(data); STBI_FREE(good); return (stbi__uint16*) stbi__errpuc("unsupported", "Unsupported format conversion"); + } + #undef STBI__CASE + } + + STBI_FREE(data); + return good; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_LINEAR +static float *stbi__ldr_to_hdr(stbi_uc *data, int x, int y, int comp) +{ + int i,k,n; + float *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(x, y, comp, sizeof(float), 0); + if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + // compute number of non-alpha components + if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + for (k=0; k < n; ++k) { + output[i*comp + k] = (float) (pow(data[i*comp+k]/255.0f, stbi__l2h_gamma) * stbi__l2h_scale); + } + } + if (n < comp) { + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + output[i*comp + n] = data[i*comp + n]/255.0f; + } + } + STBI_FREE(data); + return output; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +#define stbi__float2int(x) ((int) (x)) +static stbi_uc *stbi__hdr_to_ldr(float *data, int x, int y, int comp) +{ + int i,k,n; + stbi_uc *output; + if (!data) return NULL; + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, comp, 0); + if (output == NULL) { STBI_FREE(data); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + // compute number of non-alpha components + if (comp & 1) n = comp; else n = comp-1; + for (i=0; i < x*y; ++i) { + for (k=0; k < n; ++k) { + float z = (float) pow(data[i*comp+k]*stbi__h2l_scale_i, stbi__h2l_gamma_i) * 255 + 0.5f; + if (z < 0) z = 0; + if (z > 255) z = 255; + output[i*comp + k] = (stbi_uc) stbi__float2int(z); + } + if (k < comp) { + float z = data[i*comp+k] * 255 + 0.5f; + if (z < 0) z = 0; + if (z > 255) z = 255; + output[i*comp + k] = (stbi_uc) stbi__float2int(z); + } + } + STBI_FREE(data); + return output; +} +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// "baseline" JPEG/JFIF decoder +// +// simple implementation +// - doesn't support delayed output of y-dimension +// - simple interface (only one output format: 8-bit interleaved RGB) +// - doesn't try to recover corrupt jpegs +// - doesn't allow partial loading, loading multiple at once +// - still fast on x86 (copying globals into locals doesn't help x86) +// - allocates lots of intermediate memory (full size of all components) +// - non-interleaved case requires this anyway +// - allows good upsampling (see next) +// high-quality +// - upsampled channels are bilinearly interpolated, even across blocks +// - quality integer IDCT derived from IJG's 'slow' +// performance +// - fast huffman; reasonable integer IDCT +// - some SIMD kernels for common paths on targets with SSE2/NEON +// - uses a lot of intermediate memory, could cache poorly + +#ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + +// huffman decoding acceleration +#define FAST_BITS 9 // larger handles more cases; smaller stomps less cache + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc fast[1 << FAST_BITS]; + // weirdly, repacking this into AoS is a 10% speed loss, instead of a win + stbi__uint16 code[256]; + stbi_uc values[256]; + stbi_uc size[257]; + unsigned int maxcode[18]; + int delta[17]; // old 'firstsymbol' - old 'firstcode' +} stbi__huffman; + +typedef struct +{ + stbi__context *s; + stbi__huffman huff_dc[4]; + stbi__huffman huff_ac[4]; + stbi__uint16 dequant[4][64]; + stbi__int16 fast_ac[4][1 << FAST_BITS]; + +// sizes for components, interleaved MCUs + int img_h_max, img_v_max; + int img_mcu_x, img_mcu_y; + int img_mcu_w, img_mcu_h; + +// definition of jpeg image component + struct + { + int id; + int h,v; + int tq; + int hd,ha; + int dc_pred; + + int x,y,w2,h2; + stbi_uc *data; + void *raw_data, *raw_coeff; + stbi_uc *linebuf; + short *coeff; // progressive only + int coeff_w, coeff_h; // number of 8x8 coefficient blocks + } img_comp[4]; + + stbi__uint32 code_buffer; // jpeg entropy-coded buffer + int code_bits; // number of valid bits + unsigned char marker; // marker seen while filling entropy buffer + int nomore; // flag if we saw a marker so must stop + + int progressive; + int spec_start; + int spec_end; + int succ_high; + int succ_low; + int eob_run; + int jfif; + int app14_color_transform; // Adobe APP14 tag + int rgb; + + int scan_n, order[4]; + int restart_interval, todo; + +// kernels + void (*idct_block_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]); + void (*YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step); + stbi_uc *(*resample_row_hv_2_kernel)(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs); +} stbi__jpeg; + +static int stbi__build_huffman(stbi__huffman *h, int *count) +{ + int i,j,k=0; + unsigned int code; + // build size list for each symbol (from JPEG spec) + for (i=0; i < 16; ++i) + for (j=0; j < count[i]; ++j) + h->size[k++] = (stbi_uc) (i+1); + h->size[k] = 0; + + // compute actual symbols (from jpeg spec) + code = 0; + k = 0; + for(j=1; j <= 16; ++j) { + // compute delta to add to code to compute symbol id + h->delta[j] = k - code; + if (h->size[k] == j) { + while (h->size[k] == j) + h->code[k++] = (stbi__uint16) (code++); + if (code-1 >= (1u << j)) return stbi__err("bad code lengths","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + // compute largest code + 1 for this size, preshifted as needed later + h->maxcode[j] = code << (16-j); + code <<= 1; + } + h->maxcode[j] = 0xffffffff; + + // build non-spec acceleration table; 255 is flag for not-accelerated + memset(h->fast, 255, 1 << FAST_BITS); + for (i=0; i < k; ++i) { + int s = h->size[i]; + if (s <= FAST_BITS) { + int c = h->code[i] << (FAST_BITS-s); + int m = 1 << (FAST_BITS-s); + for (j=0; j < m; ++j) { + h->fast[c+j] = (stbi_uc) i; + } + } + } + return 1; +} + +// build a table that decodes both magnitude and value of small ACs in +// one go. +static void stbi__build_fast_ac(stbi__int16 *fast_ac, stbi__huffman *h) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < (1 << FAST_BITS); ++i) { + stbi_uc fast = h->fast[i]; + fast_ac[i] = 0; + if (fast < 255) { + int rs = h->values[fast]; + int run = (rs >> 4) & 15; + int magbits = rs & 15; + int len = h->size[fast]; + + if (magbits && len + magbits <= FAST_BITS) { + // magnitude code followed by receive_extend code + int k = ((i << len) & ((1 << FAST_BITS) - 1)) >> (FAST_BITS - magbits); + int m = 1 << (magbits - 1); + if (k < m) k += (~0U << magbits) + 1; + // if the result is small enough, we can fit it in fast_ac table + if (k >= -128 && k <= 127) + fast_ac[i] = (stbi__int16) ((k * 256) + (run * 16) + (len + magbits)); + } + } + } +} + +static void stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + do { + unsigned int b = j->nomore ? 0 : stbi__get8(j->s); + if (b == 0xff) { + int c = stbi__get8(j->s); + while (c == 0xff) c = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume fill bytes + if (c != 0) { + j->marker = (unsigned char) c; + j->nomore = 1; + return; + } + } + j->code_buffer |= b << (24 - j->code_bits); + j->code_bits += 8; + } while (j->code_bits <= 24); +} + +// (1 << n) - 1 +static const stbi__uint32 stbi__bmask[17]={0,1,3,7,15,31,63,127,255,511,1023,2047,4095,8191,16383,32767,65535}; + +// decode a jpeg huffman value from the bitstream +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(stbi__jpeg *j, stbi__huffman *h) +{ + unsigned int temp; + int c,k; + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + // look at the top FAST_BITS and determine what symbol ID it is, + // if the code is <= FAST_BITS + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + k = h->fast[c]; + if (k < 255) { + int s = h->size[k]; + if (s > j->code_bits) + return -1; + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + return h->values[k]; + } + + // naive test is to shift the code_buffer down so k bits are + // valid, then test against maxcode. To speed this up, we've + // preshifted maxcode left so that it has (16-k) 0s at the + // end; in other words, regardless of the number of bits, it + // wants to be compared against something shifted to have 16; + // that way we don't need to shift inside the loop. + temp = j->code_buffer >> 16; + for (k=FAST_BITS+1 ; ; ++k) + if (temp < h->maxcode[k]) + break; + if (k == 17) { + // error! code not found + j->code_bits -= 16; + return -1; + } + + if (k > j->code_bits) + return -1; + + // convert the huffman code to the symbol id + c = ((j->code_buffer >> (32 - k)) & stbi__bmask[k]) + h->delta[k]; + STBI_ASSERT((((j->code_buffer) >> (32 - h->size[c])) & stbi__bmask[h->size[c]]) == h->code[c]); + + // convert the id to a symbol + j->code_bits -= k; + j->code_buffer <<= k; + return h->values[c]; +} + +// bias[n] = (-1<code_bits < n) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + sgn = (stbi__int32)j->code_buffer >> 31; // sign bit is always in MSB + k = stbi_lrot(j->code_buffer, n); + if (n < 0 || n >= (int) (sizeof(stbi__bmask)/sizeof(*stbi__bmask))) return 0; + j->code_buffer = k & ~stbi__bmask[n]; + k &= stbi__bmask[n]; + j->code_bits -= n; + return k + (stbi__jbias[n] & ~sgn); +} + +// get some unsigned bits +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_get_bits(stbi__jpeg *j, int n) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (j->code_bits < n) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + k = stbi_lrot(j->code_buffer, n); + j->code_buffer = k & ~stbi__bmask[n]; + k &= stbi__bmask[n]; + j->code_bits -= n; + return k; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__jpeg_get_bit(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (j->code_bits < 1) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + k = j->code_buffer; + j->code_buffer <<= 1; + --j->code_bits; + return k & 0x80000000; +} + +// given a value that's at position X in the zigzag stream, +// where does it appear in the 8x8 matrix coded as row-major? +static const stbi_uc stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[64+15] = +{ + 0, 1, 8, 16, 9, 2, 3, 10, + 17, 24, 32, 25, 18, 11, 4, 5, + 12, 19, 26, 33, 40, 48, 41, 34, + 27, 20, 13, 6, 7, 14, 21, 28, + 35, 42, 49, 56, 57, 50, 43, 36, + 29, 22, 15, 23, 30, 37, 44, 51, + 58, 59, 52, 45, 38, 31, 39, 46, + 53, 60, 61, 54, 47, 55, 62, 63, + // let corrupt input sample past end + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, + 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63 +}; + +// decode one 64-entry block-- +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hdc, stbi__huffman *hac, stbi__int16 *fac, int b, stbi__uint16 *dequant) +{ + int diff,dc,k; + int t; + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); + if (t < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + + // 0 all the ac values now so we can do it 32-bits at a time + memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); + + diff = t ? stbi__extend_receive(j, t) : 0; + dc = j->img_comp[b].dc_pred + diff; + j->img_comp[b].dc_pred = dc; + data[0] = (short) (dc * dequant[0]); + + // decode AC components, see JPEG spec + k = 1; + do { + unsigned int zig; + int c,r,s; + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + r = fac[c]; + if (r) { // fast-AC path + k += (r >> 4) & 15; // run + s = r & 15; // combined length + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + // decode into unzigzag'd location + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) * dequant[zig]); + } else { + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (rs != 0xf0) break; // end block + k += 16; + } else { + k += r; + // decode into unzigzag'd location + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) * dequant[zig]); + } + } + } while (k < 64); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hdc, int b) +{ + int diff,dc; + int t; + if (j->spec_end != 0) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); + + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + + if (j->succ_high == 0) { + // first scan for DC coefficient, must be first + memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); // 0 all the ac values now + t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); + if (t == -1) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); + diff = t ? stbi__extend_receive(j, t) : 0; + + dc = j->img_comp[b].dc_pred + diff; + j->img_comp[b].dc_pred = dc; + data[0] = (short) (dc << j->succ_low); + } else { + // refinement scan for DC coefficient + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + data[0] += (short) (1 << j->succ_low); + } + return 1; +} + +// @OPTIMIZE: store non-zigzagged during the decode passes, +// and only de-zigzag when dequantizing +static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman *hac, stbi__int16 *fac) +{ + int k; + if (j->spec_start == 0) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); + + if (j->succ_high == 0) { + int shift = j->succ_low; + + if (j->eob_run) { + --j->eob_run; + return 1; + } + + k = j->spec_start; + do { + unsigned int zig; + int c,r,s; + if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); + c = (j->code_buffer >> (32 - FAST_BITS)) & ((1 << FAST_BITS)-1); + r = fac[c]; + if (r) { // fast-AC path + k += (r >> 4) & 15; // run + s = r & 15; // combined length + j->code_buffer <<= s; + j->code_bits -= s; + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) << shift); + } else { + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (r < 15) { + j->eob_run = (1 << r); + if (r) + j->eob_run += stbi__jpeg_get_bits(j, r); + --j->eob_run; + break; + } + k += 16; + } else { + k += r; + zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; + data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) << shift); + } + } + } while (k <= j->spec_end); + } else { + // refinement scan for these AC coefficients + + short bit = (short) (1 << j->succ_low); + + if (j->eob_run) { + --j->eob_run; + for (k = j->spec_start; k <= j->spec_end; ++k) { + short *p = &data[stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k]]; + if (*p != 0) + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + if ((*p & bit)==0) { + if (*p > 0) + *p += bit; + else + *p -= bit; + } + } + } else { + k = j->spec_start; + do { + int r,s; + int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); // @OPTIMIZE see if we can use the fast path here, advance-by-r is so slow, eh + if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + s = rs & 15; + r = rs >> 4; + if (s == 0) { + if (r < 15) { + j->eob_run = (1 << r) - 1; + if (r) + j->eob_run += stbi__jpeg_get_bits(j, r); + r = 64; // force end of block + } else { + // r=15 s=0 should write 16 0s, so we just do + // a run of 15 0s and then write s (which is 0), + // so we don't have to do anything special here + } + } else { + if (s != 1) return stbi__err("bad huffman code", "Corrupt JPEG"); + // sign bit + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + s = bit; + else + s = -bit; + } + + // advance by r + while (k <= j->spec_end) { + short *p = &data[stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]]; + if (*p != 0) { + if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) + if ((*p & bit)==0) { + if (*p > 0) + *p += bit; + else + *p -= bit; + } + } else { + if (r == 0) { + *p = (short) s; + break; + } + --r; + } + } + } while (k <= j->spec_end); + } + } + return 1; +} + +// take a -128..127 value and stbi__clamp it and convert to 0..255 +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__clamp(int x) +{ + // trick to use a single test to catch both cases + if ((unsigned int) x > 255) { + if (x < 0) return 0; + if (x > 255) return 255; + } + return (stbi_uc) x; +} + +#define stbi__f2f(x) ((int) (((x) * 4096 + 0.5))) +#define stbi__fsh(x) ((x) * 4096) + +// derived from jidctint -- DCT_ISLOW +#define STBI__IDCT_1D(s0,s1,s2,s3,s4,s5,s6,s7) \ + int t0,t1,t2,t3,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,x0,x1,x2,x3; \ + p2 = s2; \ + p3 = s6; \ + p1 = (p2+p3) * stbi__f2f(0.5411961f); \ + t2 = p1 + p3*stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f); \ + t3 = p1 + p2*stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f); \ + p2 = s0; \ + p3 = s4; \ + t0 = stbi__fsh(p2+p3); \ + t1 = stbi__fsh(p2-p3); \ + x0 = t0+t3; \ + x3 = t0-t3; \ + x1 = t1+t2; \ + x2 = t1-t2; \ + t0 = s7; \ + t1 = s5; \ + t2 = s3; \ + t3 = s1; \ + p3 = t0+t2; \ + p4 = t1+t3; \ + p1 = t0+t3; \ + p2 = t1+t2; \ + p5 = (p3+p4)*stbi__f2f( 1.175875602f); \ + t0 = t0*stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f); \ + t1 = t1*stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f); \ + t2 = t2*stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f); \ + t3 = t3*stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f); \ + p1 = p5 + p1*stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f); \ + p2 = p5 + p2*stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f); \ + p3 = p3*stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f); \ + p4 = p4*stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f); \ + t3 += p1+p4; \ + t2 += p2+p3; \ + t1 += p2+p4; \ + t0 += p1+p3; + +static void stbi__idct_block(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + int i,val[64],*v=val; + stbi_uc *o; + short *d = data; + + // columns + for (i=0; i < 8; ++i,++d, ++v) { + // if all zeroes, shortcut -- this avoids dequantizing 0s and IDCTing + if (d[ 8]==0 && d[16]==0 && d[24]==0 && d[32]==0 + && d[40]==0 && d[48]==0 && d[56]==0) { + // no shortcut 0 seconds + // (1|2|3|4|5|6|7)==0 0 seconds + // all separate -0.047 seconds + // 1 && 2|3 && 4|5 && 6|7: -0.047 seconds + int dcterm = d[0]*4; + v[0] = v[8] = v[16] = v[24] = v[32] = v[40] = v[48] = v[56] = dcterm; + } else { + STBI__IDCT_1D(d[ 0],d[ 8],d[16],d[24],d[32],d[40],d[48],d[56]) + // constants scaled things up by 1<<12; let's bring them back + // down, but keep 2 extra bits of precision + x0 += 512; x1 += 512; x2 += 512; x3 += 512; + v[ 0] = (x0+t3) >> 10; + v[56] = (x0-t3) >> 10; + v[ 8] = (x1+t2) >> 10; + v[48] = (x1-t2) >> 10; + v[16] = (x2+t1) >> 10; + v[40] = (x2-t1) >> 10; + v[24] = (x3+t0) >> 10; + v[32] = (x3-t0) >> 10; + } + } + + for (i=0, v=val, o=out; i < 8; ++i,v+=8,o+=out_stride) { + // no fast case since the first 1D IDCT spread components out + STBI__IDCT_1D(v[0],v[1],v[2],v[3],v[4],v[5],v[6],v[7]) + // constants scaled things up by 1<<12, plus we had 1<<2 from first + // loop, plus horizontal and vertical each scale by sqrt(8) so together + // we've got an extra 1<<3, so 1<<17 total we need to remove. + // so we want to round that, which means adding 0.5 * 1<<17, + // aka 65536. Also, we'll end up with -128 to 127 that we want + // to encode as 0..255 by adding 128, so we'll add that before the shift + x0 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x1 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x2 += 65536 + (128<<17); + x3 += 65536 + (128<<17); + // tried computing the shifts into temps, or'ing the temps to see + // if any were out of range, but that was slower + o[0] = stbi__clamp((x0+t3) >> 17); + o[7] = stbi__clamp((x0-t3) >> 17); + o[1] = stbi__clamp((x1+t2) >> 17); + o[6] = stbi__clamp((x1-t2) >> 17); + o[2] = stbi__clamp((x2+t1) >> 17); + o[5] = stbi__clamp((x2-t1) >> 17); + o[3] = stbi__clamp((x3+t0) >> 17); + o[4] = stbi__clamp((x3-t0) >> 17); + } +} + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 +// sse2 integer IDCT. not the fastest possible implementation but it +// produces bit-identical results to the generic C version so it's +// fully "transparent". +static void stbi__idct_simd(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + // This is constructed to match our regular (generic) integer IDCT exactly. + __m128i row0, row1, row2, row3, row4, row5, row6, row7; + __m128i tmp; + + // dot product constant: even elems=x, odd elems=y + #define dct_const(x,y) _mm_setr_epi16((x),(y),(x),(y),(x),(y),(x),(y)) + + // out(0) = c0[even]*x + c0[odd]*y (c0, x, y 16-bit, out 32-bit) + // out(1) = c1[even]*x + c1[odd]*y + #define dct_rot(out0,out1, x,y,c0,c1) \ + __m128i c0##lo = _mm_unpacklo_epi16((x),(y)); \ + __m128i c0##hi = _mm_unpackhi_epi16((x),(y)); \ + __m128i out0##_l = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##lo, c0); \ + __m128i out0##_h = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##hi, c0); \ + __m128i out1##_l = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##lo, c1); \ + __m128i out1##_h = _mm_madd_epi16(c0##hi, c1) + + // out = in << 12 (in 16-bit, out 32-bit) + #define dct_widen(out, in) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_srai_epi32(_mm_unpacklo_epi16(_mm_setzero_si128(), (in)), 4); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_srai_epi32(_mm_unpackhi_epi16(_mm_setzero_si128(), (in)), 4) + + // wide add + #define dct_wadd(out, a, b) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_add_epi32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_add_epi32(a##_h, b##_h) + + // wide sub + #define dct_wsub(out, a, b) \ + __m128i out##_l = _mm_sub_epi32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + __m128i out##_h = _mm_sub_epi32(a##_h, b##_h) + + // butterfly a/b, add bias, then shift by "s" and pack + #define dct_bfly32o(out0, out1, a,b,bias,s) \ + { \ + __m128i abiased_l = _mm_add_epi32(a##_l, bias); \ + __m128i abiased_h = _mm_add_epi32(a##_h, bias); \ + dct_wadd(sum, abiased, b); \ + dct_wsub(dif, abiased, b); \ + out0 = _mm_packs_epi32(_mm_srai_epi32(sum_l, s), _mm_srai_epi32(sum_h, s)); \ + out1 = _mm_packs_epi32(_mm_srai_epi32(dif_l, s), _mm_srai_epi32(dif_h, s)); \ + } + + // 8-bit interleave step (for transposes) + #define dct_interleave8(a, b) \ + tmp = a; \ + a = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(a, b); \ + b = _mm_unpackhi_epi8(tmp, b) + + // 16-bit interleave step (for transposes) + #define dct_interleave16(a, b) \ + tmp = a; \ + a = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(a, b); \ + b = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(tmp, b) + + #define dct_pass(bias,shift) \ + { \ + /* even part */ \ + dct_rot(t2e,t3e, row2,row6, rot0_0,rot0_1); \ + __m128i sum04 = _mm_add_epi16(row0, row4); \ + __m128i dif04 = _mm_sub_epi16(row0, row4); \ + dct_widen(t0e, sum04); \ + dct_widen(t1e, dif04); \ + dct_wadd(x0, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wsub(x3, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wadd(x1, t1e, t2e); \ + dct_wsub(x2, t1e, t2e); \ + /* odd part */ \ + dct_rot(y0o,y2o, row7,row3, rot2_0,rot2_1); \ + dct_rot(y1o,y3o, row5,row1, rot3_0,rot3_1); \ + __m128i sum17 = _mm_add_epi16(row1, row7); \ + __m128i sum35 = _mm_add_epi16(row3, row5); \ + dct_rot(y4o,y5o, sum17,sum35, rot1_0,rot1_1); \ + dct_wadd(x4, y0o, y4o); \ + dct_wadd(x5, y1o, y5o); \ + dct_wadd(x6, y2o, y5o); \ + dct_wadd(x7, y3o, y4o); \ + dct_bfly32o(row0,row7, x0,x7,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row1,row6, x1,x6,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row2,row5, x2,x5,bias,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row3,row4, x3,x4,bias,shift); \ + } + + __m128i rot0_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f), stbi__f2f(0.5411961f) + stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f)); + __m128i rot0_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f) + stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f), stbi__f2f(0.5411961f)); + __m128i rot1_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(1.175875602f) + stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f), stbi__f2f(1.175875602f)); + __m128i rot1_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(1.175875602f), stbi__f2f(1.175875602f) + stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f)); + __m128i rot2_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f) + stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f), stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f)); + __m128i rot2_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f), stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f) + stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f)); + __m128i rot3_0 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f) + stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f), stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f)); + __m128i rot3_1 = dct_const(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f), stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f) + stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f)); + + // rounding biases in column/row passes, see stbi__idct_block for explanation. + __m128i bias_0 = _mm_set1_epi32(512); + __m128i bias_1 = _mm_set1_epi32(65536 + (128<<17)); + + // load + row0 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 0*8)); + row1 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 1*8)); + row2 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 2*8)); + row3 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 3*8)); + row4 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 4*8)); + row5 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 5*8)); + row6 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 6*8)); + row7 = _mm_load_si128((const __m128i *) (data + 7*8)); + + // column pass + dct_pass(bias_0, 10); + + { + // 16bit 8x8 transpose pass 1 + dct_interleave16(row0, row4); + dct_interleave16(row1, row5); + dct_interleave16(row2, row6); + dct_interleave16(row3, row7); + + // transpose pass 2 + dct_interleave16(row0, row2); + dct_interleave16(row1, row3); + dct_interleave16(row4, row6); + dct_interleave16(row5, row7); + + // transpose pass 3 + dct_interleave16(row0, row1); + dct_interleave16(row2, row3); + dct_interleave16(row4, row5); + dct_interleave16(row6, row7); + } + + // row pass + dct_pass(bias_1, 17); + + { + // pack + __m128i p0 = _mm_packus_epi16(row0, row1); // a0a1a2a3...a7b0b1b2b3...b7 + __m128i p1 = _mm_packus_epi16(row2, row3); + __m128i p2 = _mm_packus_epi16(row4, row5); + __m128i p3 = _mm_packus_epi16(row6, row7); + + // 8bit 8x8 transpose pass 1 + dct_interleave8(p0, p2); // a0e0a1e1... + dct_interleave8(p1, p3); // c0g0c1g1... + + // transpose pass 2 + dct_interleave8(p0, p1); // a0c0e0g0... + dct_interleave8(p2, p3); // b0d0f0h0... + + // transpose pass 3 + dct_interleave8(p0, p2); // a0b0c0d0... + dct_interleave8(p1, p3); // a4b4c4d4... + + // store + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p0); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p0, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p2); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p2, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p1); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p1, 0x4e)); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, p3); out += out_stride; + _mm_storel_epi64((__m128i *) out, _mm_shuffle_epi32(p3, 0x4e)); + } + +#undef dct_const +#undef dct_rot +#undef dct_widen +#undef dct_wadd +#undef dct_wsub +#undef dct_bfly32o +#undef dct_interleave8 +#undef dct_interleave16 +#undef dct_pass +} + +#endif // STBI_SSE2 + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + +// NEON integer IDCT. should produce bit-identical +// results to the generic C version. +static void stbi__idct_simd(stbi_uc *out, int out_stride, short data[64]) +{ + int16x8_t row0, row1, row2, row3, row4, row5, row6, row7; + + int16x4_t rot0_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(0.5411961f)); + int16x4_t rot0_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-1.847759065f)); + int16x4_t rot0_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 0.765366865f)); + int16x4_t rot1_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 1.175875602f)); + int16x4_t rot1_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-0.899976223f)); + int16x4_t rot1_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-2.562915447f)); + int16x4_t rot2_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-1.961570560f)); + int16x4_t rot2_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f(-0.390180644f)); + int16x4_t rot3_0 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 0.298631336f)); + int16x4_t rot3_1 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 2.053119869f)); + int16x4_t rot3_2 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 3.072711026f)); + int16x4_t rot3_3 = vdup_n_s16(stbi__f2f( 1.501321110f)); + +#define dct_long_mul(out, inq, coeff) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vmull_s16(vget_low_s16(inq), coeff); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vmull_s16(vget_high_s16(inq), coeff) + +#define dct_long_mac(out, acc, inq, coeff) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vmlal_s16(acc##_l, vget_low_s16(inq), coeff); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vmlal_s16(acc##_h, vget_high_s16(inq), coeff) + +#define dct_widen(out, inq) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vshll_n_s16(vget_low_s16(inq), 12); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vshll_n_s16(vget_high_s16(inq), 12) + +// wide add +#define dct_wadd(out, a, b) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vaddq_s32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vaddq_s32(a##_h, b##_h) + +// wide sub +#define dct_wsub(out, a, b) \ + int32x4_t out##_l = vsubq_s32(a##_l, b##_l); \ + int32x4_t out##_h = vsubq_s32(a##_h, b##_h) + +// butterfly a/b, then shift using "shiftop" by "s" and pack +#define dct_bfly32o(out0,out1, a,b,shiftop,s) \ + { \ + dct_wadd(sum, a, b); \ + dct_wsub(dif, a, b); \ + out0 = vcombine_s16(shiftop(sum_l, s), shiftop(sum_h, s)); \ + out1 = vcombine_s16(shiftop(dif_l, s), shiftop(dif_h, s)); \ + } + +#define dct_pass(shiftop, shift) \ + { \ + /* even part */ \ + int16x8_t sum26 = vaddq_s16(row2, row6); \ + dct_long_mul(p1e, sum26, rot0_0); \ + dct_long_mac(t2e, p1e, row6, rot0_1); \ + dct_long_mac(t3e, p1e, row2, rot0_2); \ + int16x8_t sum04 = vaddq_s16(row0, row4); \ + int16x8_t dif04 = vsubq_s16(row0, row4); \ + dct_widen(t0e, sum04); \ + dct_widen(t1e, dif04); \ + dct_wadd(x0, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wsub(x3, t0e, t3e); \ + dct_wadd(x1, t1e, t2e); \ + dct_wsub(x2, t1e, t2e); \ + /* odd part */ \ + int16x8_t sum15 = vaddq_s16(row1, row5); \ + int16x8_t sum17 = vaddq_s16(row1, row7); \ + int16x8_t sum35 = vaddq_s16(row3, row5); \ + int16x8_t sum37 = vaddq_s16(row3, row7); \ + int16x8_t sumodd = vaddq_s16(sum17, sum35); \ + dct_long_mul(p5o, sumodd, rot1_0); \ + dct_long_mac(p1o, p5o, sum17, rot1_1); \ + dct_long_mac(p2o, p5o, sum35, rot1_2); \ + dct_long_mul(p3o, sum37, rot2_0); \ + dct_long_mul(p4o, sum15, rot2_1); \ + dct_wadd(sump13o, p1o, p3o); \ + dct_wadd(sump24o, p2o, p4o); \ + dct_wadd(sump23o, p2o, p3o); \ + dct_wadd(sump14o, p1o, p4o); \ + dct_long_mac(x4, sump13o, row7, rot3_0); \ + dct_long_mac(x5, sump24o, row5, rot3_1); \ + dct_long_mac(x6, sump23o, row3, rot3_2); \ + dct_long_mac(x7, sump14o, row1, rot3_3); \ + dct_bfly32o(row0,row7, x0,x7,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row1,row6, x1,x6,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row2,row5, x2,x5,shiftop,shift); \ + dct_bfly32o(row3,row4, x3,x4,shiftop,shift); \ + } + + // load + row0 = vld1q_s16(data + 0*8); + row1 = vld1q_s16(data + 1*8); + row2 = vld1q_s16(data + 2*8); + row3 = vld1q_s16(data + 3*8); + row4 = vld1q_s16(data + 4*8); + row5 = vld1q_s16(data + 5*8); + row6 = vld1q_s16(data + 6*8); + row7 = vld1q_s16(data + 7*8); + + // add DC bias + row0 = vaddq_s16(row0, vsetq_lane_s16(1024, vdupq_n_s16(0), 0)); + + // column pass + dct_pass(vrshrn_n_s32, 10); + + // 16bit 8x8 transpose + { +// these three map to a single VTRN.16, VTRN.32, and VSWP, respectively. +// whether compilers actually get this is another story, sadly. +#define dct_trn16(x, y) { int16x8x2_t t = vtrnq_s16(x, y); x = t.val[0]; y = t.val[1]; } +#define dct_trn32(x, y) { int32x4x2_t t = vtrnq_s32(vreinterpretq_s32_s16(x), vreinterpretq_s32_s16(y)); x = vreinterpretq_s16_s32(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpretq_s16_s32(t.val[1]); } +#define dct_trn64(x, y) { int16x8_t x0 = x; int16x8_t y0 = y; x = vcombine_s16(vget_low_s16(x0), vget_low_s16(y0)); y = vcombine_s16(vget_high_s16(x0), vget_high_s16(y0)); } + + // pass 1 + dct_trn16(row0, row1); // a0b0a2b2a4b4a6b6 + dct_trn16(row2, row3); + dct_trn16(row4, row5); + dct_trn16(row6, row7); + + // pass 2 + dct_trn32(row0, row2); // a0b0c0d0a4b4c4d4 + dct_trn32(row1, row3); + dct_trn32(row4, row6); + dct_trn32(row5, row7); + + // pass 3 + dct_trn64(row0, row4); // a0b0c0d0e0f0g0h0 + dct_trn64(row1, row5); + dct_trn64(row2, row6); + dct_trn64(row3, row7); + +#undef dct_trn16 +#undef dct_trn32 +#undef dct_trn64 + } + + // row pass + // vrshrn_n_s32 only supports shifts up to 16, we need + // 17. so do a non-rounding shift of 16 first then follow + // up with a rounding shift by 1. + dct_pass(vshrn_n_s32, 16); + + { + // pack and round + uint8x8_t p0 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row0, 1); + uint8x8_t p1 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row1, 1); + uint8x8_t p2 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row2, 1); + uint8x8_t p3 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row3, 1); + uint8x8_t p4 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row4, 1); + uint8x8_t p5 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row5, 1); + uint8x8_t p6 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row6, 1); + uint8x8_t p7 = vqrshrun_n_s16(row7, 1); + + // again, these can translate into one instruction, but often don't. +#define dct_trn8_8(x, y) { uint8x8x2_t t = vtrn_u8(x, y); x = t.val[0]; y = t.val[1]; } +#define dct_trn8_16(x, y) { uint16x4x2_t t = vtrn_u16(vreinterpret_u16_u8(x), vreinterpret_u16_u8(y)); x = vreinterpret_u8_u16(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpret_u8_u16(t.val[1]); } +#define dct_trn8_32(x, y) { uint32x2x2_t t = vtrn_u32(vreinterpret_u32_u8(x), vreinterpret_u32_u8(y)); x = vreinterpret_u8_u32(t.val[0]); y = vreinterpret_u8_u32(t.val[1]); } + + // sadly can't use interleaved stores here since we only write + // 8 bytes to each scan line! + + // 8x8 8-bit transpose pass 1 + dct_trn8_8(p0, p1); + dct_trn8_8(p2, p3); + dct_trn8_8(p4, p5); + dct_trn8_8(p6, p7); + + // pass 2 + dct_trn8_16(p0, p2); + dct_trn8_16(p1, p3); + dct_trn8_16(p4, p6); + dct_trn8_16(p5, p7); + + // pass 3 + dct_trn8_32(p0, p4); + dct_trn8_32(p1, p5); + dct_trn8_32(p2, p6); + dct_trn8_32(p3, p7); + + // store + vst1_u8(out, p0); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p1); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p2); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p3); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p4); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p5); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p6); out += out_stride; + vst1_u8(out, p7); + +#undef dct_trn8_8 +#undef dct_trn8_16 +#undef dct_trn8_32 + } + +#undef dct_long_mul +#undef dct_long_mac +#undef dct_widen +#undef dct_wadd +#undef dct_wsub +#undef dct_bfly32o +#undef dct_pass +} + +#endif // STBI_NEON + +#define STBI__MARKER_none 0xff +// if there's a pending marker from the entropy stream, return that +// otherwise, fetch from the stream and get a marker. if there's no +// marker, return 0xff, which is never a valid marker value +static stbi_uc stbi__get_marker(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + stbi_uc x; + if (j->marker != STBI__MARKER_none) { x = j->marker; j->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; return x; } + x = stbi__get8(j->s); + if (x != 0xff) return STBI__MARKER_none; + while (x == 0xff) + x = stbi__get8(j->s); // consume repeated 0xff fill bytes + return x; +} + +// in each scan, we'll have scan_n components, and the order +// of the components is specified by order[] +#define STBI__RESTART(x) ((x) >= 0xd0 && (x) <= 0xd7) + +// after a restart interval, stbi__jpeg_reset the entropy decoder and +// the dc prediction +static void stbi__jpeg_reset(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + j->code_bits = 0; + j->code_buffer = 0; + j->nomore = 0; + j->img_comp[0].dc_pred = j->img_comp[1].dc_pred = j->img_comp[2].dc_pred = j->img_comp[3].dc_pred = 0; + j->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; + j->todo = j->restart_interval ? j->restart_interval : 0x7fffffff; + j->eob_run = 0; + // no more than 1<<31 MCUs if no restart_interal? that's plenty safe, + // since we don't even allow 1<<30 pixels +} + +static int stbi__parse_entropy_coded_data(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + if (!z->progressive) { + if (z->scan_n == 1) { + int i,j; + STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(short, data[64]); + int n = z->order[0]; + // non-interleaved data, we just need to process one block at a time, + // in trivial scanline order + // number of blocks to do just depends on how many actual "pixels" this + // component has, independent of interleaved MCU blocking and such + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block(z, data, z->huff_dc+z->img_comp[n].hd, z->huff_ac+ha, z->fast_ac[ha], n, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq])) return 0; + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*j*8+i*8, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + // every data block is an MCU, so countdown the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + // if it's NOT a restart, then just bail, so we get corrupt data + // rather than no data + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } else { // interleaved + int i,j,k,x,y; + STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(short, data[64]); + for (j=0; j < z->img_mcu_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < z->img_mcu_x; ++i) { + // scan an interleaved mcu... process scan_n components in order + for (k=0; k < z->scan_n; ++k) { + int n = z->order[k]; + // scan out an mcu's worth of this component; that's just determined + // by the basic H and V specified for the component + for (y=0; y < z->img_comp[n].v; ++y) { + for (x=0; x < z->img_comp[n].h; ++x) { + int x2 = (i*z->img_comp[n].h + x)*8; + int y2 = (j*z->img_comp[n].v + y)*8; + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block(z, data, z->huff_dc+z->img_comp[n].hd, z->huff_ac+ha, z->fast_ac[ha], n, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq])) return 0; + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*y2+x2, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + } + } + } + // after all interleaved components, that's an interleaved MCU, + // so now count down the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } + } else { + if (z->scan_n == 1) { + int i,j; + int n = z->order[0]; + // non-interleaved data, we just need to process one block at a time, + // in trivial scanline order + // number of blocks to do just depends on how many actual "pixels" this + // component has, independent of interleaved MCU blocking and such + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (i + j * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + if (z->spec_start == 0) { + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(z, data, &z->huff_dc[z->img_comp[n].hd], n)) + return 0; + } else { + int ha = z->img_comp[n].ha; + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(z, data, &z->huff_ac[ha], z->fast_ac[ha])) + return 0; + } + // every data block is an MCU, so countdown the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } else { // interleaved + int i,j,k,x,y; + for (j=0; j < z->img_mcu_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < z->img_mcu_x; ++i) { + // scan an interleaved mcu... process scan_n components in order + for (k=0; k < z->scan_n; ++k) { + int n = z->order[k]; + // scan out an mcu's worth of this component; that's just determined + // by the basic H and V specified for the component + for (y=0; y < z->img_comp[n].v; ++y) { + for (x=0; x < z->img_comp[n].h; ++x) { + int x2 = (i*z->img_comp[n].h + x); + int y2 = (j*z->img_comp[n].v + y); + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (x2 + y2 * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + if (!stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(z, data, &z->huff_dc[z->img_comp[n].hd], n)) + return 0; + } + } + } + // after all interleaved components, that's an interleaved MCU, + // so now count down the restart interval + if (--z->todo <= 0) { + if (z->code_bits < 24) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(z); + if (!STBI__RESTART(z->marker)) return 1; + stbi__jpeg_reset(z); + } + } + } + return 1; + } + } +} + +static void stbi__jpeg_dequantize(short *data, stbi__uint16 *dequant) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) + data[i] *= dequant[i]; +} + +static void stbi__jpeg_finish(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + if (z->progressive) { + // dequantize and idct the data + int i,j,n; + for (n=0; n < z->s->img_n; ++n) { + int w = (z->img_comp[n].x+7) >> 3; + int h = (z->img_comp[n].y+7) >> 3; + for (j=0; j < h; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) { + short *data = z->img_comp[n].coeff + 64 * (i + j * z->img_comp[n].coeff_w); + stbi__jpeg_dequantize(data, z->dequant[z->img_comp[n].tq]); + z->idct_block_kernel(z->img_comp[n].data+z->img_comp[n].w2*j*8+i*8, z->img_comp[n].w2, data); + } + } + } + } +} + +static int stbi__process_marker(stbi__jpeg *z, int m) +{ + int L; + switch (m) { + case STBI__MARKER_none: // no marker found + return stbi__err("expected marker","Corrupt JPEG"); + + case 0xDD: // DRI - specify restart interval + if (stbi__get16be(z->s) != 4) return stbi__err("bad DRI len","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->restart_interval = stbi__get16be(z->s); + return 1; + + case 0xDB: // DQT - define quantization table + L = stbi__get16be(z->s)-2; + while (L > 0) { + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + int p = q >> 4, sixteen = (p != 0); + int t = q & 15,i; + if (p != 0 && p != 1) return stbi__err("bad DQT type","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (t > 3) return stbi__err("bad DQT table","Corrupt JPEG"); + + for (i=0; i < 64; ++i) + z->dequant[t][stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[i]] = (stbi__uint16)(sixteen ? stbi__get16be(z->s) : stbi__get8(z->s)); + L -= (sixteen ? 129 : 65); + } + return L==0; + + case 0xC4: // DHT - define huffman table + L = stbi__get16be(z->s)-2; + while (L > 0) { + stbi_uc *v; + int sizes[16],i,n=0; + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + int tc = q >> 4; + int th = q & 15; + if (tc > 1 || th > 3) return stbi__err("bad DHT header","Corrupt JPEG"); + for (i=0; i < 16; ++i) { + sizes[i] = stbi__get8(z->s); + n += sizes[i]; + } + L -= 17; + if (tc == 0) { + if (!stbi__build_huffman(z->huff_dc+th, sizes)) return 0; + v = z->huff_dc[th].values; + } else { + if (!stbi__build_huffman(z->huff_ac+th, sizes)) return 0; + v = z->huff_ac[th].values; + } + for (i=0; i < n; ++i) + v[i] = stbi__get8(z->s); + if (tc != 0) + stbi__build_fast_ac(z->fast_ac[th], z->huff_ac + th); + L -= n; + } + return L==0; + } + + // check for comment block or APP blocks + if ((m >= 0xE0 && m <= 0xEF) || m == 0xFE) { + L = stbi__get16be(z->s); + if (L < 2) { + if (m == 0xFE) + return stbi__err("bad COM len","Corrupt JPEG"); + else + return stbi__err("bad APP len","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + L -= 2; + + if (m == 0xE0 && L >= 5) { // JFIF APP0 segment + static const unsigned char tag[5] = {'J','F','I','F','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 5; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 5; + if (ok) + z->jfif = 1; + } else if (m == 0xEE && L >= 12) { // Adobe APP14 segment + static const unsigned char tag[6] = {'A','d','o','b','e','\0'}; + int ok = 1; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 6; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(z->s) != tag[i]) + ok = 0; + L -= 6; + if (ok) { + stbi__get8(z->s); // version + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags0 + stbi__get16be(z->s); // flags1 + z->app14_color_transform = stbi__get8(z->s); // color transform + L -= 6; + } + } + + stbi__skip(z->s, L); + return 1; + } + + return stbi__err("unknown marker","Corrupt JPEG"); +} + +// after we see SOS +static int stbi__process_scan_header(stbi__jpeg *z) +{ + int i; + int Ls = stbi__get16be(z->s); + z->scan_n = stbi__get8(z->s); + if (z->scan_n < 1 || z->scan_n > 4 || z->scan_n > (int) z->s->img_n) return stbi__err("bad SOS component count","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (Ls != 6+2*z->scan_n) return stbi__err("bad SOS len","Corrupt JPEG"); + for (i=0; i < z->scan_n; ++i) { + int id = stbi__get8(z->s), which; + int q = stbi__get8(z->s); + for (which = 0; which < z->s->img_n; ++which) + if (z->img_comp[which].id == id) + break; + if (which == z->s->img_n) return 0; // no match + z->img_comp[which].hd = q >> 4; if (z->img_comp[which].hd > 3) return stbi__err("bad DC huff","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[which].ha = q & 15; if (z->img_comp[which].ha > 3) return stbi__err("bad AC huff","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->order[i] = which; + } + + { + int aa; + z->spec_start = stbi__get8(z->s); + z->spec_end = stbi__get8(z->s); // should be 63, but might be 0 + aa = stbi__get8(z->s); + z->succ_high = (aa >> 4); + z->succ_low = (aa & 15); + if (z->progressive) { + if (z->spec_start > 63 || z->spec_end > 63 || z->spec_start > z->spec_end || z->succ_high > 13 || z->succ_low > 13) + return stbi__err("bad SOS", "Corrupt JPEG"); + } else { + if (z->spec_start != 0) return stbi__err("bad SOS","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (z->succ_high != 0 || z->succ_low != 0) return stbi__err("bad SOS","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->spec_end = 63; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__free_jpeg_components(stbi__jpeg *z, int ncomp, int why) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < ncomp; ++i) { + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_data); + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff); + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + } + if (z->img_comp[i].linebuf) { + STBI_FREE(z->img_comp[i].linebuf); + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + } + } + return why; +} + +static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + int Lf,p,i,q, h_max=1,v_max=1,c; + Lf = stbi__get16be(s); if (Lf < 11) return stbi__err("bad SOF len","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG + p = stbi__get8(s); if (p != 8) return stbi__err("only 8-bit","JPEG format not supported: 8-bit only"); // JPEG baseline + s->img_y = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_y == 0) return stbi__err("no header height", "JPEG format not supported: delayed height"); // Legal, but we don't handle it--but neither does IJG + s->img_x = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_x == 0) return stbi__err("0 width","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG requires + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + c = stbi__get8(s); + if (c != 3 && c != 1 && c != 4) return stbi__err("bad component count","Corrupt JPEG"); + s->img_n = c; + for (i=0; i < c; ++i) { + z->img_comp[i].data = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + } + + if (Lf != 8+3*s->img_n) return stbi__err("bad SOF len","Corrupt JPEG"); + + z->rgb = 0; + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + static const unsigned char rgb[3] = { 'R', 'G', 'B' }; + z->img_comp[i].id = stbi__get8(s); + if (s->img_n == 3 && z->img_comp[i].id == rgb[i]) + ++z->rgb; + q = stbi__get8(s); + z->img_comp[i].h = (q >> 4); if (!z->img_comp[i].h || z->img_comp[i].h > 4) return stbi__err("bad H","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[i].v = q & 15; if (!z->img_comp[i].v || z->img_comp[i].v > 4) return stbi__err("bad V","Corrupt JPEG"); + z->img_comp[i].tq = stbi__get8(s); if (z->img_comp[i].tq > 3) return stbi__err("bad TQ","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + + if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_x, s->img_y, s->img_n, 0)) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + if (z->img_comp[i].h > h_max) h_max = z->img_comp[i].h; + if (z->img_comp[i].v > v_max) v_max = z->img_comp[i].v; + } + + // compute interleaved mcu info + z->img_h_max = h_max; + z->img_v_max = v_max; + z->img_mcu_w = h_max * 8; + z->img_mcu_h = v_max * 8; + // these sizes can't be more than 17 bits + z->img_mcu_x = (s->img_x + z->img_mcu_w-1) / z->img_mcu_w; + z->img_mcu_y = (s->img_y + z->img_mcu_h-1) / z->img_mcu_h; + + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + // number of effective pixels (e.g. for non-interleaved MCU) + z->img_comp[i].x = (s->img_x * z->img_comp[i].h + h_max-1) / h_max; + z->img_comp[i].y = (s->img_y * z->img_comp[i].v + v_max-1) / v_max; + // to simplify generation, we'll allocate enough memory to decode + // the bogus oversized data from using interleaved MCUs and their + // big blocks (e.g. a 16x16 iMCU on an image of width 33); we won't + // discard the extra data until colorspace conversion + // + // img_mcu_x, img_mcu_y: <=17 bits; comp[i].h and .v are <=4 (checked earlier) + // so these muls can't overflow with 32-bit ints (which we require) + z->img_comp[i].w2 = z->img_mcu_x * z->img_comp[i].h * 8; + z->img_comp[i].h2 = z->img_mcu_y * z->img_comp[i].v * 8; + z->img_comp[i].coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = 0; + z->img_comp[i].linebuf = NULL; + z->img_comp[i].raw_data = stbi__malloc_mad2(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_data == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); + // align blocks for idct using mmx/sse + z->img_comp[i].data = (stbi_uc*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_data + 15) & ~15); + if (z->progressive) { + // w2, h2 are multiples of 8 (see above) + z->img_comp[i].coeff_w = z->img_comp[i].w2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].coeff_h = z->img_comp[i].h2 / 8; + z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff = stbi__malloc_mad3(z->img_comp[i].w2, z->img_comp[i].h2, sizeof(short), 15); + if (z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff == NULL) + return stbi__free_jpeg_components(z, i+1, stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory")); + z->img_comp[i].coeff = (short*) (((size_t) z->img_comp[i].raw_coeff + 15) & ~15); + } + } + + return 1; +} + +// use comparisons since in some cases we handle more than one case (e.g. SOF) +#define stbi__DNL(x) ((x) == 0xdc) +#define stbi__SOI(x) ((x) == 0xd8) +#define stbi__EOI(x) ((x) == 0xd9) +#define stbi__SOF(x) ((x) == 0xc0 || (x) == 0xc1 || (x) == 0xc2) +#define stbi__SOS(x) ((x) == 0xda) + +#define stbi__SOF_progressive(x) ((x) == 0xc2) + +static int stbi__decode_jpeg_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) +{ + int m; + z->jfif = 0; + z->app14_color_transform = -1; // valid values are 0,1,2 + z->marker = STBI__MARKER_none; // initialize cached marker to empty + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + if (!stbi__SOI(m)) return stbi__err("no SOI","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_type) return 1; + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + while (!stbi__SOF(m)) { + if (!stbi__process_marker(z,m)) return 0; + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + while (m == STBI__MARKER_none) { + // some files have extra padding after their blocks, so ok, we'll scan + if (stbi__at_eof(z->s)) return stbi__err("no SOF", "Corrupt JPEG"); + m = stbi__get_marker(z); + } + } + z->progressive = stbi__SOF_progressive(m); + if (!stbi__process_frame_header(z, scan)) return 0; + return 1; +} + +// decode image to YCbCr format +static int stbi__decode_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + int m; + for (m = 0; m < 4; m++) { + j->img_comp[m].raw_data = NULL; + j->img_comp[m].raw_coeff = NULL; + } + j->restart_interval = 0; + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_load)) return 0; + m = stbi__get_marker(j); + while (!stbi__EOI(m)) { + if (stbi__SOS(m)) { + if (!stbi__process_scan_header(j)) return 0; + if (!stbi__parse_entropy_coded_data(j)) return 0; + if (j->marker == STBI__MARKER_none ) { + // handle 0s at the end of image data from IP Kamera 9060 + while (!stbi__at_eof(j->s)) { + int x = stbi__get8(j->s); + if (x == 255) { + j->marker = stbi__get8(j->s); + break; + } + } + // if we reach eof without hitting a marker, stbi__get_marker() below will fail and we'll eventually return 0 + } + } else if (stbi__DNL(m)) { + int Ld = stbi__get16be(j->s); + stbi__uint32 NL = stbi__get16be(j->s); + if (Ld != 4) return stbi__err("bad DNL len", "Corrupt JPEG"); + if (NL != j->s->img_y) return stbi__err("bad DNL height", "Corrupt JPEG"); + } else { + if (!stbi__process_marker(j, m)) return 0; + } + m = stbi__get_marker(j); + } + if (j->progressive) + stbi__jpeg_finish(j); + return 1; +} + +// static jfif-centered resampling (across block boundaries) + +typedef stbi_uc *(*resample_row_func)(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in0, stbi_uc *in1, + int w, int hs); + +#define stbi__div4(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) >> 2)) + +static stbi_uc *resample_row_1(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + STBI_NOTUSED(out); + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + STBI_NOTUSED(w); + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + return in_near; +} + +static stbi_uc* stbi__resample_row_v_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate two samples vertically for every one in input + int i; + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + out[i] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[i] + in_far[i] + 2); + return out; +} + +static stbi_uc* stbi__resample_row_h_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate two samples horizontally for every one in input + int i; + stbi_uc *input = in_near; + + if (w == 1) { + // if only one sample, can't do any interpolation + out[0] = out[1] = input[0]; + return out; + } + + out[0] = input[0]; + out[1] = stbi__div4(input[0]*3 + input[1] + 2); + for (i=1; i < w-1; ++i) { + int n = 3*input[i]+2; + out[i*2+0] = stbi__div4(n+input[i-1]); + out[i*2+1] = stbi__div4(n+input[i+1]); + } + out[i*2+0] = stbi__div4(input[w-2]*3 + input[w-1] + 2); + out[i*2+1] = input[w-1]; + + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} + +#define stbi__div16(x) ((stbi_uc) ((x) >> 4)) + +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_hv_2(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate 2x2 samples for every one in input + int i,t0,t1; + if (w == 1) { + out[0] = out[1] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[0] + in_far[0] + 2); + return out; + } + + t1 = 3*in_near[0] + in_far[0]; + out[0] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + for (i=1; i < w; ++i) { + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i]+in_far[i]; + out[i*2-1] = stbi__div16(3*t0 + t1 + 8); + out[i*2 ] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + } + out[w*2-1] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} + +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) || defined(STBI_NEON) +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // need to generate 2x2 samples for every one in input + int i=0,t0,t1; + + if (w == 1) { + out[0] = out[1] = stbi__div4(3*in_near[0] + in_far[0] + 2); + return out; + } + + t1 = 3*in_near[0] + in_far[0]; + // process groups of 8 pixels for as long as we can. + // note we can't handle the last pixel in a row in this loop + // because we need to handle the filter boundary conditions. + for (; i < ((w-1) & ~7); i += 8) { +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) + // load and perform the vertical filtering pass + // this uses 3*x + y = 4*x + (y - x) + __m128i zero = _mm_setzero_si128(); + __m128i farb = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (in_far + i)); + __m128i nearb = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (in_near + i)); + __m128i farw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(farb, zero); + __m128i nearw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(nearb, zero); + __m128i diff = _mm_sub_epi16(farw, nearw); + __m128i nears = _mm_slli_epi16(nearw, 2); + __m128i curr = _mm_add_epi16(nears, diff); // current row + + // horizontal filter works the same based on shifted vers of current + // row. "prev" is current row shifted right by 1 pixel; we need to + // insert the previous pixel value (from t1). + // "next" is current row shifted left by 1 pixel, with first pixel + // of next block of 8 pixels added in. + __m128i prv0 = _mm_slli_si128(curr, 2); + __m128i nxt0 = _mm_srli_si128(curr, 2); + __m128i prev = _mm_insert_epi16(prv0, t1, 0); + __m128i next = _mm_insert_epi16(nxt0, 3*in_near[i+8] + in_far[i+8], 7); + + // horizontal filter, polyphase implementation since it's convenient: + // even pixels = 3*cur + prev = cur*4 + (prev - cur) + // odd pixels = 3*cur + next = cur*4 + (next - cur) + // note the shared term. + __m128i bias = _mm_set1_epi16(8); + __m128i curs = _mm_slli_epi16(curr, 2); + __m128i prvd = _mm_sub_epi16(prev, curr); + __m128i nxtd = _mm_sub_epi16(next, curr); + __m128i curb = _mm_add_epi16(curs, bias); + __m128i even = _mm_add_epi16(prvd, curb); + __m128i odd = _mm_add_epi16(nxtd, curb); + + // interleave even and odd pixels, then undo scaling. + __m128i int0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(even, odd); + __m128i int1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(even, odd); + __m128i de0 = _mm_srli_epi16(int0, 4); + __m128i de1 = _mm_srli_epi16(int1, 4); + + // pack and write output + __m128i outv = _mm_packus_epi16(de0, de1); + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + i*2), outv); +#elif defined(STBI_NEON) + // load and perform the vertical filtering pass + // this uses 3*x + y = 4*x + (y - x) + uint8x8_t farb = vld1_u8(in_far + i); + uint8x8_t nearb = vld1_u8(in_near + i); + int16x8_t diff = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vsubl_u8(farb, nearb)); + int16x8_t nears = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vshll_n_u8(nearb, 2)); + int16x8_t curr = vaddq_s16(nears, diff); // current row + + // horizontal filter works the same based on shifted vers of current + // row. "prev" is current row shifted right by 1 pixel; we need to + // insert the previous pixel value (from t1). + // "next" is current row shifted left by 1 pixel, with first pixel + // of next block of 8 pixels added in. + int16x8_t prv0 = vextq_s16(curr, curr, 7); + int16x8_t nxt0 = vextq_s16(curr, curr, 1); + int16x8_t prev = vsetq_lane_s16(t1, prv0, 0); + int16x8_t next = vsetq_lane_s16(3*in_near[i+8] + in_far[i+8], nxt0, 7); + + // horizontal filter, polyphase implementation since it's convenient: + // even pixels = 3*cur + prev = cur*4 + (prev - cur) + // odd pixels = 3*cur + next = cur*4 + (next - cur) + // note the shared term. + int16x8_t curs = vshlq_n_s16(curr, 2); + int16x8_t prvd = vsubq_s16(prev, curr); + int16x8_t nxtd = vsubq_s16(next, curr); + int16x8_t even = vaddq_s16(curs, prvd); + int16x8_t odd = vaddq_s16(curs, nxtd); + + // undo scaling and round, then store with even/odd phases interleaved + uint8x8x2_t o; + o.val[0] = vqrshrun_n_s16(even, 4); + o.val[1] = vqrshrun_n_s16(odd, 4); + vst2_u8(out + i*2, o); +#endif + + // "previous" value for next iter + t1 = 3*in_near[i+7] + in_far[i+7]; + } + + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i] + in_far[i]; + out[i*2] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + + for (++i; i < w; ++i) { + t0 = t1; + t1 = 3*in_near[i]+in_far[i]; + out[i*2-1] = stbi__div16(3*t0 + t1 + 8); + out[i*2 ] = stbi__div16(3*t1 + t0 + 8); + } + out[w*2-1] = stbi__div4(t1+2); + + STBI_NOTUSED(hs); + + return out; +} +#endif + +static stbi_uc *stbi__resample_row_generic(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc *in_near, stbi_uc *in_far, int w, int hs) +{ + // resample with nearest-neighbor + int i,j; + STBI_NOTUSED(in_far); + for (i=0; i < w; ++i) + for (j=0; j < hs; ++j) + out[i*hs+j] = in_near[i]; + return out; +} + +// this is a reduced-precision calculation of YCbCr-to-RGB introduced +// to make sure the code produces the same results in both SIMD and scalar +#define stbi__float2fixed(x) (((int) ((x) * 4096.0f + 0.5f)) << 8) +static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row(stbi_uc *out, const stbi_uc *y, const stbi_uc *pcb, const stbi_uc *pcr, int count, int step) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < count; ++i) { + int y_fixed = (y[i] << 20) + (1<<19); // rounding + int r,g,b; + int cr = pcr[i] - 128; + int cb = pcb[i] - 128; + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + (cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f)) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); + r >>= 20; + g >>= 20; + b >>= 20; + if ((unsigned) r > 255) { if (r < 0) r = 0; else r = 255; } + if ((unsigned) g > 255) { if (g < 0) g = 0; else g = 255; } + if ((unsigned) b > 255) { if (b < 0) b = 0; else b = 255; } + out[0] = (stbi_uc)r; + out[1] = (stbi_uc)g; + out[2] = (stbi_uc)b; + out[3] = 255; + out += step; + } +} + +#if defined(STBI_SSE2) || defined(STBI_NEON) +static void stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd(stbi_uc *out, stbi_uc const *y, stbi_uc const *pcb, stbi_uc const *pcr, int count, int step) +{ + int i = 0; + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 + // step == 3 is pretty ugly on the final interleave, and i'm not convinced + // it's useful in practice (you wouldn't use it for textures, for example). + // so just accelerate step == 4 case. + if (step == 4) { + // this is a fairly straightforward implementation and not super-optimized. + __m128i signflip = _mm_set1_epi8(-0x80); + __m128i cr_const0 = _mm_set1_epi16( (short) ( 1.40200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cr_const1 = _mm_set1_epi16( - (short) ( 0.71414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cb_const0 = _mm_set1_epi16( - (short) ( 0.34414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i cb_const1 = _mm_set1_epi16( (short) ( 1.77200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + __m128i y_bias = _mm_set1_epi8((char) (unsigned char) 128); + __m128i xw = _mm_set1_epi16(255); // alpha channel + + for (; i+7 < count; i += 8) { + // load + __m128i y_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (y+i)); + __m128i cr_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (pcr+i)); + __m128i cb_bytes = _mm_loadl_epi64((__m128i *) (pcb+i)); + __m128i cr_biased = _mm_xor_si128(cr_bytes, signflip); // -128 + __m128i cb_biased = _mm_xor_si128(cb_bytes, signflip); // -128 + + // unpack to short (and left-shift cr, cb by 8) + __m128i yw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(y_bias, y_bytes); + __m128i crw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(_mm_setzero_si128(), cr_biased); + __m128i cbw = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(_mm_setzero_si128(), cb_biased); + + // color transform + __m128i yws = _mm_srli_epi16(yw, 4); + __m128i cr0 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cr_const0, crw); + __m128i cb0 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cb_const0, cbw); + __m128i cb1 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(cbw, cb_const1); + __m128i cr1 = _mm_mulhi_epi16(crw, cr_const1); + __m128i rws = _mm_add_epi16(cr0, yws); + __m128i gwt = _mm_add_epi16(cb0, yws); + __m128i bws = _mm_add_epi16(yws, cb1); + __m128i gws = _mm_add_epi16(gwt, cr1); + + // descale + __m128i rw = _mm_srai_epi16(rws, 4); + __m128i bw = _mm_srai_epi16(bws, 4); + __m128i gw = _mm_srai_epi16(gws, 4); + + // back to byte, set up for transpose + __m128i brb = _mm_packus_epi16(rw, bw); + __m128i gxb = _mm_packus_epi16(gw, xw); + + // transpose to interleave channels + __m128i t0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(brb, gxb); + __m128i t1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi8(brb, gxb); + __m128i o0 = _mm_unpacklo_epi16(t0, t1); + __m128i o1 = _mm_unpackhi_epi16(t0, t1); + + // store + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + 0), o0); + _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i *) (out + 16), o1); + out += 32; + } + } +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + // in this version, step=3 support would be easy to add. but is there demand? + if (step == 4) { + // this is a fairly straightforward implementation and not super-optimized. + uint8x8_t signflip = vdup_n_u8(0x80); + int16x8_t cr_const0 = vdupq_n_s16( (short) ( 1.40200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cr_const1 = vdupq_n_s16( - (short) ( 0.71414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cb_const0 = vdupq_n_s16( - (short) ( 0.34414f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + int16x8_t cb_const1 = vdupq_n_s16( (short) ( 1.77200f*4096.0f+0.5f)); + + for (; i+7 < count; i += 8) { + // load + uint8x8_t y_bytes = vld1_u8(y + i); + uint8x8_t cr_bytes = vld1_u8(pcr + i); + uint8x8_t cb_bytes = vld1_u8(pcb + i); + int8x8_t cr_biased = vreinterpret_s8_u8(vsub_u8(cr_bytes, signflip)); + int8x8_t cb_biased = vreinterpret_s8_u8(vsub_u8(cb_bytes, signflip)); + + // expand to s16 + int16x8_t yws = vreinterpretq_s16_u16(vshll_n_u8(y_bytes, 4)); + int16x8_t crw = vshll_n_s8(cr_biased, 7); + int16x8_t cbw = vshll_n_s8(cb_biased, 7); + + // color transform + int16x8_t cr0 = vqdmulhq_s16(crw, cr_const0); + int16x8_t cb0 = vqdmulhq_s16(cbw, cb_const0); + int16x8_t cr1 = vqdmulhq_s16(crw, cr_const1); + int16x8_t cb1 = vqdmulhq_s16(cbw, cb_const1); + int16x8_t rws = vaddq_s16(yws, cr0); + int16x8_t gws = vaddq_s16(vaddq_s16(yws, cb0), cr1); + int16x8_t bws = vaddq_s16(yws, cb1); + + // undo scaling, round, convert to byte + uint8x8x4_t o; + o.val[0] = vqrshrun_n_s16(rws, 4); + o.val[1] = vqrshrun_n_s16(gws, 4); + o.val[2] = vqrshrun_n_s16(bws, 4); + o.val[3] = vdup_n_u8(255); + + // store, interleaving r/g/b/a + vst4_u8(out, o); + out += 8*4; + } + } +#endif + + for (; i < count; ++i) { + int y_fixed = (y[i] << 20) + (1<<19); // rounding + int r,g,b; + int cr = pcr[i] - 128; + int cb = pcb[i] - 128; + r = y_fixed + cr* stbi__float2fixed(1.40200f); + g = y_fixed + cr*-stbi__float2fixed(0.71414f) + ((cb*-stbi__float2fixed(0.34414f)) & 0xffff0000); + b = y_fixed + cb* stbi__float2fixed(1.77200f); + r >>= 20; + g >>= 20; + b >>= 20; + if ((unsigned) r > 255) { if (r < 0) r = 0; else r = 255; } + if ((unsigned) g > 255) { if (g < 0) g = 0; else g = 255; } + if ((unsigned) b > 255) { if (b < 0) b = 0; else b = 255; } + out[0] = (stbi_uc)r; + out[1] = (stbi_uc)g; + out[2] = (stbi_uc)b; + out[3] = 255; + out += step; + } +} +#endif + +// set up the kernels +static void stbi__setup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_block; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_row; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2; + +#ifdef STBI_SSE2 + if (stbi__sse2_available()) { + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; + } +#endif + +#ifdef STBI_NEON + j->idct_block_kernel = stbi__idct_simd; + j->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel = stbi__YCbCr_to_RGB_simd; + j->resample_row_hv_2_kernel = stbi__resample_row_hv_2_simd; +#endif +} + +// clean up the temporary component buffers +static void stbi__cleanup_jpeg(stbi__jpeg *j) +{ + stbi__free_jpeg_components(j, j->s->img_n, 0); +} + +typedef struct +{ + resample_row_func resample; + stbi_uc *line0,*line1; + int hs,vs; // expansion factor in each axis + int w_lores; // horizontal pixels pre-expansion + int ystep; // how far through vertical expansion we are + int ypos; // which pre-expansion row we're on +} stbi__resample; + +// fast 0..255 * 0..255 => 0..255 rounded multiplication +static stbi_uc stbi__blinn_8x8(stbi_uc x, stbi_uc y) +{ + unsigned int t = x*y + 128; + return (stbi_uc) ((t + (t >>8)) >> 8); +} + +static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + int n, decode_n, is_rgb; + z->s->img_n = 0; // make stbi__cleanup_jpeg safe + + // validate req_comp + if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); + + // load a jpeg image from whichever source, but leave in YCbCr format + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_image(z)) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return NULL; } + + // determine actual number of components to generate + n = req_comp ? req_comp : z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; + + is_rgb = z->s->img_n == 3 && (z->rgb == 3 || (z->app14_color_transform == 0 && !z->jfif)); + + if (z->s->img_n == 3 && n < 3 && !is_rgb) + decode_n = 1; + else + decode_n = z->s->img_n; + + // resample and color-convert + { + int k; + unsigned int i,j; + stbi_uc *output; + stbi_uc *coutput[4] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL }; + + stbi__resample res_comp[4]; + + for (k=0; k < decode_n; ++k) { + stbi__resample *r = &res_comp[k]; + + // allocate line buffer big enough for upsampling off the edges + // with upsample factor of 4 + z->img_comp[k].linebuf = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(z->s->img_x + 3); + if (!z->img_comp[k].linebuf) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + + r->hs = z->img_h_max / z->img_comp[k].h; + r->vs = z->img_v_max / z->img_comp[k].v; + r->ystep = r->vs >> 1; + r->w_lores = (z->s->img_x + r->hs-1) / r->hs; + r->ypos = 0; + r->line0 = r->line1 = z->img_comp[k].data; + + if (r->hs == 1 && r->vs == 1) r->resample = resample_row_1; + else if (r->hs == 1 && r->vs == 2) r->resample = stbi__resample_row_v_2; + else if (r->hs == 2 && r->vs == 1) r->resample = stbi__resample_row_h_2; + else if (r->hs == 2 && r->vs == 2) r->resample = z->resample_row_hv_2_kernel; + else r->resample = stbi__resample_row_generic; + } + + // can't error after this so, this is safe + output = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(n, z->s->img_x, z->s->img_y, 1); + if (!output) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); } + + // now go ahead and resample + for (j=0; j < z->s->img_y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *out = output + n * z->s->img_x * j; + for (k=0; k < decode_n; ++k) { + stbi__resample *r = &res_comp[k]; + int y_bot = r->ystep >= (r->vs >> 1); + coutput[k] = r->resample(z->img_comp[k].linebuf, + y_bot ? r->line1 : r->line0, + y_bot ? r->line0 : r->line1, + r->w_lores, r->hs); + if (++r->ystep >= r->vs) { + r->ystep = 0; + r->line0 = r->line1; + if (++r->ypos < z->img_comp[k].y) + r->line1 += z->img_comp[k].w2; + } + } + if (n >= 3) { + stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; + if (z->s->img_n == 3) { + if (is_rgb) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = y[i]; + out[1] = coutput[1][i]; + out[2] = coutput[2][i]; + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4) { + if (z->app14_color_transform == 0) { // CMYK + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[3] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->app14_color_transform == 2) { // YCCK + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[0], m); + out[1] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[1], m); + out[2] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - out[2], m); + out += n; + } + } else { // YCbCr + alpha? Ignore the fourth channel for now + z->YCbCr_to_RGB_kernel(out, y, coutput[1], coutput[2], z->s->img_x, n); + } + } else + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = out[1] = out[2] = y[i]; + out[3] = 255; // not used if n==3 + out += n; + } + } else { + if (is_rgb) { + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) + *out++ = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + else { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i, out += 2) { + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(coutput[0][i], coutput[1][i], coutput[2][i]); + out[1] = 255; + } + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 0) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi_uc m = coutput[3][i]; + stbi_uc r = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[0][i], m); + stbi_uc g = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[1][i], m); + stbi_uc b = stbi__blinn_8x8(coutput[2][i], m); + out[0] = stbi__compute_y(r, g, b); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else if (z->s->img_n == 4 && z->app14_color_transform == 2) { + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { + out[0] = stbi__blinn_8x8(255 - coutput[0][i], coutput[3][i]); + out[1] = 255; + out += n; + } + } else { + stbi_uc *y = coutput[0]; + if (n == 1) + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) out[i] = y[i]; + else + for (i=0; i < z->s->img_x; ++i) { *out++ = y[i]; *out++ = 255; } + } + } + } + stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); + *out_x = z->s->img_x; + *out_y = z->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = z->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; // report original components, not output + return output; + } +} + +static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + unsigned char* result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + result = load_jpeg_image(j, x,y,comp,req_comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*)stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + j->s = s; + stbi__setup_jpeg(j); + r = stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_type); + stbi__rewind(s); + STBI_FREE(j); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_info_raw(stbi__jpeg *j, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + if (!stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_header)) { + stbi__rewind( j->s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = j->s->img_x; + if (y) *y = j->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = j->s->img_n >= 3 ? 3 : 1; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int result; + stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) (stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg))); + j->s = s; + result = stbi__jpeg_info_raw(j, x, y, comp); + STBI_FREE(j); + return result; +} +#endif + +// public domain zlib decode v0.2 Sean Barrett 2006-11-18 +// simple implementation +// - all input must be provided in an upfront buffer +// - all output is written to a single output buffer (can malloc/realloc) +// performance +// - fast huffman + +#ifndef STBI_NO_ZLIB + +// fast-way is faster to check than jpeg huffman, but slow way is slower +#define STBI__ZFAST_BITS 9 // accelerate all cases in default tables +#define STBI__ZFAST_MASK ((1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS) - 1) + +// zlib-style huffman encoding +// (jpegs packs from left, zlib from right, so can't share code) +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint16 fast[1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS]; + stbi__uint16 firstcode[16]; + int maxcode[17]; + stbi__uint16 firstsymbol[16]; + stbi_uc size[288]; + stbi__uint16 value[288]; +} stbi__zhuffman; + +stbi_inline static int stbi__bitreverse16(int n) +{ + n = ((n & 0xAAAA) >> 1) | ((n & 0x5555) << 1); + n = ((n & 0xCCCC) >> 2) | ((n & 0x3333) << 2); + n = ((n & 0xF0F0) >> 4) | ((n & 0x0F0F) << 4); + n = ((n & 0xFF00) >> 8) | ((n & 0x00FF) << 8); + return n; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__bit_reverse(int v, int bits) +{ + STBI_ASSERT(bits <= 16); + // to bit reverse n bits, reverse 16 and shift + // e.g. 11 bits, bit reverse and shift away 5 + return stbi__bitreverse16(v) >> (16-bits); +} + +static int stbi__zbuild_huffman(stbi__zhuffman *z, const stbi_uc *sizelist, int num) +{ + int i,k=0; + int code, next_code[16], sizes[17]; + + // DEFLATE spec for generating codes + memset(sizes, 0, sizeof(sizes)); + memset(z->fast, 0, sizeof(z->fast)); + for (i=0; i < num; ++i) + ++sizes[sizelist[i]]; + sizes[0] = 0; + for (i=1; i < 16; ++i) + if (sizes[i] > (1 << i)) + return stbi__err("bad sizes", "Corrupt PNG"); + code = 0; + for (i=1; i < 16; ++i) { + next_code[i] = code; + z->firstcode[i] = (stbi__uint16) code; + z->firstsymbol[i] = (stbi__uint16) k; + code = (code + sizes[i]); + if (sizes[i]) + if (code-1 >= (1 << i)) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); + z->maxcode[i] = code << (16-i); // preshift for inner loop + code <<= 1; + k += sizes[i]; + } + z->maxcode[16] = 0x10000; // sentinel + for (i=0; i < num; ++i) { + int s = sizelist[i]; + if (s) { + int c = next_code[s] - z->firstcode[s] + z->firstsymbol[s]; + stbi__uint16 fastv = (stbi__uint16) ((s << 9) | i); + z->size [c] = (stbi_uc ) s; + z->value[c] = (stbi__uint16) i; + if (s <= STBI__ZFAST_BITS) { + int j = stbi__bit_reverse(next_code[s],s); + while (j < (1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS)) { + z->fast[j] = fastv; + j += (1 << s); + } + } + ++next_code[s]; + } + } + return 1; +} + +// zlib-from-memory implementation for PNG reading +// because PNG allows splitting the zlib stream arbitrarily, +// and it's annoying structurally to have PNG call ZLIB call PNG, +// we require PNG read all the IDATs and combine them into a single +// memory buffer + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc *zbuffer, *zbuffer_end; + int num_bits; + stbi__uint32 code_buffer; + + char *zout; + char *zout_start; + char *zout_end; + int z_expandable; + + stbi__zhuffman z_length, z_distance; +} stbi__zbuf; + +stbi_inline static int stbi__zeof(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + return (z->zbuffer >= z->zbuffer_end); +} + +stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__zget8(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + return stbi__zeof(z) ? 0 : *z->zbuffer++; +} + +static void stbi__fill_bits(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + do { + if (z->code_buffer >= (1U << z->num_bits)) { + z->zbuffer = z->zbuffer_end; /* treat this as EOF so we fail. */ + return; + } + z->code_buffer |= (unsigned int) stbi__zget8(z) << z->num_bits; + z->num_bits += 8; + } while (z->num_bits <= 24); +} + +stbi_inline static unsigned int stbi__zreceive(stbi__zbuf *z, int n) +{ + unsigned int k; + if (z->num_bits < n) stbi__fill_bits(z); + k = z->code_buffer & ((1 << n) - 1); + z->code_buffer >>= n; + z->num_bits -= n; + return k; +} + +static int stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) +{ + int b,s,k; + // not resolved by fast table, so compute it the slow way + // use jpeg approach, which requires MSbits at top + k = stbi__bit_reverse(a->code_buffer, 16); + for (s=STBI__ZFAST_BITS+1; ; ++s) + if (k < z->maxcode[s]) + break; + if (s >= 16) return -1; // invalid code! + // code size is s, so: + b = (k >> (16-s)) - z->firstcode[s] + z->firstsymbol[s]; + if (b >= sizeof (z->size)) return -1; // some data was corrupt somewhere! + if (z->size[b] != s) return -1; // was originally an assert, but report failure instead. + a->code_buffer >>= s; + a->num_bits -= s; + return z->value[b]; +} + +stbi_inline static int stbi__zhuffman_decode(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) +{ + int b,s; + if (a->num_bits < 16) { + if (stbi__zeof(a)) { + return -1; /* report error for unexpected end of data. */ + } + stbi__fill_bits(a); + } + b = z->fast[a->code_buffer & STBI__ZFAST_MASK]; + if (b) { + s = b >> 9; + a->code_buffer >>= s; + a->num_bits -= s; + return b & 511; + } + return stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(a, z); +} + +static int stbi__zexpand(stbi__zbuf *z, char *zout, int n) // need to make room for n bytes +{ + char *q; + unsigned int cur, limit, old_limit; + z->zout = zout; + if (!z->z_expandable) return stbi__err("output buffer limit","Corrupt PNG"); + cur = (unsigned int) (z->zout - z->zout_start); + limit = old_limit = (unsigned) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); + if (UINT_MAX - cur < (unsigned) n) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + while (cur + n > limit) { + if(limit > UINT_MAX / 2) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + limit *= 2; + } + q = (char *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->zout_start, old_limit, limit); + STBI_NOTUSED(old_limit); + if (q == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + z->zout_start = q; + z->zout = q + cur; + z->zout_end = q + limit; + return 1; +} + +static const int stbi__zlength_base[31] = { + 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13, + 15,17,19,23,27,31,35,43,51,59, + 67,83,99,115,131,163,195,227,258,0,0 }; + +static const int stbi__zlength_extra[31]= +{ 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,0,0,0 }; + +static const int stbi__zdist_base[32] = { 1,2,3,4,5,7,9,13,17,25,33,49,65,97,129,193, +257,385,513,769,1025,1537,2049,3073,4097,6145,8193,12289,16385,24577,0,0}; + +static const int stbi__zdist_extra[32] = +{ 0,0,0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10,11,11,12,12,13,13}; + +static int stbi__parse_huffman_block(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + char *zout = a->zout; + for(;;) { + int z = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &a->z_length); + if (z < 256) { + if (z < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt PNG"); // error in huffman codes + if (zout >= a->zout_end) { + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, zout, 1)) return 0; + zout = a->zout; + } + *zout++ = (char) z; + } else { + stbi_uc *p; + int len,dist; + if (z == 256) { + a->zout = zout; + return 1; + } + z -= 257; + len = stbi__zlength_base[z]; + if (stbi__zlength_extra[z]) len += stbi__zreceive(a, stbi__zlength_extra[z]); + z = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &a->z_distance); + if (z < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt PNG"); + dist = stbi__zdist_base[z]; + if (stbi__zdist_extra[z]) dist += stbi__zreceive(a, stbi__zdist_extra[z]); + if (zout - a->zout_start < dist) return stbi__err("bad dist","Corrupt PNG"); + if (zout + len > a->zout_end) { + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, zout, len)) return 0; + zout = a->zout; + } + p = (stbi_uc *) (zout - dist); + if (dist == 1) { // run of one byte; common in images. + stbi_uc v = *p; + if (len) { do *zout++ = v; while (--len); } + } else { + if (len) { do *zout++ = *p++; while (--len); } + } + } + } +} + +static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + static const stbi_uc length_dezigzag[19] = { 16,17,18,0,8,7,9,6,10,5,11,4,12,3,13,2,14,1,15 }; + stbi__zhuffman z_codelength; + stbi_uc lencodes[286+32+137];//padding for maximum single op + stbi_uc codelength_sizes[19]; + int i,n; + + int hlit = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 257; + int hdist = stbi__zreceive(a,5) + 1; + int hclen = stbi__zreceive(a,4) + 4; + int ntot = hlit + hdist; + + memset(codelength_sizes, 0, sizeof(codelength_sizes)); + for (i=0; i < hclen; ++i) { + int s = stbi__zreceive(a,3); + codelength_sizes[length_dezigzag[i]] = (stbi_uc) s; + } + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&z_codelength, codelength_sizes, 19)) return 0; + + n = 0; + while (n < ntot) { + int c = stbi__zhuffman_decode(a, &z_codelength); + if (c < 0 || c >= 19) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (c < 16) + lencodes[n++] = (stbi_uc) c; + else { + stbi_uc fill = 0; + if (c == 16) { + c = stbi__zreceive(a,2)+3; + if (n == 0) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + fill = lencodes[n-1]; + } else if (c == 17) { + c = stbi__zreceive(a,3)+3; + } else if (c == 18) { + c = stbi__zreceive(a,7)+11; + } else { + return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + } + if (ntot - n < c) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); + memset(lencodes+n, fill, c); + n += c; + } + } + if (n != ntot) return stbi__err("bad codelengths","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length, lencodes, hlit)) return 0; + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, lencodes+hlit, hdist)) return 0; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + stbi_uc header[4]; + int len,nlen,k; + if (a->num_bits & 7) + stbi__zreceive(a, a->num_bits & 7); // discard + // drain the bit-packed data into header + k = 0; + while (a->num_bits > 0) { + header[k++] = (stbi_uc) (a->code_buffer & 255); // suppress MSVC run-time check + a->code_buffer >>= 8; + a->num_bits -= 8; + } + if (a->num_bits < 0) return stbi__err("zlib corrupt","Corrupt PNG"); + // now fill header the normal way + while (k < 4) + header[k++] = stbi__zget8(a); + len = header[1] * 256 + header[0]; + nlen = header[3] * 256 + header[2]; + if (nlen != (len ^ 0xffff)) return stbi__err("zlib corrupt","Corrupt PNG"); + if (a->zbuffer + len > a->zbuffer_end) return stbi__err("read past buffer","Corrupt PNG"); + if (a->zout + len > a->zout_end) + if (!stbi__zexpand(a, a->zout, len)) return 0; + memcpy(a->zout, a->zbuffer, len); + a->zbuffer += len; + a->zout += len; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__parse_zlib_header(stbi__zbuf *a) +{ + int cmf = stbi__zget8(a); + int cm = cmf & 15; + /* int cinfo = cmf >> 4; */ + int flg = stbi__zget8(a); + if (stbi__zeof(a)) return stbi__err("bad zlib header","Corrupt PNG"); // zlib spec + if ((cmf*256+flg) % 31 != 0) return stbi__err("bad zlib header","Corrupt PNG"); // zlib spec + if (flg & 32) return stbi__err("no preset dict","Corrupt PNG"); // preset dictionary not allowed in png + if (cm != 8) return stbi__err("bad compression","Corrupt PNG"); // DEFLATE required for png + // window = 1 << (8 + cinfo)... but who cares, we fully buffer output + return 1; +} + +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[288] = +{ + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, + 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, + 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8 +}; +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_distance[32] = +{ + 5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5 +}; +/* +Init algorithm: +{ + int i; // use <= to match clearly with spec + for (i=0; i <= 143; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 8; + for ( ; i <= 255; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 9; + for ( ; i <= 279; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 7; + for ( ; i <= 287; ++i) stbi__zdefault_length[i] = 8; + + for (i=0; i <= 31; ++i) stbi__zdefault_distance[i] = 5; +} +*/ + +static int stbi__parse_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, int parse_header) +{ + int final, type; + if (parse_header) + if (!stbi__parse_zlib_header(a)) return 0; + a->num_bits = 0; + a->code_buffer = 0; + do { + final = stbi__zreceive(a,1); + type = stbi__zreceive(a,2); + if (type == 0) { + if (!stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(a)) return 0; + } else if (type == 3) { + return 0; + } else { + if (type == 1) { + // use fixed code lengths + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length , stbi__zdefault_length , 288)) return 0; + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, stbi__zdefault_distance, 32)) return 0; + } else { + if (!stbi__compute_huffman_codes(a)) return 0; + } + if (!stbi__parse_huffman_block(a)) return 0; + } + } while (!final); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__do_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, char *obuf, int olen, int exp, int parse_header) +{ + a->zout_start = obuf; + a->zout = obuf; + a->zout_end = obuf + olen; + a->z_expandable = exp; + + return stbi__parse_zlib(a, parse_header); +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(initial_size); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer + len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, initial_size, 1, 1)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc(char const *buffer, int len, int *outlen) +{ + return stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize(buffer, len, 16384, outlen); +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag(const char *buffer, int len, int initial_size, int *outlen, int parse_header) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(initial_size); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer + len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, initial_size, 1, parse_header)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, char const *ibuffer, int ilen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer + ilen; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, obuffer, olen, 0, 1)) + return (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + else + return -1; +} + +STBIDEF char *stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_malloc(char const *buffer, int len, int *outlen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + char *p = (char *) stbi__malloc(16384); + if (p == NULL) return NULL; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) buffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, p, 16384, 1, 0)) { + if (outlen) *outlen = (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + return a.zout_start; + } else { + STBI_FREE(a.zout_start); + return NULL; + } +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const char *ibuffer, int ilen) +{ + stbi__zbuf a; + a.zbuffer = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer; + a.zbuffer_end = (stbi_uc *) ibuffer + ilen; + if (stbi__do_zlib(&a, obuffer, olen, 0, 0)) + return (int) (a.zout - a.zout_start); + else + return -1; +} +#endif + +// public domain "baseline" PNG decoder v0.10 Sean Barrett 2006-11-18 +// simple implementation +// - only 8-bit samples +// - no CRC checking +// - allocates lots of intermediate memory +// - avoids problem of streaming data between subsystems +// - avoids explicit window management +// performance +// - uses stb_zlib, a PD zlib implementation with fast huffman decoding + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNG +typedef struct +{ + stbi__uint32 length; + stbi__uint32 type; +} stbi__pngchunk; + +static stbi__pngchunk stbi__get_chunk_header(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__pngchunk c; + c.length = stbi__get32be(s); + c.type = stbi__get32be(s); + return c; +} + +static int stbi__check_png_header(stbi__context *s) +{ + static const stbi_uc png_sig[8] = { 137,80,78,71,13,10,26,10 }; + int i; + for (i=0; i < 8; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != png_sig[i]) return stbi__err("bad png sig","Not a PNG"); + return 1; +} + +typedef struct +{ + stbi__context *s; + stbi_uc *idata, *expanded, *out; + int depth; +} stbi__png; + + +enum { + STBI__F_none=0, + STBI__F_sub=1, + STBI__F_up=2, + STBI__F_avg=3, + STBI__F_paeth=4, + // synthetic filters used for first scanline to avoid needing a dummy row of 0s + STBI__F_avg_first, + STBI__F_paeth_first +}; + +static stbi_uc first_row_filter[5] = +{ + STBI__F_none, + STBI__F_sub, + STBI__F_none, + STBI__F_avg_first, + STBI__F_paeth_first +}; + +static int stbi__paeth(int a, int b, int c) +{ + int p = a + b - c; + int pa = abs(p-a); + int pb = abs(p-b); + int pc = abs(p-c); + if (pa <= pb && pa <= pc) return a; + if (pb <= pc) return b; + return c; +} + +static const stbi_uc stbi__depth_scale_table[9] = { 0, 0xff, 0x55, 0, 0x11, 0,0,0, 0x01 }; + +// create the png data from post-deflated data +static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 raw_len, int out_n, stbi__uint32 x, stbi__uint32 y, int depth, int color) +{ + int bytes = (depth == 16? 2 : 1); + stbi__context *s = a->s; + stbi__uint32 i,j,stride = x*out_n*bytes; + stbi__uint32 img_len, img_width_bytes; + int k; + int img_n = s->img_n; // copy it into a local for later + + int output_bytes = out_n*bytes; + int filter_bytes = img_n*bytes; + int width = x; + + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == s->img_n || out_n == s->img_n+1); + a->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, output_bytes, 0); // extra bytes to write off the end into + if (!a->out) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(img_n, x, depth, 7)) return stbi__err("too large", "Corrupt PNG"); + img_width_bytes = (((img_n * x * depth) + 7) >> 3); + img_len = (img_width_bytes + 1) * y; + + // we used to check for exact match between raw_len and img_len on non-interlaced PNGs, + // but issue #276 reported a PNG in the wild that had extra data at the end (all zeros), + // so just check for raw_len < img_len always. + if (raw_len < img_len) return stbi__err("not enough pixels","Corrupt PNG"); + + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; + stbi_uc *prior; + int filter = *raw++; + + if (filter > 4) + return stbi__err("invalid filter","Corrupt PNG"); + + if (depth < 8) { + if (img_width_bytes > x) return stbi__err("invalid width","Corrupt PNG"); + cur += x*out_n - img_width_bytes; // store output to the rightmost img_len bytes, so we can decode in place + filter_bytes = 1; + width = img_width_bytes; + } + prior = cur - stride; // bugfix: need to compute this after 'cur +=' computation above + + // if first row, use special filter that doesn't sample previous row + if (j == 0) filter = first_row_filter[filter]; + + // handle first byte explicitly + for (k=0; k < filter_bytes; ++k) { + switch (filter) { + case STBI__F_none : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_sub : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_up : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); break; + case STBI__F_avg : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (prior[k]>>1)); break; + case STBI__F_paeth : cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(0,prior[k],0)); break; + case STBI__F_avg_first : cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + case STBI__F_paeth_first: cur[k] = raw[k]; break; + } + } + + if (depth == 8) { + if (img_n != out_n) + cur[img_n] = 255; // first pixel + raw += img_n; + cur += out_n; + prior += out_n; + } else if (depth == 16) { + if (img_n != out_n) { + cur[filter_bytes] = 255; // first pixel top byte + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; // first pixel bottom byte + } + raw += filter_bytes; + cur += output_bytes; + prior += output_bytes; + } else { + raw += 1; + cur += 1; + prior += 1; + } + + // this is a little gross, so that we don't switch per-pixel or per-component + if (depth < 8 || img_n == out_n) { + int nk = (width - 1)*filter_bytes; + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ + case f: \ + for (k=0; k < nk; ++k) + switch (filter) { + // "none" filter turns into a memcpy here; make that explicit. + case STBI__F_none: memcpy(cur, raw, nk); break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k-filter_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],prior[k],prior[k-filter_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k-filter_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k-filter_bytes],0,0)); } break; + } + #undef STBI__CASE + raw += nk; + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(img_n+1 == out_n); + #define STBI__CASE(f) \ + case f: \ + for (i=x-1; i >= 1; --i, cur[filter_bytes]=255,raw+=filter_bytes,cur+=output_bytes,prior+=output_bytes) \ + for (k=0; k < filter_bytes; ++k) + switch (filter) { + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_none) { cur[k] = raw[k]; } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_sub) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + cur[k- output_bytes]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_up) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + prior[k]); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + ((prior[k] + cur[k- output_bytes])>>1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],prior[k],prior[k- output_bytes])); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_avg_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + (cur[k- output_bytes] >> 1)); } break; + STBI__CASE(STBI__F_paeth_first) { cur[k] = STBI__BYTECAST(raw[k] + stbi__paeth(cur[k- output_bytes],0,0)); } break; + } + #undef STBI__CASE + + // the loop above sets the high byte of the pixels' alpha, but for + // 16 bit png files we also need the low byte set. we'll do that here. + if (depth == 16) { + cur = a->out + stride*j; // start at the beginning of the row again + for (i=0; i < x; ++i,cur+=output_bytes) { + cur[filter_bytes+1] = 255; + } + } + } + } + + // we make a separate pass to expand bits to pixels; for performance, + // this could run two scanlines behind the above code, so it won't + // intefere with filtering but will still be in the cache. + if (depth < 8) { + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + stbi_uc *cur = a->out + stride*j; + stbi_uc *in = a->out + stride*j + x*out_n - img_width_bytes; + // unpack 1/2/4-bit into a 8-bit buffer. allows us to keep the common 8-bit path optimal at minimal cost for 1/2/4-bit + // png guarante byte alignment, if width is not multiple of 8/4/2 we'll decode dummy trailing data that will be skipped in the later loop + stbi_uc scale = (color == 0) ? stbi__depth_scale_table[depth] : 1; // scale grayscale values to 0..255 range + + // note that the final byte might overshoot and write more data than desired. + // we can allocate enough data that this never writes out of memory, but it + // could also overwrite the next scanline. can it overwrite non-empty data + // on the next scanline? yes, consider 1-pixel-wide scanlines with 1-bit-per-pixel. + // so we need to explicitly clamp the final ones + + if (depth == 4) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 2; k-=2, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x0f); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) ); + } else if (depth == 2) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 4; k-=4, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x03); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x03); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x03); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) ); + if (k > 1) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x03); + if (k > 2) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x03); + } else if (depth == 1) { + for (k=x*img_n; k >= 8; k-=8, ++in) { + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 7) ); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 5) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 3) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 1) & 0x01); + *cur++ = scale * ((*in ) & 0x01); + } + if (k > 0) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 7) ); + if (k > 1) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 6) & 0x01); + if (k > 2) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 5) & 0x01); + if (k > 3) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 4) & 0x01); + if (k > 4) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 3) & 0x01); + if (k > 5) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 2) & 0x01); + if (k > 6) *cur++ = scale * ((*in >> 1) & 0x01); + } + if (img_n != out_n) { + int q; + // insert alpha = 255 + cur = a->out + stride*j; + if (img_n == 1) { + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*2+1] = 255; + cur[q*2+0] = cur[q]; + } + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(img_n == 3); + for (q=x-1; q >= 0; --q) { + cur[q*4+3] = 255; + cur[q*4+2] = cur[q*3+2]; + cur[q*4+1] = cur[q*3+1]; + cur[q*4+0] = cur[q*3+0]; + } + } + } + } + } else if (depth == 16) { + // force the image data from big-endian to platform-native. + // this is done in a separate pass due to the decoding relying + // on the data being untouched, but could probably be done + // per-line during decode if care is taken. + stbi_uc *cur = a->out; + stbi__uint16 *cur16 = (stbi__uint16*)cur; + + for(i=0; i < x*y*out_n; ++i,cur16++,cur+=2) { + *cur16 = (cur[0] << 8) | cur[1]; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__create_png_image(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *image_data, stbi__uint32 image_data_len, int out_n, int depth, int color, int interlaced) +{ + int bytes = (depth == 16 ? 2 : 1); + int out_bytes = out_n * bytes; + stbi_uc *final; + int p; + if (!interlaced) + return stbi__create_png_image_raw(a, image_data, image_data_len, out_n, a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, depth, color); + + // de-interlacing + final = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, out_bytes, 0); + for (p=0; p < 7; ++p) { + int xorig[] = { 0,4,0,2,0,1,0 }; + int yorig[] = { 0,0,4,0,2,0,1 }; + int xspc[] = { 8,8,4,4,2,2,1 }; + int yspc[] = { 8,8,8,4,4,2,2 }; + int i,j,x,y; + // pass1_x[4] = 0, pass1_x[5] = 1, pass1_x[12] = 1 + x = (a->s->img_x - xorig[p] + xspc[p]-1) / xspc[p]; + y = (a->s->img_y - yorig[p] + yspc[p]-1) / yspc[p]; + if (x && y) { + stbi__uint32 img_len = ((((a->s->img_n * x * depth) + 7) >> 3) + 1) * y; + if (!stbi__create_png_image_raw(a, image_data, image_data_len, out_n, x, y, depth, color)) { + STBI_FREE(final); + return 0; + } + for (j=0; j < y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < x; ++i) { + int out_y = j*yspc[p]+yorig[p]; + int out_x = i*xspc[p]+xorig[p]; + memcpy(final + out_y*a->s->img_x*out_bytes + out_x*out_bytes, + a->out + (j*x+i)*out_bytes, out_bytes); + } + } + STBI_FREE(a->out); + image_data += img_len; + image_data_len -= img_len; + } + } + a->out = final; + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__compute_transparency(stbi__png *z, stbi_uc tc[3], int out_n) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p = z->out; + + // compute color-based transparency, assuming we've + // already got 255 as the alpha value in the output + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == 2 || out_n == 4); + + if (out_n == 2) { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + p[1] = (p[0] == tc[0] ? 0 : 255); + p += 2; + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + if (p[0] == tc[0] && p[1] == tc[1] && p[2] == tc[2]) + p[3] = 0; + p += 4; + } + } + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__compute_transparency16(stbi__png *z, stbi__uint16 tc[3], int out_n) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi__uint16 *p = (stbi__uint16*) z->out; + + // compute color-based transparency, assuming we've + // already got 65535 as the alpha value in the output + STBI_ASSERT(out_n == 2 || out_n == 4); + + if (out_n == 2) { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + p[1] = (p[0] == tc[0] ? 0 : 65535); + p += 2; + } + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + if (p[0] == tc[0] && p[1] == tc[1] && p[2] == tc[2]) + p[3] = 0; + p += 4; + } + } + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__expand_png_palette(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *palette, int len, int pal_img_n) +{ + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = a->s->img_x * a->s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p, *temp_out, *orig = a->out; + + p = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(pixel_count, pal_img_n, 0); + if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // between here and free(out) below, exitting would leak + temp_out = p; + + if (pal_img_n == 3) { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + int n = orig[i]*4; + p[0] = palette[n ]; + p[1] = palette[n+1]; + p[2] = palette[n+2]; + p += 3; + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + int n = orig[i]*4; + p[0] = palette[n ]; + p[1] = palette[n+1]; + p[2] = palette[n+2]; + p[3] = palette[n+3]; + p += 4; + } + } + STBI_FREE(a->out); + a->out = temp_out; + + STBI_NOTUSED(len); + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = 0; +static int stbi__de_iphone_flag = 0; + +STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply) +{ + stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply; +} + +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(int flag_true_if_should_convert) +{ + stbi__de_iphone_flag = flag_true_if_should_convert; +} + +static void stbi__de_iphone(stbi__png *z) +{ + stbi__context *s = z->s; + stbi__uint32 i, pixel_count = s->img_x * s->img_y; + stbi_uc *p = z->out; + + if (s->img_out_n == 3) { // convert bgr to rgb + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + p += 3; + } + } else { + STBI_ASSERT(s->img_out_n == 4); + if (stbi__unpremultiply_on_load) { + // convert bgr to rgb and unpremultiply + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc a = p[3]; + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + if (a) { + stbi_uc half = a / 2; + p[0] = (p[2] * 255 + half) / a; + p[1] = (p[1] * 255 + half) / a; + p[2] = ( t * 255 + half) / a; + } else { + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + } + p += 4; + } + } else { + // convert bgr to rgb + for (i=0; i < pixel_count; ++i) { + stbi_uc t = p[0]; + p[0] = p[2]; + p[2] = t; + p += 4; + } + } + } +} + +#define STBI__PNG_TYPE(a,b,c,d) (((unsigned) (a) << 24) + ((unsigned) (b) << 16) + ((unsigned) (c) << 8) + (unsigned) (d)) + +static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) +{ + stbi_uc palette[1024], pal_img_n=0; + stbi_uc has_trans=0, tc[3]={0}; + stbi__uint16 tc16[3]; + stbi__uint32 ioff=0, idata_limit=0, i, pal_len=0; + int first=1,k,interlace=0, color=0, is_iphone=0; + stbi__context *s = z->s; + + z->expanded = NULL; + z->idata = NULL; + z->out = NULL; + + if (!stbi__check_png_header(s)) return 0; + + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_type) return 1; + + for (;;) { + stbi__pngchunk c = stbi__get_chunk_header(s); + switch (c.type) { + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('C','g','B','I'): + is_iphone = 1; + stbi__skip(s, c.length); + break; + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','H','D','R'): { + int comp,filter; + if (!first) return stbi__err("multiple IHDR","Corrupt PNG"); + first = 0; + if (c.length != 13) return stbi__err("bad IHDR len","Corrupt PNG"); + s->img_x = stbi__get32be(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get32be(s); + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + z->depth = stbi__get8(s); if (z->depth != 1 && z->depth != 2 && z->depth != 4 && z->depth != 8 && z->depth != 16) return stbi__err("1/2/4/8/16-bit only","PNG not supported: 1/2/4/8/16-bit only"); + color = stbi__get8(s); if (color > 6) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + if (color == 3 && z->depth == 16) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + if (color == 3) pal_img_n = 3; else if (color & 1) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); + comp = stbi__get8(s); if (comp) return stbi__err("bad comp method","Corrupt PNG"); + filter= stbi__get8(s); if (filter) return stbi__err("bad filter method","Corrupt PNG"); + interlace = stbi__get8(s); if (interlace>1) return stbi__err("bad interlace method","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!s->img_x || !s->img_y) return stbi__err("0-pixel image","Corrupt PNG"); + if (!pal_img_n) { + s->img_n = (color & 2 ? 3 : 1) + (color & 4 ? 1 : 0); + if ((1 << 30) / s->img_x / s->img_n < s->img_y) return stbi__err("too large", "Image too large to decode"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) return 1; + } else { + // if paletted, then pal_n is our final components, and + // img_n is # components to decompress/filter. + s->img_n = 1; + if ((1 << 30) / s->img_x / 4 < s->img_y) return stbi__err("too large","Corrupt PNG"); + // if SCAN_header, have to scan to see if we have a tRNS + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('P','L','T','E'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length > 256*3) return stbi__err("invalid PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + pal_len = c.length / 3; + if (pal_len * 3 != c.length) return stbi__err("invalid PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + for (i=0; i < pal_len; ++i) { + palette[i*4+0] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+1] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+2] = stbi__get8(s); + palette[i*4+3] = 255; + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('t','R','N','S'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (z->idata) return stbi__err("tRNS after IDAT","Corrupt PNG"); + if (pal_img_n) { + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) { s->img_n = 4; return 1; } + if (pal_len == 0) return stbi__err("tRNS before PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length > pal_len) return stbi__err("bad tRNS len","Corrupt PNG"); + pal_img_n = 4; + for (i=0; i < c.length; ++i) + palette[i*4+3] = stbi__get8(s); + } else { + if (!(s->img_n & 1)) return stbi__err("tRNS with alpha","Corrupt PNG"); + if (c.length != (stbi__uint32) s->img_n*2) return stbi__err("bad tRNS len","Corrupt PNG"); + has_trans = 1; + if (z->depth == 16) { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc16[k] = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16be(s); // copy the values as-is + } else { + for (k = 0; k < s->img_n; ++k) tc[k] = (stbi_uc)(stbi__get16be(s) & 255) * stbi__depth_scale_table[z->depth]; // non 8-bit images will be larger + } + } + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','D','A','T'): { + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (pal_img_n && !pal_len) return stbi__err("no PLTE","Corrupt PNG"); + if (scan == STBI__SCAN_header) { s->img_n = pal_img_n; return 1; } + if ((int)(ioff + c.length) < (int)ioff) return 0; + if (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) { + stbi__uint32 idata_limit_old = idata_limit; + stbi_uc *p; + if (idata_limit == 0) idata_limit = c.length > 4096 ? c.length : 4096; + while (ioff + c.length > idata_limit) + idata_limit *= 2; + STBI_NOTUSED(idata_limit_old); + p = (stbi_uc *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->idata, idata_limit_old, idata_limit); if (p == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + z->idata = p; + } + if (!stbi__getn(s, z->idata+ioff,c.length)) return stbi__err("outofdata","Corrupt PNG"); + ioff += c.length; + break; + } + + case STBI__PNG_TYPE('I','E','N','D'): { + stbi__uint32 raw_len, bpl; + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if (scan != STBI__SCAN_load) return 1; + if (z->idata == NULL) return stbi__err("no IDAT","Corrupt PNG"); + // initial guess for decoded data size to avoid unnecessary reallocs + bpl = (s->img_x * z->depth + 7) / 8; // bytes per line, per component + raw_len = bpl * s->img_y * s->img_n /* pixels */ + s->img_y /* filter mode per row */; + z->expanded = (stbi_uc *) stbi_zlib_decode_malloc_guesssize_headerflag((char *) z->idata, ioff, raw_len, (int *) &raw_len, !is_iphone); + if (z->expanded == NULL) return 0; // zlib should set error + STBI_FREE(z->idata); z->idata = NULL; + if ((req_comp == s->img_n+1 && req_comp != 3 && !pal_img_n) || has_trans) + s->img_out_n = s->img_n+1; + else + s->img_out_n = s->img_n; + if (!stbi__create_png_image(z, z->expanded, raw_len, s->img_out_n, z->depth, color, interlace)) return 0; + if (has_trans) { + if (z->depth == 16) { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency16(z, tc16, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } else { + if (!stbi__compute_transparency(z, tc, s->img_out_n)) return 0; + } + } + if (is_iphone && stbi__de_iphone_flag && s->img_out_n > 2) + stbi__de_iphone(z); + if (pal_img_n) { + // pal_img_n == 3 or 4 + s->img_n = pal_img_n; // record the actual colors we had + s->img_out_n = pal_img_n; + if (req_comp >= 3) s->img_out_n = req_comp; + if (!stbi__expand_png_palette(z, palette, pal_len, s->img_out_n)) + return 0; + } else if (has_trans) { + // non-paletted image with tRNS -> source image has (constant) alpha + ++s->img_n; + } + STBI_FREE(z->expanded); z->expanded = NULL; + // end of PNG chunk, read and skip CRC + stbi__get32be(s); + return 1; + } + + default: + // if critical, fail + if (first) return stbi__err("first not IHDR", "Corrupt PNG"); + if ((c.type & (1 << 29)) == 0) { + #ifndef STBI_NO_FAILURE_STRINGS + // not threadsafe + static char invalid_chunk[] = "XXXX PNG chunk not known"; + invalid_chunk[0] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 24); + invalid_chunk[1] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 16); + invalid_chunk[2] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 8); + invalid_chunk[3] = STBI__BYTECAST(c.type >> 0); + #endif + return stbi__err(invalid_chunk, "PNG not supported: unknown PNG chunk type"); + } + stbi__skip(s, c.length); + break; + } + // end of PNG chunk, read and skip CRC + stbi__get32be(s); + } +} + +static void *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + void *result=NULL; + if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); + if (stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_load, req_comp)) { + if (p->depth <= 8) + ri->bits_per_channel = 8; + else if (p->depth == 16) + ri->bits_per_channel = 16; + else + return stbi__errpuc("bad bits_per_channel", "PNG not supported: unsupported color depth"); + result = p->out; + p->out = NULL; + if (req_comp && req_comp != p->s->img_out_n) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 8) + result = stbi__convert_format((unsigned char *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + else + result = stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) result, p->s->img_out_n, req_comp, p->s->img_x, p->s->img_y); + p->s->img_out_n = req_comp; + if (result == NULL) return result; + } + *x = p->s->img_x; + *y = p->s->img_y; + if (n) *n = p->s->img_n; + } + STBI_FREE(p->out); p->out = NULL; + STBI_FREE(p->expanded); p->expanded = NULL; + STBI_FREE(p->idata); p->idata = NULL; + + return result; +} + +static void *stbi__png_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + return stbi__do_png(&p, x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); +} + +static int stbi__png_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + r = stbi__check_png_header(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__png_info_raw(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + if (!stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_header, 0)) { + stbi__rewind( p->s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = p->s->img_x; + if (y) *y = p->s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = p->s->img_n; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__png_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + return stbi__png_info_raw(&p, x, y, comp); +} + +static int stbi__png_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + stbi__png p; + p.s = s; + if (!stbi__png_info_raw(&p, NULL, NULL, NULL)) + return 0; + if (p.depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind(p.s); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +// Microsoft/Windows BMP image + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_test_raw(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r; + int sz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B') return 0; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'M') return 0; + stbi__get32le(s); // discard filesize + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get32le(s); // discard data offset + sz = stbi__get32le(s); + r = (sz == 12 || sz == 40 || sz == 56 || sz == 108 || sz == 124); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__bmp_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__bmp_test_raw(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + + +// returns 0..31 for the highest set bit +static int stbi__high_bit(unsigned int z) +{ + int n=0; + if (z == 0) return -1; + if (z >= 0x10000) { n += 16; z >>= 16; } + if (z >= 0x00100) { n += 8; z >>= 8; } + if (z >= 0x00010) { n += 4; z >>= 4; } + if (z >= 0x00004) { n += 2; z >>= 2; } + if (z >= 0x00002) { n += 1;/* >>= 1;*/ } + return n; +} + +static int stbi__bitcount(unsigned int a) +{ + a = (a & 0x55555555) + ((a >> 1) & 0x55555555); // max 2 + a = (a & 0x33333333) + ((a >> 2) & 0x33333333); // max 4 + a = (a + (a >> 4)) & 0x0f0f0f0f; // max 8 per 4, now 8 bits + a = (a + (a >> 8)); // max 16 per 8 bits + a = (a + (a >> 16)); // max 32 per 8 bits + return a & 0xff; +} + +// extract an arbitrarily-aligned N-bit value (N=bits) +// from v, and then make it 8-bits long and fractionally +// extend it to full full range. +static int stbi__shiftsigned(unsigned int v, int shift, int bits) +{ + static unsigned int mul_table[9] = { + 0, + 0xff/*0b11111111*/, 0x55/*0b01010101*/, 0x49/*0b01001001*/, 0x11/*0b00010001*/, + 0x21/*0b00100001*/, 0x41/*0b01000001*/, 0x81/*0b10000001*/, 0x01/*0b00000001*/, + }; + static unsigned int shift_table[9] = { + 0, 0,0,1,0,2,4,6,0, + }; + if (shift < 0) + v <<= -shift; + else + v >>= shift; + STBI_ASSERT(v < 256); + v >>= (8-bits); + STBI_ASSERT(bits >= 0 && bits <= 8); + return (int) ((unsigned) v * mul_table[bits]) >> shift_table[bits]; +} + +typedef struct +{ + int bpp, offset, hsz; + unsigned int mr,mg,mb,ma, all_a; + int extra_read; +} stbi__bmp_data; + +static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) +{ + int hsz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'B' || stbi__get8(s) != 'M') return stbi__errpuc("not BMP", "Corrupt BMP"); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard filesize + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + stbi__get16le(s); // discard reserved + info->offset = stbi__get32le(s); + info->hsz = hsz = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mr = info->mg = info->mb = info->ma = 0; + info->extra_read = 14; + + if (info->offset < 0) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + + if (hsz != 12 && hsz != 40 && hsz != 56 && hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) return stbi__errpuc("unknown BMP", "BMP type not supported: unknown"); + if (hsz == 12) { + s->img_x = stbi__get16le(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get16le(s); + } else { + s->img_x = stbi__get32le(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get32le(s); + } + if (stbi__get16le(s) != 1) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + info->bpp = stbi__get16le(s); + if (hsz != 12) { + int compress = stbi__get32le(s); + if (compress == 1 || compress == 2) return stbi__errpuc("BMP RLE", "BMP type not supported: RLE"); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard sizeof + stbi__get32le(s); // discard hres + stbi__get32le(s); // discard vres + stbi__get32le(s); // discard colorsused + stbi__get32le(s); // discard max important + if (hsz == 40 || hsz == 56) { + if (hsz == 56) { + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); + } + if (info->bpp == 16 || info->bpp == 32) { + if (compress == 0) { + if (info->bpp == 32) { + info->mr = 0xffu << 16; + info->mg = 0xffu << 8; + info->mb = 0xffu << 0; + info->ma = 0xffu << 24; + info->all_a = 0; // if all_a is 0 at end, then we loaded alpha channel but it was all 0 + } else { + info->mr = 31u << 10; + info->mg = 31u << 5; + info->mb = 31u << 0; + } + } else if (compress == 3) { + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->extra_read += 12; + // not documented, but generated by photoshop and handled by mspaint + if (info->mr == info->mg && info->mg == info->mb) { + // ?!?!? + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + } + } else + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + } + } else { + int i; + if (hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) + return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); + info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); + info->ma = stbi__get32le(s); + stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space + for (i=0; i < 12; ++i) + stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space parameters + if (hsz == 124) { + stbi__get32le(s); // discard rendering intent + stbi__get32le(s); // discard offset of profile data + stbi__get32le(s); // discard size of profile data + stbi__get32le(s); // discard reserved + } + } + } + return (void *) 1; +} + + +static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *out; + unsigned int mr=0,mg=0,mb=0,ma=0, all_a; + stbi_uc pal[256][4]; + int psize=0,i,j,width; + int flip_vertically, pad, target; + stbi__bmp_data info; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + info.all_a = 255; + if (stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info) == NULL) + return NULL; // error code already set + + flip_vertically = ((int) s->img_y) > 0; + s->img_y = abs((int) s->img_y); + + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + mr = info.mr; + mg = info.mg; + mb = info.mb; + ma = info.ma; + all_a = info.all_a; + + if (info.hsz == 12) { + if (info.bpp < 24) + psize = (info.offset - info.extra_read - 24) / 3; + } else { + if (info.bpp < 16) + psize = (info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz) >> 2; + } + if (psize == 0) { + STBI_ASSERT(info.offset == s->callback_already_read + (int) (s->img_buffer - s->img_buffer_original)); + if (info.offset != s->callback_already_read + (s->img_buffer - s->buffer_start)) { + return stbi__errpuc("bad offset", "Corrupt BMP"); + } + } + + if (info.bpp == 24 && ma == 0xff000000) + s->img_n = 3; + else + s->img_n = ma ? 4 : 3; + if (req_comp && req_comp >= 3) // we can directly decode 3 or 4 + target = req_comp; + else + target = s->img_n; // if they want monochrome, we'll post-convert + + // sanity-check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt BMP"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(target, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + if (info.bpp < 16) { + int z=0; + if (psize == 0 || psize > 256) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("invalid", "Corrupt BMP"); } + for (i=0; i < psize; ++i) { + pal[i][2] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][1] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][0] = stbi__get8(s); + if (info.hsz != 12) stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][3] = 255; + } + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz - psize * (info.hsz == 12 ? 3 : 4)); + if (info.bpp == 1) width = (s->img_x + 7) >> 3; + else if (info.bpp == 4) width = (s->img_x + 1) >> 1; + else if (info.bpp == 8) width = s->img_x; + else { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad bpp", "Corrupt BMP"); } + pad = (-width)&3; + if (info.bpp == 1) { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + int bit_offset = 7, v = stbi__get8(s); + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + int color = (v>>bit_offset)&0x1; + out[z++] = pal[color][0]; + out[z++] = pal[color][1]; + out[z++] = pal[color][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + if((--bit_offset) < 0) { + bit_offset = 7; + v = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } else { + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; i += 2) { + int v=stbi__get8(s),v2=0; + if (info.bpp == 4) { + v2 = v & 15; + v >>= 4; + } + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + if (i+1 == (int) s->img_x) break; + v = (info.bpp == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : v2; + out[z++] = pal[v][0]; + out[z++] = pal[v][1]; + out[z++] = pal[v][2]; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = 255; + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } + } else { + int rshift=0,gshift=0,bshift=0,ashift=0,rcount=0,gcount=0,bcount=0,acount=0; + int z = 0; + int easy=0; + stbi__skip(s, info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz); + if (info.bpp == 24) width = 3 * s->img_x; + else if (info.bpp == 16) width = 2*s->img_x; + else /* bpp = 32 and pad = 0 */ width=0; + pad = (-width) & 3; + if (info.bpp == 24) { + easy = 1; + } else if (info.bpp == 32) { + if (mb == 0xff && mg == 0xff00 && mr == 0x00ff0000 && ma == 0xff000000) + easy = 2; + } + if (!easy) { + if (!mr || !mg || !mb) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad masks", "Corrupt BMP"); } + // right shift amt to put high bit in position #7 + rshift = stbi__high_bit(mr)-7; rcount = stbi__bitcount(mr); + gshift = stbi__high_bit(mg)-7; gcount = stbi__bitcount(mg); + bshift = stbi__high_bit(mb)-7; bcount = stbi__bitcount(mb); + ashift = stbi__high_bit(ma)-7; acount = stbi__bitcount(ma); + if (rcount > 8 || gcount > 8 || bcount > 8 || acount > 8) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad masks", "Corrupt BMP"); } + } + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { + if (easy) { + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + unsigned char a; + out[z+2] = stbi__get8(s); + out[z+1] = stbi__get8(s); + out[z+0] = stbi__get8(s); + z += 3; + a = (easy == 2 ? stbi__get8(s) : 255); + all_a |= a; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = a; + } + } else { + int bpp = info.bpp; + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x; ++i) { + stbi__uint32 v = (bpp == 16 ? (stbi__uint32) stbi__get16le(s) : stbi__get32le(s)); + unsigned int a; + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mr, rshift, rcount)); + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mg, gshift, gcount)); + out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(stbi__shiftsigned(v & mb, bshift, bcount)); + a = (ma ? stbi__shiftsigned(v & ma, ashift, acount) : 255); + all_a |= a; + if (target == 4) out[z++] = STBI__BYTECAST(a); + } + } + stbi__skip(s, pad); + } + } + + // if alpha channel is all 0s, replace with all 255s + if (target == 4 && all_a == 0) + for (i=4*s->img_x*s->img_y-1; i >= 0; i -= 4) + out[i] = 255; + + if (flip_vertically) { + stbi_uc t; + for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y>>1; ++j) { + stbi_uc *p1 = out + j *s->img_x*target; + stbi_uc *p2 = out + (s->img_y-1-j)*s->img_x*target; + for (i=0; i < (int) s->img_x*target; ++i) { + t = p1[i]; p1[i] = p2[i]; p2[i] = t; + } + } + } + + if (req_comp && req_comp != target) { + out = stbi__convert_format(out, target, req_comp, s->img_x, s->img_y); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + + *x = s->img_x; + *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; + return out; +} +#endif + +// Targa Truevision - TGA +// by Jonathan Dummer +#ifndef STBI_NO_TGA +// returns STBI_rgb or whatever, 0 on error +static int stbi__tga_get_comp(int bits_per_pixel, int is_grey, int* is_rgb16) +{ + // only RGB or RGBA (incl. 16bit) or grey allowed + if (is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 0; + switch(bits_per_pixel) { + case 8: return STBI_grey; + case 16: if(is_grey) return STBI_grey_alpha; + // fallthrough + case 15: if(is_rgb16) *is_rgb16 = 1; + return STBI_rgb; + case 24: // fallthrough + case 32: return bits_per_pixel/8; + default: return 0; + } +} + +static int stbi__tga_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int tga_w, tga_h, tga_comp, tga_image_type, tga_bits_per_pixel, tga_colormap_bpp; + int sz, tga_colormap_type; + stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset + tga_colormap_type = stbi__get8(s); // colormap type + if( tga_colormap_type > 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // only RGB or indexed allowed + } + tga_image_type = stbi__get8(s); // image type + if ( tga_colormap_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (tga_image_type != 1 && tga_image_type != 9) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = sz; + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap - only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + if ( (tga_image_type != 2) && (tga_image_type != 3) && (tga_image_type != 10) && (tga_image_type != 11) ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + } + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + tga_colormap_bpp = 0; + } + tga_w = stbi__get16le(s); + if( tga_w < 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // test width + } + tga_h = stbi__get16le(s); + if( tga_h < 1 ) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; // test height + } + tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel + stbi__get8(s); // ignore alpha bits + if (tga_colormap_bpp != 0) { + if((tga_bits_per_pixel != 8) && (tga_bits_per_pixel != 16)) { + // when using a colormap, tga_bits_per_pixel is the size of the indexes + // I don't think anything but 8 or 16bit indexes makes sense + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_colormap_bpp, 0, NULL); + } else { + tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3) || (tga_image_type == 11), NULL); + } + if(!tga_comp) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = tga_w; + if (y) *y = tga_h; + if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; + return 1; // seems to have passed everything +} + +static int stbi__tga_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int res = 0; + int sz, tga_color_type; + stbi__get8(s); // discard Offset + tga_color_type = stbi__get8(s); // color type + if ( tga_color_type > 1 ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or indexed allowed + sz = stbi__get8(s); // image type + if ( tga_color_type == 1 ) { // colormapped (paletted) image + if (sz != 1 && sz != 9) goto errorEnd; // colortype 1 demands image type 1 or 9 + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip index of first colormap entry and number of entries + sz = stbi__get8(s); // check bits per palette color entry + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + stbi__skip(s,4); // skip image x and y origin + } else { // "normal" image w/o colormap + if ( (sz != 2) && (sz != 3) && (sz != 10) && (sz != 11) ) goto errorEnd; // only RGB or grey allowed, +/- RLE + stbi__skip(s,9); // skip colormap specification and image x/y origin + } + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test width + if ( stbi__get16le(s) < 1 ) goto errorEnd; // test height + sz = stbi__get8(s); // bits per pixel + if ( (tga_color_type == 1) && (sz != 8) && (sz != 16) ) goto errorEnd; // for colormapped images, bpp is size of an index + if ( (sz != 8) && (sz != 15) && (sz != 16) && (sz != 24) && (sz != 32) ) goto errorEnd; + + res = 1; // if we got this far, everything's good and we can return 1 instead of 0 + +errorEnd: + stbi__rewind(s); + return res; +} + +// read 16bit value and convert to 24bit RGB +static void stbi__tga_read_rgb16(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc* out) +{ + stbi__uint16 px = (stbi__uint16)stbi__get16le(s); + stbi__uint16 fiveBitMask = 31; + // we have 3 channels with 5bits each + int r = (px >> 10) & fiveBitMask; + int g = (px >> 5) & fiveBitMask; + int b = px & fiveBitMask; + // Note that this saves the data in RGB(A) order, so it doesn't need to be swapped later + out[0] = (stbi_uc)((r * 255)/31); + out[1] = (stbi_uc)((g * 255)/31); + out[2] = (stbi_uc)((b * 255)/31); + + // some people claim that the most significant bit might be used for alpha + // (possibly if an alpha-bit is set in the "image descriptor byte") + // but that only made 16bit test images completely translucent.. + // so let's treat all 15 and 16bit TGAs as RGB with no alpha. +} + +static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + // read in the TGA header stuff + int tga_offset = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_indexed = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_image_type = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_is_RLE = 0; + int tga_palette_start = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_palette_len = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_palette_bits = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_x_origin = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_y_origin = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_width = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_height = stbi__get16le(s); + int tga_bits_per_pixel = stbi__get8(s); + int tga_comp, tga_rgb16=0; + int tga_inverted = stbi__get8(s); + // int tga_alpha_bits = tga_inverted & 15; // the 4 lowest bits - unused (useless?) + // image data + unsigned char *tga_data; + unsigned char *tga_palette = NULL; + int i, j; + unsigned char raw_data[4] = {0}; + int RLE_count = 0; + int RLE_repeating = 0; + int read_next_pixel = 1; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_x_origin); // @TODO + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_y_origin); // @TODO + + if (tga_height > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (tga_width > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + // do a tiny bit of precessing + if ( tga_image_type >= 8 ) + { + tga_image_type -= 8; + tga_is_RLE = 1; + } + tga_inverted = 1 - ((tga_inverted >> 5) & 1); + + // If I'm paletted, then I'll use the number of bits from the palette + if ( tga_indexed ) tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_palette_bits, 0, &tga_rgb16); + else tga_comp = stbi__tga_get_comp(tga_bits_per_pixel, (tga_image_type == 3), &tga_rgb16); + + if(!tga_comp) // shouldn't really happen, stbi__tga_test() should have ensured basic consistency + return stbi__errpuc("bad format", "Can't find out TGA pixelformat"); + + // tga info + *x = tga_width; + *y = tga_height; + if (comp) *comp = tga_comp; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt TGA"); + + tga_data = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad3(tga_width, tga_height, tga_comp, 0); + if (!tga_data) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // skip to the data's starting position (offset usually = 0) + stbi__skip(s, tga_offset ); + + if ( !tga_indexed && !tga_is_RLE && !tga_rgb16 ) { + for (i=0; i < tga_height; ++i) { + int row = tga_inverted ? tga_height -i - 1 : i; + stbi_uc *tga_row = tga_data + row*tga_width*tga_comp; + stbi__getn(s, tga_row, tga_width * tga_comp); + } + } else { + // do I need to load a palette? + if ( tga_indexed) + { + if (tga_palette_len == 0) { /* you have to have at least one entry! */ + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); + } + + // any data to skip? (offset usually = 0) + stbi__skip(s, tga_palette_start ); + // load the palette + tga_palette = (unsigned char*)stbi__malloc_mad2(tga_palette_len, tga_comp, 0); + if (!tga_palette) { + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + if (tga_rgb16) { + stbi_uc *pal_entry = tga_palette; + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + for (i=0; i < tga_palette_len; ++i) { + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, pal_entry); + pal_entry += tga_comp; + } + } else if (!stbi__getn(s, tga_palette, tga_palette_len * tga_comp)) { + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + STBI_FREE(tga_palette); + return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); + } + } + // load the data + for (i=0; i < tga_width * tga_height; ++i) + { + // if I'm in RLE mode, do I need to get a RLE stbi__pngchunk? + if ( tga_is_RLE ) + { + if ( RLE_count == 0 ) + { + // yep, get the next byte as a RLE command + int RLE_cmd = stbi__get8(s); + RLE_count = 1 + (RLE_cmd & 127); + RLE_repeating = RLE_cmd >> 7; + read_next_pixel = 1; + } else if ( !RLE_repeating ) + { + read_next_pixel = 1; + } + } else + { + read_next_pixel = 1; + } + // OK, if I need to read a pixel, do it now + if ( read_next_pixel ) + { + // load however much data we did have + if ( tga_indexed ) + { + // read in index, then perform the lookup + int pal_idx = (tga_bits_per_pixel == 8) ? stbi__get8(s) : stbi__get16le(s); + if ( pal_idx >= tga_palette_len ) { + // invalid index + pal_idx = 0; + } + pal_idx *= tga_comp; + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { + raw_data[j] = tga_palette[pal_idx+j]; + } + } else if(tga_rgb16) { + STBI_ASSERT(tga_comp == STBI_rgb); + stbi__tga_read_rgb16(s, raw_data); + } else { + // read in the data raw + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) { + raw_data[j] = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + // clear the reading flag for the next pixel + read_next_pixel = 0; + } // end of reading a pixel + + // copy data + for (j = 0; j < tga_comp; ++j) + tga_data[i*tga_comp+j] = raw_data[j]; + + // in case we're in RLE mode, keep counting down + --RLE_count; + } + // do I need to invert the image? + if ( tga_inverted ) + { + for (j = 0; j*2 < tga_height; ++j) + { + int index1 = j * tga_width * tga_comp; + int index2 = (tga_height - 1 - j) * tga_width * tga_comp; + for (i = tga_width * tga_comp; i > 0; --i) + { + unsigned char temp = tga_data[index1]; + tga_data[index1] = tga_data[index2]; + tga_data[index2] = temp; + ++index1; + ++index2; + } + } + } + // clear my palette, if I had one + if ( tga_palette != NULL ) + { + STBI_FREE( tga_palette ); + } + } + + // swap RGB - if the source data was RGB16, it already is in the right order + if (tga_comp >= 3 && !tga_rgb16) + { + unsigned char* tga_pixel = tga_data; + for (i=0; i < tga_width * tga_height; ++i) + { + unsigned char temp = tga_pixel[0]; + tga_pixel[0] = tga_pixel[2]; + tga_pixel[2] = temp; + tga_pixel += tga_comp; + } + } + + // convert to target component count + if (req_comp && req_comp != tga_comp) + tga_data = stbi__convert_format(tga_data, tga_comp, req_comp, tga_width, tga_height); + + // the things I do to get rid of an error message, and yet keep + // Microsoft's C compilers happy... [8^( + tga_palette_start = tga_palette_len = tga_palette_bits = + tga_x_origin = tga_y_origin = 0; + STBI_NOTUSED(tga_palette_start); + // OK, done + return tga_data; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Photoshop PSD loader -- PD by Thatcher Ulrich, integration by Nicolas Schulz, tweaked by STB + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = (stbi__get32be(s) == 0x38425053); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static int stbi__psd_decode_rle(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc *p, int pixelCount) +{ + int count, nleft, len; + + count = 0; + while ((nleft = pixelCount - count) > 0) { + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (len == 128) { + // No-op. + } else if (len < 128) { + // Copy next len+1 bytes literally. + len++; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = stbi__get8(s); + p += 4; + len--; + } + } else if (len > 128) { + stbi_uc val; + // Next -len+1 bytes in the dest are replicated from next source byte. + // (Interpret len as a negative 8-bit int.) + len = 257 - len; + if (len > nleft) return 0; // corrupt data + val = stbi__get8(s); + count += len; + while (len) { + *p = val; + p += 4; + len--; + } + } + } + + return 1; +} + +static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri, int bpc) +{ + int pixelCount; + int channelCount, compression; + int channel, i; + int bitdepth; + int w,h; + stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + // Check identifier + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) // "8BPS" + return stbi__errpuc("not PSD", "Corrupt PSD image"); + + // Check file type version. + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong version", "Unsupported version of PSD image"); + + // Skip 6 reserved bytes. + stbi__skip(s, 6 ); + + // Read the number of channels (R, G, B, A, etc). + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong channel count", "Unsupported number of channels in PSD image"); + + // Read the rows and columns of the image. + h = stbi__get32be(s); + w = stbi__get32be(s); + + if (h > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (w > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + // Make sure the depth is 8 bits. + bitdepth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (bitdepth != 8 && bitdepth != 16) + return stbi__errpuc("unsupported bit depth", "PSD bit depth is not 8 or 16 bit"); + + // Make sure the color mode is RGB. + // Valid options are: + // 0: Bitmap + // 1: Grayscale + // 2: Indexed color + // 3: RGB color + // 4: CMYK color + // 7: Multichannel + // 8: Duotone + // 9: Lab color + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 3) + return stbi__errpuc("wrong color format", "PSD is not in RGB color format"); + + // Skip the Mode Data. (It's the palette for indexed color; other info for other modes.) + stbi__skip(s,stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Skip the image resources. (resolution, pen tool paths, etc) + stbi__skip(s, stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Skip the reserved data. + stbi__skip(s, stbi__get32be(s) ); + + // Find out if the data is compressed. + // Known values: + // 0: no compression + // 1: RLE compressed + compression = stbi__get16be(s); + if (compression > 1) + return stbi__errpuc("bad compression", "PSD has an unknown compression format"); + + // Check size + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(4, w, h, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "Corrupt PSD"); + + // Create the destination image. + + if (!compression && bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(8, w, h, 0); + ri->bits_per_channel = 16; + } else + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * w*h); + + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + pixelCount = w*h; + + // Initialize the data to zero. + //memset( out, 0, pixelCount * 4 ); + + // Finally, the image data. + if (compression) { + // RLE as used by .PSD and .TIFF + // Loop until you get the number of unpacked bytes you are expecting: + // Read the next source byte into n. + // If n is between 0 and 127 inclusive, copy the next n+1 bytes literally. + // Else if n is between -127 and -1 inclusive, copy the next byte -n+1 times. + // Else if n is 128, noop. + // Endloop + + // The RLE-compressed data is preceded by a 2-byte data count for each row in the data, + // which we're going to just skip. + stbi__skip(s, h * channelCount * 2 ); + + // Read the RLE data by channel. + for (channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) { + stbi_uc *p; + + p = out+channel; + if (channel >= channelCount) { + // Fill this channel with default data. + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = (channel == 3 ? 255 : 0); + } else { + // Read the RLE data. + if (!stbi__psd_decode_rle(s, p, pixelCount)) { + STBI_FREE(out); + return stbi__errpuc("corrupt", "bad RLE data"); + } + } + } + + } else { + // We're at the raw image data. It's each channel in order (Red, Green, Blue, Alpha, ...) + // where each channel consists of an 8-bit (or 16-bit) value for each pixel in the image. + + // Read the data by channel. + for (channel = 0; channel < 4; channel++) { + if (channel >= channelCount) { + // Fill this channel with default data. + if (bitdepth == 16 && bpc == 16) { + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + stbi__uint16 val = channel == 3 ? 65535 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = val; + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + stbi_uc val = channel == 3 ? 255 : 0; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = val; + } + } else { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { // output bpc + stbi__uint16 *q = ((stbi__uint16 *) out) + channel; + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, q += 4) + *q = (stbi__uint16) stbi__get16be(s); + } else { + stbi_uc *p = out+channel; + if (bitdepth == 16) { // input bpc + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = (stbi_uc) (stbi__get16be(s) >> 8); + } else { + for (i = 0; i < pixelCount; i++, p += 4) + *p = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + } + } + } + + // remove weird white matte from PSD + if (channelCount >= 4) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + stbi__uint16 *pixel = (stbi__uint16 *) out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 65535) { + float a = pixel[3] / 65535.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 65535.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (stbi__uint16) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } + } + } else { + for (i=0; i < w*h; ++i) { + unsigned char *pixel = out + 4*i; + if (pixel[3] != 0 && pixel[3] != 255) { + float a = pixel[3] / 255.0f; + float ra = 1.0f / a; + float inv_a = 255.0f * (1 - ra); + pixel[0] = (unsigned char) (pixel[0]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[1] = (unsigned char) (pixel[1]*ra + inv_a); + pixel[2] = (unsigned char) (pixel[2]*ra + inv_a); + } + } + } + } + + // convert to desired output format + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) { + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 16) + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__convert_format16((stbi__uint16 *) out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + else + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, w, h); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + + if (comp) *comp = 4; + *y = h; + *x = w; + + return out; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Softimage PIC loader +// by Tom Seddon +// +// See http://softimage.wiki.softimage.com/index.php/INFO:_PIC_file_format +// See http://ozviz.wasp.uwa.edu.au/~pbourke/dataformats/softimagepic/ + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_is4(stbi__context *s,const char *str) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i<4; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != (stbi_uc)str[i]) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__pic_test_core(stbi__context *s) +{ + int i; + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"\x53\x80\xF6\x34")) + return 0; + + for(i=0;i<84;++i) + stbi__get8(s); + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"PICT")) + return 0; + + return 1; +} + +typedef struct +{ + stbi_uc size,type,channel; +} stbi__pic_packet; + +static stbi_uc *stbi__readval(stbi__context *s, int channel, stbi_uc *dest) +{ + int mask=0x80, i; + + for (i=0; i<4; ++i, mask>>=1) { + if (channel & mask) { + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","PIC file too short"); + dest[i]=stbi__get8(s); + } + } + + return dest; +} + +static void stbi__copyval(int channel,stbi_uc *dest,const stbi_uc *src) +{ + int mask=0x80,i; + + for (i=0;i<4; ++i, mask>>=1) + if (channel&mask) + dest[i]=src[i]; +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__pic_load_core(stbi__context *s,int width,int height,int *comp, stbi_uc *result) +{ + int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,y,chained; + stbi__pic_packet packets[10]; + + // this will (should...) cater for even some bizarre stuff like having data + // for the same channel in multiple packets. + do { + stbi__pic_packet *packet; + + if (num_packets==sizeof(packets)/sizeof(packets[0])) + return stbi__errpuc("bad format","too many packets"); + + packet = &packets[num_packets++]; + + chained = stbi__get8(s); + packet->size = stbi__get8(s); + packet->type = stbi__get8(s); + packet->channel = stbi__get8(s); + + act_comp |= packet->channel; + + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (reading packets)"); + if (packet->size != 8) return stbi__errpuc("bad format","packet isn't 8bpp"); + } while (chained); + + *comp = (act_comp & 0x10 ? 4 : 3); // has alpha channel? + + for(y=0; ytype) { + default: + return stbi__errpuc("bad format","packet has bad compression type"); + + case 0: {//uncompressed + int x; + + for(x=0;xchannel,dest)) + return 0; + break; + } + + case 1://Pure RLE + { + int left=width, i; + + while (left>0) { + stbi_uc count,value[4]; + + count=stbi__get8(s); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pure read count)"); + + if (count > left) + count = (stbi_uc) left; + + if (!stbi__readval(s,packet->channel,value)) return 0; + + for(i=0; ichannel,dest,value); + left -= count; + } + } + break; + + case 2: {//Mixed RLE + int left=width; + while (left>0) { + int count = stbi__get8(s), i; + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (mixed read count)"); + + if (count >= 128) { // Repeated + stbi_uc value[4]; + + if (count==128) + count = stbi__get16be(s); + else + count -= 127; + if (count > left) + return stbi__errpuc("bad file","scanline overrun"); + + if (!stbi__readval(s,packet->channel,value)) + return 0; + + for(i=0;ichannel,dest,value); + } else { // Raw + ++count; + if (count>left) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","scanline overrun"); + + for(i=0;ichannel,dest)) + return 0; + } + left-=count; + } + break; + } + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *result; + int i, x,y, internal_comp; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + if (!comp) comp = &internal_comp; + + for (i=0; i<92; ++i) + stbi__get8(s); + + x = stbi__get16be(s); + y = stbi__get16be(s); + + if (y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pic header)"); + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(x, y, 4, 0)) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PIC image too large to decode"); + + stbi__get32be(s); //skip `ratio' + stbi__get16be(s); //skip `fields' + stbi__get16be(s); //skip `pad' + + // intermediate buffer is RGBA + result = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, 4, 0); + memset(result, 0xff, x*y*4); + + if (!stbi__pic_load_core(s,x,y,comp, result)) { + STBI_FREE(result); + result=0; + } + *px = x; + *py = y; + if (req_comp == 0) req_comp = *comp; + result=stbi__convert_format(result,4,req_comp,x,y); + + return result; +} + +static int stbi__pic_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__pic_test_core(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// GIF loader -- public domain by Jean-Marc Lienher -- simplified/shrunk by stb + +#ifndef STBI_NO_GIF +typedef struct +{ + stbi__int16 prefix; + stbi_uc first; + stbi_uc suffix; +} stbi__gif_lzw; + +typedef struct +{ + int w,h; + stbi_uc *out; // output buffer (always 4 components) + stbi_uc *background; // The current "background" as far as a gif is concerned + stbi_uc *history; + int flags, bgindex, ratio, transparent, eflags; + stbi_uc pal[256][4]; + stbi_uc lpal[256][4]; + stbi__gif_lzw codes[8192]; + stbi_uc *color_table; + int parse, step; + int lflags; + int start_x, start_y; + int max_x, max_y; + int cur_x, cur_y; + int line_size; + int delay; +} stbi__gif; + +static int stbi__gif_test_raw(stbi__context *s) +{ + int sz; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'G' || stbi__get8(s) != 'I' || stbi__get8(s) != 'F' || stbi__get8(s) != '8') return 0; + sz = stbi__get8(s); + if (sz != '9' && sz != '7') return 0; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'a') return 0; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__gif_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + int r = stbi__gif_test_raw(s); + stbi__rewind(s); + return r; +} + +static void stbi__gif_parse_colortable(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc pal[256][4], int num_entries, int transp) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; i < num_entries; ++i) { + pal[i][2] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][1] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][0] = stbi__get8(s); + pal[i][3] = transp == i ? 0 : 255; + } +} + +static int stbi__gif_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int is_info) +{ + stbi_uc version; + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'G' || stbi__get8(s) != 'I' || stbi__get8(s) != 'F' || stbi__get8(s) != '8') + return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + + version = stbi__get8(s); + if (version != '7' && version != '9') return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + if (stbi__get8(s) != 'a') return stbi__err("not GIF", "Corrupt GIF"); + + stbi__g_failure_reason = ""; + g->w = stbi__get16le(s); + g->h = stbi__get16le(s); + g->flags = stbi__get8(s); + g->bgindex = stbi__get8(s); + g->ratio = stbi__get8(s); + g->transparent = -1; + + if (g->w > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (g->h > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + if (comp != 0) *comp = 4; // can't actually tell whether it's 3 or 4 until we parse the comments + + if (is_info) return 1; + + if (g->flags & 0x80) + stbi__gif_parse_colortable(s,g->pal, 2 << (g->flags & 7), -1); + + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__gif_info_raw(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__gif* g = (stbi__gif*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__gif)); + if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp, 1)) { + STBI_FREE(g); + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (x) *x = g->w; + if (y) *y = g->h; + STBI_FREE(g); + return 1; +} + +static void stbi__out_gif_code(stbi__gif *g, stbi__uint16 code) +{ + stbi_uc *p, *c; + int idx; + + // recurse to decode the prefixes, since the linked-list is backwards, + // and working backwards through an interleaved image would be nasty + if (g->codes[code].prefix >= 0) + stbi__out_gif_code(g, g->codes[code].prefix); + + if (g->cur_y >= g->max_y) return; + + idx = g->cur_x + g->cur_y; + p = &g->out[idx]; + g->history[idx / 4] = 1; + + c = &g->color_table[g->codes[code].suffix * 4]; + if (c[3] > 128) { // don't render transparent pixels; + p[0] = c[2]; + p[1] = c[1]; + p[2] = c[0]; + p[3] = c[3]; + } + g->cur_x += 4; + + if (g->cur_x >= g->max_x) { + g->cur_x = g->start_x; + g->cur_y += g->step; + + while (g->cur_y >= g->max_y && g->parse > 0) { + g->step = (1 << g->parse) * g->line_size; + g->cur_y = g->start_y + (g->step >> 1); + --g->parse; + } + } +} + +static stbi_uc *stbi__process_gif_raster(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g) +{ + stbi_uc lzw_cs; + stbi__int32 len, init_code; + stbi__uint32 first; + stbi__int32 codesize, codemask, avail, oldcode, bits, valid_bits, clear; + stbi__gif_lzw *p; + + lzw_cs = stbi__get8(s); + if (lzw_cs > 12) return NULL; + clear = 1 << lzw_cs; + first = 1; + codesize = lzw_cs + 1; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + bits = 0; + valid_bits = 0; + for (init_code = 0; init_code < clear; init_code++) { + g->codes[init_code].prefix = -1; + g->codes[init_code].first = (stbi_uc) init_code; + g->codes[init_code].suffix = (stbi_uc) init_code; + } + + // support no starting clear code + avail = clear+2; + oldcode = -1; + + len = 0; + for(;;) { + if (valid_bits < codesize) { + if (len == 0) { + len = stbi__get8(s); // start new block + if (len == 0) + return g->out; + } + --len; + bits |= (stbi__int32) stbi__get8(s) << valid_bits; + valid_bits += 8; + } else { + stbi__int32 code = bits & codemask; + bits >>= codesize; + valid_bits -= codesize; + // @OPTIMIZE: is there some way we can accelerate the non-clear path? + if (code == clear) { // clear code + codesize = lzw_cs + 1; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + avail = clear + 2; + oldcode = -1; + first = 0; + } else if (code == clear + 1) { // end of stream code + stbi__skip(s, len); + while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) > 0) + stbi__skip(s,len); + return g->out; + } else if (code <= avail) { + if (first) { + return stbi__errpuc("no clear code", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + + if (oldcode >= 0) { + p = &g->codes[avail++]; + if (avail > 8192) { + return stbi__errpuc("too many codes", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + + p->prefix = (stbi__int16) oldcode; + p->first = g->codes[oldcode].first; + p->suffix = (code == avail) ? p->first : g->codes[code].first; + } else if (code == avail) + return stbi__errpuc("illegal code in raster", "Corrupt GIF"); + + stbi__out_gif_code(g, (stbi__uint16) code); + + if ((avail & codemask) == 0 && avail <= 0x0FFF) { + codesize++; + codemask = (1 << codesize) - 1; + } + + oldcode = code; + } else { + return stbi__errpuc("illegal code in raster", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + } + } +} + +// this function is designed to support animated gifs, although stb_image doesn't support it +// two back is the image from two frames ago, used for a very specific disposal format +static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi_uc *two_back) +{ + int dispose; + int first_frame; + int pi; + int pcount; + STBI_NOTUSED(req_comp); + + // on first frame, any non-written pixels get the background colour (non-transparent) + first_frame = 0; + if (g->out == 0) { + if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp,0)) return 0; // stbi__g_failure_reason set by stbi__gif_header + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(4, g->w, g->h, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "GIF image is too large"); + pcount = g->w * g->h; + g->out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * pcount); + g->background = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(4 * pcount); + g->history = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc(pcount); + if (!g->out || !g->background || !g->history) + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // image is treated as "transparent" at the start - ie, nothing overwrites the current background; + // background colour is only used for pixels that are not rendered first frame, after that "background" + // color refers to the color that was there the previous frame. + memset(g->out, 0x00, 4 * pcount); + memset(g->background, 0x00, 4 * pcount); // state of the background (starts transparent) + memset(g->history, 0x00, pcount); // pixels that were affected previous frame + first_frame = 1; + } else { + // second frame - how do we dispose of the previous one? + dispose = (g->eflags & 0x1C) >> 2; + pcount = g->w * g->h; + + if ((dispose == 3) && (two_back == 0)) { + dispose = 2; // if I don't have an image to revert back to, default to the old background + } + + if (dispose == 3) { // use previous graphic + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &two_back[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else if (dispose == 2) { + // restore what was changed last frame to background before that frame; + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi]) { + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->background[pi * 4], 4 ); + } + } + } else { + // This is a non-disposal case eithe way, so just + // leave the pixels as is, and they will become the new background + // 1: do not dispose + // 0: not specified. + } + + // background is what out is after the undoing of the previou frame; + memcpy( g->background, g->out, 4 * g->w * g->h ); + } + + // clear my history; + memset( g->history, 0x00, g->w * g->h ); // pixels that were affected previous frame + + for (;;) { + int tag = stbi__get8(s); + switch (tag) { + case 0x2C: /* Image Descriptor */ + { + stbi__int32 x, y, w, h; + stbi_uc *o; + + x = stbi__get16le(s); + y = stbi__get16le(s); + w = stbi__get16le(s); + h = stbi__get16le(s); + if (((x + w) > (g->w)) || ((y + h) > (g->h))) + return stbi__errpuc("bad Image Descriptor", "Corrupt GIF"); + + g->line_size = g->w * 4; + g->start_x = x * 4; + g->start_y = y * g->line_size; + g->max_x = g->start_x + w * 4; + g->max_y = g->start_y + h * g->line_size; + g->cur_x = g->start_x; + g->cur_y = g->start_y; + + // if the width of the specified rectangle is 0, that means + // we may not see *any* pixels or the image is malformed; + // to make sure this is caught, move the current y down to + // max_y (which is what out_gif_code checks). + if (w == 0) + g->cur_y = g->max_y; + + g->lflags = stbi__get8(s); + + if (g->lflags & 0x40) { + g->step = 8 * g->line_size; // first interlaced spacing + g->parse = 3; + } else { + g->step = g->line_size; + g->parse = 0; + } + + if (g->lflags & 0x80) { + stbi__gif_parse_colortable(s,g->lpal, 2 << (g->lflags & 7), g->eflags & 0x01 ? g->transparent : -1); + g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->lpal; + } else if (g->flags & 0x80) { + g->color_table = (stbi_uc *) g->pal; + } else + return stbi__errpuc("missing color table", "Corrupt GIF"); + + o = stbi__process_gif_raster(s, g); + if (!o) return NULL; + + // if this was the first frame, + pcount = g->w * g->h; + if (first_frame && (g->bgindex > 0)) { + // if first frame, any pixel not drawn to gets the background color + for (pi = 0; pi < pcount; ++pi) { + if (g->history[pi] == 0) { + g->pal[g->bgindex][3] = 255; // just in case it was made transparent, undo that; It will be reset next frame if need be; + memcpy( &g->out[pi * 4], &g->pal[g->bgindex], 4 ); + } + } + } + + return o; + } + + case 0x21: // Comment Extension. + { + int len; + int ext = stbi__get8(s); + if (ext == 0xF9) { // Graphic Control Extension. + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (len == 4) { + g->eflags = stbi__get8(s); + g->delay = 10 * stbi__get16le(s); // delay - 1/100th of a second, saving as 1/1000ths. + + // unset old transparent + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 255; + } + if (g->eflags & 0x01) { + g->transparent = stbi__get8(s); + if (g->transparent >= 0) { + g->pal[g->transparent][3] = 0; + } + } else { + // don't need transparent + stbi__skip(s, 1); + g->transparent = -1; + } + } else { + stbi__skip(s, len); + break; + } + } + while ((len = stbi__get8(s)) != 0) { + stbi__skip(s, len); + } + break; + } + + case 0x3B: // gif stream termination code + return (stbi_uc *) s; // using '1' causes warning on some compilers + + default: + return stbi__errpuc("unknown code", "Corrupt GIF"); + } + } +} + +static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) +{ + if (stbi__gif_test(s)) { + int layers = 0; + stbi_uc *u = 0; + stbi_uc *out = 0; + stbi_uc *two_back = 0; + stbi__gif g; + int stride; + int out_size = 0; + int delays_size = 0; + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + if (delays) { + *delays = 0; + } + + do { + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, two_back); + if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker + + if (u) { + *x = g.w; + *y = g.h; + ++layers; + stride = g.w * g.h * 4; + + if (out) { + void *tmp = (stbi_uc*) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED( out, out_size, layers * stride ); + if (NULL == tmp) { + STBI_FREE(g.out); + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + else { + out = (stbi_uc*) tmp; + out_size = layers * stride; + } + + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED( *delays, delays_size, sizeof(int) * layers ); + delays_size = layers * sizeof(int); + } + } else { + out = (stbi_uc*)stbi__malloc( layers * stride ); + out_size = layers * stride; + if (delays) { + *delays = (int*) stbi__malloc( layers * sizeof(int) ); + delays_size = layers * sizeof(int); + } + } + memcpy( out + ((layers - 1) * stride), u, stride ); + if (layers >= 2) { + two_back = out - 2 * stride; + } + + if (delays) { + (*delays)[layers - 1U] = g.delay; + } + } + } while (u != 0); + + // free temp buffer; + STBI_FREE(g.out); + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + + // do the final conversion after loading everything; + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + out = stbi__convert_format(out, 4, req_comp, layers * g.w, g.h); + + *z = layers; + return out; + } else { + return stbi__errpuc("not GIF", "Image was not as a gif type."); + } +} + +static void *stbi__gif_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *u = 0; + stbi__gif g; + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + u = stbi__gif_load_next(s, &g, comp, req_comp, 0); + if (u == (stbi_uc *) s) u = 0; // end of animated gif marker + if (u) { + *x = g.w; + *y = g.h; + + // moved conversion to after successful load so that the same + // can be done for multiple frames. + if (req_comp && req_comp != 4) + u = stbi__convert_format(u, 4, req_comp, g.w, g.h); + } else if (g.out) { + // if there was an error and we allocated an image buffer, free it! + STBI_FREE(g.out); + } + + // free buffers needed for multiple frame loading; + STBI_FREE(g.history); + STBI_FREE(g.background); + + return u; +} + +static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + return stbi__gif_info_raw(s,x,y,comp); +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Radiance RGBE HDR loader +// originally by Nicolas Schulz +#ifndef STBI_NO_HDR +static int stbi__hdr_test_core(stbi__context *s, const char *signature) +{ + int i; + for (i=0; signature[i]; ++i) + if (stbi__get8(s) != signature[i]) + return 0; + stbi__rewind(s); + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__hdr_test(stbi__context* s) +{ + int r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RADIANCE\n"); + stbi__rewind(s); + if(!r) { + r = stbi__hdr_test_core(s, "#?RGBE\n"); + stbi__rewind(s); + } + return r; +} + +#define STBI__HDR_BUFLEN 1024 +static char *stbi__hdr_gettoken(stbi__context *z, char *buffer) +{ + int len=0; + char c = '\0'; + + c = (char) stbi__get8(z); + + while (!stbi__at_eof(z) && c != '\n') { + buffer[len++] = c; + if (len == STBI__HDR_BUFLEN-1) { + // flush to end of line + while (!stbi__at_eof(z) && stbi__get8(z) != '\n') + ; + break; + } + c = (char) stbi__get8(z); + } + + buffer[len] = 0; + return buffer; +} + +static void stbi__hdr_convert(float *output, stbi_uc *input, int req_comp) +{ + if ( input[3] != 0 ) { + float f1; + // Exponent + f1 = (float) ldexp(1.0f, input[3] - (int)(128 + 8)); + if (req_comp <= 2) + output[0] = (input[0] + input[1] + input[2]) * f1 / 3; + else { + output[0] = input[0] * f1; + output[1] = input[1] * f1; + output[2] = input[2] * f1; + } + if (req_comp == 2) output[1] = 1; + if (req_comp == 4) output[3] = 1; + } else { + switch (req_comp) { + case 4: output[3] = 1; /* fallthrough */ + case 3: output[0] = output[1] = output[2] = 0; + break; + case 2: output[1] = 1; /* fallthrough */ + case 1: output[0] = 0; + break; + } + } +} + +static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; + char *token; + int valid = 0; + int width, height; + stbi_uc *scanline; + float *hdr_data; + int len; + unsigned char count, value; + int i, j, k, c1,c2, z; + const char *headerToken; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + // Check identifier + headerToken = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strcmp(headerToken, "#?RADIANCE") != 0 && strcmp(headerToken, "#?RGBE") != 0) + return stbi__errpf("not HDR", "Corrupt HDR image"); + + // Parse header + for(;;) { + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (token[0] == 0) break; + if (strcmp(token, "FORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe") == 0) valid = 1; + } + + if (!valid) return stbi__errpf("unsupported format", "Unsupported HDR format"); + + // Parse width and height + // can't use sscanf() if we're not using stdio! + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strncmp(token, "-Y ", 3)) return stbi__errpf("unsupported data layout", "Unsupported HDR format"); + token += 3; + height = (int) strtol(token, &token, 10); + while (*token == ' ') ++token; + if (strncmp(token, "+X ", 3)) return stbi__errpf("unsupported data layout", "Unsupported HDR format"); + token += 3; + width = (int) strtol(token, NULL, 10); + + if (height > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpf("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (width > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpf("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + *x = width; + *y = height; + + if (comp) *comp = 3; + if (req_comp == 0) req_comp = 3; + + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0)) + return stbi__errpf("too large", "HDR image is too large"); + + // Read data + hdr_data = (float *) stbi__malloc_mad4(width, height, req_comp, sizeof(float), 0); + if (!hdr_data) + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + + // Load image data + // image data is stored as some number of sca + if ( width < 8 || width >= 32768) { + // Read flat data + for (j=0; j < height; ++j) { + for (i=0; i < width; ++i) { + stbi_uc rgbe[4]; + main_decode_loop: + stbi__getn(s, rgbe, 4); + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data + j * width * req_comp + i * req_comp, rgbe, req_comp); + } + } + } else { + // Read RLE-encoded data + scanline = NULL; + + for (j = 0; j < height; ++j) { + c1 = stbi__get8(s); + c2 = stbi__get8(s); + len = stbi__get8(s); + if (c1 != 2 || c2 != 2 || (len & 0x80)) { + // not run-length encoded, so we have to actually use THIS data as a decoded + // pixel (note this can't be a valid pixel--one of RGB must be >= 128) + stbi_uc rgbe[4]; + rgbe[0] = (stbi_uc) c1; + rgbe[1] = (stbi_uc) c2; + rgbe[2] = (stbi_uc) len; + rgbe[3] = (stbi_uc) stbi__get8(s); + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data, rgbe, req_comp); + i = 1; + j = 0; + STBI_FREE(scanline); + goto main_decode_loop; // yes, this makes no sense + } + len <<= 8; + len |= stbi__get8(s); + if (len != width) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("invalid decoded scanline length", "corrupt HDR"); } + if (scanline == NULL) { + scanline = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad2(width, 4, 0); + if (!scanline) { + STBI_FREE(hdr_data); + return stbi__errpf("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + } + } + + for (k = 0; k < 4; ++k) { + int nleft; + i = 0; + while ((nleft = width - i) > 0) { + count = stbi__get8(s); + if (count > 128) { + // Run + value = stbi__get8(s); + count -= 128; + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } + for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) + scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = value; + } else { + // Dump + if (count > nleft) { STBI_FREE(hdr_data); STBI_FREE(scanline); return stbi__errpf("corrupt", "bad RLE data in HDR"); } + for (z = 0; z < count; ++z) + scanline[i++ * 4 + k] = stbi__get8(s); + } + } + } + for (i=0; i < width; ++i) + stbi__hdr_convert(hdr_data+(j*width + i)*req_comp, scanline + i*4, req_comp); + } + if (scanline) + STBI_FREE(scanline); + } + + return hdr_data; +} + +static int stbi__hdr_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + char buffer[STBI__HDR_BUFLEN]; + char *token; + int valid = 0; + int dummy; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + if (stbi__hdr_test(s) == 0) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + + for(;;) { + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (token[0] == 0) break; + if (strcmp(token, "FORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe") == 0) valid = 1; + } + + if (!valid) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token = stbi__hdr_gettoken(s,buffer); + if (strncmp(token, "-Y ", 3)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token += 3; + *y = (int) strtol(token, &token, 10); + while (*token == ' ') ++token; + if (strncmp(token, "+X ", 3)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + token += 3; + *x = (int) strtol(token, NULL, 10); + *comp = 3; + return 1; +} +#endif // STBI_NO_HDR + +#ifndef STBI_NO_BMP +static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + void *p; + stbi__bmp_data info; + + info.all_a = 255; + p = stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info); + stbi__rewind( s ); + if (p == NULL) + return 0; + if (x) *x = s->img_x; + if (y) *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) { + if (info.bpp == 24 && info.ma == 0xff000000) + *comp = 3; + else + *comp = info.ma ? 4 : 3; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PSD +static int stbi__psd_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int channelCount, dummy, depth; + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s, 6); + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + *y = stbi__get32be(s); + *x = stbi__get32be(s); + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 8 && depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 3) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + *comp = 4; + return 1; +} + +static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + int channelCount, depth; + if (stbi__get32be(s) != 0x38425053) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (stbi__get16be(s) != 1) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + stbi__skip(s, 6); + channelCount = stbi__get16be(s); + if (channelCount < 0 || channelCount > 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + (void) stbi__get32be(s); + depth = stbi__get16be(s); + if (depth != 16) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PIC +static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int act_comp=0,num_packets=0,chained,dummy; + stbi__pic_packet packets[10]; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + if (!stbi__pic_is4(s,"\x53\x80\xF6\x34")) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + + stbi__skip(s, 88); + + *x = stbi__get16be(s); + *y = stbi__get16be(s); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) { + stbi__rewind( s); + return 0; + } + if ( (*x) != 0 && (1 << 28) / (*x) < (*y)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + + stbi__skip(s, 8); + + do { + stbi__pic_packet *packet; + + if (num_packets==sizeof(packets)/sizeof(packets[0])) + return 0; + + packet = &packets[num_packets++]; + chained = stbi__get8(s); + packet->size = stbi__get8(s); + packet->type = stbi__get8(s); + packet->channel = stbi__get8(s); + act_comp |= packet->channel; + + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + if (packet->size != 8) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + } while (chained); + + *comp = (act_comp & 0x10 ? 4 : 3); + + return 1; +} +#endif + +// ************************************************************************************************* +// Portable Gray Map and Portable Pixel Map loader +// by Ken Miller +// +// PGM: http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/doc/pgm.html +// PPM: http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/doc/ppm.html +// +// Known limitations: +// Does not support comments in the header section +// Does not support ASCII image data (formats P2 and P3) +// Does not support 16-bit-per-channel + +#ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + +static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s) +{ + char p, t; + p = (char) stbi__get8(s); + t = (char) stbi__get8(s); + if (p != 'P' || (t != '5' && t != '6')) { + stbi__rewind( s ); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri) +{ + stbi_uc *out; + STBI_NOTUSED(ri); + + if (!stbi__pnm_info(s, (int *)&s->img_x, (int *)&s->img_y, (int *)&s->img_n)) + return 0; + + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + + *x = s->img_x; + *y = s->img_y; + if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; + + if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PNM too large"); + + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); + if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + stbi__getn(s, out, s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y); + + if (req_comp && req_comp != s->img_n) { + out = stbi__convert_format(out, s->img_n, req_comp, s->img_x, s->img_y); + if (out == NULL) return out; // stbi__convert_format frees input on failure + } + return out; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_isspace(char c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\v' || c == '\f' || c == '\r'; +} + +static void stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(stbi__context *s, char *c) +{ + for (;;) { + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isspace(*c)) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + + if (stbi__at_eof(s) || *c != '#') + break; + + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && *c != '\n' && *c != '\r' ) + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + } +} + +static int stbi__pnm_isdigit(char c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_getinteger(stbi__context *s, char *c) +{ + int value = 0; + + while (!stbi__at_eof(s) && stbi__pnm_isdigit(*c)) { + value = value*10 + (*c - '0'); + *c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + } + + return value; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int maxv, dummy; + char c, p, t; + + if (!x) x = &dummy; + if (!y) y = &dummy; + if (!comp) comp = &dummy; + + stbi__rewind(s); + + // Get identifier + p = (char) stbi__get8(s); + t = (char) stbi__get8(s); + if (p != 'P' || (t != '5' && t != '6')) { + stbi__rewind(s); + return 0; + } + + *comp = (t == '6') ? 3 : 1; // '5' is 1-component .pgm; '6' is 3-component .ppm + + c = (char) stbi__get8(s); + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + *x = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read width + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + *y = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read height + stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); + + maxv = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read max value + + if (maxv > 255) + return stbi__err("max value > 255", "PPM image not 8-bit"); + else + return 1; +} +#endif + +static int stbi__info_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + if (stbi__jpeg_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_GIF + if (stbi__gif_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_BMP + if (stbi__bmp_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC + if (stbi__pic_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + if (stbi__pnm_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_HDR + if (stbi__hdr_info(s, x, y, comp)) return 1; + #endif + + // test tga last because it's a crappy test! + #ifndef STBI_NO_TGA + if (stbi__tga_info(s, x, y, comp)) + return 1; + #endif + return stbi__err("unknown image type", "Image not of any known type, or corrupt"); +} + +static int stbi__is_16_main(stbi__context *s) +{ + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG + if (stbi__png_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_NO_PSD + if (stbi__psd_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif + + return 0; +} + +#ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO +STBIDEF int stbi_info(char const *filename, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result; + if (!f) return stbi__err("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_info_from_file(f, x, y, comp); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_file(FILE *f, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + int r; + stbi__context s; + long pos = ftell(f); + stbi__start_file(&s, f); + r = stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); + fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); + return r; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit(char const *filename) +{ + FILE *f = stbi__fopen(filename, "rb"); + int result; + if (!f) return stbi__err("can't fopen", "Unable to open file"); + result = stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(f); + fclose(f); + return result; +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_file(FILE *f) +{ + int r; + stbi__context s; + long pos = ftell(f); + stbi__start_file(&s, f); + r = stbi__is_16_main(&s); + fseek(f,pos,SEEK_SET); + return r; +} +#endif // !STBI_NO_STDIO + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_info_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user, int *x, int *y, int *comp) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) c, user); + return stbi__info_main(&s,x,y,comp); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_memory(stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_mem(&s,buffer,len); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + +STBIDEF int stbi_is_16_bit_from_callbacks(stbi_io_callbacks const *c, void *user) +{ + stbi__context s; + stbi__start_callbacks(&s, (stbi_io_callbacks *) c, user); + return stbi__is_16_main(&s); +} + +#endif // STB_IMAGE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* + revision history: + 2.20 (2019-02-07) support utf8 filenames in Windows; fix warnings and platform ifdefs + 2.19 (2018-02-11) fix warning + 2.18 (2018-01-30) fix warnings + 2.17 (2018-01-29) change sbti__shiftsigned to avoid clang -O2 bug + 1-bit BMP + *_is_16_bit api + avoid warnings + 2.16 (2017-07-23) all functions have 16-bit variants; + STBI_NO_STDIO works again; + compilation fixes; + fix rounding in unpremultiply; + optimize vertical flip; + disable raw_len validation; + documentation fixes + 2.15 (2017-03-18) fix png-1,2,4 bug; now all Imagenet JPGs decode; + warning fixes; disable run-time SSE detection on gcc; + uniform handling of optional "return" values; + thread-safe initialization of zlib tables + 2.14 (2017-03-03) remove deprecated STBI_JPEG_OLD; fixes for Imagenet JPGs + 2.13 (2016-11-29) add 16-bit API, only supported for PNG right now + 2.12 (2016-04-02) fix typo in 2.11 PSD fix that caused crashes + 2.11 (2016-04-02) allocate large structures on the stack + remove white matting for transparent PSD + fix reported channel count for PNG & BMP + re-enable SSE2 in non-gcc 64-bit + support RGB-formatted JPEG + read 16-bit PNGs (only as 8-bit) + 2.10 (2016-01-22) avoid warning introduced in 2.09 by STBI_REALLOC_SIZED + 2.09 (2016-01-16) allow comments in PNM files + 16-bit-per-pixel TGA (not bit-per-component) + info() for TGA could break due to .hdr handling + info() for BMP to shares code instead of sloppy parse + can use STBI_REALLOC_SIZED if allocator doesn't support realloc + code cleanup + 2.08 (2015-09-13) fix to 2.07 cleanup, reading RGB PSD as RGBA + 2.07 (2015-09-13) fix compiler warnings + partial animated GIF support + limited 16-bpc PSD support + #ifdef unused functions + bug with < 92 byte PIC,PNM,HDR,TGA + 2.06 (2015-04-19) fix bug where PSD returns wrong '*comp' value + 2.05 (2015-04-19) fix bug in progressive JPEG handling, fix warning + 2.04 (2015-04-15) try to re-enable SIMD on MinGW 64-bit + 2.03 (2015-04-12) extra corruption checking (mmozeiko) + stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load (nguillemot) + fix NEON support; fix mingw support + 2.02 (2015-01-19) fix incorrect assert, fix warning + 2.01 (2015-01-17) fix various warnings; suppress SIMD on gcc 32-bit without -msse2 + 2.00b (2014-12-25) fix STBI_MALLOC in progressive JPEG + 2.00 (2014-12-25) optimize JPG, including x86 SSE2 & NEON SIMD (ryg) + progressive JPEG (stb) + PGM/PPM support (Ken Miller) + STBI_MALLOC,STBI_REALLOC,STBI_FREE + GIF bugfix -- seemingly never worked + STBI_NO_*, STBI_ONLY_* + 1.48 (2014-12-14) fix incorrectly-named assert() + 1.47 (2014-12-14) 1/2/4-bit PNG support, both direct and paletted (Omar Cornut & stb) + optimize PNG (ryg) + fix bug in interlaced PNG with user-specified channel count (stb) + 1.46 (2014-08-26) + fix broken tRNS chunk (colorkey-style transparency) in non-paletted PNG + 1.45 (2014-08-16) + fix MSVC-ARM internal compiler error by wrapping malloc + 1.44 (2014-08-07) + various warning fixes from Ronny Chevalier + 1.43 (2014-07-15) + fix MSVC-only compiler problem in code changed in 1.42 + 1.42 (2014-07-09) + don't define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS (affects user code) + fixes to stbi__cleanup_jpeg path + added STBI_ASSERT to avoid requiring assert.h + 1.41 (2014-06-25) + fix search&replace from 1.36 that messed up comments/error messages + 1.40 (2014-06-22) + fix gcc struct-initialization warning + 1.39 (2014-06-15) + fix to TGA optimization when req_comp != number of components in TGA; + fix to GIF loading because BMP wasn't rewinding (whoops, no GIFs in my test suite) + add support for BMP version 5 (more ignored fields) + 1.38 (2014-06-06) + suppress MSVC warnings on integer casts truncating values + fix accidental rename of 'skip' field of I/O + 1.37 (2014-06-04) + remove duplicate typedef + 1.36 (2014-06-03) + convert to header file single-file library + if de-iphone isn't set, load iphone images color-swapped instead of returning NULL + 1.35 (2014-05-27) + various warnings + fix broken STBI_SIMD path + fix bug where stbi_load_from_file no longer left file pointer in correct place + fix broken non-easy path for 32-bit BMP (possibly never used) + TGA optimization by Arseny Kapoulkine + 1.34 (unknown) + use STBI_NOTUSED in stbi__resample_row_generic(), fix one more leak in tga failure case + 1.33 (2011-07-14) + make stbi_is_hdr work in STBI_NO_HDR (as specified), minor compiler-friendly improvements + 1.32 (2011-07-13) + support for "info" function for all supported filetypes (SpartanJ) + 1.31 (2011-06-20) + a few more leak fixes, bug in PNG handling (SpartanJ) + 1.30 (2011-06-11) + added ability to load files via callbacks to accomidate custom input streams (Ben Wenger) + removed deprecated format-specific test/load functions + removed support for installable file formats (stbi_loader) -- would have been broken for IO callbacks anyway + error cases in bmp and tga give messages and don't leak (Raymond Barbiero, grisha) + fix inefficiency in decoding 32-bit BMP (David Woo) + 1.29 (2010-08-16) + various warning fixes from Aurelien Pocheville + 1.28 (2010-08-01) + fix bug in GIF palette transparency (SpartanJ) + 1.27 (2010-08-01) + cast-to-stbi_uc to fix warnings + 1.26 (2010-07-24) + fix bug in file buffering for PNG reported by SpartanJ + 1.25 (2010-07-17) + refix trans_data warning (Won Chun) + 1.24 (2010-07-12) + perf improvements reading from files on platforms with lock-heavy fgetc() + minor perf improvements for jpeg + deprecated type-specific functions so we'll get feedback if they're needed + attempt to fix trans_data warning (Won Chun) + 1.23 fixed bug in iPhone support + 1.22 (2010-07-10) + removed image *writing* support + stbi_info support from Jetro Lauha + GIF support from Jean-Marc Lienher + iPhone PNG-extensions from James Brown + warning-fixes from Nicolas Schulz and Janez Zemva (i.stbi__err. Janez (U+017D)emva) + 1.21 fix use of 'stbi_uc' in header (reported by jon blow) + 1.20 added support for Softimage PIC, by Tom Seddon + 1.19 bug in interlaced PNG corruption check (found by ryg) + 1.18 (2008-08-02) + fix a threading bug (local mutable static) + 1.17 support interlaced PNG + 1.16 major bugfix - stbi__convert_format converted one too many pixels + 1.15 initialize some fields for thread safety + 1.14 fix threadsafe conversion bug + header-file-only version (#define STBI_HEADER_FILE_ONLY before including) + 1.13 threadsafe + 1.12 const qualifiers in the API + 1.11 Support installable IDCT, colorspace conversion routines + 1.10 Fixes for 64-bit (don't use "unsigned long") + optimized upsampling by Fabian "ryg" Giesen + 1.09 Fix format-conversion for PSD code (bad global variables!) + 1.08 Thatcher Ulrich's PSD code integrated by Nicolas Schulz + 1.07 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again + 1.06 attempt to fix C++ warning/errors again + 1.05 fix TGA loading to return correct *comp and use good luminance calc + 1.04 default float alpha is 1, not 255; use 'void *' for stbi_image_free + 1.03 bugfixes to STBI_NO_STDIO, STBI_NO_HDR + 1.02 support for (subset of) HDR files, float interface for preferred access to them + 1.01 fix bug: possible bug in handling right-side up bmps... not sure + fix bug: the stbi__bmp_load() and stbi__tga_load() functions didn't work at all + 1.00 interface to zlib that skips zlib header + 0.99 correct handling of alpha in palette + 0.98 TGA loader by lonesock; dynamically add loaders (untested) + 0.97 jpeg errors on too large a file; also catch another malloc failure + 0.96 fix detection of invalid v value - particleman@mollyrocket forum + 0.95 during header scan, seek to markers in case of padding + 0.94 STBI_NO_STDIO to disable stdio usage; rename all #defines the same + 0.93 handle jpegtran output; verbose errors + 0.92 read 4,8,16,24,32-bit BMP files of several formats + 0.91 output 24-bit Windows 3.0 BMP files + 0.90 fix a few more warnings; bump version number to approach 1.0 + 0.61 bugfixes due to Marc LeBlanc, Christopher Lloyd + 0.60 fix compiling as c++ + 0.59 fix warnings: merge Dave Moore's -Wall fixes + 0.58 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len/nlen was wrong endian + 0.57 fix bug: jpg last huffman symbol before marker was >9 bits but less than 16 available + 0.56 fix bug: zlib uncompressed mode len vs. nlen + 0.55 fix bug: restart_interval not initialized to 0 + 0.54 allow NULL for 'int *comp' + 0.53 fix bug in png 3->4; speedup png decoding + 0.52 png handles req_comp=3,4 directly; minor cleanup; jpeg comments + 0.51 obey req_comp requests, 1-component jpegs return as 1-component, + on 'test' only check type, not whether we support this variant + 0.50 (2006-11-19) + first released version +*/ + + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image_resize.h b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image_resize.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42a8efb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/ImGuiFileDialog-Lib_Only/stb/stb_image_resize.h @@ -0,0 +1,2631 @@ +/* stb_image_resize - v0.96 - public domain image resizing + by Jorge L Rodriguez (@VinoBS) - 2014 + http://github.com/nothings/stb + + Written with emphasis on usability, portability, and efficiency. (No + SIMD or threads, so it be easily outperformed by libs that use those.) + Only scaling and translation is supported, no rotations or shears. + Easy API downsamples w/Mitchell filter, upsamples w/cubic interpolation. + + COMPILING & LINKING + In one C/C++ file that #includes this file, do this: + #define STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + before the #include. That will create the implementation in that file. + + QUICKSTART + stbir_resize_uint8( input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, num_channels) + stbir_resize_float(...) + stbir_resize_uint8_srgb( input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, + num_channels , alpha_chan , 0) + stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode( + input_pixels , in_w , in_h , 0, + output_pixels, out_w, out_h, 0, + num_channels , alpha_chan , 0, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP) + // WRAP/REFLECT/ZERO + + FULL API + See the "header file" section of the source for API documentation. + + ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION + + SRGB & FLOATING POINT REPRESENTATION + The sRGB functions presume IEEE floating point. If you do not have + IEEE floating point, define STBIR_NON_IEEE_FLOAT. This will use + a slower implementation. + + MEMORY ALLOCATION + The resize functions here perform a single memory allocation using + malloc. To control the memory allocation, before the #include that + triggers the implementation, do: + + #define STBIR_MALLOC(size,context) ... + #define STBIR_FREE(ptr,context) ... + + Each resize function makes exactly one call to malloc/free, so to use + temp memory, store the temp memory in the context and return that. + + ASSERT + Define STBIR_ASSERT(boolval) to override assert() and not use assert.h + + OPTIMIZATION + Define STBIR_SATURATE_INT to compute clamp values in-range using + integer operations instead of float operations. This may be faster + on some platforms. + + DEFAULT FILTERS + For functions which don't provide explicit control over what filters + to use, you can change the compile-time defaults with + + #define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_something + #define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_something + + See stbir_filter in the header-file section for the list of filters. + + NEW FILTERS + A number of 1D filter kernels are used. For a list of + supported filters see the stbir_filter enum. To add a new filter, + write a filter function and add it to stbir__filter_info_table. + + PROGRESS + For interactive use with slow resize operations, you can install + a progress-report callback: + + #define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(val) some_func(val) + + The parameter val is a float which goes from 0 to 1 as progress is made. + + For example: + + static void my_progress_report(float progress); + #define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(val) my_progress_report(val) + + #define STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + #include "stb_image_resize.h" + + static void my_progress_report(float progress) + { + printf("Progress: %f%%\n", progress*100); + } + + MAX CHANNELS + If your image has more than 64 channels, define STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS + to the max you'll have. + + ALPHA CHANNEL + Most of the resizing functions provide the ability to control how + the alpha channel of an image is processed. The important things + to know about this: + + 1. The best mathematically-behaved version of alpha to use is + called "premultiplied alpha", in which the other color channels + have had the alpha value multiplied in. If you use premultiplied + alpha, linear filtering (such as image resampling done by this + library, or performed in texture units on GPUs) does the "right + thing". While premultiplied alpha is standard in the movie CGI + industry, it is still uncommon in the videogame/real-time world. + + If you linearly filter non-premultiplied alpha, strange effects + occur. (For example, the 50/50 average of 99% transparent bright green + and 1% transparent black produces 50% transparent dark green when + non-premultiplied, whereas premultiplied it produces 50% + transparent near-black. The former introduces green energy + that doesn't exist in the source image.) + + 2. Artists should not edit premultiplied-alpha images; artists + want non-premultiplied alpha images. Thus, art tools generally output + non-premultiplied alpha images. + + 3. You will get best results in most cases by converting images + to premultiplied alpha before processing them mathematically. + + 4. If you pass the flag STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED, the + resizer does not do anything special for the alpha channel; + it is resampled identically to other channels. This produces + the correct results for premultiplied-alpha images, but produces + less-than-ideal results for non-premultiplied-alpha images. + + 5. If you do not pass the flag STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED, + then the resizer weights the contribution of input pixels + based on their alpha values, or, equivalently, it multiplies + the alpha value into the color channels, resamples, then divides + by the resultant alpha value. Input pixels which have alpha=0 do + not contribute at all to output pixels unless _all_ of the input + pixels affecting that output pixel have alpha=0, in which case + the result for that pixel is the same as it would be without + STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED. However, this is only true for + input images in integer formats. For input images in float format, + input pixels with alpha=0 have no effect, and output pixels + which have alpha=0 will be 0 in all channels. (For float images, + you can manually achieve the same result by adding a tiny epsilon + value to the alpha channel of every image, and then subtracting + or clamping it at the end.) + + 6. You can suppress the behavior described in #5 and make + all-0-alpha pixels have 0 in all channels by #defining + STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON. + + 7. You can separately control whether the alpha channel is + interpreted as linear or affected by the colorspace. By default + it is linear; you almost never want to apply the colorspace. + (For example, graphics hardware does not apply sRGB conversion + to the alpha channel.) + + CONTRIBUTORS + Jorge L Rodriguez: Implementation + Sean Barrett: API design, optimizations + Aras Pranckevicius: bugfix + Nathan Reed: warning fixes + + REVISIONS + 0.97 (2020-02-02) fixed warning + 0.96 (2019-03-04) fixed warnings + 0.95 (2017-07-23) fixed warnings + 0.94 (2017-03-18) fixed warnings + 0.93 (2017-03-03) fixed bug with certain combinations of heights + 0.92 (2017-01-02) fix integer overflow on large (>2GB) images + 0.91 (2016-04-02) fix warnings; fix handling of subpixel regions + 0.90 (2014-09-17) first released version + + LICENSE + See end of file for license information. + + TODO + Don't decode all of the image data when only processing a partial tile + Don't use full-width decode buffers when only processing a partial tile + When processing wide images, break processing into tiles so data fits in L1 cache + Installable filters? + Resize that respects alpha test coverage + (Reference code: FloatImage::alphaTestCoverage and FloatImage::scaleAlphaToCoverage: + https://code.google.com/p/nvidia-texture-tools/source/browse/trunk/src/nvimage/FloatImage.cpp ) +*/ + +#ifndef STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H +#define STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +typedef unsigned char stbir_uint8; +typedef unsigned short stbir_uint16; +typedef unsigned int stbir_uint32; +#else +#include +typedef uint8_t stbir_uint8; +typedef uint16_t stbir_uint16; +typedef uint32_t stbir_uint32; +#endif + +#ifndef STBIRDEF +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_STATIC +#define STBIRDEF static +#else +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define STBIRDEF extern "C" +#else +#define STBIRDEF extern +#endif +#endif +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Easy-to-use API: +// +// * "input pixels" points to an array of image data with 'num_channels' channels (e.g. RGB=3, RGBA=4) +// * input_w is input image width (x-axis), input_h is input image height (y-axis) +// * stride is the offset between successive rows of image data in memory, in bytes. you can +// specify 0 to mean packed continuously in memory +// * alpha channel is treated identically to other channels. +// * colorspace is linear or sRGB as specified by function name +// * returned result is 1 for success or 0 in case of an error. +// #define STBIR_ASSERT() to trigger an assert on parameter validation errors. +// * Memory required grows approximately linearly with input and output size, but with +// discontinuities at input_w == output_w and input_h == output_h. +// * These functions use a "default" resampling filter defined at compile time. To change the filter, +// you can change the compile-time defaults by #defining STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE +// and STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE, or you can use the medium-complexity API. + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels); + + +// The following functions interpret image data as gamma-corrected sRGB. +// Specify STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE if you have no alpha channel, +// or otherwise provide the index of the alpha channel. Flags value +// of 0 will probably do the right thing if you're not sure what +// the flags mean. + +#define STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE -1 + +// Set this flag if your texture has premultiplied alpha. Otherwise, stbir will +// use alpha-weighted resampling (effectively premultiplying, resampling, +// then unpremultiplying). +#define STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED (1 << 0) +// The specified alpha channel should be handled as gamma-corrected value even +// when doing sRGB operations. +#define STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE (1 << 1) + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags); + + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP = 1, + STBIR_EDGE_REFLECT = 2, + STBIR_EDGE_WRAP = 3, + STBIR_EDGE_ZERO = 4, +} stbir_edge; + +// This function adds the ability to specify how requests to sample off the edge of the image are handled. +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode); + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Medium-complexity API +// +// This extends the easy-to-use API as follows: +// +// * Alpha-channel can be processed separately +// * If alpha_channel is not STBIR_ALPHA_CHANNEL_NONE +// * Alpha channel will not be gamma corrected (unless flags&STBIR_FLAG_GAMMA_CORRECT) +// * Filters will be weighted by alpha channel (unless flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED) +// * Filter can be selected explicitly +// * uint16 image type +// * sRGB colorspace available for all types +// * context parameter for passing to STBIR_MALLOC + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT = 0, // use same filter type that easy-to-use API chooses + STBIR_FILTER_BOX = 1, // A trapezoid w/1-pixel wide ramps, same result as box for integer scale ratios + STBIR_FILTER_TRIANGLE = 2, // On upsampling, produces same results as bilinear texture filtering + STBIR_FILTER_CUBICBSPLINE = 3, // The cubic b-spline (aka Mitchell-Netrevalli with B=1,C=0), gaussian-esque + STBIR_FILTER_CATMULLROM = 4, // An interpolating cubic spline + STBIR_FILTER_MITCHELL = 5, // Mitchell-Netrevalli filter with B=1/3, C=1/3 +} stbir_filter; + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR, + STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB, + + STBIR_MAX_COLORSPACES, +} stbir_colorspace; + +// The following functions are all identical except for the type of the image data + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_generic( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint16_generic(const stbir_uint16 *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_uint16 *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float_generic( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context); + + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Full-complexity API +// +// This extends the medium API as follows: +// +// * uint32 image type +// * not typesafe +// * separate filter types for each axis +// * separate edge modes for each axis +// * can specify scale explicitly for subpixel correctness +// * can specify image source tile using texture coordinates + +typedef enum +{ + STBIR_TYPE_UINT8 , + STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, + STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, + STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT , + + STBIR_MAX_TYPES +} stbir_datatype; + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_subpixel(const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float x_scale, float y_scale, + float x_offset, float y_offset); + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_region( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1); +// (s0, t0) & (s1, t1) are the top-left and bottom right corner (uv addressing style: [0, 1]x[0, 1]) of a region of the input image to use. + +// +// +//// end header file ///////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#endif // STBIR_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_H + + + + + +#ifdef STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifndef STBIR_ASSERT +#include +#define STBIR_ASSERT(x) assert(x) +#endif + +// For memset +#include + +#include + +#ifndef STBIR_MALLOC +#include +// use comma operator to evaluate c, to avoid "unused parameter" warnings +#define STBIR_MALLOC(size,c) ((void)(c), malloc(size)) +#define STBIR_FREE(ptr,c) ((void)(c), free(ptr)) +#endif + +#ifndef _MSC_VER +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define stbir__inline inline +#else +#define stbir__inline +#endif +#else +#define stbir__inline __forceinline +#endif + + +// should produce compiler error if size is wrong +typedef unsigned char stbir__validate_uint32[sizeof(stbir_uint32) == 4 ? 1 : -1]; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBIR__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBIR__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +#define STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof((a))/sizeof((a)[0])) + +#ifndef STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE +#define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_CATMULLROM +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE +#define STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE STBIR_FILTER_MITCHELL +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT +#define STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(float_0_to_1) +#endif + +#ifndef STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS +#define STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS 64 +#endif + +#if STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS > 65536 +#error "Too many channels; STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS must be no more than 65536." +// because we store the indices in 16-bit variables +#endif + +// This value is added to alpha just before premultiplication to avoid +// zeroing out color values. It is equivalent to 2^-80. If you don't want +// that behavior (it may interfere if you have floating point images with +// very small alpha values) then you can define STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON to +// disable it. +#ifndef STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON +#define STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON ((float)1 / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20) / (1 << 20)) +#endif + + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +// must match stbir_datatype +static unsigned char stbir__type_size[] = { + 1, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT8 + 2, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT16 + 4, // STBIR_TYPE_UINT32 + 4, // STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT +}; + +// Kernel function centered at 0 +typedef float (stbir__kernel_fn)(float x, float scale); +typedef float (stbir__support_fn)(float scale); + +typedef struct +{ + stbir__kernel_fn* kernel; + stbir__support_fn* support; +} stbir__filter_info; + +// When upsampling, the contributors are which source pixels contribute. +// When downsampling, the contributors are which destination pixels are contributed to. +typedef struct +{ + int n0; // First contributing pixel + int n1; // Last contributing pixel +} stbir__contributors; + +typedef struct +{ + const void* input_data; + int input_w; + int input_h; + int input_stride_bytes; + + void* output_data; + int output_w; + int output_h; + int output_stride_bytes; + + float s0, t0, s1, t1; + + float horizontal_shift; // Units: output pixels + float vertical_shift; // Units: output pixels + float horizontal_scale; + float vertical_scale; + + int channels; + int alpha_channel; + stbir_uint32 flags; + stbir_datatype type; + stbir_filter horizontal_filter; + stbir_filter vertical_filter; + stbir_edge edge_horizontal; + stbir_edge edge_vertical; + stbir_colorspace colorspace; + + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients; + + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients; + + int decode_buffer_pixels; + float* decode_buffer; + + float* horizontal_buffer; + + // cache these because ceil/floor are inexplicably showing up in profile + int horizontal_coefficient_width; + int vertical_coefficient_width; + int horizontal_filter_pixel_width; + int vertical_filter_pixel_width; + int horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + int horizontal_num_contributors; + int vertical_num_contributors; + + int ring_buffer_length_bytes; // The length of an individual entry in the ring buffer. The total number of ring buffers is stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(filter) + int ring_buffer_num_entries; // Total number of entries in the ring buffer. + int ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_last_scanline; + int ring_buffer_begin_index; // first_scanline is at this index in the ring buffer + float* ring_buffer; + + float* encode_buffer; // A temporary buffer to store floats so we don't lose precision while we do multiply-adds. + + int horizontal_contributors_size; + int horizontal_coefficients_size; + int vertical_contributors_size; + int vertical_coefficients_size; + int decode_buffer_size; + int horizontal_buffer_size; + int ring_buffer_size; + int encode_buffer_size; +} stbir__info; + + +static const float stbir__max_uint8_as_float = 255.0f; +static const float stbir__max_uint16_as_float = 65535.0f; +static const double stbir__max_uint32_as_float = 4294967295.0; + + +static stbir__inline int stbir__min(int a, int b) +{ + return a < b ? a : b; +} + +static stbir__inline float stbir__saturate(float x) +{ + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + if (x > 1) + return 1; + + return x; +} + +#ifdef STBIR_SATURATE_INT +static stbir__inline stbir_uint8 stbir__saturate8(int x) +{ + if ((unsigned int) x <= 255) + return x; + + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + return 255; +} + +static stbir__inline stbir_uint16 stbir__saturate16(int x) +{ + if ((unsigned int) x <= 65535) + return x; + + if (x < 0) + return 0; + + return 65535; +} +#endif + +static float stbir__srgb_uchar_to_linear_float[256] = { + 0.000000f, 0.000304f, 0.000607f, 0.000911f, 0.001214f, 0.001518f, 0.001821f, 0.002125f, 0.002428f, 0.002732f, 0.003035f, + 0.003347f, 0.003677f, 0.004025f, 0.004391f, 0.004777f, 0.005182f, 0.005605f, 0.006049f, 0.006512f, 0.006995f, 0.007499f, + 0.008023f, 0.008568f, 0.009134f, 0.009721f, 0.010330f, 0.010960f, 0.011612f, 0.012286f, 0.012983f, 0.013702f, 0.014444f, + 0.015209f, 0.015996f, 0.016807f, 0.017642f, 0.018500f, 0.019382f, 0.020289f, 0.021219f, 0.022174f, 0.023153f, 0.024158f, + 0.025187f, 0.026241f, 0.027321f, 0.028426f, 0.029557f, 0.030713f, 0.031896f, 0.033105f, 0.034340f, 0.035601f, 0.036889f, + 0.038204f, 0.039546f, 0.040915f, 0.042311f, 0.043735f, 0.045186f, 0.046665f, 0.048172f, 0.049707f, 0.051269f, 0.052861f, + 0.054480f, 0.056128f, 0.057805f, 0.059511f, 0.061246f, 0.063010f, 0.064803f, 0.066626f, 0.068478f, 0.070360f, 0.072272f, + 0.074214f, 0.076185f, 0.078187f, 0.080220f, 0.082283f, 0.084376f, 0.086500f, 0.088656f, 0.090842f, 0.093059f, 0.095307f, + 0.097587f, 0.099899f, 0.102242f, 0.104616f, 0.107023f, 0.109462f, 0.111932f, 0.114435f, 0.116971f, 0.119538f, 0.122139f, + 0.124772f, 0.127438f, 0.130136f, 0.132868f, 0.135633f, 0.138432f, 0.141263f, 0.144128f, 0.147027f, 0.149960f, 0.152926f, + 0.155926f, 0.158961f, 0.162029f, 0.165132f, 0.168269f, 0.171441f, 0.174647f, 0.177888f, 0.181164f, 0.184475f, 0.187821f, + 0.191202f, 0.194618f, 0.198069f, 0.201556f, 0.205079f, 0.208637f, 0.212231f, 0.215861f, 0.219526f, 0.223228f, 0.226966f, + 0.230740f, 0.234551f, 0.238398f, 0.242281f, 0.246201f, 0.250158f, 0.254152f, 0.258183f, 0.262251f, 0.266356f, 0.270498f, + 0.274677f, 0.278894f, 0.283149f, 0.287441f, 0.291771f, 0.296138f, 0.300544f, 0.304987f, 0.309469f, 0.313989f, 0.318547f, + 0.323143f, 0.327778f, 0.332452f, 0.337164f, 0.341914f, 0.346704f, 0.351533f, 0.356400f, 0.361307f, 0.366253f, 0.371238f, + 0.376262f, 0.381326f, 0.386430f, 0.391573f, 0.396755f, 0.401978f, 0.407240f, 0.412543f, 0.417885f, 0.423268f, 0.428691f, + 0.434154f, 0.439657f, 0.445201f, 0.450786f, 0.456411f, 0.462077f, 0.467784f, 0.473532f, 0.479320f, 0.485150f, 0.491021f, + 0.496933f, 0.502887f, 0.508881f, 0.514918f, 0.520996f, 0.527115f, 0.533276f, 0.539480f, 0.545725f, 0.552011f, 0.558340f, + 0.564712f, 0.571125f, 0.577581f, 0.584078f, 0.590619f, 0.597202f, 0.603827f, 0.610496f, 0.617207f, 0.623960f, 0.630757f, + 0.637597f, 0.644480f, 0.651406f, 0.658375f, 0.665387f, 0.672443f, 0.679543f, 0.686685f, 0.693872f, 0.701102f, 0.708376f, + 0.715694f, 0.723055f, 0.730461f, 0.737911f, 0.745404f, 0.752942f, 0.760525f, 0.768151f, 0.775822f, 0.783538f, 0.791298f, + 0.799103f, 0.806952f, 0.814847f, 0.822786f, 0.830770f, 0.838799f, 0.846873f, 0.854993f, 0.863157f, 0.871367f, 0.879622f, + 0.887923f, 0.896269f, 0.904661f, 0.913099f, 0.921582f, 0.930111f, 0.938686f, 0.947307f, 0.955974f, 0.964686f, 0.973445f, + 0.982251f, 0.991102f, 1.0f +}; + +static float stbir__srgb_to_linear(float f) +{ + if (f <= 0.04045f) + return f / 12.92f; + else + return (float)pow((f + 0.055f) / 1.055f, 2.4f); +} + +static float stbir__linear_to_srgb(float f) +{ + if (f <= 0.0031308f) + return f * 12.92f; + else + return 1.055f * (float)pow(f, 1 / 2.4f) - 0.055f; +} + +#ifndef STBIR_NON_IEEE_FLOAT +// From https://gist.github.com/rygorous/2203834 + +typedef union +{ + stbir_uint32 u; + float f; +} stbir__FP32; + +static const stbir_uint32 fp32_to_srgb8_tab4[104] = { + 0x0073000d, 0x007a000d, 0x0080000d, 0x0087000d, 0x008d000d, 0x0094000d, 0x009a000d, 0x00a1000d, + 0x00a7001a, 0x00b4001a, 0x00c1001a, 0x00ce001a, 0x00da001a, 0x00e7001a, 0x00f4001a, 0x0101001a, + 0x010e0033, 0x01280033, 0x01410033, 0x015b0033, 0x01750033, 0x018f0033, 0x01a80033, 0x01c20033, + 0x01dc0067, 0x020f0067, 0x02430067, 0x02760067, 0x02aa0067, 0x02dd0067, 0x03110067, 0x03440067, + 0x037800ce, 0x03df00ce, 0x044600ce, 0x04ad00ce, 0x051400ce, 0x057b00c5, 0x05dd00bc, 0x063b00b5, + 0x06970158, 0x07420142, 0x07e30130, 0x087b0120, 0x090b0112, 0x09940106, 0x0a1700fc, 0x0a9500f2, + 0x0b0f01cb, 0x0bf401ae, 0x0ccb0195, 0x0d950180, 0x0e56016e, 0x0f0d015e, 0x0fbc0150, 0x10630143, + 0x11070264, 0x1238023e, 0x1357021d, 0x14660201, 0x156601e9, 0x165a01d3, 0x174401c0, 0x182401af, + 0x18fe0331, 0x1a9602fe, 0x1c1502d2, 0x1d7e02ad, 0x1ed4028d, 0x201a0270, 0x21520256, 0x227d0240, + 0x239f0443, 0x25c003fe, 0x27bf03c4, 0x29a10392, 0x2b6a0367, 0x2d1d0341, 0x2ebe031f, 0x304d0300, + 0x31d105b0, 0x34a80555, 0x37520507, 0x39d504c5, 0x3c37048b, 0x3e7c0458, 0x40a8042a, 0x42bd0401, + 0x44c20798, 0x488e071e, 0x4c1c06b6, 0x4f76065d, 0x52a50610, 0x55ac05cc, 0x5892058f, 0x5b590559, + 0x5e0c0a23, 0x631c0980, 0x67db08f6, 0x6c55087f, 0x70940818, 0x74a007bd, 0x787d076c, 0x7c330723, +}; + +static stbir_uint8 stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(float in) +{ + static const stbir__FP32 almostone = { 0x3f7fffff }; // 1-eps + static const stbir__FP32 minval = { (127-13) << 23 }; + stbir_uint32 tab,bias,scale,t; + stbir__FP32 f; + + // Clamp to [2^(-13), 1-eps]; these two values map to 0 and 1, respectively. + // The tests are carefully written so that NaNs map to 0, same as in the reference + // implementation. + if (!(in > minval.f)) // written this way to catch NaNs + in = minval.f; + if (in > almostone.f) + in = almostone.f; + + // Do the table lookup and unpack bias, scale + f.f = in; + tab = fp32_to_srgb8_tab4[(f.u - minval.u) >> 20]; + bias = (tab >> 16) << 9; + scale = tab & 0xffff; + + // Grab next-highest mantissa bits and perform linear interpolation + t = (f.u >> 12) & 0xff; + return (unsigned char) ((bias + scale*t) >> 16); +} + +#else +// sRGB transition values, scaled by 1<<28 +static int stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[256] = +{ + 0, 40738, 122216, 203693, 285170, 366648, 448125, 529603, + 611080, 692557, 774035, 855852, 942009, 1033024, 1128971, 1229926, + 1335959, 1447142, 1563542, 1685229, 1812268, 1944725, 2082664, 2226148, + 2375238, 2529996, 2690481, 2856753, 3028870, 3206888, 3390865, 3580856, + 3776916, 3979100, 4187460, 4402049, 4622919, 4850123, 5083710, 5323731, + 5570236, 5823273, 6082892, 6349140, 6622065, 6901714, 7188133, 7481369, + 7781466, 8088471, 8402427, 8723380, 9051372, 9386448, 9728650, 10078021, + 10434603, 10798439, 11169569, 11548036, 11933879, 12327139, 12727857, 13136073, + 13551826, 13975156, 14406100, 14844697, 15290987, 15745007, 16206795, 16676389, + 17153826, 17639142, 18132374, 18633560, 19142734, 19659934, 20185196, 20718552, + 21260042, 21809696, 22367554, 22933648, 23508010, 24090680, 24681686, 25281066, + 25888850, 26505076, 27129772, 27762974, 28404716, 29055026, 29713942, 30381490, + 31057708, 31742624, 32436272, 33138682, 33849884, 34569912, 35298800, 36036568, + 36783260, 37538896, 38303512, 39077136, 39859796, 40651528, 41452360, 42262316, + 43081432, 43909732, 44747252, 45594016, 46450052, 47315392, 48190064, 49074096, + 49967516, 50870356, 51782636, 52704392, 53635648, 54576432, 55526772, 56486700, + 57456236, 58435408, 59424248, 60422780, 61431036, 62449032, 63476804, 64514376, + 65561776, 66619028, 67686160, 68763192, 69850160, 70947088, 72053992, 73170912, + 74297864, 75434880, 76581976, 77739184, 78906536, 80084040, 81271736, 82469648, + 83677792, 84896192, 86124888, 87363888, 88613232, 89872928, 91143016, 92423512, + 93714432, 95015816, 96327688, 97650056, 98982952, 100326408, 101680440, 103045072, + 104420320, 105806224, 107202800, 108610064, 110028048, 111456776, 112896264, 114346544, + 115807632, 117279552, 118762328, 120255976, 121760536, 123276016, 124802440, 126339832, + 127888216, 129447616, 131018048, 132599544, 134192112, 135795792, 137410592, 139036528, + 140673648, 142321952, 143981456, 145652208, 147334208, 149027488, 150732064, 152447968, + 154175200, 155913792, 157663776, 159425168, 161197984, 162982240, 164777968, 166585184, + 168403904, 170234160, 172075968, 173929344, 175794320, 177670896, 179559120, 181458992, + 183370528, 185293776, 187228736, 189175424, 191133888, 193104112, 195086128, 197079968, + 199085648, 201103184, 203132592, 205173888, 207227120, 209292272, 211369392, 213458480, + 215559568, 217672656, 219797792, 221934976, 224084240, 226245600, 228419056, 230604656, + 232802400, 235012320, 237234432, 239468736, 241715280, 243974080, 246245120, 248528464, + 250824112, 253132064, 255452368, 257785040, 260130080, 262487520, 264857376, 267239664, +}; + +static stbir_uint8 stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(float f) +{ + int x = (int) (f * (1 << 28)); // has headroom so you don't need to clamp + int v = 0; + int i; + + // Refine the guess with a short binary search. + i = v + 128; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 64; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 32; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 16; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 8; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 4; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 2; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + i = v + 1; if (x >= stbir__srgb_offset_to_linear_scaled[i]) v = i; + + return (stbir_uint8) v; +} +#endif + +static float stbir__filter_trapezoid(float x, float scale) +{ + float halfscale = scale / 2; + float t = 0.5f + halfscale; + STBIR_ASSERT(scale <= 1); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x >= t) + return 0; + else + { + float r = 0.5f - halfscale; + if (x <= r) + return 1; + else + return (t - x) / scale; + } +} + +static float stbir__support_trapezoid(float scale) +{ + STBIR_ASSERT(scale <= 1); + return 0.5f + scale / 2; +} + +static float stbir__filter_triangle(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x <= 1.0f) + return 1 - x; + else + return 0; +} + +static float stbir__filter_cubic(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return (4 + x*x*(3*x - 6))/6; + else if (x < 2.0f) + return (8 + x*(-12 + x*(6 - x)))/6; + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__filter_catmullrom(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return 1 - x*x*(2.5f - 1.5f*x); + else if (x < 2.0f) + return 2 - x*(4 + x*(0.5f*x - 2.5f)); + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__filter_mitchell(float x, float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + + x = (float)fabs(x); + + if (x < 1.0f) + return (16 + x*x*(21 * x - 36))/18; + else if (x < 2.0f) + return (32 + x*(-60 + x*(36 - 7*x)))/18; + + return (0.0f); +} + +static float stbir__support_zero(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 0; +} + +static float stbir__support_one(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 1; +} + +static float stbir__support_two(float s) +{ + STBIR__UNUSED_PARAM(s); + return 2; +} + +static stbir__filter_info stbir__filter_info_table[] = { + { NULL, stbir__support_zero }, + { stbir__filter_trapezoid, stbir__support_trapezoid }, + { stbir__filter_triangle, stbir__support_one }, + { stbir__filter_cubic, stbir__support_two }, + { stbir__filter_catmullrom, stbir__support_two }, + { stbir__filter_mitchell, stbir__support_two }, +}; + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_upsampling(float ratio) +{ + return ratio > 1; +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + return stbir__use_upsampling(stbir_info->horizontal_scale); +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + return stbir__use_upsampling(stbir_info->vertical_scale); +} + +// This is the maximum number of input samples that can affect an output sample +// with the given filter +static int stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + STBIR_ASSERT(filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1/scale) * 2); + else + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale) * 2 / scale); +} + +// This is how much to expand buffers to account for filters seeking outside +// the image boundaries. +static int stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + return stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(filter, scale) / 2; +} + +static int stbir__get_coefficient_width(stbir_filter filter, float scale) +{ + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1 / scale) * 2); + else + return (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale) * 2); +} + +static int stbir__get_contributors(float scale, stbir_filter filter, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale)) + return output_size; + else + return (input_size + stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(filter, scale) * 2); +} + +static int stbir__get_total_horizontal_coefficients(stbir__info* info) +{ + return info->horizontal_num_contributors + * stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); +} + +static int stbir__get_total_vertical_coefficients(stbir__info* info) +{ + return info->vertical_num_contributors + * stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale); +} + +static stbir__contributors* stbir__get_contributor(stbir__contributors* contributors, int n) +{ + return &contributors[n]; +} + +// For perf reasons this code is duplicated in stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample/downsample, +// if you change it here change it there too. +static float* stbir__get_coefficient(float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale, int n, int c) +{ + int width = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale); + return &coefficients[width*n + c]; +} + +static int stbir__edge_wrap_slow(stbir_edge edge, int n, int max) +{ + switch (edge) + { + case STBIR_EDGE_ZERO: + return 0; // we'll decode the wrong pixel here, and then overwrite with 0s later + + case STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP: + if (n < 0) + return 0; + + if (n >= max) + return max - 1; + + return n; // NOTREACHED + + case STBIR_EDGE_REFLECT: + { + if (n < 0) + { + if (n < max) + return -n; + else + return max - 1; + } + + if (n >= max) + { + int max2 = max * 2; + if (n >= max2) + return 0; + else + return max2 - n - 1; + } + + return n; // NOTREACHED + } + + case STBIR_EDGE_WRAP: + if (n >= 0) + return (n % max); + else + { + int m = (-n) % max; + + if (m != 0) + m = max - m; + + return (m); + } + // NOTREACHED + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unimplemented edge type"); + return 0; + } +} + +stbir__inline static int stbir__edge_wrap(stbir_edge edge, int n, int max) +{ + // avoid per-pixel switch + if (n >= 0 && n < max) + return n; + return stbir__edge_wrap_slow(edge, n, max); +} + +// What input pixels contribute to this output pixel? +static void stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(int n, float out_filter_radius, float scale_ratio, float out_shift, int* in_first_pixel, int* in_last_pixel, float* in_center_of_out) +{ + float out_pixel_center = (float)n + 0.5f; + float out_pixel_influence_lowerbound = out_pixel_center - out_filter_radius; + float out_pixel_influence_upperbound = out_pixel_center + out_filter_radius; + + float in_pixel_influence_lowerbound = (out_pixel_influence_lowerbound + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + float in_pixel_influence_upperbound = (out_pixel_influence_upperbound + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + + *in_center_of_out = (out_pixel_center + out_shift) / scale_ratio; + *in_first_pixel = (int)(floor(in_pixel_influence_lowerbound + 0.5)); + *in_last_pixel = (int)(floor(in_pixel_influence_upperbound - 0.5)); +} + +// What output pixels does this input pixel contribute to? +static void stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(int n, float in_pixels_radius, float scale_ratio, float out_shift, int* out_first_pixel, int* out_last_pixel, float* out_center_of_in) +{ + float in_pixel_center = (float)n + 0.5f; + float in_pixel_influence_lowerbound = in_pixel_center - in_pixels_radius; + float in_pixel_influence_upperbound = in_pixel_center + in_pixels_radius; + + float out_pixel_influence_lowerbound = in_pixel_influence_lowerbound * scale_ratio - out_shift; + float out_pixel_influence_upperbound = in_pixel_influence_upperbound * scale_ratio - out_shift; + + *out_center_of_in = in_pixel_center * scale_ratio - out_shift; + *out_first_pixel = (int)(floor(out_pixel_influence_lowerbound + 0.5)); + *out_last_pixel = (int)(floor(out_pixel_influence_upperbound - 0.5)); +} + +static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_upsample(stbir_filter filter, float scale, int in_first_pixel, int in_last_pixel, float in_center_of_out, stbir__contributors* contributor, float* coefficient_group) +{ + int i; + float total_filter = 0; + float filter_scale; + + STBIR_ASSERT(in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1/scale) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. + + contributor->n0 = in_first_pixel; + contributor->n1 = in_last_pixel; + + STBIR_ASSERT(contributor->n1 >= contributor->n0); + + for (i = 0; i <= in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i++) + { + float in_pixel_center = (float)(i + in_first_pixel) + 0.5f; + coefficient_group[i] = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel(in_center_of_out - in_pixel_center, 1 / scale); + + // If the coefficient is zero, skip it. (Don't do the <0 check here, we want the influence of those outside pixels.) + if (i == 0 && !coefficient_group[i]) + { + contributor->n0 = ++in_first_pixel; + i--; + continue; + } + + total_filter += coefficient_group[i]; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(in_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - in_center_of_out, 1/scale) == 0); + + STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter > 0.9); + STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter < 1.1f); // Make sure it's not way off. + + // Make sure the sum of all coefficients is 1. + filter_scale = 1 / total_filter; + + for (i = 0; i <= in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i++) + coefficient_group[i] *= filter_scale; + + for (i = in_last_pixel - in_first_pixel; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (coefficient_group[i]) + break; + + // This line has no weight. We can skip it. + contributor->n1 = contributor->n0 + i - 1; + } +} + +static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, int out_first_pixel, int out_last_pixel, float out_center_of_in, stbir__contributors* contributor, float* coefficient_group) +{ + int i; + + STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. + + contributor->n0 = out_first_pixel; + contributor->n1 = out_last_pixel; + + STBIR_ASSERT(contributor->n1 >= contributor->n0); + + for (i = 0; i <= out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel; i++) + { + float out_pixel_center = (float)(i + out_first_pixel) + 0.5f; + float x = out_pixel_center - out_center_of_in; + coefficient_group[i] = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel(x, scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(out_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - out_center_of_in, scale_ratio) == 0); + + for (i = out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel; i >= 0; i--) + { + if (coefficient_group[i]) + break; + + // This line has no weight. We can skip it. + contributor->n1 = contributor->n0 + i - 1; + } +} + +static void stbir__normalize_downsample_coefficients(stbir__contributors* contributors, float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + int num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(scale_ratio, filter, input_size, output_size); + int num_coefficients = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale_ratio); + int i, j; + int skip; + + for (i = 0; i < output_size; i++) + { + float scale; + float total = 0; + + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + if (i >= contributors[j].n0 && i <= contributors[j].n1) + { + float coefficient = *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i - contributors[j].n0); + total += coefficient; + } + else if (i < contributors[j].n0) + break; + } + + STBIR_ASSERT(total > 0.9f); + STBIR_ASSERT(total < 1.1f); + + scale = 1 / total; + + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + if (i >= contributors[j].n0 && i <= contributors[j].n1) + *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i - contributors[j].n0) *= scale; + else if (i < contributors[j].n0) + break; + } + } + + // Optimize: Skip zero coefficients and contributions outside of image bounds. + // Do this after normalizing because normalization depends on the n0/n1 values. + for (j = 0; j < num_contributors; j++) + { + int range, max, width; + + skip = 0; + while (*stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, skip) == 0) + skip++; + + contributors[j].n0 += skip; + + while (contributors[j].n0 < 0) + { + contributors[j].n0++; + skip++; + } + + range = contributors[j].n1 - contributors[j].n0 + 1; + max = stbir__min(num_coefficients, range); + + width = stbir__get_coefficient_width(filter, scale_ratio); + for (i = 0; i < max; i++) + { + if (i + skip >= width) + break; + + *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i) = *stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, j, i + skip); + } + + continue; + } + + // Using min to avoid writing into invalid pixels. + for (i = 0; i < num_contributors; i++) + contributors[i].n1 = stbir__min(contributors[i].n1, output_size - 1); +} + +// Each scan line uses the same kernel values so we should calculate the kernel +// values once and then we can use them for every scan line. +static void stbir__calculate_filters(stbir__contributors* contributors, float* coefficients, stbir_filter filter, float scale_ratio, float shift, int input_size, int output_size) +{ + int n; + int total_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(scale_ratio, filter, input_size, output_size); + + if (stbir__use_upsampling(scale_ratio)) + { + float out_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(1 / scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + + // Looping through out pixels + for (n = 0; n < total_contributors; n++) + { + float in_center_of_out; // Center of the current out pixel in the in pixel space + int in_first_pixel, in_last_pixel; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(n, out_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, shift, &in_first_pixel, &in_last_pixel, &in_center_of_out); + + stbir__calculate_coefficients_upsample(filter, scale_ratio, in_first_pixel, in_last_pixel, in_center_of_out, stbir__get_contributor(contributors, n), stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, n, 0)); + } + } + else + { + float in_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) / scale_ratio; + + // Looping through in pixels + for (n = 0; n < total_contributors; n++) + { + float out_center_of_in; // Center of the current out pixel in the in pixel space + int out_first_pixel, out_last_pixel; + int n_adjusted = n - stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(filter, scale_ratio); + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(n_adjusted, in_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, shift, &out_first_pixel, &out_last_pixel, &out_center_of_in); + + stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(filter, scale_ratio, out_first_pixel, out_last_pixel, out_center_of_in, stbir__get_contributor(contributors, n), stbir__get_coefficient(coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, n, 0)); + } + + stbir__normalize_downsample_coefficients(contributors, coefficients, filter, scale_ratio, input_size, output_size); + } +} + +static float* stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + // The 0 index of the decode buffer starts after the margin. This makes + // it okay to use negative indexes on the decode buffer. + return &stbir_info->decode_buffer[stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin * stbir_info->channels]; +} + +#define STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace) ((int)(type) * (STBIR_MAX_COLORSPACES) + (int)(colorspace)) + +static void stbir__decode_scanline(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int c; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int input_w = stbir_info->input_w; + size_t input_stride_bytes = stbir_info->input_stride_bytes; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir_edge edge_horizontal = stbir_info->edge_horizontal; + stbir_edge edge_vertical = stbir_info->edge_vertical; + size_t in_buffer_row_offset = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_vertical, n, stbir_info->input_h) * input_stride_bytes; + const void* input_data = (char *) stbir_info->input_data + in_buffer_row_offset; + int max_x = input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + + int x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + + // special handling for STBIR_EDGE_ZERO because it needs to return an item that doesn't appear in the input, + // and we want to avoid paying overhead on every pixel if not STBIR_EDGE_ZERO + if (edge_vertical == STBIR_EDGE_ZERO && (n < 0 || n >= stbir_info->input_h)) + { + for (; x < max_x; x++) + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + return; + } + + switch (decode) + { + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((float)((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint8_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_uchar_to_linear_float[((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]]; + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((float)((const unsigned char*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint8_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear(((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((float)((const unsigned short*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint16_as_float; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = (float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear((float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float)); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = (float)(((double)((const unsigned int*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]) / stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = ((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]; + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + int input_pixel_index = stbir__edge_wrap(edge_horizontal, x, input_w) * channels; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] = stbir__srgb_to_linear(((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + c]); + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = ((const float*)input_data)[input_pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + } + + break; + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unknown type/colorspace/channels combination."); + break; + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) + { + for (x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; x < max_x; x++) + { + int decode_pixel_index = x * channels; + + // If the alpha value is 0 it will clobber the color values. Make sure it's not. + float alpha = decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel]; +#ifndef STBIR_NO_ALPHA_EPSILON + if (stbir_info->type != STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT) { + alpha += STBIR_ALPHA_EPSILON; + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + alpha_channel] = alpha; + } +#endif + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + { + if (c == alpha_channel) + continue; + + decode_buffer[decode_pixel_index + c] *= alpha; + } + } + } + + if (edge_horizontal == STBIR_EDGE_ZERO) + { + for (x = -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; x < 0; x++) + { + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + } + for (x = input_w; x < max_x; x++) + { + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + decode_buffer[x*channels + c] = 0; + } + } +} + +static float* stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(float* ring_buffer, int index, int ring_buffer_length) +{ + return &ring_buffer[index * ring_buffer_length]; +} + +static float* stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int ring_buffer_index; + float* ring_buffer; + + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = n; + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + { + ring_buffer_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = n; + } + else + { + ring_buffer_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + (stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline - stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline)) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + STBIR_ASSERT(ring_buffer_index != stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index); + } + + ring_buffer = stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info->ring_buffer, ring_buffer_index, stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes / sizeof(float)); + memset(ring_buffer, 0, stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes); + + return ring_buffer; +} + + +static void stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float* output_buffer) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors = stbir_info->horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficients; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficient_width; + + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int out_pixel_index = x * channels; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + int coefficient_counter = 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 >= n0); + STBIR_ASSERT(n0 >= -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 >= -stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n0 < stbir_info->input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + STBIR_ASSERT(n1 < stbir_info->input_w + stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 1; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 2: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 2; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 3: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 3; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 4: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * 4; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 3] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + break; + default: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int in_pixel_index = k * channels; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_counter++]; + int c; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + c] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + break; + } + } +} + +static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float* output_buffer) +{ + int x, k; + int input_w = stbir_info->input_w; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + float* decode_buffer = stbir__get_decode_buffer(stbir_info); + stbir__contributors* horizontal_contributors = stbir_info->horizontal_contributors; + float* horizontal_coefficients = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficients; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->horizontal_coefficient_width; + int filter_pixel_margin = stbir_info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin; + int max_x = input_w + filter_pixel_margin * 2; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 1; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 1; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 2: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 2; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 2; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 3: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 3; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 3; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + case 4: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * 4; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int out_pixel_index = k * 4; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 3] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + + default: + for (x = 0; x < max_x; x++) + { + int n0 = horizontal_contributors[x].n0; + int n1 = horizontal_contributors[x].n1; + + int in_x = x - filter_pixel_margin; + int in_pixel_index = in_x * channels; + int max_n = n1; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * x; + + for (k = n0; k <= max_n; k++) + { + int c; + int out_pixel_index = k * channels; + float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; + STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + output_buffer[out_pixel_index + c] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + } +} + +static void stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + // Decode the nth scanline from the source image into the decode buffer. + stbir__decode_scanline(stbir_info, n); + + // Now resample it into the ring buffer. + if (stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)) + stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir_info, stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, n)); + else + stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir_info, stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, n)); + + // Now it's sitting in the ring buffer ready to be used as source for the vertical sampling. +} + +static void stbir__decode_and_resample_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + // Decode the nth scanline from the source image into the decode buffer. + stbir__decode_scanline(stbir_info, n); + + memset(stbir_info->horizontal_buffer, 0, stbir_info->output_w * stbir_info->channels * sizeof(float)); + + // Now resample it into the horizontal buffer. + if (stbir__use_width_upsampling(stbir_info)) + stbir__resample_horizontal_upsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->horizontal_buffer); + else + stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->horizontal_buffer); + + // Now it's sitting in the horizontal buffer ready to be distributed into the ring buffers. +} + +// Get the specified scan line from the ring buffer. +static float* stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(int get_scanline, float* ring_buffer, int begin_index, int first_scanline, int ring_buffer_num_entries, int ring_buffer_length) +{ + int ring_buffer_index = (begin_index + (get_scanline - first_scanline)) % ring_buffer_num_entries; + return stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(ring_buffer, ring_buffer_index, ring_buffer_length); +} + + +static void stbir__encode_scanline(stbir__info* stbir_info, int num_pixels, void *output_buffer, float *encode_buffer, int channels, int alpha_channel, int decode) +{ + int x; + int n; + int num_nonalpha; + stbir_uint16 nonalpha[STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS]; + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) + { + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + float alpha = encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + float reciprocal_alpha = alpha ? 1.0f / alpha : 0; + + // unrolling this produced a 1% slowdown upscaling a large RGBA linear-space image on my machine - stb + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + if (n != alpha_channel) + encode_buffer[pixel_index + n] *= reciprocal_alpha; + + // We added in a small epsilon to prevent the color channel from being deleted with zero alpha. + // Because we only add it for integer types, it will automatically be discarded on integer + // conversion, so we don't need to subtract it back out (which would be problematic for + // numeric precision reasons). + } + } + + // build a table of all channels that need colorspace correction, so + // we don't perform colorspace correction on channels that don't need it. + for (x = 0, num_nonalpha = 0; x < channels; ++x) + { + if (x != alpha_channel || (stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + { + nonalpha[num_nonalpha++] = (stbir_uint16)x; + } + } + + #define STBIR__ROUND_INT(f) ((int) ((f)+0.5)) + #define STBIR__ROUND_UINT(f) ((stbir_uint32) ((f)+0.5)) + + #ifdef STBIR__SATURATE_INT + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(f) stbir__saturate8 (STBIR__ROUND_INT((f) * stbir__max_uint8_as_float )) + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(f) stbir__saturate16(STBIR__ROUND_INT((f) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float)) + #else + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(f) (unsigned char ) STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__saturate(f) * stbir__max_uint8_as_float ) + #define STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(f) (unsigned short) STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__saturate(f) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float) + #endif + + switch (decode) + { + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned char*)output_buffer)[index] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(encode_buffer[index]); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned char*)output_buffer)[index] = stbir__linear_to_srgb_uchar(encode_buffer[index]); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags & STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned char *)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR8(encode_buffer[pixel_index+alpha_channel]); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[index] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(encode_buffer[index]); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned short)STBIR__ROUND_INT(stbir__linear_to_srgb(stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index])) * stbir__max_uint16_as_float); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned short*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = STBIR__ENCODE_LINEAR16(encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]); + } + + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_UINT(((double)stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index])) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_UINT32, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[index] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_UINT(((double)stbir__linear_to_srgb(stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[index]))) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((unsigned int*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = (unsigned int)STBIR__ROUND_INT(((double)stbir__saturate(encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel])) * stbir__max_uint32_as_float); + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < channels; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + n; + ((float*)output_buffer)[index] = encode_buffer[index]; + } + } + break; + + case STBIR__DECODE(STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB): + for (x=0; x < num_pixels; ++x) + { + int pixel_index = x*channels; + + for (n = 0; n < num_nonalpha; n++) + { + int index = pixel_index + nonalpha[n]; + ((float*)output_buffer)[index] = stbir__linear_to_srgb(encode_buffer[index]); + } + + if (!(stbir_info->flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE)) + ((float*)output_buffer)[pixel_index + alpha_channel] = encode_buffer[pixel_index + alpha_channel]; + } + break; + + default: + STBIR_ASSERT(!"Unknown type/colorspace/channels combination."); + break; + } +} + +static void stbir__resample_vertical_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors = stbir_info->vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients = stbir_info->vertical_coefficients; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int ring_buffer_entries = stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + void* output_data = stbir_info->output_data; + float* encode_buffer = stbir_info->encode_buffer; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->vertical_coefficient_width; + int coefficient_counter; + int contributor = n; + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_begin_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index; + int ring_buffer_first_scanline = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + + int n0,n1, output_row_start; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * contributor; + + n0 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n0; + n1 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n1; + + output_row_start = n * stbir_info->output_stride_bytes; + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + memset(encode_buffer, 0, output_w * sizeof(float) * channels); + + // I tried reblocking this for better cache usage of encode_buffer + // (using x_outer, k, x_inner), but it lost speed. -- stb + + coefficient_counter = 0; + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 1; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 2: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 2; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 3: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 3; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + case 4: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 4; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + default: + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = coefficient_counter++; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + for (x = 0; x < output_w; ++x) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * channels; + int c; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + encode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] += ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + } + break; + } + stbir__encode_scanline(stbir_info, output_w, (char *) output_data + output_row_start, encode_buffer, channels, alpha_channel, decode); +} + +static void stbir__resample_vertical_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, int n) +{ + int x, k; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + stbir__contributors* vertical_contributors = stbir_info->vertical_contributors; + float* vertical_coefficients = stbir_info->vertical_coefficients; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int ring_buffer_entries = stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + float* horizontal_buffer = stbir_info->horizontal_buffer; + int coefficient_width = stbir_info->vertical_coefficient_width; + int contributor = n + stbir_info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_begin_index = stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index; + int ring_buffer_first_scanline = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + int n0,n1; + + n0 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n0; + n1 = vertical_contributors[contributor].n1; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (k = n0; k <= n1; k++) + { + int coefficient_index = k - n0; + int coefficient_group = coefficient_width * contributor; + float coefficient = vertical_coefficients[coefficient_group + coefficient_index]; + + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_scanline(k, ring_buffer, ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_first_scanline, ring_buffer_entries, ring_buffer_length); + + switch (channels) { + case 1: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 1; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 2: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 2; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 3: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 3; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + } + break; + case 4: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * 4; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 0] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 1] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 2] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + 3] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + 3] * coefficient; + } + break; + default: + for (x = 0; x < output_w; x++) + { + int in_pixel_index = x * channels; + + int c; + for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) + ring_buffer_entry[in_pixel_index + c] += horizontal_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; + } + break; + } + } +} + +static void stbir__buffer_loop_upsample(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + int y; + float scale_ratio = stbir_info->vertical_scale; + float out_scanlines_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[stbir_info->vertical_filter].support(1/scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; + + STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (y = 0; y < stbir_info->output_h; y++) + { + float in_center_of_out = 0; // Center of the current out scanline in the in scanline space + int in_first_scanline = 0, in_last_scanline = 0; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_upsample(y, out_scanlines_radius, scale_ratio, stbir_info->vertical_shift, &in_first_scanline, &in_last_scanline, &in_center_of_out); + + STBIR_ASSERT(in_last_scanline - in_first_scanline + 1 <= stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries); + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index >= 0) + { + // Get rid of whatever we don't need anymore. + while (in_first_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline) + { + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline == stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + { + // We just popped the last scanline off the ring buffer. + // Reset it to the empty state. + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = 0; + break; + } + else + { + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline++; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + 1) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + } + } + } + + // Load in new ones. + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir_info, in_first_scanline); + + while (in_last_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + stbir__decode_and_resample_upsample(stbir_info, stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline + 1); + + // Now all buffers should be ready to write a row of vertical sampling. + stbir__resample_vertical_upsample(stbir_info, y); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT((float)y / stbir_info->output_h); + } +} + +static void stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir__info* stbir_info, int first_necessary_scanline) +{ + int output_stride_bytes = stbir_info->output_stride_bytes; + int channels = stbir_info->channels; + int alpha_channel = stbir_info->alpha_channel; + int type = stbir_info->type; + int colorspace = stbir_info->colorspace; + int output_w = stbir_info->output_w; + void* output_data = stbir_info->output_data; + int decode = STBIR__DECODE(type, colorspace); + + float* ring_buffer = stbir_info->ring_buffer; + int ring_buffer_length = stbir_info->ring_buffer_length_bytes/sizeof(float); + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index >= 0) + { + // Get rid of whatever we don't need anymore. + while (first_necessary_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline) + { + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline >= 0 && stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline < stbir_info->output_h) + { + int output_row_start = stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline * output_stride_bytes; + float* ring_buffer_entry = stbir__get_ring_buffer_entry(ring_buffer, stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index, ring_buffer_length); + stbir__encode_scanline(stbir_info, output_w, (char *) output_data + output_row_start, ring_buffer_entry, channels, alpha_channel, decode); + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT((float)stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline / stbir_info->output_h); + } + + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline == stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + { + // We just popped the last scanline off the ring buffer. + // Reset it to the empty state. + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline = 0; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline = 0; + break; + } + else + { + stbir_info->ring_buffer_first_scanline++; + stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index = (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index + 1) % stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries; + } + } + } +} + +static void stbir__buffer_loop_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info) +{ + int y; + float scale_ratio = stbir_info->vertical_scale; + int output_h = stbir_info->output_h; + float in_pixels_radius = stbir__filter_info_table[stbir_info->vertical_filter].support(scale_ratio) / scale_ratio; + int pixel_margin = stbir_info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin; + int max_y = stbir_info->input_h + pixel_margin; + + STBIR_ASSERT(!stbir__use_height_upsampling(stbir_info)); + + for (y = -pixel_margin; y < max_y; y++) + { + float out_center_of_in; // Center of the current out scanline in the in scanline space + int out_first_scanline, out_last_scanline; + + stbir__calculate_sample_range_downsample(y, in_pixels_radius, scale_ratio, stbir_info->vertical_shift, &out_first_scanline, &out_last_scanline, &out_center_of_in); + + STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_scanline - out_first_scanline + 1 <= stbir_info->ring_buffer_num_entries); + + if (out_last_scanline < 0 || out_first_scanline >= output_h) + continue; + + stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir_info, out_first_scanline); + + stbir__decode_and_resample_downsample(stbir_info, y); + + // Load in new ones. + if (stbir_info->ring_buffer_begin_index < 0) + stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, out_first_scanline); + + while (out_last_scanline > stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline) + stbir__add_empty_ring_buffer_entry(stbir_info, stbir_info->ring_buffer_last_scanline + 1); + + // Now the horizontal buffer is ready to write to all ring buffer rows. + stbir__resample_vertical_downsample(stbir_info, y); + } + + stbir__empty_ring_buffer(stbir_info, stbir_info->output_h); +} + +static void stbir__setup(stbir__info *info, int input_w, int input_h, int output_w, int output_h, int channels) +{ + info->input_w = input_w; + info->input_h = input_h; + info->output_w = output_w; + info->output_h = output_h; + info->channels = channels; +} + +static void stbir__calculate_transform(stbir__info *info, float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1, float *transform) +{ + info->s0 = s0; + info->t0 = t0; + info->s1 = s1; + info->t1 = t1; + + if (transform) + { + info->horizontal_scale = transform[0]; + info->vertical_scale = transform[1]; + info->horizontal_shift = transform[2]; + info->vertical_shift = transform[3]; + } + else + { + info->horizontal_scale = ((float)info->output_w / info->input_w) / (s1 - s0); + info->vertical_scale = ((float)info->output_h / info->input_h) / (t1 - t0); + + info->horizontal_shift = s0 * info->output_w / (s1 - s0); + info->vertical_shift = t0 * info->output_h / (t1 - t0); + } +} + +static void stbir__choose_filter(stbir__info *info, stbir_filter h_filter, stbir_filter v_filter) +{ + if (h_filter == 0) + h_filter = stbir__use_upsampling(info->horizontal_scale) ? STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE : STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE; + if (v_filter == 0) + v_filter = stbir__use_upsampling(info->vertical_scale) ? STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_UPSAMPLE : STBIR_DEFAULT_FILTER_DOWNSAMPLE; + info->horizontal_filter = h_filter; + info->vertical_filter = v_filter; +} + +static stbir_uint32 stbir__calculate_memory(stbir__info *info) +{ + int pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + int filter_height = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width(info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale); + + info->horizontal_num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(info->horizontal_scale, info->horizontal_filter, info->input_w, info->output_w); + info->vertical_num_contributors = stbir__get_contributors(info->vertical_scale , info->vertical_filter , info->input_h, info->output_h); + + // One extra entry because floating point precision problems sometimes cause an extra to be necessary. + info->ring_buffer_num_entries = filter_height + 1; + + info->horizontal_contributors_size = info->horizontal_num_contributors * sizeof(stbir__contributors); + info->horizontal_coefficients_size = stbir__get_total_horizontal_coefficients(info) * sizeof(float); + info->vertical_contributors_size = info->vertical_num_contributors * sizeof(stbir__contributors); + info->vertical_coefficients_size = stbir__get_total_vertical_coefficients(info) * sizeof(float); + info->decode_buffer_size = (info->input_w + pixel_margin * 2) * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->horizontal_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->ring_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * info->ring_buffer_num_entries * sizeof(float); + info->encode_buffer_size = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); // this now happens too late + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter != 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); // this now happens too late + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + // The horizontal buffer is for when we're downsampling the height and we + // can't output the result of sampling the decode buffer directly into the + // ring buffers. + info->horizontal_buffer_size = 0; + else + // The encode buffer is to retain precision in the height upsampling method + // and isn't used when height downsampling. + info->encode_buffer_size = 0; + + return info->horizontal_contributors_size + info->horizontal_coefficients_size + + info->vertical_contributors_size + info->vertical_coefficients_size + + info->decode_buffer_size + info->horizontal_buffer_size + + info->ring_buffer_size + info->encode_buffer_size; +} + +static int stbir__resize_allocated(stbir__info *info, + const void* input_data, int input_stride_in_bytes, + void* output_data, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int alpha_channel, stbir_uint32 flags, stbir_datatype type, + stbir_edge edge_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_vertical, stbir_colorspace colorspace, + void* tempmem, size_t tempmem_size_in_bytes) +{ + size_t memory_required = stbir__calculate_memory(info); + + int width_stride_input = input_stride_in_bytes ? input_stride_in_bytes : info->channels * info->input_w * stbir__type_size[type]; + int width_stride_output = output_stride_in_bytes ? output_stride_in_bytes : info->channels * info->output_w * stbir__type_size[type]; + +#ifdef STBIR_DEBUG_OVERWRITE_TEST +#define OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE 8 + unsigned char overwrite_output_before_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_tempmem_before_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_output_after_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + unsigned char overwrite_tempmem_after_pre[OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE]; + + size_t begin_forbidden = width_stride_output * (info->output_h - 1) + info->output_w * info->channels * stbir__type_size[type]; + memcpy(overwrite_output_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_output_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[begin_forbidden], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_tempmem_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); + memcpy(overwrite_tempmem_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[tempmem_size_in_bytes], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE); +#endif + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->channels >= 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->channels <= STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS); + + if (info->channels < 0 || info->channels > STBIR_MAX_CHANNELS) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(info->horizontal_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + STBIR_ASSERT(info->vertical_filter < STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)); + + if (info->horizontal_filter >= STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)) + return 0; + if (info->vertical_filter >= STBIR__ARRAY_SIZE(stbir__filter_info_table)) + return 0; + + if (alpha_channel < 0) + flags |= STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE | STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED; + + if (!(flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_USES_COLORSPACE) || !(flags&STBIR_FLAG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED)) { + STBIR_ASSERT(alpha_channel >= 0 && alpha_channel < info->channels); + } + + if (alpha_channel >= info->channels) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(tempmem); + + if (!tempmem) + return 0; + + STBIR_ASSERT(tempmem_size_in_bytes >= memory_required); + + if (tempmem_size_in_bytes < memory_required) + return 0; + + memset(tempmem, 0, tempmem_size_in_bytes); + + info->input_data = input_data; + info->input_stride_bytes = width_stride_input; + + info->output_data = output_data; + info->output_stride_bytes = width_stride_output; + + info->alpha_channel = alpha_channel; + info->flags = flags; + info->type = type; + info->edge_horizontal = edge_horizontal; + info->edge_vertical = edge_vertical; + info->colorspace = colorspace; + + info->horizontal_coefficient_width = stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_coefficient_width = stbir__get_coefficient_width (info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_width = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width (info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_filter_pixel_width = stbir__get_filter_pixel_width (info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale); + info->vertical_filter_pixel_margin = stbir__get_filter_pixel_margin(info->vertical_filter , info->vertical_scale ); + + info->ring_buffer_length_bytes = info->output_w * info->channels * sizeof(float); + info->decode_buffer_pixels = info->input_w + info->horizontal_filter_pixel_margin * 2; + +#define STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(current, newtype) (newtype*)(((unsigned char*)current) + current##_size) + + info->horizontal_contributors = (stbir__contributors *) tempmem; + info->horizontal_coefficients = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_contributors, float); + info->vertical_contributors = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_coefficients, stbir__contributors); + info->vertical_coefficients = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->vertical_contributors, float); + info->decode_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->vertical_coefficients, float); + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + { + info->horizontal_buffer = NULL; + info->ring_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->decode_buffer, float); + info->encode_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->ring_buffer, float); + + STBIR_ASSERT((size_t)STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->encode_buffer, unsigned char) == (size_t)tempmem + tempmem_size_in_bytes); + } + else + { + info->horizontal_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->decode_buffer, float); + info->ring_buffer = STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->horizontal_buffer, float); + info->encode_buffer = NULL; + + STBIR_ASSERT((size_t)STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR(info->ring_buffer, unsigned char) == (size_t)tempmem + tempmem_size_in_bytes); + } + +#undef STBIR__NEXT_MEMPTR + + // This signals that the ring buffer is empty + info->ring_buffer_begin_index = -1; + + stbir__calculate_filters(info->horizontal_contributors, info->horizontal_coefficients, info->horizontal_filter, info->horizontal_scale, info->horizontal_shift, info->input_w, info->output_w); + stbir__calculate_filters(info->vertical_contributors, info->vertical_coefficients, info->vertical_filter, info->vertical_scale, info->vertical_shift, info->input_h, info->output_h); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(0); + + if (stbir__use_height_upsampling(info)) + stbir__buffer_loop_upsample(info); + else + stbir__buffer_loop_downsample(info); + + STBIR_PROGRESS_REPORT(1); + +#ifdef STBIR_DEBUG_OVERWRITE_TEST + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_output_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_output_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)output_data)[begin_forbidden], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_tempmem_before_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[-OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); + STBIR_ASSERT(memcmp(overwrite_tempmem_after_pre, &((unsigned char*)tempmem)[tempmem_size_in_bytes], OVERWRITE_ARRAY_SIZE) == 0); +#endif + + return 1; +} + + +static int stbir__resize_arbitrary( + void *alloc_context, + const void* input_data, int input_w, int input_h, int input_stride_in_bytes, + void* output_data, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1, float *transform, + int channels, int alpha_channel, stbir_uint32 flags, stbir_datatype type, + stbir_filter h_filter, stbir_filter v_filter, + stbir_edge edge_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_vertical, stbir_colorspace colorspace) +{ + stbir__info info; + int result; + size_t memory_required; + void* extra_memory; + + stbir__setup(&info, input_w, input_h, output_w, output_h, channels); + stbir__calculate_transform(&info, s0,t0,s1,t1,transform); + stbir__choose_filter(&info, h_filter, v_filter); + memory_required = stbir__calculate_memory(&info); + extra_memory = STBIR_MALLOC(memory_required, alloc_context); + + if (!extra_memory) + return 0; + + result = stbir__resize_allocated(&info, input_data, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_data, output_stride_in_bytes, + alpha_channel, flags, type, + edge_horizontal, edge_vertical, + colorspace, extra_memory, memory_required); + + STBIR_FREE(extra_memory, alloc_context); + + return result; +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,-1,0, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,-1,0, STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_LINEAR); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_EDGE_CLAMP, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_srgb_edgemode(const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(NULL, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, STBIR_FILTER_DEFAULT, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, STBIR_COLORSPACE_SRGB); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint8_generic( const unsigned char *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + unsigned char *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT8, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_uint16_generic(const stbir_uint16 *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_uint16 *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_UINT16, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_float_generic( const float *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + float *output_pixels , int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_wrap_mode, stbir_filter filter, stbir_colorspace space, + void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, STBIR_TYPE_FLOAT, filter, filter, + edge_wrap_mode, edge_wrap_mode, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_subpixel(const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float x_scale, float y_scale, + float x_offset, float y_offset) +{ + float transform[4]; + transform[0] = x_scale; + transform[1] = y_scale; + transform[2] = x_offset; + transform[3] = y_offset; + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + 0,0,1,1,transform,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + +STBIRDEF int stbir_resize_region( const void *input_pixels , int input_w , int input_h , int input_stride_in_bytes, + void *output_pixels, int output_w, int output_h, int output_stride_in_bytes, + stbir_datatype datatype, + int num_channels, int alpha_channel, int flags, + stbir_edge edge_mode_horizontal, stbir_edge edge_mode_vertical, + stbir_filter filter_horizontal, stbir_filter filter_vertical, + stbir_colorspace space, void *alloc_context, + float s0, float t0, float s1, float t1) +{ + return stbir__resize_arbitrary(alloc_context, input_pixels, input_w, input_h, input_stride_in_bytes, + output_pixels, output_w, output_h, output_stride_in_bytes, + s0,t0,s1,t1,NULL,num_channels,alpha_channel,flags, datatype, filter_horizontal, filter_vertical, + edge_mode_horizontal, edge_mode_vertical, space); +} + +#endif // STB_IMAGE_RESIZE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License +Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +so, subject to the following conditions: +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +copies or substantial portions of the Software. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) +This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +this software under copyright law. +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +*/ diff --git a/deps/imgui/LICENSE.txt b/deps/imgui-1.89/LICENSE.txt similarity index 96% rename from deps/imgui/LICENSE.txt rename to deps/imgui-1.89/LICENSE.txt index 780533dc..4023e0ca 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/LICENSE.txt +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/LICENSE.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The MIT License (MIT) -Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Omar Cornut +Copyright (c) 2014-2022 Omar Cornut Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imconfig.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imconfig.h similarity index 81% rename from deps/imgui/include/imconfig.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imconfig.h index ce60ddf4..ed265082 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imconfig.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imconfig.h @@ -28,16 +28,18 @@ //---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. -//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows. -// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. +//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools. +// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. Not recommended. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW // Disable metrics/debugger window: ShowMetricsWindow() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty. +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowStackToolWindow() will be empty (this was called IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW before 1.88). //---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. (imm32.lib/.a) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) @@ -45,6 +47,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H @@ -59,16 +62,17 @@ // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION -//---- Use stb_printf's faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) -// Requires 'stb_sprintf.h' to be available in the include path. Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by STB sprintf. -// #define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) +// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. +//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF //---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui) // Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided). -// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. +// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) @@ -78,12 +82,12 @@ //---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. // This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. /* -#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ +#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {} \ operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); } -#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ - ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \ +#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ + constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); } */ @@ -104,11 +108,6 @@ //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() -//---- Debug Tools: Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable(), -// (which comes earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one.) -// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imgui.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui.h similarity index 77% rename from deps/imgui/include/imgui.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui.h index 275f6c8a..3cf1d20c 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imgui.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (headers) // Help: @@ -11,11 +11,20 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues -// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions + +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. + +// Library Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18900 +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE /* @@ -32,19 +41,19 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData) // [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ #pragma once -// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') +// Configuration file with compile-time options +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) #include "imconfig.h" -#endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE @@ -58,13 +67,6 @@ Index of this file: #include // ptrdiff_t, NULL #include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp -// Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.84 WIP" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18304 -#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) -#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) // IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) // Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) @@ -82,14 +84,11 @@ Index of this file: #endif #define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! #define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) #define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 -#else -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. -#endif +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) // Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. -#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) #elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) @@ -101,7 +100,7 @@ Index of this file: #endif // Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions) -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID) #define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off)) #define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop)) #else @@ -148,9 +147,11 @@ struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that c struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items -struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors @@ -160,21 +161,26 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buf struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor -// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Enumerations +// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction -typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) -typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) -typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() + +// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build @@ -187,7 +193,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. @@ -200,52 +206,55 @@ typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() -// Other types -#ifndef ImTextureID // ImTextureID [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define ImTextureID xxx'] -typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering backend to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file. +// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +#ifndef ImTextureID +typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that) #endif -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string. -typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() -typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() -typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() -typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() -// Character types -// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) -typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. -typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. -#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] -typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; -#else -typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; +// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended). +// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file. +#ifndef ImDrawIdx +typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends) #endif -// Basic scalar data types +// Scalar data types +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) -typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) -#include -typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) -typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer + +// Character types +// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) +typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16] +typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; #else -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) +typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif -// 2D vector (often used to store positions or sizes) +// Callback and functions types +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() +typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() +typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() + +// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] +// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { float x, y; - ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } - ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } + constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA @@ -253,12 +262,12 @@ struct ImVec2 #endif }; -// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) +// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type] struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } - ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } + float x, y, z, w; + constexpr ImVec4() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { } #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. #endif @@ -292,11 +301,13 @@ namespace ImGui // Demo, Debug, Information IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. + IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. - IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) // Styles @@ -343,19 +354,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) - // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). + // Window manipulation + // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position. IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state @@ -366,11 +379,12 @@ namespace ImGui // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates // Windows Scrolling + // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). + // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] @@ -405,6 +419,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); // Style read access + // - Use the style editor (ShowStyleEditor() function) to interactively see what the colors are) IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API @@ -422,7 +437,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. - IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 @@ -445,11 +460,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most - // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. - // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: + // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" + // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" + // - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" + // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely + // want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. - // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID, + // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID, // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed. IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). @@ -482,8 +501,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); @@ -492,7 +509,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses - // Widgets: Combo Box + // Widgets: Images + // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + + // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); @@ -502,15 +524,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Drag Sliders - // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. - // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x + // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', + // the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision). - // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits. + // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used. // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. - // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); @@ -526,10 +549,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // Widgets: Regular Sliders - // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). - // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); @@ -571,7 +594,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. // Widgets: Trees @@ -587,7 +610,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). @@ -612,7 +635,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Widgets: Data Plotting - // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) + // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); @@ -654,12 +677,14 @@ namespace ImGui // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. + // Popups: begin/end functions // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. - // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! + // Popups: open/close functions // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options. // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. @@ -667,18 +692,21 @@ namespace ImGui // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). // - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. + // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. - // - IMPORTANT: we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). + // Popups: query functions // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. @@ -686,19 +714,17 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. // Tables - // [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. - // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. - // - See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. // The typical call flow is: - // - 1. Call BeginTable(). + // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false. // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. // - 5. Populate contents: // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. - // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents, + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents, // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! @@ -711,10 +737,11 @@ namespace ImGui // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - 5. Call EndTable() IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. - IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. - IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column. @@ -724,27 +751,26 @@ namespace ImGui // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); - IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. - IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu - IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) - // Tables: Sorting - // - Call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. - // - When 'SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have changed - // since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may - // wastefully sort your data every frame! - // - Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). - IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). - // Tables: Miscellaneous functions + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + + // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions + // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have + // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, + // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. - IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change enabled/disabled state of a column, set to false to hide the column. Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. - // Legacy Columns API (2020: prefer using Tables!) + // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished @@ -779,13 +805,20 @@ namespace ImGui // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725) // - An item can be both drag source and drop target. IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() - IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. + IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + // Disabling [BETA API] + // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) + // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) + // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. + IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true); + IMGUI_API void EndDisabled(); + // Clipping // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only. IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); @@ -802,12 +835,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? @@ -823,18 +856,19 @@ namespace ImGui // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. + // Background/Foreground Draw Lists + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can. IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) @@ -848,34 +882,38 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard - // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. - // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index. - IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? - IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. + // Without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (legacy support) + // - For 'ImGuiKey key' you can still use your legacy native/user indices according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. + // With IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (this is the way forward) + // - Any use of 'ImGuiKey' will assert when key < 512 will be passed, previously reserved as native/user keys indices + // - GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined) + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. // Inputs Utilities: Mouse // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held? - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1. IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true) + IMGUI_API int GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button); // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0). IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // - IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you - IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type - IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call. // Clipboard Utilities // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. @@ -885,13 +923,14 @@ namespace ImGui // Settings/.Ini Utilities // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini"). // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually. + // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source. IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext). IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities - // - This is used by the IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. + IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. // Memory Allocators @@ -910,6 +949,7 @@ namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Flags for ImGui::Begin() +// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ { ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0, @@ -918,7 +958,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node). ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f). ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file @@ -932,24 +972,22 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker. + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() - ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() - - // [Obsolete] - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by backend (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) + ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive) enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, @@ -972,11 +1010,12 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19 // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (constrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior #endif }; @@ -999,7 +1038,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, }; // Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. @@ -1008,7 +1047,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. // - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. // IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter -// and want to another another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag. +// and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly. // - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ { @@ -1022,18 +1061,18 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) - ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; // Flags for ImGui::Selectable() enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -1047,7 +1086,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button - ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() @@ -1063,26 +1102,25 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7 // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() -// [BETA API] API may evolve slightly! If you use this, please update to the next version when it comes out! -// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, more so than you would expect. +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. // Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. // - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: // - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. @@ -1090,15 +1128,15 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // - When ScrollX is off: // - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. // - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. -// - Fixed Columns will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). -// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. // - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. // The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. // (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). // - When ScrollX is on: // - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed // - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. -// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. // - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. // - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). // If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. @@ -1124,8 +1162,8 @@ enum ImGuiTableFlags_ ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style - ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. @@ -1139,24 +1177,18 @@ enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Clipping ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). // Padding - ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. - ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). // Scrolling - ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. // Sorting ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). // [Internal] Combinations and masks - ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame - - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2020/12 - //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame // WIP Tables 2021/01 -#endif + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, }; // Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() @@ -1164,46 +1196,43 @@ enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ { // Input configuration flags ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 0, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 1, // Default as a sorting column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 2, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 3, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 4, // Disable manual resizing. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 6, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 7, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 8, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 11, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 12, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 13, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 14, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 15, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 20, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 21, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 22, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 23, // Status: is hovered by mouse + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse // [Internal] Combinations and masks ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30 // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) - - // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents. -#endif + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) }; // Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ { - ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0 // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted different for auto column width) + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) }; // Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() @@ -1211,26 +1240,28 @@ enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. // - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. // - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. -// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color changes should override or blend with the existing color. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. // When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. // If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. // If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ { - ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) - ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3 // Set cell background color (top-most color) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ { ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) - ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // Return true if any children of the window is focused + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! + ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + //ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows, }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() @@ -1242,13 +1273,21 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window - //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, - ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, + + // Hovering delays (for tooltips) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -1256,8 +1295,8 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ { ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. @@ -1266,7 +1305,7 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -1308,10 +1347,14 @@ enum ImGuiSortDirection_ ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. }; -// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array -enum ImGuiKey_ +// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) +// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87) +// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. +enum ImGuiKey : int { - ImGuiKey_Tab, + // Keyboard + ImGuiKey_None = 0, + ImGuiKey_Tab = 512, // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, @@ -1326,75 +1369,141 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter, - ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all - ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy - ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste - ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut - ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo - ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo - ImGuiKey_COUNT -}; - -// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/backend) -enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ -{ - ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 -}; - -// Gamepad/Keyboard navigation -// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. -// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Backend: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets. -enum ImGuiNavInput_ -{ - // Gamepad Mapping - ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down - ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - - // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. - // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[]. - ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt - ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys - ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right - ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up - ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down + ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper, + ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper, + ImGuiKey_Menu, + ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9, + ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J, + ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T, + ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, + ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, + ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' + ImGuiKey_Comma, // , + ImGuiKey_Minus, // - + ImGuiKey_Period, // . + ImGuiKey_Slash, // / + ImGuiKey_Semicolon, // ; + ImGuiKey_Equal, // = + ImGuiKey_LeftBracket, // [ + ImGuiKey_Backslash, // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash) + ImGuiKey_RightBracket, // ] + ImGuiKey_GraveAccent, // ` + ImGuiKey_CapsLock, + ImGuiKey_ScrollLock, + ImGuiKey_NumLock, + ImGuiKey_PrintScreen, + ImGuiKey_Pause, + ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4, + ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide, + ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply, + ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract, + ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + + // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // GAME NAVIGATION ACTION + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + + // Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API. + ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, + + // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage + ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper, + ImGuiKey_COUNT, + + // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing + // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc. + // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those + // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl). + // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. + // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and + // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... + ImGuiMod_None = 0, + ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, + ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, + ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu + ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows + ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF000, +#if defined(__APPLE__) + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = ImGuiMod_Super, +#else + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, +#endif + + // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. + // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#else + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 +#endif +}; + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. +// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. +// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +enum ImGuiNavInput +{ + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, - ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_ }; +#endif // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui backend to fill io.NavInputs[]. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. - // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. - ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21, // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; // Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. @@ -1404,7 +1513,7 @@ enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. }; // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() @@ -1440,10 +1549,10 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, - ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, @@ -1458,7 +1567,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active @@ -1470,13 +1579,14 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. // During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize @@ -1513,7 +1623,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // [Internal] ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1548,22 +1658,21 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. - ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, // [Internal] Masks - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] -#endif + // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] }; // Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. // We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, @@ -1571,11 +1680,11 @@ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget - ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp // [renamed in 1.79] + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] #endif }; @@ -1597,7 +1706,7 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window @@ -1612,10 +1721,10 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ enum ImGuiCond_ { ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable) + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1664,8 +1773,12 @@ struct ImVector // Constructors, destructor inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } - inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } - inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything + inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. + inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } inline int size() const { return Size; } @@ -1675,7 +1788,6 @@ struct ImVector inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } inline T* begin() { return Data; } inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } inline T* end() { return Data + Size; } @@ -1691,13 +1803,14 @@ struct ImVector inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + inline void reserve_discard(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; } // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } @@ -1720,10 +1833,11 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE struct ImGuiStyle { float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + float DisabledAlpha; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). - ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. @@ -1746,7 +1860,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. - float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -1754,7 +1868,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). - bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. @@ -1771,25 +1885,36 @@ struct ImGuiStyle // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. +// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration. +struct ImGuiKeyData +{ + bool Down; // True for if key is down + float DownDuration; // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held) + float DownDurationPrev; // Last frame duration the key has been down + float AnalogValue; // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values +}; + struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Configuration (fill once) // Default value + // Configuration // Default value //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size) - float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame. + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. - const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. + const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. + float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. @@ -1801,7 +1926,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Miscellaneous options bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. @@ -1827,29 +1954,32 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) - void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y); - void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. + void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. +#else + void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() + // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. - bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control - bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift - bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt - bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows - bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). - - // Functions - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually + // Input Functions + IMGUI_API void AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down); // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) + IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. + IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) + IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string + + IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. + IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -1857,45 +1987,70 @@ struct ImGuiIO // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). - bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). - bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). - bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. - bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! - bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. - bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). - float Framerate; // Rough estimate of application framerate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames. - int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() - int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 - int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows - int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. - ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). + bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). + bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! + bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. + bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). + float Framerate; // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally. + int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() + int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. + ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + + // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. + // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). + // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() - ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) - ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking - double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) - bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down - bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? - bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down - bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. - bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click - float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) - float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down - ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) - float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down - float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. - ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16 - ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + // Main Input State + // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) + // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) + ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control + bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift + bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt + bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows + + // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags). Read-only, updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. + bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. + ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) + ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0) + bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2) + ImU16 MouseClickedCount[5]; // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down + ImU16 MouseClickedLastCount[5]; // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done. + bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down + bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. + bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) + float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down + float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) + float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. + bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent() + bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents() + ImS8 BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays; // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[] + bool BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray; // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly + ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; @@ -1946,7 +2101,7 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData { - void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>). ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. @@ -2010,7 +2165,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs #define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. #endif -// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame { @@ -2118,10 +2273,12 @@ struct ImGuiStorage }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse -// clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view. // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. -// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so, whereas manual coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost almost null) +// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally +// fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily +// scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem) // Usage: // ImGuiListClipper clipper; // clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. @@ -2130,30 +2287,30 @@ struct ImGuiStorage // ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); // Generally what happens is: // - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not. -// - User code submit one element. +// - User code submit that one element. // - Clipper can measure the height of the first element // - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element. // - User code submit visible elements. +// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { - int DisplayStart; - int DisplayEnd; - - // [Internal] - int ItemsCount; - int StepNo; - int ItemsFrozen; - float ItemsHeight; - float StartPosY; + int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() + int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) + int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items + float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it + float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) - // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). - IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. - IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. - IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. + // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. + IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] @@ -2161,6 +2318,8 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper }; // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors +// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. +#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 @@ -2174,6 +2333,7 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 #endif +#endif #define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } - ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } - ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2228,16 +2388,16 @@ typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* c #define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) -// - VtxOffset/IdxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, -// those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. -// Pre-1.71 backends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. +// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, +// this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields. // - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). struct ImDrawCmd { ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. - unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far. + unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. @@ -2248,13 +2408,6 @@ struct ImDrawCmd inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; } }; -// Vertex index, default to 16-bit -// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer backend (recommended). -// To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h. -#ifndef ImDrawIdx -typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; -#endif - // Vertex layout #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT struct ImDrawVert @@ -2266,7 +2419,7 @@ struct ImDrawVert #else // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. -// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up. // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif @@ -2321,7 +2474,7 @@ enum ImDrawFlags_ ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. - ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, }; // Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. @@ -2330,9 +2483,9 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_ { ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). - ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; // Draw command list @@ -2354,7 +2507,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // [Internal, used while building lists] unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. - const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) + ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) @@ -2366,10 +2519,10 @@ struct ImDrawList float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } + ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } - IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); @@ -2378,11 +2531,12 @@ struct ImDrawList inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } // Primitives + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. - // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides. IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) @@ -2398,7 +2552,7 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) @@ -2411,10 +2565,11 @@ struct ImDrawList IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle @@ -2450,14 +2605,15 @@ struct ImDrawList inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } - inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } + inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) #endif // [Internal helpers] IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + IMGUI_API void _TryMergeDrawCmds(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); @@ -2565,7 +2721,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) - ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2 // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2, // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). }; // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: @@ -2584,7 +2740,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. // You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. -// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -2608,7 +2764,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel - bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent... void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } //------------------------------------------- @@ -2619,6 +2775,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs @@ -2653,11 +2810,12 @@ struct ImFontAtlas ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. - int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false). bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + bool TexReady; // Set when texture was built matching current font input bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format. unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 @@ -2678,10 +2836,9 @@ struct ImFontAtlas int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ - typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ -#endif + // [Obsolete] + //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ }; // Font runtime data and rendering @@ -2702,8 +2859,9 @@ struct ImFont ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. - ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] @@ -2723,8 +2881,8 @@ struct ImFont // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; // [Internal] Don't use! IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); @@ -2733,7 +2891,6 @@ struct ImFont IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); - IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); }; @@ -2741,13 +2898,13 @@ struct ImFont // [SECTION] Viewports //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags +// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends. enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ { ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) - ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2 // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) }; // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -2765,6 +2922,9 @@ struct ImGuiViewport ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos) ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) + // Platform/Backend Dependent Data + void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms) + ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Helpers @@ -2772,46 +2932,97 @@ struct ImGuiViewport ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData +{ + bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible + ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor + float InputLineHeight; // Line height + + ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types // (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) // Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace ImGui +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] +#else + static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } +#endif +} + #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) + // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } - static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) - static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! - // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) - // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags. - // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. - IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power); - static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) - static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from April 2019) - static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) - static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) - static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) - static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } + + // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before + //static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + //static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) + //static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + //static inline void SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f) { SetScrollHereY(ratio); } // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018) + //static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018) + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) + //static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //IMGUI_API bool Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha(). + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead. + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before + //static inline bool CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49 + //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline float GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 } // OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() @@ -2827,11 +3038,26 @@ enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, }; +// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) +// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. +typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. +enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int +//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; + #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#endif +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) +#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name. +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if defined(__clang__) diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h similarity index 53% rename from deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h index 1f3a74ea..9f5e35c6 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -4,23 +4,20 @@ // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] // [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [x] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. FIXME: 3 cursors types are missing from GLFW. -// [X] Platform: Keyboard arrays indexed using GLFW_KEY_* codes, e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_SPACE). +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs -// About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter defaults to "#version 150" if NULL. -// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. Keep NULL if unsure! - #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API struct GLFWwindow; +struct GLFWmonitor; IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); @@ -28,10 +25,18 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool ins IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); -// GLFW callbacks -// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. -// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call those function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. +// GLFW callbacks (installer) +// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=true': ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks() is called. GLFW callbacks will be installed for you. They will chain-call user's previously installed callbacks, if any. +// - When calling Init with 'install_callbacks=false': GLFW callbacks won't be installed. You will need to call individual function yourself from your own GLFW callbacks. +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window); + +// GLFW callbacks (individual callbacks to call if you didn't install callbacks) +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused); // Since 1.84 +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered); // Since 1.84 +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y); // Since 1.87 IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event); diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h similarity index 53% rename from deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h index 90fee5eb..5baf5abd 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -7,18 +7,13 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs -// About Desktop OpenGL function loaders: -// Modern Desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. -// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are supporting a few common ones (gl3w, glew, glad). -// You may use another loader/header of your choice (glext, glLoadGen, etc.), or chose to manually implement your own. - // About GLSL version: -// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be NULL (default) or a "#version XXX" string. +// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string. // On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es" // Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp. @@ -26,7 +21,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API // Backend API -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = NULL); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data); @@ -41,48 +36,20 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); //#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Auto-detected on Emscripten //#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // Auto-detected on iOS/Android -// Attempt to auto-detect the default Desktop GL loader based on available header files. -// If auto-detection fails or doesn't select the same GL loader file as used by your application, -// you are likely to get a crash in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(). -// You can explicitly select a loader by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. +// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD2) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING2) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING3) \ - && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) + && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) // Try to detect GLES on matching platforms #if defined(__APPLE__) -#include "TargetConditionals.h" +#include #endif #if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__)) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // iOS, Android -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es" -#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Emscripten -> GL ES 2, "#version 100" - -// Otherwise try to detect supported Desktop OpenGL loaders.. -#elif defined(__has_include) -#if __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW -#elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD -#elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD2 -#elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W -#elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING3 -#elif __has_include() - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING2 -#else - #error "Cannot detect OpenGL loader!" -#endif #else - #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W // Default to GL3W embedded in our repository +// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used. #endif #endif diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b6615e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h: +// +// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours, +// which proved to be endless problems for users. +// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include +// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small. +// +// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY. +// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE. +// +// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions): +// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h' +// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER. +// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS) +// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT. +// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT. +// +// Regenerate with: +// python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt +// +// More info: +// https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped +// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445 +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w + * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped) + * + * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. + * + * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or + * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled + * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any + * means. + * + * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors + * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the + * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit + * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and + * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of + * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this + * software under copyright law. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. + * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR + * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, + * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR + * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef __gl3w_h_ +#define __gl3w_h_ + +// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file. +#ifndef __khrplatform_h_ +typedef float khronos_float_t; +typedef signed char khronos_int8_t; +typedef unsigned char khronos_uint8_t; +typedef signed short int khronos_int16_t; +typedef unsigned short int khronos_uint16_t; +#ifdef _WIN64 +typedef signed long long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef signed long long int khronos_ssize_t; +#else +typedef signed long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef signed long int khronos_ssize_t; +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +typedef signed __int64 khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 khronos_uint64_t; +#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) +#include +typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t; +typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t; +#else +typedef signed long long khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long khronos_uint64_t; +#endif +#endif // __khrplatform_h_ + +#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_ +#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1 +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +/* +** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc. +** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT +** +** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML +** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts +** used to make the header, and the header can be found at +** https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include +#endif +#ifndef APIENTRY +#define APIENTRY +#endif +#ifndef APIENTRYP +#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY * +#endif +#ifndef GLAPI +#define GLAPI extern +#endif +/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations. +** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and +** included as . +** +** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile +** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which +** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will +** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as +** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing. +** +** Do not #include both and either of or +** in the same source file. +*/ +/* Generated C header for: + * API: gl + * Profile: core + * Versions considered: .* + * Versions emitted: .* + * Default extensions included: glcore + * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^ + * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^ + */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0 +typedef void GLvoid; +typedef unsigned int GLenum; + +typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat; +typedef int GLint; +typedef int GLsizei; +typedef unsigned int GLbitfield; +typedef double GLdouble; +typedef unsigned int GLuint; +typedef unsigned char GLboolean; +typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte; +#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT 0x00004000 +#define GL_FALSE 0 +#define GL_TRUE 1 +#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004 +#define GL_ONE 1 +#define GL_SRC_ALPHA 0x0302 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA 0x0303 +#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK 0x0408 +#define GL_POLYGON_MODE 0x0B40 +#define GL_CULL_FACE 0x0B44 +#define GL_DEPTH_TEST 0x0B71 +#define GL_STENCIL_TEST 0x0B90 +#define GL_VIEWPORT 0x0BA2 +#define GL_BLEND 0x0BE2 +#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX 0x0C10 +#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST 0x0C11 +#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH 0x0CF2 +#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0D05 +#define GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x0DE1 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405 +#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406 +#define GL_RGBA 0x1908 +#define GL_FILL 0x1B02 +#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00 +#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01 +#define GL_VERSION 0x1F02 +#define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03 +#define GL_LINEAR 0x2601 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 0x2800 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 0x2801 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data); +typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name); +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data); +GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name); +GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1 +typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf; +typedef double GLclampd; +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 0x8069 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3 +#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0 +#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4 +#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8 +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9 +#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB +#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5 +typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr; +typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr; +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893 +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895 +#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0 +typedef char GLchar; +typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort; +typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte; +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort; +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645 +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A +#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30 +#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31 +#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81 +#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82 +#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84 +#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D +#define GL_UPPER_LEFT 0x8CA2 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader); +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void); +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index); +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader); +GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void); +GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index); +GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0 +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf; +#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION 0x821B +#define GL_MINOR_VERSION 0x821C +#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS 0x821D +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB 0x8DB9 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING 0x85B5 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data); +typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays); +GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1 +#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1 +#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART 0x8F9D +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2 +#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1 +typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync; +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64; +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3 +#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1 +#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING 0x8919 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler); +#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler); +#endif +#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3 +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */ +#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5 +#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN 0x935C +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param); +#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT; +#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event +struct _cl_context; +struct _cl_event; +#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control +#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1 +#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */ +#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */ +#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage +typedef void *GLeglImageOES; +#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */ +#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param); +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param); +#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */ +#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void); +#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */ +#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5 +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT; +#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */ +#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result); +#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef GL3W_API +#define GL3W_API +#endif + +#ifndef __gl_h_ +#define __gl_h_ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define GL3W_OK 0 +#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1 +#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2 +#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3 + +typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void); +typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc); + +/* gl3w api */ +GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void); +GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc); +GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor); +GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc); + +/* gl3w internal state */ +union GL3WProcs { + GL3WglProc ptr[58]; + struct { + PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture; + PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC AttachShader; + PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC BindBuffer; + PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC BindSampler; + PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC BindTexture; + PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC BindVertexArray; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC BlendEquation; + PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC BlendEquationSeparate; + PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC BlendFuncSeparate; + PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC BufferData; + PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC BufferSubData; + PFNGLCLEARPROC Clear; + PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC ClearColor; + PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC CompileShader; + PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC CreateProgram; + PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC CreateShader; + PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC DeleteBuffers; + PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC DeleteProgram; + PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC DeleteShader; + PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC DeleteTextures; + PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC DeleteVertexArrays; + PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC DetachShader; + PFNGLDISABLEPROC Disable; + PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC DrawElements; + PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC DrawElementsBaseVertex; + PFNGLENABLEPROC Enable; + PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC EnableVertexAttribArray; + PFNGLFLUSHPROC Flush; + PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC GenBuffers; + PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC GenTextures; + PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC GenVertexArrays; + PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC GetAttribLocation; + PFNGLGETERRORPROC GetError; + PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC GetIntegerv; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC GetProgramInfoLog; + PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC GetProgramiv; + PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC GetShaderInfoLog; + PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC GetShaderiv; + PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC GetString; + PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC GetStringi; + PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC GetUniformLocation; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC GetVertexAttribPointerv; + PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC GetVertexAttribiv; + PFNGLISENABLEDPROC IsEnabled; + PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC LinkProgram; + PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC PixelStorei; + PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC PolygonMode; + PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC ReadPixels; + PFNGLSCISSORPROC Scissor; + PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC ShaderSource; + PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC TexImage2D; + PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC TexParameteri; + PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC Uniform1i; + PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC UniformMatrix4fv; + PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC UseProgram; + PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC VertexAttribPointer; + PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC Viewport; + } gl; +}; + +GL3W_API extern union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; + +/* OpenGL functions */ +#define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture +#define glAttachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader +#define glBindBuffer imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer +#define glBindSampler imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler +#define glBindTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture +#define glBindVertexArray imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray +#define glBlendEquation imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation +#define glBlendEquationSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate +#define glBlendFuncSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate +#define glBufferData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData +#define glBufferSubData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData +#define glClear imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear +#define glClearColor imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor +#define glCompileShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader +#define glCreateProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram +#define glCreateShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader +#define glDeleteBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers +#define glDeleteProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram +#define glDeleteShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader +#define glDeleteTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures +#define glDeleteVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays +#define glDetachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader +#define glDisable imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable +#define glDisableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray +#define glDrawElements imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements +#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex +#define glEnable imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable +#define glEnableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray +#define glFlush imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush +#define glGenBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers +#define glGenTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures +#define glGenVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays +#define glGetAttribLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation +#define glGetError imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError +#define glGetIntegerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv +#define glGetProgramInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog +#define glGetProgramiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv +#define glGetShaderInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog +#define glGetShaderiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv +#define glGetString imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString +#define glGetStringi imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi +#define glGetUniformLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation +#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv +#define glGetVertexAttribiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv +#define glIsEnabled imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled +#define glLinkProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram +#define glPixelStorei imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei +#define glPolygonMode imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode +#define glReadPixels imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels +#define glScissor imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor +#define glShaderSource imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource +#define glTexImage2D imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D +#define glTexParameteri imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri +#define glUniform1i imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i +#define glUniformMatrix4fv imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv +#define glUseProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram +#define glVertexAttribPointer imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer +#define glViewport imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) + +#if defined(_WIN32) +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1 +#endif +#include + +static HMODULE libgl; +typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR); +static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address; + +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll"); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress"); + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); } +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc); + if (!res) + res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#elif defined(__APPLE__) +#include + +static void *libgl; +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); } + +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#else +#include + +static void *libgl; +static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *); + +static int open_libgl(void) +{ + libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL); + if (!libgl) + return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN; + *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB"); + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); } + +static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc) +{ + GL3WglProc res; + res = glx_get_proc_address((const GLubyte *)proc); + if (!res) + *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc); + return res; +} +#endif + +static struct { int major, minor; } version; + +static int parse_version(void) +{ + if (!glGetIntegerv) + return GL3W_ERROR_INIT; + glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major); + glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor); + if (version.major < 3) + return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION; + return GL3W_OK; +} + +static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc); + +int imgl3wInit(void) +{ + int res = open_libgl(); + if (res) + return res; + atexit(close_libgl); + return imgl3wInit2(get_proc); +} + +int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc) +{ + load_procs(proc); + return parse_version(); +} + +int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor) +{ + if (major < 3) + return 0; + if (version.major == major) + return version.minor >= minor; + return version.major >= major; +} + +GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); } + +static const char *proc_names[] = { + "glActiveTexture", + "glAttachShader", + "glBindBuffer", + "glBindSampler", + "glBindTexture", + "glBindVertexArray", + "glBlendEquation", + "glBlendEquationSeparate", + "glBlendFuncSeparate", + "glBufferData", + "glBufferSubData", + "glClear", + "glClearColor", + "glCompileShader", + "glCreateProgram", + "glCreateShader", + "glDeleteBuffers", + "glDeleteProgram", + "glDeleteShader", + "glDeleteTextures", + "glDeleteVertexArrays", + "glDetachShader", + "glDisable", + "glDisableVertexAttribArray", + "glDrawElements", + "glDrawElementsBaseVertex", + "glEnable", + "glEnableVertexAttribArray", + "glFlush", + "glGenBuffers", + "glGenTextures", + "glGenVertexArrays", + "glGetAttribLocation", + "glGetError", + "glGetIntegerv", + "glGetProgramInfoLog", + "glGetProgramiv", + "glGetShaderInfoLog", + "glGetShaderiv", + "glGetString", + "glGetStringi", + "glGetUniformLocation", + "glGetVertexAttribPointerv", + "glGetVertexAttribiv", + "glIsEnabled", + "glLinkProgram", + "glPixelStorei", + "glPolygonMode", + "glReadPixels", + "glScissor", + "glShaderSource", + "glTexImage2D", + "glTexParameteri", + "glUniform1i", + "glUniformMatrix4fv", + "glUseProgram", + "glVertexAttribPointer", + "glViewport", +}; + +GL3W_API union GL3WProcs imgl3wProcs; + +static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++) + imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]); +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_internal.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_internal.h similarity index 72% rename from deps/imgui/include/imgui_internal.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_internal.h index 9d037588..62727c5b 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imgui_internal.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! @@ -18,12 +18,15 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Generic helpers // [SECTION] ImDrawList support // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Inputs support +// [SECTION] Clipper support +// [SECTION] Navigation support // [SECTION] Columns support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support // [SECTION] Settings support -// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools // [SECTION] Generic context hooks // [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) // [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ Index of this file: //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION -#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h +#include "imgui.h" #endif #include // FILE*, sscanf @@ -52,7 +55,7 @@ Index of this file: #include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX // Enable SSE intrinsics if available -#if defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 +#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) #define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE #include #endif @@ -82,6 +85,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -116,7 +120,7 @@ struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data +struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions @@ -132,6 +136,7 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings @@ -141,15 +146,17 @@ struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we ke // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() -typedef int ImGuiItemAddFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ // Flags: for ItemAdd() -typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) +typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() -typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() @@ -187,23 +194,27 @@ namespace ImStb // [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Debug Logging -#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) +// Debug Printing Into TTY +// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename) +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) +#endif #endif -// Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG // Enable log -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // Disable log -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) ((void)0) // Disable log +// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201100) #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") -#else -#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] -#endif // "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. // We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. @@ -227,8 +238,10 @@ namespace ImStb #else #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif +#ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override #define IM_TABSIZE (4) -#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + (_ALIGN - 1)) & ~(_ALIGN - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 +#endif +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 #define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds @@ -249,12 +262,19 @@ namespace ImStb #endif // Debug Tools -// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference. #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK -#if defined(__clang__) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() -#elif defined (_MSC_VER) +#if defined (_MSC_VER) #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() +#elif defined(__clang__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int $0x03") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0"); #else #define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! #endif @@ -268,7 +288,8 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helpers: Hashing // - Helpers: Sorting // - Helpers: Bit manipulation -// - Helpers: String, Formatting +// - Helpers: String +// - Helpers: Formatting // - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions // - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators // - Helpers: Maths @@ -281,17 +302,17 @@ namespace ImStb // - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers: Hashing IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline ImGuiID ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] -#endif // Helpers: Sorting -#define ImQsort qsort +#ifndef ImQsort +static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); } +#endif // Helpers: Color Blending IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); @@ -301,7 +322,7 @@ static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } -// Helpers: String, Formatting +// Helpers: String IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); @@ -314,14 +335,23 @@ IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* bu IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +// Helpers: Formatting IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf @@ -398,8 +428,8 @@ static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); } static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; } static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); } static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); } -static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : ((x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument -static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : ((x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0); } +static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument +static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; } #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); } #else @@ -428,13 +458,15 @@ static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } -static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() +static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Geometry @@ -455,17 +487,17 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec1 { float x; - ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } - ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } + constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { } }; // Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) struct ImVec2ih { short x, y; - ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } - ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } - explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; } + constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {} + constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {} + constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {} }; // Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) @@ -475,10 +507,10 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right - ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} - ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} - ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} - ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } @@ -526,17 +558,18 @@ inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on ran // Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) // Store 1-bit per value. -template -struct IMGUI_API ImBitArray +template +struct ImBitArray { ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } - void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } - void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } - void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } }; // Helper: ImBitVector @@ -607,7 +640,7 @@ struct ImSpanAllocator // Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. typedef int ImPoolIdx; template -struct IMGUI_API ImPool +struct ImPool { ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index @@ -644,7 +677,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImPool // We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. // The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. template -struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream +struct ImChunkStream { ImVector Buf; @@ -662,6 +695,20 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream }; +// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> +// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. +struct ImGuiTextIndex +{ + ImVector LineOffsets; + int EndOffset = 0; // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?) + + void clear() { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; } + int size() { return LineOffsets.Size; } + const char* get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; } + const char* get_line_end(const char* base, int n) { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); } + void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImDrawList support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -676,7 +723,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream // // Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce // asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) -// #define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 @@ -704,6 +750,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + // [Internal] Temp write buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; + // [Internal] Lookup tables ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() @@ -728,51 +777,50 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). +// Flags used by upcoming items +// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags +// Current window shared by all windows. // This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. enum ImGuiItemFlags_ { + // Controlled by user ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7 // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. -}; - -// Flags for ItemAdd() -// FIXME-NAV: _Focusable is _ALMOST_ what you would expect to be called '_TabStop' but because SetKeyboardFocusHere() works on items with no TabStop we distinguish Focusable from TabStop. -enum ImGuiItemAddFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemAddFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable = 1 << 0 // FIXME-NAV: In current/legacy scheme, Focusable+TabStop support are opt-in by widgets. We will transition it toward being opt-out, so this flag is expected to eventually disappear. -}; - -// Storage for LastItem data + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) + ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + + // Controlled by widget code + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. +}; + +// Status flags for an already submitted item +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ { ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect is valid + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused from code. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 9, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - , // [imgui_tests only] - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23 // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // #endif }; @@ -782,7 +830,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ // [Internal] ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data - ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28 // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. }; // Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ @@ -798,21 +846,29 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] - ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions + //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease, +}; + +// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_ +enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview() }; // Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21 + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -820,38 +876,40 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ { // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26 // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav = 1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld = 1 << 25, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 26, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 27, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 28, // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) }; // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ { - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, }; enum ImGuiTextFlags_ { - ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0, }; enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ { - ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -868,7 +926,7 @@ enum ImGuiLogType ImGuiLogType_TTY, ImGuiLogType_File, ImGuiLogType_Buffer, - ImGuiLogType_Clipboard + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, }; // X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 @@ -882,79 +940,14 @@ enum ImGuiAxis enum ImGuiPlotType { ImGuiPlotType_Lines, - ImGuiPlotType_Histogram -}; - -enum ImGuiInputSource -{ - ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, - ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, - ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only - ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() - ImGuiInputSource_COUNT -}; - -// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate -enum ImGuiInputReadMode -{ - ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast -}; - -enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible. - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavForward -{ - ImGuiNavForward_None, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive -}; - -enum ImGuiNavLayer -{ - ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer - ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) - ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT + ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, }; enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy { ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, }; struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage @@ -976,14 +969,14 @@ enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ { ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, - ImGuiDataType_ID + ImGuiDataType_ID, }; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiColorMod { - ImGuiCol Col; - ImVec4 BackupValue; + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; }; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. @@ -996,6 +989,19 @@ struct ImGuiStyleMod ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } }; +// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData +{ + ImRect PreviewRect; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout; + + ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData { @@ -1015,14 +1021,19 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns { - float Spacing; - float Width, NextWidth; - float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; + ImU32 TotalWidth; + ImU32 NextTotalWidth; + ImU16 Spacing; + ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now + ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update() + ImU16 OffsetShortcut; + ImU16 OffsetMark; + ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame) ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); - float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); - float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; + void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing); + float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark); + void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); }; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box @@ -1042,9 +1053,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection bool Edited; // edited this frame - ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags - ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " - void* UserCallbackData; // " + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } @@ -1058,6 +1067,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } + int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } + int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } + int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } }; @@ -1066,27 +1078,14 @@ struct ImGuiPopupData { ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup + ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); OpenFrameCount = -1; } -}; - -struct ImGuiNavItemData -{ - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) - ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID - ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID - ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space - float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId - float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId - float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId - - ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; RectRel = ImRect(); DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } }; enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ @@ -1099,7 +1098,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7 + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1119,7 +1118,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback; void* SizeCallbackUserData; float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha - ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // *Always on* This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it. + ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?) ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } @@ -1129,7 +1128,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData @@ -1144,10 +1143,49 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; +// Status storage for the last submitted item +struct ImGuiLastItemData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ + ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle + ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + + ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +{ + short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfColorStack; + short SizeOfStyleVarStack; + short SizeOfFontStack; + short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; + short SizeOfGroupStack; + short SizeOfItemFlagsStack; + short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; + short SizeOfDisabledStack; + + ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void SetToCurrentState(); + void CompareWithCurrentState(); +}; + +// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack +struct ImGuiWindowStackData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting +}; + struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem { int Index; float Width; + float InitialWidth; }; struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex @@ -1159,6 +1197,277 @@ struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Inputs support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; + +// [Internal] Key ranges +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN 0 +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END 512 +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1) + +// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow ImGuiMod_Ctrl +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp + +enum ImGuiInputEventType +{ + ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0, + ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, + ImGuiInputEventType_Key, + ImGuiInputEventType_Text, + ImGuiInputEventType_Focus, + ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT +}; + +enum ImGuiInputSource +{ + ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, + ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, + ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only + ImGuiInputSource_COUNT +}; + +// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? +// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; }; + +struct ImGuiInputEvent +{ + ImGuiInputEventType Type; + ImGuiInputSource Source; + union + { + ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos + ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel MouseWheel; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel + ImGuiInputEventMouseButton MouseButton; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton + ImGuiInputEventKey Key; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key + ImGuiInputEventText Text; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text + ImGuiInputEventAppFocused AppFocused; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus + }; + bool AddedByTestEngine; + + ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. + +typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; + +// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData +{ + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; + ImU16 Mods; + ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) + ImGuiID RoutingCurr; + ImGuiID RoutingNext; + + ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; } +}; + +// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. +// Stored in main context (1 instance) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable +{ + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[] + ImVector Entries; + ImVector EntriesNext; // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer) + + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); } +}; + +// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features) +// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData. +struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData +{ + ImGuiID OwnerCurr; + ImGuiID OwnerNext; + bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. + bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } +}; + +// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + + // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + + // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + + // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() + // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. + // - When a policy (other than _RouteAlways) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), + // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. + // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default: meaning that a simple Shortcut() poll + // will register a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus stack and if no-one + // with a higher priority is claiming the shortcut. + // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. + // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. + // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, + + // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Clipper support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiListClipperRange +{ + int Min; + int Max; + bool PosToIndexConvert; // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later) + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMin; // Add to Min after converting to indices + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMax; // Add to Min after converting to indices + + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromIndices(int min, int max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; } + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; } +}; + +// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances +struct ImGuiListClipperData +{ + ImGuiListClipper* ListClipper; + float LossynessOffset; + int StepNo; + int ItemsFrozen; + ImVector Ranges; + + ImGuiListClipperData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Navigation support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ +{ + ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) +}; + +// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() +enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ +{ + ImGuiScrollFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX = 1 << 0, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY = 1 << 1, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX = 1 << 2, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY = 1 << 3, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX = 1 << 4, // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window) + ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to). + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX, + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight +}; + +enum ImGuiNavLayer +{ + ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt) + ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiNavItemData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) + ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID + ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags + float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId + float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId + float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + + ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Columns support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1171,24 +1480,24 @@ enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, #endif }; struct ImGuiOldColumnData { - float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) + float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed ImRect ClipRect; ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } @@ -1298,11 +1607,27 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ +{ + // Event types + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY +}; + struct ImGuiMetricsConfig { + bool ShowDebugLog; + bool ShowStackTool; bool ShowWindowsRects; bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; bool ShowTablesRects; @@ -1313,29 +1638,35 @@ struct ImGuiMetricsConfig ImGuiMetricsConfig() { - ShowWindowsRects = false; - ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false; - ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; - ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; - ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; } }; -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo { - short SizeOfIDStack; - short SizeOfColorStack; - short SizeOfStyleVarStack; - short SizeOfFontStack; - short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; - short SizeOfGroupStack; - short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; + ImGuiID ID; + ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress + bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo() + ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; + char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed. - ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void SetToCurrentState(); - void CompareWithCurrentState(); + ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// State for Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiStackTool +{ + int LastActiveFrame; + int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level + ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for + ImVector Results; + bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; + float CopyToClipboardLastTime; + + ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1357,7 +1688,7 @@ struct ImGuiContextHook }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImGuiContext @@ -1365,6 +1696,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool Initialized; bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. ImGuiStyle Style; ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. @@ -1379,14 +1712,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() - ImGuiID TestEngineHookIdInfo; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo() from GetID() void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data // Windows state ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child - ImVector CurrentWindowStack; + ImVector CurrentWindowStack; ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) @@ -1396,15 +1728,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; - float WheelingWindowTimer; + float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; - bool HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; // Hovered widget will use mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. - bool HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel; bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active @@ -1417,10 +1747,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; - bool ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel; // Active widget will want to read mouse wheel. Blocks scrolling the underlying window. - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. - ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) @@ -1432,78 +1758,97 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. + // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' +#endif + // Next window/item data - ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // == g.FocusScopeStack.back() + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions + ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) + ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions // Shared stacks ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() - ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - not inherited by Begin(), unless child window + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + int BeginMenuCount; // Viewports ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (Size==1 in 'master' branch). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation - ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id. + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) + ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. - int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. - int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. - bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest + + // Navigation: Init & Move Requests + bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item bool NavInitRequestFromMove; ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) - bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame - ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; - ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods; - ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request + bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() + bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items + bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; + ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; + ImGuiKeyChord NavMoveKeyMods; + ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) + ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + ImRect NavScoringNoClipRect; // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted + int NavScoringDebugCount; // Metrics for debugging + int NavTabbingDir; // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id + int NavTabbingCounter; // >0 when counting items for tabbing ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow - ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) - ImGuiWindow* NavWrapRequestWindow; // Window which requested trying nav wrap-around. - ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavWrapRequestFlags; // Wrap-around operation flags. + ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; - - // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) - ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestCurrWindow; // - ImGuiWindow* TabFocusRequestNextWindow; // - int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) - int TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index - int TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame - int TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " - bool TabFocusPressed; // Set in NewFrame() when user pressed Tab + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) @@ -1528,11 +1873,15 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads - // Table + // Clipper + int ClipperTempDataStacked; + ImVector ClipperTempData; + + // Tables ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; - int CurrentTableStackIdx; - ImPool Tables; - ImVector TablesTempDataStack; + int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) + ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) + ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data ImVector TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) ImVector DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; @@ -1542,30 +1891,39 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Hover Delay system + ImGuiID HoverDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. + float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + // Widget state - ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastColor[3]; + float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. + ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + float SliderGrabClickOffset; float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? - int TooltipOverrideCount; - float TooltipSlowDelay; // Time before slow tooltips appears (FIXME: This is temporary until we merge in tooltip timer+priority work) + float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() + short DisabledStackSize; + short TooltipOverrideCount; ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once // Platform support - ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor - ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Settings @@ -1592,19 +1950,25 @@ struct ImGuiContext int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. // Debug Tools + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; + ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; + ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; + ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) - ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id + ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; + ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; + ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; // Misc - float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. + float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; - int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags - int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1. + int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " int WantTextInputNextFrame; - char TempBuffer[1024 * 3 + 1]; // Temporary text buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { @@ -1619,7 +1983,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; GcCompactAll = false; TestEngineHookItems = false; - TestEngineHookIdInfo = 0; TestEngine = NULL; WindowsActiveCount = 0; @@ -1628,12 +1991,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; MovingWindow = NULL; WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; - CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + DebugHookIdInfo = 0; HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = false; HoveredIdDisabled = false; HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; @@ -1645,10 +2007,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); ActiveIdWindow = NULL; ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; @@ -1660,15 +2018,23 @@ struct ImGuiContext LastActiveId = 0; LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; +#endif + + CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + BeginMenuCount = 0; + NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0; - NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; + NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - NavScoringRect = ImRect(); - NavScoringCount = 0; NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; NavIdIsAlive = false; NavMousePosDirty = false; NavDisableHighlight = true; @@ -1677,23 +2043,23 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavInitRequest = false; NavInitRequestFromMove = false; NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveRequest = false; - NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - NavMoveRequestKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; - NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; - NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; - NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - + NavMoveSubmitted = false; + NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavScoringDebugCount = 0; + NavTabbingDir = 0; + NavTabbingCounter = 0; + + ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab; + ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab; NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - TabFocusPressed = false; - DimBgRatio = 0.0f; MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; @@ -1709,25 +2075,32 @@ struct ImGuiContext DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; + CurrentTable = NULL; - CurrentTableStackIdx = -1; + TablesTempDataStacked = 0; CurrentTabBar = NULL; - LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + TempInputId = 0; - ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX; + ColorEditLastColor = 0; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; + DisabledStackSize = 0; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - TooltipSlowDelay = 0.50f; - PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; SettingsLoaded = false; @@ -1743,14 +2116,17 @@ struct ImGuiContext LogDepthRef = 0; LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugLocateId = 0; + DebugLocateFrames = 0; DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); } }; @@ -1773,21 +2149,17 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVec2 PrevLineSize; float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + bool IsSameLine; + bool IsSetPos; ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - - // Last item status - ImGuiID LastItemId; // ID for last item - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_) - ImRect LastItemRect; // Interaction rect for last item - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) @@ -1803,8 +2175,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() - int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) - int FocusCounterTabStop; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through. // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. @@ -1812,7 +2182,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. ImVector ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) ImVector TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) - ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting }; // Storage for one window @@ -1821,6 +2190,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow char* Name; // Window name, owned by the window. ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ + ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImVec2 Pos; // Position (always rounded-up to nearest pixel) ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed @@ -1849,9 +2219,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. + bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) + short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. @@ -1895,14 +2267,17 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) ImDrawList DrawListInst; - ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window == Top-level window. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowInBeginStack; + ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowPopupTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; @@ -1915,12 +2290,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetID(int n); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); - // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. + // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } @@ -1929,19 +2301,6 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } }; -// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. -struct ImGuiLastItemDataBackup -{ - ImGuiID LastItemId; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; - ImRect LastItemRect; - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; - - ImGuiLastItemDataBackup() { Backup(); } - void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; } - void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; } -}; - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1951,7 +2310,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22, // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs }; // Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ @@ -1959,7 +2318,7 @@ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing, ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21 // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button }; // Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 40 bytes) @@ -1972,16 +2331,17 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab float Width; // Width currently displayed float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() - ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; // Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) -struct ImGuiTabBar +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar { ImVector Tabs; ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; @@ -2066,10 +2426,11 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] - ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; - ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; - bool IsEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (even if off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). - bool IsEnabledNextFrame; + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers) + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; // Draw channels for unfrozen rows + bool IsEnabled; // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0 + bool IsUserEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). + bool IsUserEnabledNextFrame; bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). bool IsVisibleY; bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. @@ -2104,8 +2465,17 @@ struct ImGuiTableCellData ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number }; +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData +{ + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame // FIXME: multi-instance issue (#3955) + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame // FIXME: possible multi-instance issue? + + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; } +}; + // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a per-stacked table structure: DrawSplitter, SortSpecs, incoming RowData -struct ImGuiTable +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; ImGuiTableFlags Flags; @@ -2146,11 +2516,10 @@ struct ImGuiTable float CellPaddingY; float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells float CellSpacingX2; - float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame - float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ColumnsStretchSumWeights; // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns float ResizedColumnNextWidth; float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. @@ -2158,7 +2527,7 @@ struct ImGuiTable ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is ImRect WorkRect; ImRect InnerClipRect; - ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill + ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. @@ -2167,6 +2536,10 @@ struct ImGuiTable ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly + ImGuiTableInstanceData InstanceDataFirst; + ImVector InstanceDataExtra; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; + ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) @@ -2209,23 +2582,20 @@ struct ImGuiTable bool MemoryCompacted; bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis - IMGUI_API ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } - IMGUI_API ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } + ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } + ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } }; // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. -// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored here: DrawSplitter, incoming RowData? -struct ImGuiTableTempData +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData { int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; - ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; - ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() @@ -2236,7 +2606,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableTempData float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() - IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } + ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } }; // sizeof() ~ 12 @@ -2295,13 +2665,16 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } + inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2309,6 +2682,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window); + IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); // Fonts, drawing IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); @@ -2318,10 +2694,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. // Init - IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); - IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + IMGUI_API void Initialize(); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); @@ -2332,6 +2709,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + // Viewports + IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2339,22 +2719,30 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); + IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); // Scrolling - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // Use -1.0f on one axis to leave as-is IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); + + // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public) + IMGUI_API void ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); +//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); } +//#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) - inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.ID; } // Get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } - inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentItemFlags; } IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void ClearActiveID(); @@ -2367,29 +2755,21 @@ namespace ImGui // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags = 0); + inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. + IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged); - IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); + IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): - // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' - // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' - // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() - inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable flag to ItemAdd() - inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem -#endif + // Parameter stacks (shared) + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); // Logging/Capture IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. @@ -2402,54 +2782,130 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags); + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); + + // Menus IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); + IMGUI_API bool MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // Combos IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPreview(); + IMGUI_API void EndComboPreview(); // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API void NavInitRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); - // Focus Scope (WIP) - // This is generally used to identify a selection set (multiple of which may be in the same window), as selection - // patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear selection) when landing on an item of the set. - IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); - inline ImGuiID GetFocusedFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope which is actually active - inline ImGuiID GetFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() - // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. - IMGUI_API void SetItemUsingMouseWheel(); - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } + inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super; } + inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key) + { + if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; + return key; + } + + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } - inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } - inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); + IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. + // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). + // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). + // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: + // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). + // - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover). + // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. + // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. + // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' + inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &GImGui->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership + // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. + // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0) + // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. + // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. + // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing + // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. + // ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord) + // ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord) + // ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values. + // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. + // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. + // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. + // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. + // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope + // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set) + // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but: + // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set. + // So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope. + // If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope() + // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided. + // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() // Drag and Drop + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); @@ -2484,7 +2940,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); @@ -2510,7 +2968,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); - IMGUI_API void TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); @@ -2523,7 +2981,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); @@ -2540,21 +2998,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); - IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] - inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } - inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } -#endif + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); // Widgets IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); @@ -2563,8 +3015,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners @@ -2579,8 +3031,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -2589,14 +3042,14 @@ namespace ImGui template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); // Data type helpers IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); - IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); @@ -2605,7 +3058,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } - inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -2624,26 +3077,55 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Debug Log + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Debug Tools IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); + inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } - IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); + IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); + // Obsolete functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 + inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) + // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() + inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! +#endif + } // namespace ImGui @@ -2658,7 +3140,9 @@ struct ImFontBuilderIO }; // Helper for font builder +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#endif IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); @@ -2675,20 +3159,15 @@ IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDataType data_type, ImGuiID id, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) #define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA)); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) if (g.TestEngineHookIdInfo == id) ImGuiTestEngineHook_IdInfo(&g, _TYPE, _ID, (const void*)(_DATA), (const void*)(_DATA2)); #else -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(_ID,_TYPE,_DATA,_DATA2) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_rectpack.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_rectpack.h similarity index 94% rename from deps/imgui/include/imstb_rectpack.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_rectpack.h index ff2a85df..f6917e7a 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_rectpack.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. -// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: -// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. - -// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. // Does not do rotation. // +// Before #including, +// +// #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// +// in the file that you want to have the implementation. +// // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what // this is meant to replace). @@ -34,13 +38,14 @@ // Minor features // Martins Mozeiko // github:IntellectualKitty -// +// // Bugfixes / warning fixes // Jeremy Jaussaud // Fabian Giesen // // Version history: // +// 1.01 (2021-07-11) always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section // 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles // 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes // 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result @@ -81,11 +86,10 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS typedef int stbrp_coord; -#else -typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; -#endif + +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0x7fffffff +// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value. STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type @@ -213,10 +217,9 @@ struct stbrp_context #define STBRP_ASSERT assert #endif -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) -#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) #define STBRP__CDECL @@ -262,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) { int i; -#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); -#endif for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; @@ -283,11 +283,7 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, context->extra[0].y = 0; context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); -#else - context->extra[1].y = 65535; -#endif context->extra[1].next = NULL; } @@ -433,7 +429,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt if (y <= best_y) { if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { best_x = xpos; - STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI] best_y = y; best_waste = waste; best = prev; @@ -441,7 +437,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt } } tail = tail->next; - } + } } fr.prev_link = best; @@ -529,7 +525,6 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i return res; } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -541,7 +536,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -549,12 +543,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); } -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff -#else -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff -#endif - STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { int i, all_rects_packed = 1; @@ -602,38 +590,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_textedit.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_textedit.h similarity index 98% rename from deps/imgui/include/imstb_textedit.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_textedit.h index 76446709..75a159da 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_textedit.h @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools // // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo). // // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls. -// +// // // LICENSE // @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield @@ -58,6 +59,7 @@ // Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 // Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 // Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 +// Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14 // // Bugfixes: // Scott Graham @@ -93,8 +95,8 @@ // moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so // it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): // -// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT -// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT // // // Implementation mode: @@ -217,20 +219,20 @@ // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor // and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must // be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left. -// +// // drag: // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the // cursor and the selection end point -// +// // cut: // call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was // one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer. // (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.) -// +// // paste: // call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current // selection if there is one. -// +// // key: // call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it // for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to @@ -241,7 +243,7 @@ // clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to // anything other type you wante before including. // -// +// // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from // the STB_TexteditState. // @@ -716,9 +718,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta state->has_preferred_x = 0; return 1; } - // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters - if (state->undostate.undo_point) - --state->undostate.undo_point; + // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details) return 0; } @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode; break; #endif - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO: stb_text_undo(str, state); state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); - else + else if (state->cursor > 0) --state->cursor; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT: - if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); else { state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, } break; } - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP: @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, } state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2: #endif @@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: #endif @@ -1410,38 +1410,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_truetype.h b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_truetype.h similarity index 89% rename from deps/imgui/include/imstb_truetype.h rename to deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_truetype.h index fc815d74..643d3789 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/include/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/include/imstb_truetype.h @@ -1,10 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26. // Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// +// ======================================================================= +// +// NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES +// +// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file, +// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory. +// +// ======================================================================= // // This library processes TrueType files: // parse files @@ -37,11 +46,11 @@ // Daniel Ribeiro Maciel // // Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat -// Brian Hook Omar Cornut -// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen github:NiLuJe +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko github:aloucks +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat github:oyvindjam +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut github:vassvik +// Walter van Niftrik Ryan Griege // David Gow Peter LaValle // David Given Sergey Popov // Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor @@ -49,11 +58,17 @@ // Johan Duparc Thomas Fields // Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard // Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam -// Brian Costabile github:vassvik -// +// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile +// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) +// // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning // 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function @@ -212,7 +227,7 @@ // // Advancing for the next character: // Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'. -// +// // // ADVANCED USAGE // @@ -248,19 +263,6 @@ // recommend it. // // -// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC) -// -// Documentation & header file 520 LOC \___ 660 LOC documentation -// Sample code 140 LOC / -// Truetype parsing 620 LOC ---- 620 LOC TrueType -// Software rasterization 240 LOC \. -// Curve tessellation 120 LOC \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation -// Bitmap management 100 LOC / -// Baked bitmap interface 70 LOC / -// Font name matching & access 150 LOC ---- 150 -// C runtime library abstraction 60 LOC ---- 60 -// -// // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06: // // 32-bit 64-bit @@ -275,8 +277,8 @@ //// SAMPLE PROGRAMS //// // -// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless -// +// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless. +// See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version. #if 0 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation #include "stb_truetype.h" @@ -302,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void) void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) { // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -309,10 +313,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) { stbtt_aligned_quad q; stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); } ++text; } @@ -350,7 +354,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) } return 0; } -#endif +#endif // // Output: // @@ -364,9 +368,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // :@@. M@M // @@@o@@@@ // :M@@V:@@. -// +// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// +// // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs // #if 0 @@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, cons // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look -// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version +// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a @@ -719,7 +723,7 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph @@ -802,6 +806,18 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency +typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry +{ + int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex + int glyph2; + int advance; +} stbtt_kerningentry; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length); +// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font +// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write. +// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1) ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -846,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); // frees the data allocated above +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg); +// fills svg with the character's SVG data. +// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found. + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // BITMAP RENDERING @@ -975,7 +997,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, floa // and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). // // The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow -// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. @@ -1347,6 +1369,22 @@ static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); } +// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed +static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint32 t; + if (info->svg < 0) { + t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG "); + if (t) { + stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2); + info->svg = t + offset; + } else { + info->svg = 0; + } + } + return info->svg; +} + static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) { stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; @@ -1426,6 +1464,8 @@ static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, in else info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + info->svg = -1; + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching // later. (todo: could make this installable) // the same regardless of glyph. @@ -1509,12 +1549,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep search += 2; { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last; stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) + last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last) return 0; offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); @@ -1732,7 +1772,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (i != 0) num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - // now start the new one + // now start the new one start_off = !(flags & 1); if (start_off) { // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve @@ -1774,7 +1814,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s } } num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { // Compound shapes. int more = 1; stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; @@ -1785,7 +1825,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s int comp_num_verts = 0, i; stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; - + flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; @@ -1815,7 +1855,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; } - + // Find transformation scales. m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); @@ -1841,7 +1881,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 + if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -1851,9 +1891,6 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s // More components ? more = flags & (1<<5); } - } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { - // @TODO other compound variations? - STBTT_assert(0); } else { // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing } @@ -2107,7 +2144,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); has_subrs = 1; } - // fallthrough + // FALLTHROUGH case 0x1D: // callgsubr if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); v = (int) s[--sp]; @@ -2212,7 +2249,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32) return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate @@ -2282,7 +2319,49 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde } } -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + return ttUSHORT(data+10); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + int k, length; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + length = ttUSHORT(data+10); + if (table_length < length) + length = table_length; + + for (k = 0; k < length; k++) + { + table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6)); + table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6)); + table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6)); + } + + return length; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; @@ -2312,245 +2391,225 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph return 0; } -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) -{ - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +{ + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch (coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } + } + break; + } + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; } - } break; + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: return -1; // unsupported + } - return -1; + return -1; } static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); - - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch (classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + break; + } - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: + return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error. + } - return -1; + // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec) + return 0; } // Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. #define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) -{ - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; - - if (!info->gpos) return 0; - - data = info->data + info->gpos; - - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); - - for (i=0; i> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; - - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); - - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); - - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; - - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; - } - } - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +{ + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i, sti; + + if (!info->gpos) return 0; + + data = info->data + info->gpos; + + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + + for (i=0; i= pairSetCount) return 0; + + needle=glyph2; + r=pairValueCount-1; + l=0; + + // Binary search. + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; + stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } else + return 0; + break; + } + + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats? + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records; + stbtt_int16 xAdvance; + + if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed + if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed + + class1Records = table + 16; + class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } else + return 0; + break; + } default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } + return 0; // Unsupported position format + } + } + } - return 0; + return 0; } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) @@ -2559,8 +2618,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int if (info->gpos) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - if (info->kern) + else if (info->kern) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); return xAdvance; @@ -2621,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); } +STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl) +{ + int i; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info); + + int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list); + stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2; + + for(i=0; i= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2))) + return svg_doc; + } + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc; + + if (info->svg == 0) + return 0; + + svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl); + if (svg_doc != NULL) { + *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4); + return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg); +} + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // antialiasing software rasterizer @@ -2746,7 +2843,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); STBTT_assert(z != NULL); if (!z) return z; - + // round dx down to avoid overshooting if (dxdy < 0) z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); @@ -2824,7 +2921,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac } } } - + e = e->next; } } @@ -2970,6 +3067,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg } } +static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width) +{ + STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0); + STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0); + return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height; +} + +static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1) +{ + return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0); +} + +static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width) +{ + return height * width / 2; +} + static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) { float y_bottom = y_top+1; @@ -3024,13 +3138,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, float height; // simple case, only spans one pixel int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; + height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction; STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + scanline[x] += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f); + scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled } else { int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area; // covers 2+ pixels if (x_top > x_bottom) { // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same @@ -3042,32 +3156,83 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, dx = -dx; dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning - (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] } + STBTT_assert(dy >= 0); + STBTT_assert(dx >= 0); x1 = (int) x_top; x2 = (int) x_bottom; // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0); + + // compute intersection with y axis at x2 + y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0); + + // x1 x_top x2 x_bottom + // y_top +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // sy0 | Txxxxx|............|............|............|............| + // y_crossing | *xxxxx.......|............|............|............| + // | | xxxxx..|............|............|............| + // | | /- xx*xxxx........|............|............| + // | | dy < | xxxxxx..|............|............| + // y_final | | \- | xx*xxx.........|............| + // sy1 | | | | xxxxxB...|............| + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // y_bottom +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+ + // + // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel + + // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057 + // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom? + if (y_crossing > y_bottom) + y_crossing = y_bottom; sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing + + // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - step = sign * dy; + // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top); + + // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this + if (y_final > y_bottom) { + int denom = (x2 - (x1+1)); + y_final = y_bottom; + if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316) + dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom + } + } + + // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel + // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this + // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution + // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first + // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution, + // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except + // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel. + // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the + // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy. + + step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x, + // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x + // so the area advances by 'step' every time + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; + scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2 area += step; } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down + STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f); - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); - - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left, + // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge + scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f); + // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); } } else { @@ -3075,6 +3240,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute // force implementation + // note though that this does happen some of the time because + // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of + // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box int x; for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { // cases: @@ -3554,7 +3722,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info { int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; stbtt__bitmap gbm; - stbtt_vertex *vertices; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; @@ -3577,7 +3745,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info if (height) *height = gbm.h; if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; - + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); if (gbm.pixels) { @@ -3588,7 +3756,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info } STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); return gbm.pixels; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -3600,7 +3768,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne int ix0,iy0; stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); - stbtt__bitmap gbm; + stbtt__bitmap gbm; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); gbm.pixels = output; @@ -3622,7 +3790,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char * STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3637,7 +3805,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3762,7 +3930,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no con->y = 0; con->bottom_y = 0; STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); - STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); + STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); } static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) @@ -3989,6 +4157,7 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { int i,j,k; + int missing_glyph_added = 0; k=0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { @@ -4000,7 +4169,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb int x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) { rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; } else { stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, @@ -4010,6 +4179,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph_added = 1; } ++k; } @@ -4044,7 +4215,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { - int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1; // save current values int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; @@ -4109,6 +4280,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph = j; + } else if (spc->skip_missing) { + return_value = 0; + } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) { + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph]; } else { return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure } @@ -4132,7 +4310,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) { stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 + int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1; //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; stbrp_rect *rects; @@ -4147,7 +4325,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = 0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) n += ranges[i].num_chars; - + rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); if (rects == NULL) return 0; @@ -4158,7 +4336,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); - + return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); @@ -4301,15 +4479,14 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex float y_frac; int winding = 0; - orig[0] = x; - //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commented double assignment - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); if (y_frac < 0.01f) y += 0.01f; else if (y_frac > 0.99f) y -= 0.01f; + + orig[0] = x; orig[1] = y; // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) @@ -4319,7 +4496,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } @@ -4345,7 +4522,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } else { @@ -4357,7 +4534,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex if (hits[1][0] < 0) winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); } - } + } } } return winding; @@ -4371,35 +4548,35 @@ static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); } -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0 static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) { - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; + return 3; } } @@ -4410,12 +4587,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc int w,h; unsigned char *data; - // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL - scale_y = scale_x; - } + if (scale == 0) return NULL; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); @@ -4438,7 +4610,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc // invert for y-downwards bitmaps scale_y = -scale_y; - + { int x,y,i,j; float *precompute; @@ -4481,18 +4653,17 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) { float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + // coarse culling against bbox //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; STBTT_assert(i != 0); if (dist < min_dist) { // check position along line @@ -4519,7 +4690,8 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f}; + float px,py,t,it,dist2; float a_inv = precompute[i]; if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); @@ -4546,6 +4718,10 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); } + dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; @@ -4587,7 +4763,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); } return data; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -4605,7 +4781,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) // // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) { stbtt_int32 i=0; @@ -4644,7 +4820,7 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, s return i; } -static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) +static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) { return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); } @@ -4773,7 +4949,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) { - return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); + return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) @@ -4805,6 +4981,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function // 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix @@ -4866,38 +5048,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui.cpp similarity index 69% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui.cpp index 25c779f6..190fd051 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3793 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues -// - Discussions https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions + +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). @@ -62,11 +65,12 @@ CODE // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) // [SECTION] ImGuiStorage // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // [SECTION] STYLING // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] INPUTS // [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING // [SECTION] LAYOUT // [SECTION] SCROLLING @@ -79,6 +83,8 @@ CODE // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) */ @@ -96,6 +102,7 @@ CODE - Easy to hack and improve. - Minimize setup and maintenance. - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Minimize state synchronization. - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. @@ -119,14 +126,13 @@ CODE - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all. - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -250,9 +256,9 @@ CODE io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here - io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position - io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states - io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y); // update mouse position + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]); // update mouse button states + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]); // update mouse button states // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) @@ -284,12 +290,14 @@ CODE --------------------------------------------- The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function. - void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) + void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled + // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering. // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) { const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; @@ -304,9 +312,11 @@ CODE } else { - // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID(). - // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. - MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID()); + // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y); + ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y); + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it. // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches @@ -317,14 +327,16 @@ CODE // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github), // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) - ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; - MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); + MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y); + + // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID(). + // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. + MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID()); // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. - MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer); + MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset); } - idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; } } } @@ -333,31 +345,27 @@ CODE USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS ------------------------------------------ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! - - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 + - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - Keyboard: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag - will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. + - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), + the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Gamepad: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). - Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). - - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values: - 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. - - We use a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. - Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. + - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo - to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Mouse: - - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. @@ -376,6 +384,80 @@ CODE When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. + - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. + - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). + - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl + - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift + - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt + - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super + the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. + the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. + exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. + - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr); + - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): + - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags) + - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries. + this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item. + - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - instead, please submit an item: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); + - alternative: + Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - content size is now only extended when submitting an item! + - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert. + - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it. + - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter. + - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values. + - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer. + - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier. + - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this. + - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes). + - Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue. + - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating! + - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue. + - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing! + - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[]. + - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete). + - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary. + - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. + - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO. + - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values. + - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). + - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO. + - Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] + note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. + read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. + - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. + - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). + - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.* + - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert. + - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'. + - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019) + - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen() -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen() + - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x + - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect + - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex + - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings + - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function. + - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019): + - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() + - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do. - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID(). @@ -396,7 +478,7 @@ CODE - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY() - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing. - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future. - - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. + - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed. - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). @@ -715,10 +797,12 @@ CODE Q&A: Usage ---------- - Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? - Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label? - Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? + Q: About the ID Stack system.. + - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? + - How can I have widgets with an empty label? + - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? + - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) @@ -777,7 +861,6 @@ CODE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#include // toupper #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t @@ -785,6 +868,11 @@ CODE #include // intptr_t #endif +// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif + // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) #if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS @@ -819,7 +907,7 @@ CODE #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types #endif -#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). #endif @@ -842,7 +930,7 @@ CODE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size @@ -866,7 +954,7 @@ static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time // Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. -static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS @@ -890,7 +978,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSetti // Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y); +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); namespace ImGui { @@ -898,34 +986,42 @@ namespace ImGui static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); -static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); -static void NavUpdateInitResult(); +static void NavUpdateCancelRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +static void NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); static void NavEndFrame(); -static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand); -static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel); -static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavProcessItem(); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); +static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); -// Error Checking +// Error Checking and Debug Tools static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); +static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); +static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); +static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); static void UpdateMouseInputs(); static void UpdateMouseWheel(); -static void UpdateTabFocus(); -static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); +static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); +static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); +static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); // Viewports static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); @@ -980,7 +1076,8 @@ static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { - Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. @@ -1002,12 +1099,12 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. @@ -1015,7 +1112,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. @@ -1057,7 +1154,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() { // Most fields are initialized with zero memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Our pre-C++11 IM_STATIC_ASSERT() macros triggers warning on modern compilers so we don't use it here. + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Settings ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; @@ -1065,14 +1162,18 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f; IniSavingRate = 5.0f; - IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; + IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; +#endif KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; + HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1088,7 +1189,10 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #else ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif + ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; + ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; @@ -1099,38 +1203,48 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; ClipboardUserData = NULL; - ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl; - ImeWindowHandle = NULL; + SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } + AppAcceptingEvents = true; + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1; + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong } // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message +// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - if (c != 0) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Text.Char = c; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } // UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so // we should save the high surrogate. void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) { - if (c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) + if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents) return; if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save { if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); InputQueueSurrogate = c; return; } @@ -1140,7 +1254,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) { if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate { - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); } else { @@ -1153,25 +1267,231 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) InputQueueSurrogate = 0; } - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(cp); + AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp); } void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; while (*utf8_chars != 0) { unsigned int c = 0; utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); if (c != 0) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); + AddInputCharacter(c); } } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() { InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown)); +#endif + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++) + { + KeysData[n].Down = false; + KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f; + KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; + } + KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; + KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++) + { + MouseDown[n] = false; + MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; + } + MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; +} + +static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n]; + if (e->Type != type) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg) + continue; + return e; + } + return NULL; +} + +// Queue a new key down/up event. +// - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) +// - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. +// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) +{ + //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(!ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + + // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0; +#endif + if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key)) + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; + + // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed) + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down; + const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue; + if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value) + return; + + // Add event + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; + e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Key.Key = key; + e.Key.Down = down; + e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down) +{ + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f); +} + +// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent(). +// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices. +// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this. +void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index) +{ + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512 + IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511 + IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused + IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused + + // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode; + if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key)) + return; + KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; + KeyMap[key] = legacy_key; +#else + IM_UNUSED(key); + IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index); +#endif +} + +// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. +void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) +{ + AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events; +} + +// Queue a mouse move event +void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); + const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos; + if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; + e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); + const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]; + if (latest_button_down == down) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; + e.MouseButton.Down = down; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + + // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter) + if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; + e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); + const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; + if (latest_focused == focused) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1300,14 +1620,14 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; - while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } + while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) { int d = 0; - while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } + while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } return d; } @@ -1374,14 +1694,14 @@ const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char if (!needle_end) needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); - const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); + const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle); while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) { - if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) + if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0) { const char* b = needle + 1; for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) - if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) + if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b)) break; if (b == needle_end) return haystack; @@ -1425,8 +1745,12 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif +#endif #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1466,6 +1790,25 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + va_end(args); +} + +void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } +} + // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) // Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: // - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. @@ -1907,7 +2250,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() { struct StaticFunc { - static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; @@ -1915,8 +2258,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() return 0; } }; - if (Data.Size > 1) - ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const @@ -2028,18 +2370,15 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) +ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077 { + InputBuf[0] = 0; + CountGrep = 0; if (default_filter) { ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); Build(); } - else - { - InputBuf[0] = 0; - CountGrep = 0; - } } bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) @@ -2126,7 +2465,7 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. @@ -2194,6 +2533,20 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) va_end(args_copy); } +void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size) +{ + IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset); + if (old_size == new_size) + return; + if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n') + LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset); + const char* base_end = base + new_size; + for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; ) + if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n + LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base)); + EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed @@ -2208,9 +2561,10 @@ static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); } -// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern. -// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. +// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. +// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -2228,21 +2582,24 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items return; } - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRect); + // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect + // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. + ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) - unclipped_rect.Add(ImRect(window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Min, window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Max)); + rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) + // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) start--; - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) end++; start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); @@ -2250,17 +2607,42 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items *out_items_display_start = start; *out_items_display_end = end; } +#endif + +static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) +{ + if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) + return; + + // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries) + for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end) + for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i) + if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min) + ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]); + + // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible. + for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++) + { + IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert); + if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min) + continue; + ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min); + ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max); + ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i); + i--; + } +} -static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) { // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. - // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. + // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek? ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) @@ -2276,6 +2658,15 @@ static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) } } +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) +{ + // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction + // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); +} + ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); @@ -2284,16 +2675,14 @@ ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() { - IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1 && "Forgot to call End(), or to Step() until false?"); + End(); } -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Step() in StepNo 1 -// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 -// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) if (table->IsInsideRow) @@ -2302,127 +2691,193 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; ItemsHeight = items_height; ItemsCount = items_count; - ItemsFrozen = 0; - StepNo = 0; DisplayStart = -1; DisplayEnd = 0; + + // Acquire temporary buffer + if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size) + g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData()); + ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->Reset(this); + data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; + TempData = data; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - if (ItemsCount < 0) // Already ended - return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) + { + // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); + if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); - // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); + // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting + IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); + data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size; + if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0) + { + data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->ListClipper->TempData = data; + } + TempData = NULL; + } ItemsCount = -1; - StepNo = 3; } -bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +{ + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; + IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. + IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); + if (item_min < item_max) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); +} + +static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; if (table && table->IsInsideRow) ImGui::TableEndRow(table); // No items - if (ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) - { - End(); + if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) return false; + + // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped + // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. + if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + { + clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen; + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd) + data->ItemsFrozen++; + return true; } // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height) - if (StepNo == 0) + bool calc_clipping = false; + if (data->StepNo == 0) { - // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped - // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. - if (table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) { - DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; - DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; - ItemsFrozen++; + // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1) + data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1)); + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->StepNo = 1; return true; } + calc_clipping = true; // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping. + } - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - if (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) - { - // Submit the first item so we can measure its height (generally it is 0..1) - DisplayStart = ItemsFrozen; - DisplayEnd = ItemsFrozen + 1; - StepNo = 1; - return true; - } + // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1); + if (table) + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y); + + clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart); + bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) + clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. - // Already has item height (given by user in Begin): skip to calculating step - DisplayStart = DisplayEnd; - StepNo = 2; + IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. } - // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element - if (StepNo == 1) + // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements. + const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; + if (calc_clipping) { - IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); - if (table) + if (g.LogEnabled) { - const float pos_y1 = table->RowPosY1; // Using this instead of StartPosY to handle clipper straddling the frozen row - const float pos_y2 = table->RowPosY2; // Using this instead of CursorPos.y to take account of tallest cell. - ItemsHeight = pos_y2 - pos_y1; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y2; + // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount)); } else { - ItemsHeight = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; - } - IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); - StepNo = 2; - } - - // Reached end of list - if (DisplayEnd >= ItemsCount) - { - End(); - return false; + // Add range selected to be included for navigation + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); + + // Add focused/active item + ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]); + if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); + + // Add visible range + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; + const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + } + + // Convert position ranges to item index ranges + // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. + // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, + // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. + for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) + if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + { + int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + } + ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); } - // Step 2: calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element - if (StepNo == 2) + // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. + if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { - IM_ASSERT(ItemsHeight > 0.0f); - - int already_submitted = DisplayEnd; - ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount - already_submitted, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); - DisplayStart += already_submitted; - DisplayEnd += already_submitted; - - // Seek cursor - if (DisplayStart > already_submitted) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (DisplayStart - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); - - StepNo = 3; + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + data->StepNo++; return true; } - // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), + // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. - if (StepNo == 3) - { - // Seek cursor - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupForPrevLine(StartPosY + (ItemsCount - ItemsFrozen) * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - ItemsCount = -1; - return false; - } + if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); - IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } +bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); + if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) + ret = false; + if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n"); + if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight); + if (ret) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd); + else + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n"); + if (!ret) + End(); + return ret; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] STYLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2489,6 +2944,11 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.ColorStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); @@ -2509,6 +2969,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize @@ -2572,6 +3033,11 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. @@ -2786,7 +3252,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con int ellipsis_char_count = 1; if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) { - ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.'; + ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; ellipsis_char_count = 3; } const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); @@ -2895,6 +3361,32 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl } } +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; + const float scale = base_scale; + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } + } +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2927,19 +3419,16 @@ ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() { IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); IM_DELETE(Name); - for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) - ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiOldColumns(); + ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); } ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); -#endif + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); return id; } @@ -2947,11 +3436,9 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); -#endif + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); return id; } @@ -2959,44 +3446,9 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); -#endif - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); -#endif - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr); -#endif - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (intptr_t)n); -#endif + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); return id; } @@ -3004,9 +3456,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); return id; } @@ -3056,9 +3507,21 @@ void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // Set active id g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : ""); g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; @@ -3077,15 +3540,16 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) if (id) { g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; } // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) - g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() @@ -3098,7 +3562,6 @@ void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.HoveredId = id; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; } @@ -3109,6 +3572,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; } +// This is called by ItemAdd(). +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3121,14 +3586,14 @@ void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) { // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). - // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; - g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; } static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) @@ -3141,11 +3606,17 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) { // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + bool want_inhibit = false; if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; + want_inhibit = true; + else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + want_inhibit = true; + + // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup + if (want_inhibit) + if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + return false; } return true; } @@ -3157,42 +3628,69 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) - return IsItemFocused(); + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) + { + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + if (!IsItemFocused()) + return false; + } + else + { + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable + // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was + // the test that has been running for a long while. + if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + return false; - // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; - if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) - return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - - // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable - // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was - // the test that has been running for a long while. - if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; + + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. + // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck)) return false; - // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) return false; - // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. - // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) - return false; + // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. + // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + } - // Test if the item is disabled - if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) - return false; + // Handle hover delay + // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) + float delay; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; + else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; + else + delay = 0.0f; + if (delay > 0.0f) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; + return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + } - // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. - // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) - return false; return true; } @@ -3210,9 +3708,10 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - return false; - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None) || (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) + + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; return false; @@ -3221,87 +3720,57 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. if (id != 0) - { SetHoveredID(id); - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! - // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making - // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. - // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) - GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + { + // Release active id if turning disabled + if (g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } + + if (id != 0) + { + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! + // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making + // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); } + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + return false; + return true; } -bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) +// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd() +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) + if (!g.LogEnabled) return true; return false; } // This is also inlined in ItemAdd() // Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! -void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) -{ - window->DC.LastItemId = item_id; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = item_flags; - window->DC.LastItemRect = item_rect; -} - -// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out. -void ImGui::ItemFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && id == window->DC.LastItemId); - - // Increment counters - // FIXME: ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled should disable more. - const bool is_tab_stop = (g.CurrentItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; - window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++; - if (is_tab_stop) - { - window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop++; - if (g.NavId == id) - g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop; - } - - // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. - // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) - if (g.ActiveId == id && g.TabFocusPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) - { - g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. - } - - // Handle focus requests - if (g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow == window) - { - if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) - { - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode; - return; - } - if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) - { - g.NavJustTabbedId = id; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing; - return; - } - - // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id - if (g.ActiveId == id) - ClearActiveID(); - } + g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; + g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; } float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) @@ -3396,20 +3865,23 @@ void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeF ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) { + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - if (GImGui == NULL) - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(ctx); + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(); + if (prev_ctx != NULL) + SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. return ctx; } void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - if (ctx == NULL) - ctx = GImGui; - Shutdown(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 + ctx = prev_ctx; + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Shutdown(); + SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); IM_DELETE(ctx); } @@ -3527,8 +3999,9 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) FocusWindow(window); SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos; g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); bool can_move_window = true; if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) @@ -3555,17 +4028,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) { ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; - if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) - { - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); - SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - } + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); } else { - ClearActiveID(); g.MovingWindow = NULL; + ClearActiveID(); } } else @@ -3629,7 +4098,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. // This is where we can trim the popup stack. ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal); + bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal)); ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); } } @@ -3639,71 +4108,248 @@ static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); } +static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + key_data->Down = v; + key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value; +} + +// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data. +// Entries D,A,B,B,A,C,B --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D +// Index A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0 --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6 +// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation. +static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + rt->EntriesNext.resize(0); + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry; + for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex) + { + routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx]; + routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry + routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255; + if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer + + // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = ImGui::GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + } + } + + // Rewrite linked-list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1); + for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++) + rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1); + } + rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes +} + +// [Internal] Do not use directly (should read io.KeyMods instead) +static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromBools() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = 0; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; } + if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Shift; } + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Alt; } + if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Super; } + return key_chord; +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) + { + // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + } + else + { + if (g.FrameCount == 0) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!"); + + // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n])); + io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n; + } + + // Import legacy keys into new ones + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); + io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; + if (key != n) + io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends + io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; + } + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; + } + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) + { + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0) + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0) + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } +#endif + +#endif + + // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools, update aliases + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromBools(); + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++) + UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); + + // Clear gamepad data if disabled + if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) + for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) + { + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false; + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f; + } + + // Update keys + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; + key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + } + + // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext; + if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp. + owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore + } + + UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); +} + static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev; else - g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. + if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { - g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; - g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below + io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i]; + io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) { - if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) + bool is_repeated_click = false; + if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime) { - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime * 2.0f; // Mark as "old enough" so the third click isn't turned into a double-click + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + is_repeated_click = true; } + if (is_repeated_click) + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++; else - { - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - } - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i]; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1; + io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; } - else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + else if (io.MouseDown[i]) { // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); - } - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos); + } + + // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service + io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2); + + // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; } } -static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window) + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER); + else + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; if (g.WheelingWindow == window) return; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); g.WheelingWindow = window; g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; } void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() @@ -3713,31 +4359,30 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) { - g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) - { - g.WheelingWindow = NULL; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - } + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f) + LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f); } - if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) + ImVec2 wheel; + wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f) return; - if ((g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel) || (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel)) - return; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; - if (!window || window->Collapsed) + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y); + ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed) return; // Zoom / Scale window // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. - if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y); + ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window; const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; @@ -3750,89 +4395,59 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() } return; } - - // Mouse wheel scrolling - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) return; + // Mouse wheel scrolling // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const float wheel_y = swap_axis ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseWheel; - const float wheel_x = swap_axis ? g.IO.MouseWheel : g.IO.MouseWheelH; + if (swap_axis) + { + wheel.x = wheel.y; + wheel.y = 0.0f; + } // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling - if (wheel_y != 0.0f) + // Bubble up into parent window if: + // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling. + // - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in. + // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag. + if (wheel.y != 0.0f) { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window; while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) window = window->ParentWindow; if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) { + LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); } } // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held - if (wheel_x != 0.0f) + if (wheel.x != 0.0f) { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); + ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window; while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) window = window->ParentWindow; if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) { + LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.x); float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); } } } -void ImGui::UpdateTabFocus() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - g.TabFocusPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.TabFocusPressed) - { - // - This path is only taken when no widget are active/tabbed-into yet. - // Subsequent tabbing will be processed by FocusableItemRegister() - // - Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also - // manipulate the Next fields here even though they will be turned into Curr fields below. - g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; - if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0); - else - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; - } - - // Turn queued focus request into current one - g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; - g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - if (g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow; - g.TabFocusRequestCurrWindow = window; - if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) - g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); - if (g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) - g.TabFocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); - g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - } - - g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; -} - // The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); // Find the window hovered by mouse: @@ -3844,63 +4459,65 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) + if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) clear_hovered_windows = true; // Disabled mouse? - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) clear_hovered_windows = true; - // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. - int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and + // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + int mouse_earliest_down = -1; bool mouse_any_down = false; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); - mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) - mouse_earliest_button_down = i; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup; + io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal; + } + mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i]; + if (io.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down]) + mouse_earliest_down = i; } - const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; + const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down]; + const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down]; // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; - if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) clear_hovered_windows = true; if (clear_hovered_windows) g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app) + // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + } else - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup; + io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal; + } - // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app) + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); else - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible - g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; -} - -ImGuiKeyModFlags ImGui::GetMergedKeyModFlags() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl; } - if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift; } - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt; } - if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super; } - return key_mod_flags; + io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } void ImGui::NewFrame() @@ -3979,15 +4596,20 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId) g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; - g.HoveredIdPreviousFrameUsingMouseWheel = g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = false; g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; - // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) - if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) + // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. + // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). + // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n"); ClearActiveID(); + } + + // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) if (g.ActiveId) g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; @@ -4003,8 +4625,41 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.ActiveId == 0) { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +#endif + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; + else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) + { + // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } + // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported + } +#endif + + // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips + g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; + if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + { + //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags + g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = 0; + } + else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + { + // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps + g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -4015,12 +4670,21 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in) + //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + // ClosePopupsExceptModals(); + + // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible) + g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); + UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + // Update keyboard input state - // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools - g.IO.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) - g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + UpdateKeyboardInputs(); + + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper)); // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation NavUpdate(); @@ -4043,14 +4707,14 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default + + // Platform IME data: reset for the frame + g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData; + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false; // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale UpdateMouseWheel(); - // Update legacy TAB focus - UpdateTabFocus(); - // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; @@ -4058,9 +4722,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->BeginCount = 0; window->Active = false; window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; + window->BeginCount = 0; // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) @@ -4071,9 +4736,9 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempDataStack.Size; i++) - if (g.TablesTempDataStack[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempDataStack[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempDataStack[i]); + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); if (g.GcCompactAll) GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); g.GcCompactAll = false; @@ -4089,14 +4754,16 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); g.GroupStack.resize(0); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); - // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. + // [DEBUG] Update debug features UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); + UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) + g.DebugLocateId = 0; // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. + // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing. g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); Begin("Debug##Default"); @@ -4105,34 +4772,9 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } -// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +void ImGui::Initialize() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive) - { - const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - if (IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) - { - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - } - SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); - BeginTooltip(); - Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); - Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); - TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); - EndTooltip(); - } -} - -void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *context; IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type @@ -4145,33 +4787,35 @@ void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); } // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type - TableSettingsInstallHandler(context); + TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); // Create default viewport ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif g.Initialized = true; } // This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) +void ImGui::Shutdown() { // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *context; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) { g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); } g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear(); // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. if (!g.Initialized) @@ -4179,19 +4823,12 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - { - ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; - SetCurrentContext(&g); SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - SetCurrentContext(backup_context); - } CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); // Clear everything else - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); - g.Windows.clear(); + g.Windows.clear_delete(); g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); g.CurrentWindow = NULL; @@ -4201,24 +4838,25 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear(); + g.ColorStack.clear(); g.StyleVarStack.clear(); g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Viewports[i]); - g.Viewports.clear(); + g.Viewports.clear_delete(); g.TabBars.Clear(); g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.Tables.Clear(); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempDataStack.Size; i++) - g.TablesTempDataStack[i].~ImGuiTableTempData(); - g.TablesTempDataStack.clear(); + g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); @@ -4237,6 +4875,8 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) g.LogFile = NULL; } g.LogBuffer.clear(); + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); g.Initialized = false; } @@ -4259,8 +4899,7 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im if (window->Active) { int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - if (count > 1) - ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) { ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; @@ -4272,11 +4911,10 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) { - // Remove trailing command if unused. - // Technically we could return directly instead of popping, but this make things looks neat in Metrics/Debugger window as well. - draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. @@ -4320,11 +4958,15 @@ static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) } } +static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; +} + // Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) -static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) { - int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; - AddWindowToDrawData(window, layer); + AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() @@ -4358,8 +5000,10 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorFramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) { - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; + ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; } } @@ -4383,6 +5027,88 @@ void ImGui::PopClipRect() window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); } +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport(); + ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect(); + + // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list + { + // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows, + // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. + // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order. + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); + ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); + IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + } +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window; + for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window)) + break; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window)) + bottom_most_visible_window = window; + } + return bottom_most_visible_window; +} + +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + return; + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active); + if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list) + return; + + if (dim_bg_for_modal) + { + // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order. + ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window); + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + } + else if (dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + + // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim; + ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); + float distance = g.FontSize; + ImRect bb = window->Rect(); + bb.Expand(distance); + if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y) + bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } +} + // This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. void ImGui::EndFrame() { @@ -4398,12 +5124,9 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); - // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f)) - { - g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); - g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; - } + // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; @@ -4459,13 +5182,16 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); - memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); } +// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData() +// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all: +// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend) void ImGui::Render() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -4473,6 +5199,7 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); + const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; @@ -4487,6 +5214,10 @@ void ImGui::Render() AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); } + // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds + if (first_render_of_frame) + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; @@ -4502,6 +5233,10 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); + // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) @@ -4509,10 +5244,6 @@ void ImGui::Render() ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) - RenderMouseCursor(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); - // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); @@ -4610,276 +5341,42 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; } -// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle -// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting -// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) -bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +bool ImGui::IsItemActive() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID; + return false; +} - // Clip - ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); - if (clip) - rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) - return false; - return true; +bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId) + if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) + return true; + return false; } -int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() { - IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; + return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID); } -// Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]! -// Use your own indices/enums according to how your backend/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() { - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; + return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); } -// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) -// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) -// An event is triggered at: -// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N -int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - if (t1 == 0.0f) - return 1; - if (t0 >= t1) - return 0; - if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) - return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); - const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; - return count; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_index < 0) - return 0; - IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; - return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - { - // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. - int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); - if (amount > 0) - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; -} - -// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. -// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - return false; - return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) - return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. -bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) -{ - // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. - // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); - const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; - ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; - return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) - if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) - return true; - return false; -} - -// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. -// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. -// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) - if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) - return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; - return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); -} - -void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; -} - -ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() -{ - return GImGui->MouseCursor; -} - -void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) -{ - GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemActive() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId) - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; - return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); -} - -bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); -} - -// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() -bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() +// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() +bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId || g.NavId == 0) + if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0) return false; return true; } @@ -4894,13 +5391,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; } bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() @@ -4923,14 +5420,14 @@ bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0; } bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; } // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. @@ -4938,39 +5435,39 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; if (g.ActiveId == id) g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } -void ImGui::SetItemUsingMouseWheel() +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; - if (g.HoveredId == id) - g.HoveredIdUsingMouseWheel = true; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdUsingMouseWheel = true; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); } bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) @@ -4986,21 +5483,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) if (size.y <= 0.0f) size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); SetNextWindowSize(size); // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. + const char* temp_window_name; if (name) - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; if (!border) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(g.TempBuffer, NULL, flags); + bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -5065,7 +5563,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); - // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child + // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); } @@ -5075,7 +5573,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ItemAdd(bb, 0); } if (g.HoveredWindow == window) - parent_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return @@ -5128,6 +5626,29 @@ static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settin window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; } +static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0); + const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild; + if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window)); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); + window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1); + } + else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window); + for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++) + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder); + window->FocusOrder = -1; + } + window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; +} + static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5151,7 +5672,7 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); } - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { @@ -5167,16 +5688,11 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); } - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - { - g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); - window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1); - } - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once else g.Windows.push_back(window); + return window; } @@ -5256,8 +5772,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? - ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Size; + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize; ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), @@ -5283,11 +5798,11 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window) return size_final; } -static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window) { - if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; } @@ -5371,7 +5886,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) } // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad -// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) +// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5379,7 +5894,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) return false; - if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; bool ret_auto_fit = false; @@ -5407,12 +5922,13 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() + ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) { // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); @@ -5442,7 +5958,8 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s bool hovered, held; ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() - ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); + ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) { @@ -5466,23 +5983,31 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) + // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user. + // Not even sure the callback works here. if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) { - ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; + ImVec2 nav_resize_dir; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown); + if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; - nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); - nav_resize_delta = ImMax(nav_resize_delta, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); + const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. - size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored; + } } } @@ -5502,7 +6027,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s return ret_auto_fit; } -static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) +static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; @@ -5548,7 +6073,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar window->SkipItems = false; // Draw window + handle manual resize - // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; if (window->Collapsed) @@ -5565,7 +6090,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar // Window background if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) { - ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window)); bool override_alpha = false; float alpha = 1.0f; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) @@ -5631,6 +6156,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) + // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref? const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; @@ -5673,8 +6199,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. - const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*"; - const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f; + const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f; const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, @@ -5693,23 +6218,30 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) { - ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f); - ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r); + ImVec2 marker_pos; + marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x); + marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f; + if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x) + { + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f)); + } } + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); } void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindow = parent_window; - window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree; if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) @@ -5719,6 +6251,38 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags } } +// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) +// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. +// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. +// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) + return NULL; + + // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. + for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + continue; + if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. + continue; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. + break; + for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) + return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + } + return NULL; +} + // Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. // - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. // - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. @@ -5766,6 +6330,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { + UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; @@ -5778,7 +6343,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack - ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); @@ -5788,23 +6353,37 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Add to stack // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); g.CurrentWindow = window; - window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; + window_stack_data.Window = window; + window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; + window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount++; + + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + } + + // Add to focus scope stack + PushFocusScope(window->ID); + window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + // Add to popup stack if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; popup_ref.Window = window; + popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; } - // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); - // Process SetNextWindow***() calls // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; @@ -5860,6 +6439,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { // Initialize const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); window->Active = true; window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX); @@ -5886,7 +6466,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) - const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal); if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; @@ -5916,7 +6495,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SELECT VIEWPORT // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style) - SetCurrentWindow(window); + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + SetWindowViewport(window, viewport); + SetCurrentWindow(window); // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) @@ -5932,17 +6514,22 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) { // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) window->WantCollapseToggle = true; if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + if (!window->Collapsed) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } } @@ -5956,8 +6543,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) { // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. @@ -6029,7 +6614,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect()); ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect()); ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); @@ -6037,9 +6621,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. - if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) - ClampWindowRect(window, visibility_rect); + ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) @@ -6058,7 +6642,35 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0) want_focus = true; + + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) + { + // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. + // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. + // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. + want_focus = false; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); + IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); + } + } + } + + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (g.TestEngineHookItems) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); + window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); + window->IDStack.Size = 1; } +#endif // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad int border_held = -1; @@ -6091,7 +6703,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) } // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) - // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. + // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function. // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. // Outer rectangle @@ -6108,7 +6720,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Inner rectangle // Not affected by window border size. Used by: // - InnerClipRect - // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView() + // - ScrollToRectEx() // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() // - Scrollbar() window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; @@ -6155,34 +6767,21 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); - // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports) - const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0; - const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow); - if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) - { - const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); - } - - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background - if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) - { - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding); - } - - // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call. + // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71) // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. - // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child. - // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child. - // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected. + // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493) { bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0) + { + // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here) + // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs + ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; + bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; + bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) render_decorations_in_parent = true; + } if (render_decorations_in_parent) window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; @@ -6195,20 +6794,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; } - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border - if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) - { - float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward - { - bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); - rounding = window->WindowRounding; - } - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, 0, 3.0f); - } - // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) // Work rectangle. @@ -6240,13 +6825,20 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); + + // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount. + // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64. + double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + decoration_up_height; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y); + window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y)); window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; @@ -6255,7 +6847,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; - window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); + window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); @@ -6263,7 +6855,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.FocusCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop = -1; window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled @@ -6295,17 +6886,24 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) /* //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) LogToClipboard(); */ // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. - SetLastItemData(window, window->MoveId, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId)) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); #endif } else @@ -6314,10 +6912,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetCurrentWindow(window); } - // Pull/inherit current state - g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); // Inherit from shared stack - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // Inherit from parent only // -V595 - PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) @@ -6334,9 +6928,12 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? - if (!g.LogEnabled) + { + const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) @@ -6350,7 +6947,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // Update the Hidden flag - window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); + bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); // Disable inputs for requested number of frames if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0) @@ -6361,7 +6959,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) bool skip_items = false; - if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular) if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) skip_items = true; window->SkipItems = skip_items; @@ -6391,17 +6989,24 @@ void ImGui::End() if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) EndColumns(); PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle + PopFocusScope(); // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging LogFinish(); + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + // Pop from window stack - g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount--; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); - SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); } void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -6454,6 +7059,34 @@ void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) } } +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window) +{ + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window = window->RootWindow; + behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow; + int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window); + int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window); + if (pos_wnd < pos_beh) + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window; + } + else + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh] = window; + } +} + +int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window)); +} + // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { @@ -6461,20 +7094,17 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) if (g.NavWindow != window) { - g.NavWindow = window; + SetNavWindow(window); if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveRequest = false; - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); - } + g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - // Close popups if any - ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + } // Move the root window to the top of the pile IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL); @@ -6501,8 +7131,18 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const int start_idx = ((under_this_window != NULL) ? FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) : g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size) - 1; + int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + if (under_this_window != NULL) + { + // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640) + int offset = -1; + while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow; + offset = 0; + } + start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset; + } for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) { // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. @@ -6575,6 +7215,40 @@ void ImGui::PopItemFlag() g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); } +// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() +// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) +// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently. +// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 +// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. +// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag() +void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (!was_disabled && disabled) + { + g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha; + g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha); + } + if (was_disabled || disabled) + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.DisabledStackSize++; +} + +void ImGui::EndDisabled() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + g.DisabledStackSize--; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + //PopItemFlag(); + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); +} + // FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus) { @@ -6610,22 +7284,57 @@ void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); } -bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) +static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy) { - if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) + ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL; + while (last_window != window) + { + last_window = window; + window = window->RootWindow; + if (popup_hierarchy) + window = window->RootWindowPopupTree; + } + return window; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy); + if (window_root == potential_parent) return true; while (window != NULL) { if (window == potential_parent) return true; + if (window == window_root) // end of chain + return false; window = window->ParentWindow; } return false; } +bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) +{ + if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) + return true; + while (window != NULL) + { + if (window == potential_parent) + return true; + window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + } + return false; +} + bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array + const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below); + if (display_layer_delta != 0) + return display_layer_delta > 0; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) { ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i]; @@ -6639,39 +7348,33 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_b bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ref_window == NULL) return false; if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow != window->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: - if (g.HoveredWindow != window->RootWindow) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (!IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, window)) - return false; - break; - default: - if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - return false; - break; - } + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + + bool result; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + else + result = (ref_window == cur_window); + if (!result) + return false; } - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags)) + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags)) return false; if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) return false; return true; } @@ -6679,22 +7382,23 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ref_window == NULL) + return false; if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) - return g.NavWindow != NULL; + return true; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() - switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow); - default: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow; - } + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy); + else + return (ref_window == cur_window); } // Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) @@ -6738,6 +7442,9 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) + return; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; @@ -6772,26 +7479,19 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); // Set - if (size.x > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; - window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if (size.x <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - if (size.y > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; - window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); - } else - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; + window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); + if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } + else + window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); + if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) @@ -6964,33 +7664,55 @@ void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; } void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id; } void ImGui::PopFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = g.FocusScopeStack.back(); g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; } +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) { - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.TabFocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; - g.TabFocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + if (offset == -1) + { + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + } + else + { + g.NavTabbingDir = 1; + g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; + } } void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() @@ -6999,15 +7721,17 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!window->Appearing) return; - if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = window->DC.LastItemId; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - if (!IsItemVisible()) - SetScrollHereY(); - } + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) + if (!IsItemVisible()) + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); } void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) @@ -7026,7 +7750,7 @@ void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7034,7 +7758,7 @@ void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7042,7 +7766,7 @@ void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7050,7 +7774,7 @@ void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7059,6 +7783,8 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } @@ -7068,11 +7794,9 @@ void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) { ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ID_INFO2(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); -#endif + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); return id; } @@ -7107,10 +7831,817 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size)); } -bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INPUTS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle +// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting +// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) +bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clip + ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); + if (clip) + rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); + + // Expand for touch input + const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + return true; +} + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Special storage location for mods + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); + + int index; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native + else + index = key; +#else + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); + index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; +#endif + return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); +} +#endif + +// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. +static const char* const GKeyNames[] = +{ + "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", + "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape", + "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu", + "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", + "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", + "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", + "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", + "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", + "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", + "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", + "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", + "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", + "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3", + "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", + "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", + "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY", + "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names. +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); + +const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); +#else + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + { + ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); + if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; + } +#endif + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); + if (!IsNamedKey(key)) + return "Unknown"; + + return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; +} + +void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", + GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); +} + +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; +} + +void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_) + { + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return; + } +} + +// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate +// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate) +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return 0; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); +} + +// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down) +{ + return ImVec2( + GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue, + GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue); +} + +// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope(). +static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; +} + +ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods + // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None. + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Not legal + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data; + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + + // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads. + // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame). + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex) + { + routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + if (routing_data->Mods == mods) + return routing_data; + } + + // Add + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size; + rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData()); + routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods; + routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = idx; + return routing_data; +} + +// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority): +// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh +// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) +// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal +// - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack) +// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow +// - 255: never route +// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy +static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow; + + // ActiveID gets top priority + // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it) + if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) + return 1; + + // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better) + // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request, + // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match) + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) + // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. + if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) + for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) + { + if (focused == location) + { + IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); + return next_score; + } + focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path + } + return 255; + } + + // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + return 2; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow) + return 254; + return 0; +} + +// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods). +// Return true if the route is available this frame. +// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state. +// (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame". +// As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut. +bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() + else + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) + if (g.NavWindow == NULL) + return false; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) + return true; + + const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags); + if (score == 255) + return false; + + // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient) + // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <). + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore); + if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore) + { + routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id; + routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score; + } + + // Return routing state for CURRENT frame + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; +} + +// Currently unused by core (but used by tests) +// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading. +bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; +} + +// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. +// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) +{ + return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) +{ + return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); + if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + { + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); + pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + } + if (!pressed) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) +{ + return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +{ + return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; + const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); + if (!pressed) + return false; + + if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)) + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id) +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button]; +} + +// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) +{ + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; +} + +// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// Get desired mouse cursor shape. +// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), +// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render(). +// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.MouseCursor; +} + +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) +{ + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + return input_source_names[source]; +} +static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } +} +#endif + +// Process input queue +// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'. +// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost) +// - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87) +void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() + // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? + // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) + const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; + int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; + ImBitArray key_changed_mask; + + int event_n = 0; + for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change + ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) + break; + io.MousePos = event_pos; + mouse_moved = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; + io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + mouse_wheeled = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; + IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + key_data->Down = e->Key.Down; + key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; + key_changed = true; + key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index); + + if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super) + { + if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { io.KeyCtrl = key_data->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) { io.KeyShift = key_data->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) { io.KeyAlt = key_data->Down; } + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) { io.KeySuper = key_data->Down; } + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromBools(); + } + + // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down; + if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1) + io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down; +#endif + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; + io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + text_inputted = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) + { + // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance + // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame. + const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused; + io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!"); + } + } + + // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) + //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); + for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) + g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)) + for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) + DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]); +#endif + + // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame + if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) + g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); + else + g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n); + + // Clear buttons state when focus is lost + // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle. + // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag + // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event). + if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr; + + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId) + if ((key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + return owner_id; +} + +// TestKeyOwner(..., ID) : (owner == None || owner == ID) +// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None) +// TestKeyOwner(..., Any) : no owner test +// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags. +bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return true; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId) + if ((key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super) + return false; + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false); + + // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId + // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things. + // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions. + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id) + { + if (owner_data->LockThisFrame) + return false; + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware. +// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone. +// - SetKeyOwner(..., None) : clears owner +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock) : illegal (assert) +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock +void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; + + // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code. + // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test) + owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease); +} + +// This is more or less equivalent to: +// if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) +// SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()); +// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times. +// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition. +// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority. +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id)) + return; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_; + if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive))) + { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_); + } +} + +// - Need to decide how to handle shortcut translations for Non-Mac <> Mac +// - Ideas: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/456#issuecomment-264390864 +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) + return false; + + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods) + return false; + + // Special storage location for mods + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); + + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + return true; } @@ -7120,9 +8651,12 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. // Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code -// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. -// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. +// If this triggers you have an issue: +// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. +// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, +// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) { bool error = false; @@ -7136,6 +8670,36 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si return !error; } +// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell) +// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details. +// [Scenario 1] +// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK +// Instead, please submit an item: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK +// Alternative: +// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK +// [Scenario 2] +// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change: +// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup() +// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller! +// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue. +void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = false; +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y) + return; + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent."); +#else + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +#endif +} + static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7154,19 +8718,21 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)"); // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); +#endif // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) @@ -7183,11 +8749,11 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring/ the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. - const ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - IM_ASSERT((key_mod_flags == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mod_flags) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); - IM_UNUSED(key_mod_flags); + const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromBools(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); - // Recover from errors + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you @@ -7218,56 +8784,15 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, voi { // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044 { - while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); - EndTable(); - } + ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data); ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); - while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); - EndTabBar(); - } - while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); - TreePop(); - } - while (g.GroupStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfGroupStack) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); - EndGroup(); - } - while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); - PopID(); - } - while (g.ColorStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfColorStack) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); - PopStyleColor(); - } - while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfStyleVarStack) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); - PopStyleVar(); - } - while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > window->DC.StackSizesOnBegin.SizeOfFocusScopeStack) - { - if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); - PopFocusScope(); - } if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) { - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow); + IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); break; } - IM_ASSERT(window == g.CurrentWindow); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) { if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); @@ -7281,6 +8806,66 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, voi } } +// Must be called before End()/EndChild() +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + EndTable(); + } + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndTabBar(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + TreePop(); + } + while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndGroup(); + } + while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopID(); + } + while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndDisabled(); + } + while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + PopStyleColor(); + } + while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopItemFlag(); + } + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopStyleVar(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFocusScope(); + } +} + // Save current stack sizes for later compare void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() { @@ -7292,7 +8877,9 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; } // Compare to detect usage errors @@ -7310,6 +8897,8 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!"); IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); @@ -7344,10 +8933,9 @@ void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() // - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] // - GetContentRegionAvail(), // - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() -// - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() // - BeginGroup() // - EndGroup() -// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, columns. +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Advance cursor given item size for layout. @@ -7364,14 +8952,16 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -7380,28 +8970,35 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; // Horizontal layout mode if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) SameLine(); } -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); -} - // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. // Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemAddFlags flags) +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + // Set item data + // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; + g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + + // Directional navigation processing if (id != 0) { - // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Runs prior to clipping early-out // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of @@ -7410,26 +9007,20 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); - - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() -#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) + if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) { - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(); } -#endif - } - // Equivalent to calling SetLastItemData() - window->DC.LastItemId = id; - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + } g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -7438,19 +9029,28 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu #endif // Clipping test - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); - if (is_clipped) - return false; - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) + //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); + //if (is_clipped) + // return false; + const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); + if (!is_rect_visible) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return false; - // Tab stop handling (previously was using internal ItemFocusable() api) - // FIXME-NAV: We would now want to move this above the clipping test, but this would require being able to scroll and currently this would mean an extra frame. (#4079, #343) - if (flags & ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable) - ItemFocusable(window, id); + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (is_rect_visible) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible; if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } @@ -7461,25 +9061,28 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = 0.0f; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } else { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() @@ -7488,11 +9091,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } +// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. +// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) +// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. @@ -7519,21 +9126,24 @@ void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() @@ -7624,7 +9234,8 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 region_max; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) @@ -7710,14 +9321,9 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; } -float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth(); -} - // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) // Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. +// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems? void ImGui::BeginGroup() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7754,6 +9360,9 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; @@ -7773,33 +9382,33 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); - ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); + ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true); if (group_contains_curr_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; - window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb; // Forward Hovered flag const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0; if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; // Forward Edited flag if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; // Forward Deactivated flag - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; g.GroupStack.pop_back(); //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] @@ -7862,32 +9471,80 @@ static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) return scroll; } +void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags); +} + +void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags); +} + // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view -ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) +ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) + // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_)); + + // Defaults + ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX) + flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0) + flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + + const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= window_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= window_rect.Max.x; + const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= window_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= window_rect.Max.y; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetWidth(); + const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= window_rect.GetHeight(); + + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x) { - if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); - else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); - if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f); - else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f); + if (item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) + { + float target_x = can_be_fully_visible_x ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x - window->InnerRect.GetWidth()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.x; + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + } - ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); - delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y) + { + if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) + { + float target_y = can_be_fully_visible_y ? ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()) * 0.5f) : item_rect.Min.y; + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); } + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll)); + if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option? + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags); + } return delta_scroll; } @@ -7947,7 +9604,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) // - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) // - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, // and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. -// - They mostly exists because of legacy API. +// - They mostly exist because of legacy API. // Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: // - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! // - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense @@ -7988,7 +9645,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x); - float target_pos_x = ImLerp(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - spacing_x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge @@ -8014,10 +9671,10 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) void ImGui::BeginTooltip() { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_None, ImGuiTooltipFlags_None); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags) +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8046,7 +9703,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags toolt ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize; - Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); } void ImGui::EndTooltip() @@ -8057,7 +9714,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); TextV(fmt, args); EndTooltip(); } @@ -8125,10 +9782,22 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() return NULL; } +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup)) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), popup_flags); + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) @@ -8153,13 +9822,13 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. popup_ref.PopupId = id; popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; + popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) { g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); @@ -8217,7 +9886,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) - if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow) + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window)) { ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true; break; @@ -8228,24 +9897,40 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : ""); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); } } +void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + int popup_count_to_keep; + for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; + if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + break; + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true); +} + void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); // Trim open popup stack - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) { // Fallback @@ -8275,13 +9960,13 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; bool close_parent = false; if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) close_parent = true; if (!close_parent) break; popup_idx--; } - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. @@ -8303,7 +9988,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) char name[20]; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth else ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame @@ -8324,7 +10009,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) return false; } flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags); + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, flags); } // If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. @@ -8368,7 +10054,7 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup() IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); - // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests) if (g.NavWindow == window) NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); @@ -8384,12 +10070,13 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup() // - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup() void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) { - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } } @@ -8402,7 +10089,7 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags // - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). // This is essentially the same as: // id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); -// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id); +// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); // return BeginPopup(id); // Which is essentially the same as: // id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); @@ -8412,11 +10099,12 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags // The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice. bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); @@ -8425,7 +10113,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flag bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!str_id) str_id = "window_context"; ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); @@ -8438,7 +10127,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_fl bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!str_id) str_id = "void_context"; ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); @@ -8495,7 +10185,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - // If there not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) continue; if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) @@ -8549,7 +10239,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window; float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). ImRect r_avoid; if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) @@ -8560,8 +10250,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { - ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { @@ -8583,7 +10272,22 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID properly needs to be clarified/reworked. +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked. +// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing. +// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified. + +void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); + g.NavWindow = window; + } + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8594,8 +10298,6 @@ void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; - //g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - //g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -8603,18 +10305,18 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid. // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - if (g.NavWindow != window) - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavWindow = window; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; - if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) - window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; @@ -8645,7 +10347,7 @@ static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); } - else + else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None { r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); @@ -8653,15 +10355,17 @@ static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect } // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 -static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) +static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return false; - const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) - g.NavScoringCount++; + // FIXME: Those are not good variables names + ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect; // Current item nav rectangle + const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringDebugCount++; // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) @@ -8673,7 +10377,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) } // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); // Compute distance between boxes @@ -8711,7 +10415,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) else { // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) - quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING @@ -8723,24 +10427,24 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); } else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. { - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } #endif - // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? if (dist_box < result->DistBox) @@ -8762,7 +10466,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. - if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance new_best = true; } } @@ -8775,7 +10479,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) { result->DistAxial = dist_axial; new_best = true; @@ -8784,34 +10488,38 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImRect cand) return new_best; } -static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImRect& nav_bb_rel) +static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; result->Window = window; - result->ID = id; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); } // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) +// This is called after LastItemData is set. +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. - // return; - - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; // Process Init Request - if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) { g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); } - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) { g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); @@ -8819,73 +10527,161 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con } // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) - // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) { - ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times - if (!g.NavMoveRequest) - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; - bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; -#else - bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); -#endif - if (new_best) - NavApplyItemToResult(result, window, id, nav_bb_rel); - - // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. - const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; - if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) - if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) - if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) - NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, window, id, nav_bb_rel); + const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; + if (is_tabbing) + { + if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); + } + else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) + { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + if (!is_tabbing) + { + if (NavScoreItem(result)) + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible)) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible); + } + } } // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { - g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(). +// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests! +// - Case 1: no nav/active id: set result to first eligible item, stop storing. +// - Case 2: tab forward: on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result +// - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request +// - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing +// - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; + if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) + { + // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + else if (g.NavId == id) + g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + { + // Tab Backward + if (g.NavId == id) + { + if (result->ID) + { + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + else + { + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + } + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) + { + // Tab Init + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); } } bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; + return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; + + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavMoveRequest = false; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it) +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false); NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true; g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; } -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire +// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire - // popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. - g.NavWrapRequestWindow = window; - g.NavWrapRequestFlags = move_flags; + IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -8912,13 +10708,16 @@ void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + { + ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + if (prev_nav_window) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) { SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; } else { @@ -8927,10 +10726,17 @@ void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) } } +void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; +} + static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); if (g.NavAnyRequest) IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); } @@ -8943,7 +10749,8 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) { - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; return; } @@ -8953,7 +10760,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); if (init_for_nav) { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; @@ -8963,66 +10770,59 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) else { g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; } } static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) { // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - return g.IO.MousePos; - return g.LastValidMousePos; + // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard. + // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx() + ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos; + return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y); } else { - // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. - const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?) + ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); + if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX)) + { + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); + } + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport(); return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) - return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) - - const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (t < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); - return 0.0f; -} + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) -{ - ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); - if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta *= slow_factor; - if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= fast_factor; - return delta; + ImGuiKey key_less, key_more; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown; + } + else + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); + if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase + amount = 0.0f; + return amount; } static void ImGui::NavUpdate() @@ -9030,93 +10830,47 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - io.WantSetMousePos = false; - g.NavWrapRequestWindow = NULL; - g.NavWrapRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; -#if 0 - if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); -#endif - - // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) - // (do it before we map Keyboard input!) - bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; - if (nav_gamepad_active && g.NavInputSource != ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - { - if (io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f - || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp] > 0.0f || io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown] > 0.0f) - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; - } - - // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping - if (nav_keyboard_active) - { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[_KEY])) { io.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; } } while (0) - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (io.KeyCtrl) - io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (io.KeyShift) - io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - - // AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl) - // But also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. - if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) - io.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; - - // We automatically cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed while holding Alt. (See #370) - if (io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - memcpy(io.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, io.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(io.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) - io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + io.WantSetMousePos = false; + //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); + + // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource? + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown }; + if (nav_gamepad_active) + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow }; + if (nav_keyboard_active) + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) - NavUpdateInitResult(); + NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; // Process navigation move request - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - NavUpdateMoveResult(); - - // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - } + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; - // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. + // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling) + bool set_mouse_pos = false; if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) - { - // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) - { - io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - io.WantSetMousePos = true; - } - g.NavMousePosDirty = false; - } - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + set_mouse_pos = true; + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); - // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 if (g.NavWindow) NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) @@ -9130,117 +10884,55 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] ImGuiNavInput_Cancel\n"); - if (g.ActiveId != 0) - { - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - { - // Leave the "menu" layer - NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - } - else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) - { - // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); - FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, ImRect(child_rect.Min - parent_window->Pos, child_rect.Max - parent_window->Pos)); - } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) - { - // Close open popup/menu - if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); - } - else - { - // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were - if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - } - } + NavUpdateCancelRequest(); // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak; + } + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) + { + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; + } if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - g.NavInputId = g.NavId; } if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; if (g.NavActivateId != 0) IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); - g.NavMoveRequest = false; // Process programmatic activation request + // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - g.NavNextActivateId = 0; - - // Initiate directional inputs request - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) - { - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - } - g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; - } - else { - // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) - // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; + if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + else + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; } + g.NavNextActivateId = 0; - // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll - // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (nav_keyboard_active) - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); - - // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) - { - g.NavMoveRequest = true; - g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = io.KeyMods; - g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; - } - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) - { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. - g.NavInitResultId = 0; // -V1048 - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - } + // Process move requests + NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; // Scrolling if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) @@ -9248,65 +10940,57 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } - // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f); - if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); + if (nav_gamepad_active) + { + const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + } } - // Reset search results - g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled + if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false; + } - // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. - // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad every movements are relative - // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + // Update mouse position if requested + // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) + if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1, 1)); - if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) - { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel\n"); - float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; - window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item - window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(window_rect_rel); - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - } + io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + io.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); } - // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) - ImRect nav_rect_rel = g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); - g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); - g.NavScoringRect.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); - g.NavScoringRect.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRect.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRect.Max.x); - g.NavScoringRect.Max.x = g.NavScoringRect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] - g.NavScoringCount = 0; + // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS if (g.NavWindow) { ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] + if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } } #endif } -static void ImGui::NavUpdateInitResult() +void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() { // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9315,37 +10999,177 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateInitResult() // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) - { - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - } + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } -// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request -static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + + if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL) + { + // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) + // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); + } + else { - // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) - if (g.NavId != 0) + // Initiate directional inputs request + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } } - return; + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + + // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll + // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? + float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active) + scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); + if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f) + { + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + } + + // [DEBUG] Always send a request +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; + } +#endif + + // Submit + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) + NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + + // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + } + + // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad all movements are relative + // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) + { + bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; + bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; + ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); + float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel); + g.NavId = 0; + } + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect scoring_rect; + if (window != NULL) + { + ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); + scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); + scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } + g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect); +} + +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None); + if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + return; + + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + if (!tab_pressed) + return; + + // Initiate tabbing request + // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) + // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. + // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. + //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; +} + +// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate() +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times + return; +#endif // Select which result to use - ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; + + // Tabbing forward wrap + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) + result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; + + // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + if (result == NULL) + { + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + return; + } // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) - if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) @@ -9356,109 +11180,180 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) { + // FIXME: Should remove this float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; - delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target; SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); } else { - ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); - delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } - - // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() - result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x); - result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y); } - ClearActiveID(); - g.NavWindow = result->Window; + if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + } + if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) + ClearActiveID(); if (g.NavId != result->ID) { // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; - g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; } + + // Focus IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + } + + // Activate + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + } + + // Enable nav highlight + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +} + +// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) +// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need: +// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it. +// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) + return; + + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + { + // Close open popup/menu + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = 0; + } } // Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys +// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request +// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference +// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid? static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) return 0.0f; - if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out return 0.0f; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); - if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed - { - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) - { - // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (home_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); - else if (end_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + { + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (home_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); + else if (end_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + else + { + ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; } - else + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { - ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (IsKeyPressed(io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (home_pressed) - { - // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y - // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. - // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - else if (end_pressed) - { - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (home_pressed) + { + // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y + // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. + // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? + } + else if (end_pressed) + { + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; } return 0.0f; } @@ -9472,57 +11367,66 @@ static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); // Perform wrap-around in menus - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWrapRequestWindow; - ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavWrapRequestFlags; - if (window != NULL && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - { - IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping - ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + bool do_forward = false; + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = - ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) - { - bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); - clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; - } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) - { - bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); - clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; - } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = - ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) - { - bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); - clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; - } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) - { - bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); - clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; - } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + do_forward = true; } + if (!do_forward) + return; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -9530,6 +11434,7 @@ static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g); int order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking) IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window); return order; } @@ -9555,7 +11460,10 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) if (!window_target) window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + { g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -9565,6 +11473,8 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; bool apply_toggle_layer = false; @@ -9576,32 +11486,37 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() // Fade out if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) { - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; } - // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection - bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); + const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) { - g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; // FIXME-DOCK: Will need to use RootWindowDockStop + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; } // Gamepad update - g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime; if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1); if (focus_change_dir != 0) { NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); @@ -9609,7 +11524,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) - if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu)) { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) @@ -9624,37 +11539,62 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_; + IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows. g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); - if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1); + else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods) apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of backend clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. + // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) + { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - apply_toggle_layer = true; + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + } + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) + { + // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) + // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) + // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key. + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + // Apply layer toggle on release + // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. + if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + } // Move window if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) { - ImVec2 move_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + ImVec2 nav_move_dir; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyVector2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't handle variable framerate very well - ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; - SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); + const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored; + } } } @@ -9662,8 +11602,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) { ClearActiveID(); - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); @@ -9701,14 +11640,17 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() FocusWindow(new_nav_window); new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; } - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key. + // Toggle layer const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; - NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer) + { + // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?) + if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; + NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } } } @@ -9758,6 +11700,12 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive; +} + void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9793,7 +11741,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) { - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (source_id != 0) { // Common path: items with ID @@ -9801,34 +11749,34 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) return false; if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1) mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) return false; g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; } else { // Uncommon path: items without ID - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) + return false; + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) return false; // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: - // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. + // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag. if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } - // Early out - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) - return false; - - // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() + // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. - // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. + // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id); + // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + KeepAliveID(source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -9842,10 +11790,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); - // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0; + // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); } else { @@ -9880,13 +11826,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) { ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; + tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; } } if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } @@ -9949,6 +11895,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s } payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + // Return whether the payload has been accepted return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1); } @@ -9976,7 +11923,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -9986,16 +11933,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() return false; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; - if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow) + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems) return false; - const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect; - ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId; + const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (id == 0) + { id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); + KeepAliveID(id); + } if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; @@ -10036,16 +11986,9 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop // Render default drop visuals payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; - flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) + flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - { - // FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. - r.Expand(3.5f); - bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - } + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() @@ -10055,6 +11998,12 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop return &payload; } +// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +{ + GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); +} + const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10408,11 +12357,25 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) return NULL; } -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) + return settings; + return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); +} + +void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL); + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler); +} + +void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { - if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name))) - return settings; - return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name)) + g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler); } ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) @@ -10440,7 +12403,8 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); if (!file_data) return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + if (file_data_size > 0) + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); IM_FREE(file_data); } @@ -10607,8 +12571,9 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); } IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); - settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)window->Pos.x, (short)window->Pos.y); - settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)window->SizeFull.x, (short)window->SizeFull.y); + settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos); + settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull); + settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; } @@ -10630,6 +12595,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - GetMainViewport() +// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal] // - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] // (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -10640,6 +12606,11 @@ ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() return g.Viewports[0]; } +void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + window->Viewport = viewport; +} + // Update viewports and monitor infos static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() { @@ -10810,25 +12781,37 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) #pragma comment(lib, "imm32") #endif -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y) +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)io.ImeWindowHandle) - if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) - { - COMPOSITIONFORM cf; - cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x; - cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y; - cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; - ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); - ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); - } + HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (hwnd == 0) + hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; +#endif + if (hwnd == 0) + return; + + //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0); + if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) + { + COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {}; + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x; + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y; + composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; + ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form); + CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {}; + candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS; + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x; + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y; + ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); + } } #else -static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} #endif @@ -10837,20 +12820,25 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] // - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - DebugTextEncoding() // - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal] // - ShowMetricsWindow() // - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] // - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] // - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal] // - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] // - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] // - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] // - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal] // - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal] // - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) { @@ -10903,11 +12891,47 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); } +// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct. +void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) +{ + Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); + if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + return; + TableSetupColumn("Offset"); + TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); + TableSetupColumn("Glyph"); + TableSetupColumn("Codepoint"); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; ) + { + unsigned int c; + const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("%d", (int)(p - str)); + TableNextColumn(); + for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++) + { + if (byte_index > 0) + SameLine(); + Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]); + } + TableNextColumn(); + if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c)) + TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len); + else + TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]"); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("U+%04X", (int)c); + p += c_utf8_len; + } + EndTable(); +} + // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); @@ -10917,28 +12941,46 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) } } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS -namespace ImGui { void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } -#endif - -void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) +// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open)) + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) { - End(); - return; + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + PushID(font); + DebugNodeFont(font); + PopID(); + } + if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + { + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); + TreePop(); } +} +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) +{ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) + ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); + if (cfg->ShowStackTool) + ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } // Basic info Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); - Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } Separator(); @@ -10957,19 +12999,20 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight); } - else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } @@ -10992,12 +13035,35 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Tools if (TreeNode("Tools")) { + bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (show_encoding_viewer) + { + static char buf[100] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + TreePop(); + } + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (Button("Item Picker..")) + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) DebugStartItemPicker(); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); + + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); SameLine(); @@ -11014,8 +13080,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) } Unindent(); } - Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); - Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects); SameLine(); @@ -11066,8 +13130,27 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) } // Windows - DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "Windows"); - //DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); + if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size)) + { + //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order"); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)"); + if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)")) + { + // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! + ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; + temp_buffer.resize(0); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; + ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); + TreePop(); + } + + TreePop(); + } // DrawLists int drawlist_count = 0; @@ -11075,6 +13158,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) { ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; @@ -11101,8 +13186,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. + const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -11130,14 +13219,19 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) } // Details for Fonts -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts; if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size)) { ShowFontAtlas(atlas); TreePop(); } -#endif + + // Details for InputText + if (TreeNode("InputText")) + { + DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState); + TreePop(); + } // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK @@ -11195,11 +13289,46 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } - // Misc Details - if (TreeNode("Internal state")) + if (TreeNode("Key Owners & Shortcut Routing")) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + TextUnformatted("Key Owners:"); + if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr, + owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); + } + EndListBox(); + } + TextUnformatted("Shortcut Routing:"); + if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; ) + { + char key_chord_name[64]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); + Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; + } + } + EndListBox(); + } + Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) + { Text("WINDOWING"); Indent(); Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); @@ -11210,19 +13339,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("ITEMS"); Indent(); - Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); + Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource)); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId); Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not + Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame + Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); Unindent(); Text("NAV,FOCUS"); Indent(); Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); - Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); + Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); @@ -11293,25 +13428,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) End(); } -// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture -void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - PushID(font); - DebugNodeFont(font); - PopID(); - } - if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) - { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); - Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); - TreePop(); - } -} - // [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) { @@ -11342,7 +13458,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, } ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - if (window && IsItemHovered()) + if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (!node_open) return; @@ -11421,16 +13537,17 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) { IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags; out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; ) + for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; ) { + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list + ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; + ImVec2 triangle[3]; for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos)); @@ -11520,17 +13637,13 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); - if (glyph) - font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); - if (glyph && IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + if (!glyph) + continue; + font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) { BeginTooltip(); - Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n); - Separator(); - Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); - Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); - Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); - Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); + DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); EndTooltip(); } } @@ -11542,6 +13655,16 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) TreePop(); } +void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph) +{ + Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint); + Separator(); + Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); + Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); + Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); + Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); +} + // [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { @@ -11564,7 +13687,14 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); - IM_UNUSED(p); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", + tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + } + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf); if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } @@ -11583,8 +13713,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) PushID(tab); if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); - Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.1f, Width: %.1f/%.1f", - tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); PopID(); } TreePop(); @@ -11647,13 +13777,10 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) { ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer]; if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y) - { BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]); - continue; - } - BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); - if (IsItemHovered()) - GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(r.Min + window->Pos, r.Max + window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + else + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); } BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } @@ -11679,7 +13806,6 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* la { if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size)) return; - Text("(In front-to-back order:)"); for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back { PushID((*windows)[i]); @@ -11689,6 +13815,359 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* la TreePop(); } +// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way. +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i]; + if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack) + continue; + char buf[20]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name); + DebugNodeWindow(window, buf); + Indent(); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window); + Unindent(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + DebugLogV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) + IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); +} + +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + Text("Log events:"); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + { + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + } + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Copy")) + SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; + if (IsItemHovered()) + for (const char* p = line_begin; p < line_end - 10; p++) + { + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) + continue; + ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); + ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); + g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) + DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); + p += 10; + } + } + if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) + SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + EndChild(); + + End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugLocateId = target_id; + g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugLocateItem(target_id); + GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; + g.DebugLocateId = 0; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); + ImRect r = item_data.Rect; + r.Expand(3.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos; + ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + +// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive) + return; + + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); + if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id) + { + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + } + for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++) + if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) + g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); + BeginTooltip(); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); + Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); + const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; + if (change_mapping) + Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button."); + else + TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) + return; + + // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item + // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time + const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId; + if (tool->QueryId != query_id) + { + tool->QueryId = query_id; + tool->StackLevel = -1; + tool->Results.resize(0); + } + if (query_id == 0) + return; + + // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result) + int stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2) + tool->StackLevel++; + + // Update hook + stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level == -1) + g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + { + g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID; + tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++; + } +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Step 0: stack query + // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. + if (tool->StackLevel == -1) + { + tool->StackLevel++; + tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo()); + for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++) + tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id; + return; + } + + // Step 1+: query for individual level + IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0); + if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size) + return; + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel]; + IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0); + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_String: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_Pointer: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_ID: + if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one. + return; + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id); + break; + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + info->QuerySuccess = true; + info->DataType = data_type; +} + +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; + if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name); + if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc); + if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers. + return (*buf = 0); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo() + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label); +#endif + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); +} + +// Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + // Display hovered/active status + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : ""); +#else + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id); +#endif + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details."); + + // CTRL+C to copy path + const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime; + Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); + SameLine(); + TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + { + tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; + char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; + char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size; + for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++) + { + *p++ = '/'; + char level_desc[256]; + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); + for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++) + { + if (level_desc[n] == '/') + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = level_desc[n]; + } + } + *p = '\0'; + SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data); + } + + // Display decorated stack + tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount; + if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x; + TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0); + TableNextColumn(); + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size); + TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", info->ID); + if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header)); + } + EndTable(); + } + End(); +} + #else void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} @@ -11704,7 +14183,15 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} -#endif +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_demo.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_demo.cpp similarity index 87% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui_demo.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_demo.cpp index b69bbed0..9bd188fa 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (demo code) // Help: @@ -8,11 +8,15 @@ // Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// ------------------------------------------------- +// PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! +// ------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: -// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other -// coders will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available -// debug menu of your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone -// in your team, likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. +// Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. +// Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! +// Also include Metrics! ItemPicker! DebugLog! and other debug features. +// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, +// likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. // Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). // If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be // linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. @@ -39,22 +43,25 @@ // Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. /* Index of this file: -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Helpers // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// - ShowDemoWindow() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() // - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() @@ -92,8 +99,9 @@ Index of this file: // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything @@ -185,12 +193,25 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); +// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions +// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); +static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. // In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md) static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); @@ -200,71 +221,38 @@ static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) } } -// Helper to display basic user controls. -void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); - ImGui::BulletText( - "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" - "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); - ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); - ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); - ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract."); - ImGui::Unindent(); - ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); - ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); - ImGui::Unindent(); -} +// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to an interactive browser +typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data); +extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback; +extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData; +ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; +void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; +#define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowDemoWindow() // - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - ShowDemoWindowLayout() // - ShowDemoWindowPopups() // - ShowDemoWindowTables() // - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions -// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); -static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. // You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most ImGui functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. + // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; static bool show_app_log = false; static bool show_app_layout = false; @@ -279,7 +267,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); @@ -292,13 +279,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + static bool show_app_debug_log = false; + static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; static bool show_app_about = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } - if (show_app_about) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); } + if (show_app_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); + if (show_app_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); + if (show_app_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); + if (show_app_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); @@ -317,6 +312,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool no_nav = false; static bool no_background = false; static bool no_bring_to_front = false; + static bool unsaved_document = false; ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; @@ -328,6 +324,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; + if (unsaved_document) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument; if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. @@ -345,10 +342,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); @@ -357,11 +352,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); ShowExampleMenuFile(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); @@ -377,9 +374,18 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); ImGui::EndMenu(); } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) { - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -387,9 +393,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); + ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); @@ -412,6 +419,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -433,13 +441,17 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("<>"); } - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Space))) + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; } ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); @@ -452,13 +464,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) { HelpMarker( "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n" - "Here we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); + "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. + // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); @@ -468,6 +482,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); @@ -476,6 +491,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) { HelpMarker( @@ -495,6 +511,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Window options"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) { if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3)) @@ -509,6 +526,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document); ImGui::EndTable(); } } @@ -518,7 +536,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); ShowDemoWindowTables(); - ShowDemoWindowMisc(); + ShowDemoWindowInputs(); // End of ShowDemoWindow() ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -527,11 +545,18 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) return; + static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom + if (disable_all) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); static int clicked = 0; if (ImGui::Button("Button")) clicked++; @@ -541,15 +566,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Checkbox"); static bool check = true; ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/RadioButton"); static int e = 0; ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Colored)"); for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) { if (i > 0) @@ -571,6 +599,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); // Arrow buttons with Repeater + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); @@ -581,28 +610,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("- or me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; static int item_current = 0; ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); @@ -613,13 +627,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputText"); static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "USER:\n" "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" - "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" + "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" @@ -631,12 +646,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static char str1[128] = ""; ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1)); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputInt, InputFloat"); static int i0 = 123; ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n" - " e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\n" - "Use +- to subtract."); static float f0 = 0.001f; ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f"); @@ -655,6 +667,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( @@ -670,6 +683,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); static int i1 = 0; ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); @@ -678,12 +692,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderAngle"); static float angle = 0.0f; ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer. // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name. // This technique can also be used with DragInt(). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Slider (enum)"); enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT }; static int elem = Element_Fire; const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; @@ -693,6 +709,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); @@ -708,6 +725,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ListBox"); const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; static int item_current = 1; ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); @@ -715,6 +733,40 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); } + { + // Tooltips + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Button"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Fancy"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Delayed"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example! + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); + + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -724,8 +776,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // if (once) // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) { for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) @@ -746,6 +800,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { HelpMarker( @@ -773,6 +828,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) { // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. + // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; if (is_selected) @@ -781,7 +837,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { // Items 0..2 are Tree Node bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) node_clicked = i; if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) { @@ -802,7 +858,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) node_clicked = i; if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) { @@ -828,6 +884,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) { static bool closable_group = true; @@ -851,6 +908,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) { ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); @@ -865,8 +923,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) { // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. @@ -877,6 +937,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) { // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. @@ -910,6 +971,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) { // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters @@ -923,7 +985,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. ImGui::TextWrapped( - "CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. @@ -936,6 +998,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -989,19 +1052,27 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndTooltip(); } } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons"); ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); static int pressed_count = 0; for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. + // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. + // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples ImGui::PushID(i); - int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 == uses default padding (style.FramePadding) - ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h);// UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture - ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, frame_padding, bg_col, tint_col)) + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) pressed_count += 1; + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::SameLine(); } @@ -1010,8 +1081,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) { + // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); @@ -1026,8 +1099,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. - const char* combo_label = items[item_current_idx]; // Label to preview before opening the combo (technically it could be anything) - if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_label, flags)) + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { @@ -1043,10 +1116,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string + // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. static int item_current_2 = 0; ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* + // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control. static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); @@ -1058,6 +1133,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) { // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. @@ -1100,6 +1176,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { // Selectable() has 2 overloads: @@ -1108,18 +1185,20 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable"); + ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) selection[4] = !selection[4]; ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) { static int selected = -1; @@ -1132,6 +1211,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) { HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); @@ -1149,6 +1229,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) { // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, @@ -1159,11 +1240,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) { static bool selected[10] = {}; - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { @@ -1174,8 +1256,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::EndTable(); } - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + ImGui::Spacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { @@ -1193,6 +1275,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; @@ -1225,6 +1308,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) { HelpMarker( @@ -1252,8 +1336,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) { // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize @@ -1279,6 +1365,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) { struct TextFilters @@ -1301,6 +1388,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) { static char password[64] = "password123"; @@ -1361,12 +1449,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static char buf3[64]; static int edit_count = 0; ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edits + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, @@ -1413,8 +1502,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Tabs + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; @@ -1441,6 +1532,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) { // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). @@ -1483,6 +1575,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) { static ImVector active_tabs; @@ -1552,16 +1645,19 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. - // Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: - // - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot - // - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets")) + // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot + // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting")) { static bool animate = true; ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); + // Plot as lines and plot as histogram + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram"); static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float @@ -1591,7 +1687,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); } - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); // Use functions to generate output // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. @@ -1613,6 +1708,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Separator(); // Animate a simple progress bar + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar"); static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; if (animate) { @@ -1634,6 +1730,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) { static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f); @@ -1650,18 +1747,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (HSV, with Alpha)"); ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (float display)"); ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with Picker)"); ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n" @@ -1669,6 +1770,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with custom Picker popup)"); ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. @@ -1736,11 +1838,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndPopup(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (simple)"); ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); static bool no_border = false; ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border); ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); static bool alpha = true; static bool alpha_bar = true; @@ -1765,10 +1869,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, " - "but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " + "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); - ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode."); ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; @@ -1792,6 +1895,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); + // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + ImGui::Text("Both types:"); + float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV! ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -1808,6 +1920,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) { // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! @@ -1841,6 +1954,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) { static float begin = 10, end = 90; @@ -1851,6 +1965,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) { // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types @@ -1859,7 +1974,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - integer/float/double // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer. - // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. + // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each type. // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: @@ -1900,16 +2015,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() const float drag_speed = 0.2f; static bool drag_clamp = false; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); ImGui::Text("Drags:"); ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" + "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); @@ -1918,6 +2035,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); ImGui::Text("Sliders"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); @@ -1926,6 +2044,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); @@ -1950,6 +2069,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; ImGui::Text("Inputs"); ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); @@ -1958,9 +2078,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); @@ -1969,6 +2089,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) { static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; @@ -2000,6 +2121,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) { const float spacing = 4; @@ -2064,8 +2186,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Standard widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets")) { // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. @@ -2080,6 +2204,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Copy-swap items"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items")) { enum Mode @@ -2147,6 +2272,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) { // Simple reordering @@ -2176,38 +2302,49 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Edited/Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)")) { // Select an item type const char* item_names[] = { - "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputFloat", - "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox" + "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputTextMultiline", "InputFloat", + "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox" }; - static int item_type = 1; + static int item_type = 4; + static bool item_disabled = false; ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); - // Submit selected item item so we can query their status in the code following it. + // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it. bool ret = false; static bool b = false; static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; static char str[16] = {}; + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) - if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input - if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) - if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node - if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. - if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } - if (item_type == 13){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputTextMultiline("ITEM: InputTextMultiline", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which uses a child window) + if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input + if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item + if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) + if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node + if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. + if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + + bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. @@ -2220,6 +2357,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" @@ -2238,6 +2376,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), ImGui::IsItemEdited(), @@ -2251,44 +2390,70 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); + ImGui::BulletText( + "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + char buf[1] = ""; + ImGui::InputText("unused", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above and see e.g. Deactivated() status."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Window Status (Focused,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Window Status (Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + { static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); + ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiFocusedFlags_XXX flags can be combined. ImGui::BulletText( "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)); // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. ImGui::BulletText( "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); @@ -2297,9 +2462,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) ImGui::EndChild(); - static char unused_str[] = "This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above."; - ImGui::InputText("unused", unused_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(unused_str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window. static bool test_window = false; @@ -2321,13 +2483,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: + // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) return; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) { HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); @@ -2341,7 +2538,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; if (disable_mouse_wheel) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); ImGui::EndChild(); @@ -2390,7 +2587,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively // layout from this position. // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from - // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)' for details. + // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. { static int offset_x = 0; ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); @@ -2413,6 +2610,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) { static float f = 0.0f; @@ -2489,11 +2687,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); // Text + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); @@ -2514,6 +2714,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (with offset)"); ImGui::Text("Aligned"); ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); @@ -2522,6 +2723,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); // Checkbox + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (more)"); static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false; ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2553,6 +2755,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopItemWidth(); // Dummy + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Dummy"); ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40); ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2560,7 +2763,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Manually wrapping // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) - ImGui::Text("Manually wrapping:"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Manual wrapping"); + ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); int buttons_count = 20; float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; @@ -2578,6 +2782,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Groups"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) { HelpMarker( @@ -2625,6 +2830,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Baseline Alignment"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) { { @@ -2743,9 +2949,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) { // Vertical scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Vertical"); HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position."); static int track_item = 50; @@ -2818,6 +3026,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopID(); // Horizontal scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal"); ImGui::Spacing(); HelpMarker( "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n" @@ -2863,6 +3072,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopID(); // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal (more)"); HelpMarker( "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n" "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); @@ -2937,6 +3147,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() if (explicit_content_size) ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f)); ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); @@ -3023,6 +3234,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) { static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); @@ -3030,59 +3242,58 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)"); + HelpMarker( + "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" + "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n" + "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" + "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n" + "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" + "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" + "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls."); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) { if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(n); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position - ImGui::InvisibleButton("##empty", size); + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size); if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; } + ImGui::PopID(); + if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped. + continue; + const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!"; const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y); ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - switch (n) { case 0: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" - "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" - "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)"); ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); ImGui::PopClipRect(); break; case 1: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" - "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" - "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)"); draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); draw_list->PopClipRect(); break; case 2: - HelpMarker( - "Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" - "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" - "(this is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls)"); ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert. draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); break; } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -3091,6 +3302,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) return; @@ -3112,6 +3324,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state. // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Popups"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) { ImGui::TextWrapped( @@ -3180,17 +3393,33 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() } // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo - if (ImGui::Button("File Menu..")) + if (ImGui::Button("With a menu..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup")) + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup", ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + ImGui::Text("Hello from popup!"); + ImGui::Button("This is a dummy button.."); ImGui::EndPopup(); } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier."); @@ -3201,7 +3430,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) // OpenPopup(id); // return BeginPopup(id); - // For advanced advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. + // For advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem(). // Example 1 @@ -3230,7 +3459,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one."); static float value = 0.5f; - ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this value", value); + ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup")) { if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; @@ -3275,6 +3504,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Modals"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside."); @@ -3350,31 +3580,25 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Menus inside a regular window"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); ImGui::Separator(); - // Note: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the - // parent of the various popup menus above. To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block - // to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here would - // open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, - // which is the desired behavior for regular menus. - ImGui::PushID("foo"); ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) { ShowExampleMenuFile(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } - ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::TreePop(); } } // Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo. -// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure if defined inside the demo function) +// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure is defined inside the demo function) namespace { // We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code. @@ -3496,6 +3720,7 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)"); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort); if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) @@ -3509,6 +3734,7 @@ static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); @@ -3527,6 +3753,7 @@ static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns")) return; @@ -3566,6 +3793,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Demos if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table. @@ -3589,7 +3817,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex(). - // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each columns. + // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each column. HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3)) { @@ -3607,10 +3835,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(), - // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new roes as needed. + // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. HelpMarker( - "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cells contains the same type of contents.\n" + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) { @@ -3627,6 +3855,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Borders, background"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background")) { // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively @@ -3661,7 +3890,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton); ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -3686,7 +3915,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); if (contents_type == CT_Text) ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf); - else if (contents_type) + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); } } @@ -3697,10 +3926,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch")) { - // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each columns is "Stretch" - // Each columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. + // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each column is "Stretch" + // All columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); @@ -3726,6 +3956,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, fixed"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed")) { // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set) @@ -3759,6 +3990,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, mixed"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed")) { HelpMarker( @@ -3808,6 +4040,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Reorderable, hideable, with headers"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers")) { HelpMarker( @@ -3819,7 +4052,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); PopStyleCompact(); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) @@ -3865,6 +4098,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Padding"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding")) { // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding. @@ -3876,7 +4110,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() "- any form of row selection\n" "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" - "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasis how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); + "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; PushStyleCompact(); @@ -3973,6 +4207,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Explicit widths"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies")) { static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; @@ -4076,6 +4311,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) { HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); @@ -4118,6 +4354,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Horizontal scrolling"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling")) { HelpMarker( @@ -4206,6 +4443,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns flags"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags")) { // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example! @@ -4221,14 +4459,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::PushID(column); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]); ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("Input flags:"); EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]); ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("Output flags:"); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); ImGui::PopID(); } PopStyleCompact(); @@ -4270,6 +4510,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns widths"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths")) { HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width."); @@ -4335,9 +4576,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables")) { - HelpMarker("This demonstrate embedding a table into another table cell."); + HelpMarker("This demonstrates embedding a table into another table cell."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) { @@ -4379,9 +4621,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { - HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would requires a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) { for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) @@ -4398,6 +4641,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Outer size"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size")) { // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY @@ -4464,6 +4708,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Background color"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color")) { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; @@ -4521,6 +4766,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Tree view"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view")) { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; @@ -4592,6 +4838,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Item width"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width")) { HelpMarker( @@ -4626,7 +4873,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); - ImGui::SliderFloat("float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::EndTable(); @@ -4637,6 +4884,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Custom headers"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers")) { const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; @@ -4684,6 +4932,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); @@ -4790,6 +5039,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Synced instances"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances")) { HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); @@ -4825,6 +5075,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() }; if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Sorting"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting")) { // Create item list @@ -4912,6 +5163,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG] if (open_action != -1) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Advanced"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced")) { static ImGuiTableFlags flags = @@ -4934,7 +5186,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() static bool show_headers = true; static bool show_wrapped_text = false; //static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affects column sizing + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affect column sizing if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) { // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields @@ -4961,8 +5213,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -5025,7 +5277,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n" "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n" "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n" - "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch column.\n" + "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch columns.\n" "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set)."); // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling. @@ -5228,6 +5480,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!] static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)"); bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!"); @@ -5235,6 +5488,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() return; // Basic columns + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { ImGui::Text("Without border:"); @@ -5279,6 +5533,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Borders"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) { // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. @@ -5314,6 +5569,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() } // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Mixed items"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) { ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); @@ -5345,6 +5601,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() } // Word wrapping + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Word-wrapping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) { ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); @@ -5359,6 +5616,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Horizontal Scrolling"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) { ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); @@ -5384,6 +5642,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Tree"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree")) { ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true); @@ -5423,37 +5682,31 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() -{ - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); - } +namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); // Display ImGuiIO output flags - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); - ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Output"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Output")) + { + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); + ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } // Display Mouse state + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse State"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse State")) { if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) @@ -5461,37 +5714,152 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() else ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); - ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse dblclick:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)){ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + + int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); + ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%d)", i, ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(i)); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); ImGui::Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Display Keyboard/Mouse state - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard & Navigation State")) + // Display mouse cursors + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) { - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } - ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " + "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " + "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display Keyboard/Mouse state + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Gamepad & Navigation State")) + { + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; + const ImGuiKey key_first = (ImGuiKey)ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; +#else + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + const ImGuiKey key_first = (ImGuiKey)0; + //ImGui::Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } +#endif + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d (%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key, ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } + ImGui::Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = key_first; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key)) continue; if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(key)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); } } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. - ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f (%.02f secs)", i, io.NavInputs[i], io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); } + // Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys + { + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); + const float key_rounding = 3.0f; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + + ImVec2 board_min = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); + ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y); + + struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; }; + const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] = + { + { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R }, + { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F }, + { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } + }; + + // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. + // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(board_max.x - board_min.x, board_max.y - board_min.y)); + if (ImGui::IsItemVisible()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + { + const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; + ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); + ImVec2 key_max = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_size.x, key_min.y + key_size.y); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); + draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); + ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); + ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); + draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); + ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); + draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + } + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture override")) + { + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + + HelpMarker( + "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + static int capture_override_mouse = -1; + static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; + const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(256.0f, 192.0f)); // Dummy item + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); - ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(true); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Tabbing"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) { ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); @@ -5507,6 +5875,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Focus from code"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code")) { bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -5548,6 +5917,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs, Navigation & Focus/Dragging"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); @@ -5575,29 +5945,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); ImGui::TreePop(); } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) - { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); - ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " - "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " - "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } } } @@ -5613,6 +5960,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); @@ -5641,6 +5989,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS"); #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO"); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS"); #endif @@ -5754,7 +6105,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } // Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts. -// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one. +// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is the more flexible one. void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -5800,6 +6151,7 @@ bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/Style Editor"); // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference) ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); @@ -6033,6 +6385,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically."); ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. + ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha)."); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); @@ -6044,6 +6397,40 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::PopItemWidth(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); + ImGui::BulletText( + "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" + "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); + ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); + if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); + ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); + ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); + ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); + ImGui::Unindent(); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6082,6 +6469,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() // (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts) static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu"); ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false); if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {} if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {} @@ -6107,6 +6495,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {} ImGui::Separator(); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) { static bool enabled = true; @@ -6123,6 +6512,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() ImGui::EndMenu(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Colors"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors")) { float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight(); @@ -6143,6 +6533,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations. if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append! { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Append to an existing menu"); static bool b = true; ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -6175,6 +6566,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ExampleAppConsole() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Console"); ClearLog(); memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf)); HistoryPos = -1; @@ -6273,72 +6665,76 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); - ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } - // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. - // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping - // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then - // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. - // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: - // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - // With: - // ImGuiListClipper clipper; - // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); - // while (clipper.Step()) - // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) - // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, - // without processing all the ones before) - // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. - // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. - // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices - // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, - // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage - // to improve this example code! - // If your items are of variable height: - // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. - // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - { - const char* item = Items[i]; - if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) - continue; + // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. + // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping + // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then + // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. + // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: + // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + // With: + // ImGuiListClipper clipper; + // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); + // while (clipper.Step()) + // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) + // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, + // without processing all the ones before) + // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. + // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. + // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices + // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, + // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage + // to improve this example code! + // If your items are of variable height: + // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. + // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + { + const char* item = Items[i]; + if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) + continue; - // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. - // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) - ImVec4 color; - bool has_color = false; - if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } - else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } - if (has_color) - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); - ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); - if (has_color) - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - } - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogFinish(); + // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. + // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) + ImVec4 color; + bool has_color = false; + if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + if (has_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); + if (has_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogFinish(); - if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - ScrollToBottom = false; + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + ScrollToBottom = false; - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::Separator(); // Command-line bool reclaim_focus = false; - ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) { char* s = InputBuf; @@ -6580,63 +6976,66 @@ struct ExampleAppLog Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - - if (clear) - Clear(); - if (copy) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - const char* buf = Buf.begin(); - const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); - if (Filter.IsActive()) + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { - // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. - // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter. - // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of - // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). - for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) - { - const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; - const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); - } - } - else - { - // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: - // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); - // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward - // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are - // within the visible area. - // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them - // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires - // - A) random access into your data - // - B) items all being the same height, - // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. - // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display - // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make - // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). - ImGuiListClipper clipper; - clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + if (clear) + Clear(); + if (copy) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + const char* buf = Buf.begin(); + const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); + if (Filter.IsActive()) + { + // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. + // This is because we don't have random access to the result of our filter. + // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of + // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). + for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) { const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); } } - clipper.End(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + else + { + // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: + // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); + // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward + // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are + // within the visible area. + // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them + // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires + // - A) random access into your data + // - B) items all being the same height, + // both of which we can handle since we have an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. + // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display + // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make + // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + clipper.End(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -6652,6 +7051,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call. ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Log"); if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries")) { static int counter = 0; @@ -6682,6 +7082,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple layout"); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) @@ -6698,6 +7099,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { + // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav char label[128]; sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) @@ -6797,6 +7199,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); HelpMarker( "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" @@ -6832,6 +7235,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Long text display"); static int test_type = 0; static ImGuiTextBuffer log; @@ -6893,6 +7297,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Auto-resizing window"); static int lines = 10; ImGui::TextUnformatted( @@ -6910,50 +7315,82 @@ static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +// Note that size constraints currently don't work on a docked window (when in 'docking' branch) static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { struct CustomConstraints { // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } }; const char* test_desc[] = { + "Between 100x100 and 500x500", + "At least 100x100", "Resize vertical only", "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", + "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", "Custom: Always Square", "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", }; + // Options static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; + static bool window_padding = true; + static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) - { - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + + // Submit constraint + float aspect_ratio = 16.0f / 9.0f; + float fixed_step = 100.0f; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + + // Submit window + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + const ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + const bool window_open = ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, window_flags); + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + if (window_open) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window"); + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) + { + // Display a dummy viewport (in your real app you would likely use ImageButton() to display a texture. + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::ColorButton("viewport", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.2f, 0.5f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, avail_size); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(pos.x + 10, pos.y + 10)); + ImGui::Text("%.2f x %.2f", avail_size.x, avail_size.y); + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("(Hold SHIFT to display a dummy viewport)"); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + ImGui::Checkbox("Window padding", &window_padding); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } } ImGui::End(); } @@ -6966,27 +7403,34 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) // + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) { - const float PAD = 10.0f; - static int corner = 0; + static int location = 0; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; - if (corner != -1) + if (location >= 0) { + const float PAD = 10.0f; const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any! ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize; ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot; - window_pos.x = (corner & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); - window_pos.y = (corner & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); - window_pos_pivot.x = (corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - window_pos_pivot.y = (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos.x = (location & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); + window_pos.y = (location & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); + window_pos_pivot.x = (location & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos_pivot.y = (location & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; } + else if (location == -2) + { + // Center window + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags)) { - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay"); + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "(right-click to change position)"); ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); @@ -6994,11 +7438,12 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, location == -1)) location = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Center", NULL, location == -2)) location = -2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, location == 0)) location = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, location == 1)) location = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, location == 2)) location = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, location == 3)) location = 3; if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndPopup(); } @@ -7014,7 +7459,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) { static bool use_work_area = true; - static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. @@ -7046,8 +7491,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) // [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to all regular items as well. +// Demonstrate the use of "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This applies to all regular items as well. // Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details. static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) { @@ -7060,6 +7505,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Manipulating window titles"); ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); ImGui::End(); @@ -7089,6 +7535,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Custom Rendering"); // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your @@ -7265,8 +7712,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // Context menu (under default mouse threshold) ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right); - if (opt_enable_context_menu && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right) && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f) - ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + if (opt_enable_context_menu && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f) + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) { if (adding_line) @@ -7450,7 +7897,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -7471,6 +7919,16 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); + // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags. + // They have multiple effects: + // - Display a dot next to the title. + // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button. + // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). + // Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + // We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty + // hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window. + // The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole. + // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs { ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0); diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_draw.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_draw.cpp similarity index 93% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui_draw.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_draw.cpp index 190c4c7b..4aa5e8a9 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -39,25 +39,12 @@ Index of this file: #endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if !defined(alloca) -#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__NEWLIB__) -#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) -#elif defined(_WIN32) -#include // alloca -#if !defined(alloca) -#define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen -#endif -#else -#include // alloca -#endif -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#pragma warning (disable: 6255) // [Static Analyzer] _alloca indicates failure by raising a stack overflow exception. Consider using _malloca instead. #pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) #endif @@ -67,9 +54,6 @@ Index of this file: #if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif -#if __has_warning("-Walloca") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Walloca" // warning: use of function '__builtin_alloca' is discouraged -#endif #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. @@ -90,7 +74,7 @@ Index of this file: #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Compile time options: @@ -393,7 +377,7 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) { const float radius = (float)i; - CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : 0); + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX); } ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } @@ -402,10 +386,9 @@ void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. - // (those should be IM_STATIC_ASSERT() in theory but with our pre C++11 setup the whole check doesn't compile with GCC) - IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); - IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); - IM_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); CmdBuffer.resize(0); IdxBuffer.resize(0); @@ -473,6 +456,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) { + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) @@ -487,15 +471,30 @@ void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) } // Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset -#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) + +// Try to merge two last draw commands +void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds() +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount; + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + } +} // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack. // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only. void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { @@ -506,7 +505,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; @@ -518,6 +517,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId) { @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); return; @@ -541,6 +541,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() { // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this. _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349 if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) @@ -563,7 +564,7 @@ int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const } // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) -void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) @@ -693,10 +694,11 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c } // On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. -// Those macros expects l-values. -#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0) +// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement. +// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers. +#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0 #define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366) -#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } while (0) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. @@ -735,7 +737,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 // Temporary buffer // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5)); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment @@ -955,7 +958,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 } } -// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { if (points_count < 3) @@ -982,7 +986,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } // Compute normals - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; @@ -1039,7 +1044,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1131,7 +1136,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_ void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1150,7 +1155,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, fl // 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1160,7 +1165,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius <= 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -1188,8 +1193,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; - const bool a_emit_start = (a_min_segment_angle - a_min) != 0.0f; - const bool a_emit_end = (a_max - a_max_segment_angle) != 0.0f; + const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f; + const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f; _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); if (a_emit_start) @@ -1276,6 +1281,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, cons ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated } else @@ -1291,6 +1297,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated } else @@ -1305,6 +1312,7 @@ IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 if (flags == ~0) @@ -1341,7 +1349,7 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDr rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -1387,7 +1395,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 c { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PrimReserve(6, 4); PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); @@ -1463,53 +1471,49 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImV void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; - // Obtain segment count if (num_segments <= 0) { - // Automatic segment count - num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; } else { // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); - } - // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points - const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - if (num_segments == 12) - PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12 - 1); - else + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + } + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; - // Obtain segment count if (num_segments <= 0) { - // Automatic segment count - num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; } else { // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); - } - // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points - const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - if (num_segments == 12) - PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12 - 1); - else + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); + } + PathFillConvex(col); } @@ -1631,7 +1635,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi return; flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; @@ -1719,13 +1723,13 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) { ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; - - // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() for this channel's cmdbuffer and except we don't need to test for UserCallback. - if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back(); if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL) { + // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves. + // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter. ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0]; if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) { @@ -1910,37 +1914,38 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) // The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 108; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing. +// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true) +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing. const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = { - "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " - "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " - "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " - "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " - "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " - "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " - "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " - "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " - "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " - "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" - "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" - "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" - "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" - "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" - "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" - "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" - "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " - "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " - "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " - "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " - " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " - " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " - "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" - " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - " - X..X X..X - " - " - X.X X.X - " - " - XX XX - " + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX - XX XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X -X..X X..X" + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X -X...X X...X" + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X - X...X X...X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X - X...X...X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX - X.....X " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX - X...X " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX - X.X " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X - X...X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X- X.....X " + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X- X...X...X " + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X- X...X X...X " + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X-X...X X...X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X-X..X X..X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X- XX XX " + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X--------------" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X - " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X - " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X - " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X - " + " X..X - - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X - " + " XX - - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX - " + "------------- - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------- " + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " }; static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = @@ -1954,6 +1959,7 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3 { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand + { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed }; ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() @@ -1989,6 +1995,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() @@ -2001,14 +2008,14 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; TexPixelsUseColors = false; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); - Fonts.clear(); + Fonts.clear_delete(); + TexReady = false; } void ImFontAtlas::Clear() @@ -2022,11 +2029,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid { // Build atlas on demand if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL) - { - if (ConfigData.empty()) - AddFontDefault(); Build(); - } *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8; if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth; @@ -2085,6 +2088,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; // Invalidate texture + TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); return new_font_cfg.DstFont; } @@ -2156,7 +2160,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; - font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels; + font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; return AddFont(&font_cfg); @@ -2247,6 +2251,10 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); + // Default font is none are specified + if (ConfigData.Size == 0) + AddFontDefault(); + // Select builder // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are @@ -2279,10 +2287,11 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], fl void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride) { + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride); unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride; - for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride) - for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) - data[i] = table[data[i]]; + for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w) + for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++) + *data = table[*data]; } #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -2299,7 +2308,7 @@ struct ImFontBuildSrcData int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) - ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) + ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet) }; // Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) @@ -2568,9 +2577,8 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) } } - // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor) - for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) - src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData(); + // Cleanup + src_tmp_array.clear_destruct(); ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); return true; @@ -2620,8 +2628,8 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++) if (pack_rects[i].was_packed) { - user_rects[i].X = pack_rects[i].x; - user_rects[i].Y = pack_rects[i].y; + user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x; + user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y; IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height); atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h); } @@ -2721,13 +2729,13 @@ static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) - *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) - *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); } // Calculate UVs for this line @@ -2786,22 +2794,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). - // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. - // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldom included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) - continue; - const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; - for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++) - if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists - { - font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j]; - break; - } - } + atlas->TexReady = true; } // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive) @@ -2815,6 +2808,17 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault() return &ranges[0]; } +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() { static const ImWchar ranges[] = @@ -2822,6 +2826,7 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0, }; return &ranges[0]; @@ -2836,6 +2841,7 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms 0, }; @@ -2912,7 +2918,8 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -3001,7 +3008,8 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -3074,8 +3082,8 @@ void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) { for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2) - for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++) - AddChar(c); + for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560 + AddChar((ImWchar)c); } void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) @@ -3100,8 +3108,9 @@ ImFont::ImFont() { FontSize = 0.0f; FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; - FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; + DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -3132,6 +3141,14 @@ void ImFont::ClearOutputData() MetricsTotalSurface = 0; } +static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count) +{ + for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL) + return candidate_chars[n]; + return (ImWchar)-1; +} + void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() { int max_codepoint = 0; @@ -3174,9 +3191,31 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); - // Setup fall-backs + // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; + if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); + if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) + DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + + // Setup fallback character + const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f; + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars)); + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back(); + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; + } + } + + FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; @@ -3201,12 +3240,6 @@ void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; } -void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c) -{ - FallbackChar = c; - BuildLookupTable(); -} - void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size); @@ -3298,11 +3331,21 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const return &Glyphs.Data[i]; } -const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const +// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks +static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end) { - // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! - // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) + while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text)) + text++; + if (*text == '\n') + text++; + return text; +} +// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! +// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end. +// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) +const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const +{ // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^ // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!" // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^ @@ -3314,7 +3357,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line. // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish" - float line_width = 0.0f; float word_width = 0.0f; float blank_width = 0.0f; @@ -3394,6 +3436,10 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c s = next_s; } + // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. + // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol). + if (s == text && text < text_end) + return s + 1; return s; } @@ -3418,11 +3464,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { @@ -3431,13 +3473,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons text_size.y += line_height; line_width = 0.0f; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -3492,7 +3528,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons } // Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. -void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const { const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) @@ -3500,38 +3536,47 @@ void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col if (glyph->Colored) col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); - draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } // Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. -void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const +void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const { if (!text_end) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); - float x = pos.x; - float y = pos.y; + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; + const float start_x = x; const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); - const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; // Fast-forward to first visible line const char* s = text_begin; - if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y) while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { - s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); - s = s ? s + 1 : text_end; + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + if (word_wrap_enabled) + { + // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). + // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both. + // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward! + s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end, wrap_width); + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); + } + else + { + s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; + } y += line_height; } @@ -3563,6 +3608,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; while (s < text_end) { @@ -3570,24 +3616,14 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { - word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x)); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x)); if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -3609,7 +3645,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { if (c == '\n') { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; if (y > clip_rect.w) break; // break out of main loop @@ -3705,9 +3741,9 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col // - RenderArrow() // - RenderBullet() // - RenderCheckMark() -// - RenderMouseCursor() // - RenderArrowPointingAt() // - RenderRectFilledRangeH() +// - RenderRectFilledWithHole() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess) // - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() @@ -3765,27 +3801,6 @@ void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } -void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) -{ - if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - return; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; - ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) - { - pos -= offset; - ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; - draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); - draw_list->PopTextureID(); - } -} - // Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) { @@ -3868,16 +3883,16 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } -void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) { const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x); const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y); const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y); - if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); - if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); - if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); - if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); + if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); + if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft); if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight); if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft); diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ed2e9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,680 @@ +// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW +// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..) +// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) +// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+) + +// Implemented features: +// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. +// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy GLFW_KEY_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set] +// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. +// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). + +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. +// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. +// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs + +// CHANGELOG +// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785) +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. +// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). +// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position. +// 2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. +// 2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. +// 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend. +// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion. +// 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[]. +// 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+). +// 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates. +// 2022-01-12: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorPosCallback(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetCursorPosCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(). +// 2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range. +// 2022-01-05: Inputs: Converting GLFW untranslated keycodes back to translated keycodes (in the ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback() function) in order to match the behavior of every other backend, and facilitate the use of GLFW with lettered-shortcuts API. +// 2021-08-17: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() to calling io.AddFocusEvent(). If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(). +// 2021-07-29: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Now using glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(). MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused. If you called ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX() with install_callbacks = false, you MUST install glfwSetWindowFocusCallback() callback and forward it to the backend via ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(). +// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). +// 2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors. +// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor). +// 2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown. +// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. +// 2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter(). +// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. +// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. +// 2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them. +// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. +// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. +// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. +// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. +// 2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()). +// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. +// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. +// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set. +// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set). +// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. +// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. +// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). +// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. + +#include "imgui.h" +#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#endif + +// GLFW +#include +#ifdef _WIN32 +#undef APIENTRY +#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32 +#include // for glfwGetWin32Window +#endif + +// We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent. +#define GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 + GLFW_VERSION_REVISION) +#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR // Let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released? +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR +#else +#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (0) +#endif +#define GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetGamepadState() new api +#define GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwGetKeyName() + +// GLFW data +enum GlfwClientApi +{ + GlfwClientApi_Unknown, + GlfwClientApi_OpenGL, + GlfwClientApi_Vulkan +}; + +struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data +{ + GLFWwindow* Window; + GlfwClientApi ClientApi; + double Time; + GLFWwindow* MouseWindow; + GLFWcursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT]; + ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + bool InstalledCallbacks; + + // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. + GLFWwindowfocusfun PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus; + GLFWcursorposfun PrevUserCallbackCursorPos; + GLFWcursorenterfun PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter; + GLFWmousebuttonfun PrevUserCallbackMousebutton; + GLFWscrollfun PrevUserCallbackScroll; + GLFWkeyfun PrevUserCallbackKey; + GLFWcharfun PrevUserCallbackChar; + GLFWmonitorfun PrevUserCallbackMonitor; + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend. +// - Because glfwPollEvents() process all windows and some events may be called outside of it, you will need to register your own callbacks +// (passing install_callbacks=false in ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitXXX functions), set the current dear imgui context and then call our callbacks. +// - Otherwise we may need to store a GLFWWindow* -> ImGuiContext* map and handle this in the backend, adding a little bit of extra complexity to it. +// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context. +static ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr; +} + +// Functions +static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data) +{ + return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text) +{ + glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text); +} + +static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int key) +{ + switch (key) + { + case GLFW_KEY_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp; + case GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown; + case GLFW_KEY_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home; + case GLFW_KEY_END: return ImGuiKey_End; + case GLFW_KEY_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert; + case GLFW_KEY_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete; + case GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace; + case GLFW_KEY_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; + case GLFW_KEY_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_Enter; + case GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; + case GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case GLFW_KEY_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case GLFW_KEY_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case GLFW_KEY_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case GLFW_KEY_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + case GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case GLFW_KEY_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case GLFW_KEY_CAPS_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; + case GLFW_KEY_SCROLL_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; + case GLFW_KEY_NUM_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; + case GLFW_KEY_PRINT_SCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; + case GLFW_KEY_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_DECIMAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_SUBTRACT: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_ADD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + case GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; + case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt; + case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper; + case GLFW_KEY_MENU: return ImGuiKey_Menu; + case GLFW_KEY_0: return ImGuiKey_0; + case GLFW_KEY_1: return ImGuiKey_1; + case GLFW_KEY_2: return ImGuiKey_2; + case GLFW_KEY_3: return ImGuiKey_3; + case GLFW_KEY_4: return ImGuiKey_4; + case GLFW_KEY_5: return ImGuiKey_5; + case GLFW_KEY_6: return ImGuiKey_6; + case GLFW_KEY_7: return ImGuiKey_7; + case GLFW_KEY_8: return ImGuiKey_8; + case GLFW_KEY_9: return ImGuiKey_9; + case GLFW_KEY_A: return ImGuiKey_A; + case GLFW_KEY_B: return ImGuiKey_B; + case GLFW_KEY_C: return ImGuiKey_C; + case GLFW_KEY_D: return ImGuiKey_D; + case GLFW_KEY_E: return ImGuiKey_E; + case GLFW_KEY_F: return ImGuiKey_F; + case GLFW_KEY_G: return ImGuiKey_G; + case GLFW_KEY_H: return ImGuiKey_H; + case GLFW_KEY_I: return ImGuiKey_I; + case GLFW_KEY_J: return ImGuiKey_J; + case GLFW_KEY_K: return ImGuiKey_K; + case GLFW_KEY_L: return ImGuiKey_L; + case GLFW_KEY_M: return ImGuiKey_M; + case GLFW_KEY_N: return ImGuiKey_N; + case GLFW_KEY_O: return ImGuiKey_O; + case GLFW_KEY_P: return ImGuiKey_P; + case GLFW_KEY_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q; + case GLFW_KEY_R: return ImGuiKey_R; + case GLFW_KEY_S: return ImGuiKey_S; + case GLFW_KEY_T: return ImGuiKey_T; + case GLFW_KEY_U: return ImGuiKey_U; + case GLFW_KEY_V: return ImGuiKey_V; + case GLFW_KEY_W: return ImGuiKey_W; + case GLFW_KEY_X: return ImGuiKey_X; + case GLFW_KEY_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y; + case GLFW_KEY_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z; + case GLFW_KEY_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; + case GLFW_KEY_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; + case GLFW_KEY_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; + case GLFW_KEY_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4; + case GLFW_KEY_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5; + case GLFW_KEY_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6; + case GLFW_KEY_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7; + case GLFW_KEY_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8; + case GLFW_KEY_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9; + case GLFW_KEY_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10; + case GLFW_KEY_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11; + case GLFW_KEY_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12; + default: return ImGuiKey_None; + } +} + +static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(int key) +{ + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL) + return GLFW_MOD_CONTROL; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT) + return GLFW_MOD_SHIFT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT) + return GLFW_MOD_ALT; + if (key == GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER || key == GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER) + return GLFW_MOD_SUPER; + return 0; +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(int mods) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (mods & GLFW_MOD_CONTROL) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SHIFT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (mods & GLFW_MOD_ALT) != 0); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (mods & GLFW_MOD_SUPER) != 0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT) + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(button, action == GLFW_PRESS); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddMouseWheelEvent((float)xoffset, (float)yoffset); +} + +static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) +{ +#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) + // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult. + // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently) + // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details. + // Adding a workaround to undo this (so our keys are translated->untranslated->translated, likely a lossy process). + // This won't cover edge cases but this is at least going to cover common cases. + if (key >= GLFW_KEY_KP_0 && key <= GLFW_KEY_KP_EQUAL) + return key; + const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode); + if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0) + { + const char char_names[] = "`-=[]\\,;\'./"; + const int char_keys[] = { GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT, GLFW_KEY_MINUS, GLFW_KEY_EQUAL, GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET, GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH, GLFW_KEY_COMMA, GLFW_KEY_SEMICOLON, GLFW_KEY_APOSTROPHE, GLFW_KEY_PERIOD, GLFW_KEY_SLASH, 0 }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_names) == IM_ARRAYSIZE(char_keys)); + if (key_name[0] >= '0' && key_name[0] <= '9') { key = GLFW_KEY_0 + (key_name[0] - '0'); } + else if (key_name[0] >= 'A' && key_name[0] <= 'Z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'A'); } + else if (key_name[0] >= 'a' && key_name[0] <= 'z') { key = GLFW_KEY_A + (key_name[0] - 'a'); } + else if (const char* p = strchr(char_names, key_name[0])) { key = char_keys[p - char_names]; } + } + // if (action == GLFW_PRESS) printf("key %d scancode %d name '%s'\n", key, scancode, key_name); +#else + IM_UNUSED(scancode); +#endif + return key; +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int keycode, int scancode, int action, int mods) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackKey != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey(window, keycode, scancode, action, mods); + + if (action != GLFW_PRESS && action != GLFW_RELEASE) + return; + + // Workaround: X11 does not include current pressed/released modifier key in 'mods' flags. https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1630 + if (int keycode_to_mod = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToModifier(keycode)) + mods = (action == GLFW_PRESS) ? (mods | keycode_to_mod) : (mods & ~keycode_to_mod); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateKeyModifiers(mods); + + keycode = ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(keycode, scancode); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGuiKey imgui_key = ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(keycode); + io.AddKeyEvent(imgui_key, (action == GLFW_PRESS)); + io.SetKeyEventNativeData(imgui_key, keycode, scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code) +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int focused) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus(window, focused); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddFocusEvent(focused != 0); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)x, (float)y); + bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)x, (float)y); +} + +// Workaround: X11 seems to send spurious Leave/Enter events which would make us lose our position, +// so we back it up and restore on Leave/Enter (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4984) +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered); + if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if (entered) + { + bd->MouseWindow = window; + io.AddMousePosEvent(bd->LastValidMousePos.x, bd->LastValidMousePos.y); + } + else if (!entered && bd->MouseWindow == window) + { + bd->LastValidMousePos = io.MousePos; + bd->MouseWindow = nullptr; + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->PrevUserCallbackChar != nullptr && window == bd->Window) + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c); + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + io.AddInputCharacter(c); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int) +{ + // Unused in 'master' branch but 'docking' branch will use this, so we declare it ahead of it so if you have to install callbacks you can install this one too. +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == false && "Callbacks already installed!"); + IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window); + + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_WindowFocusCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback); + bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = glfwSetMonitorCallback(ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback); + bd->InstalledCallbacks = true; +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window) +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd->InstalledCallbacks == true && "Callbacks not installed!"); + IM_ASSERT(bd->Window == window); + + glfwSetWindowFocusCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus); + glfwSetCursorEnterCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter); + glfwSetCursorPosCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos); + glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton); + glfwSetScrollCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll); + glfwSetKeyCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackKey); + glfwSetCharCallback(window, bd->PrevUserCallbackChar); + glfwSetMonitorCallback(bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor); + bd->InstalledCallbacks = false; + bd->PrevUserCallbackWindowFocus = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackKey = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackChar = nullptr; + bd->PrevUserCallbackMonitor = nullptr; +} + +static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!"); + //printf("GLFW_VERSION: %d.%d.%d (%d)", GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR, GLFW_VERSION_MINOR, GLFW_VERSION_REVISION, GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED); + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data)(); + io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw"; + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) + + bd->Window = window; + bd->Time = 0.0; + + io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText; + io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText; + io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window; + + // Set platform dependent data in viewport +#if defined(_WIN32) + ImGui::GetMainViewport()->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)glfwGetWin32Window(bd->Window); +#endif + + // Create mouse cursors + // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist, + // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting. + // Missing cursors will return nullptr and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.) + GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR); +#if GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR); +#else + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); +#endif +#if (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // Eat errors (see #5785) + (void)glfwGetError(NULL); +#endif + glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); + + // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. + if (install_callbacks) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window); + + bd->ClientApi = client_api; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan); +} + +bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) +{ + return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown); +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (bd->InstalledCallbacks) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window); + + for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) + glfwDestroyCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]); + + io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; + io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + IM_DELETE(bd); +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() +{ + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + { + io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + return; + } + +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + const bool is_app_focused = true; +#else + const bool is_app_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(bd->Window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; +#endif + if (is_app_focused) + { + // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user) + if (io.WantSetMousePos) + glfwSetCursorPos(bd->Window, (double)io.MousePos.x, (double)io.MousePos.y); + + // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback already provides this when hovered or captured) + if (is_app_focused && bd->MouseWindow == nullptr) + { + double mouse_x, mouse_y; + glfwGetCursorPos(bd->Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y); + io.AddMousePosEvent((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); + bd->LastValidMousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); + } + } +} + +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) + return; + + ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor) + { + // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor + glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN); + } + else + { + // Show OS mouse cursor + // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here. + glfwSetCursor(bd->Window, bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); + glfwSetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL); + } +} + +// Update gamepad inputs +static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; } +static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs. + return; + + io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; +#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API + GLFWgamepadstate gamepad; + if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad)) + return; + #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, BUTTON_NO, _UNUSED) do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, gamepad.buttons[BUTTON_NO] != 0); } while (0) + #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, AXIS_NO, _UNUSED, V0, V1) do { float v = gamepad.axes[AXIS_NO]; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0) +#else + int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0; + const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count); + const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count); + if (axes_count == 0 || buttons_count == 0) + return; + #define MAP_BUTTON(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, BUTTON_NO) do { io.AddKeyEvent(KEY_NO, (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS)); } while (0) + #define MAP_ANALOG(KEY_NO, _UNUSED, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) do { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(KEY_NO, v > 0.10f, Saturate(v)); } while (0) +#endif + io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_START, 7); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_BACK, 6); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_X, 2); // Xbox X, PS Square + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_B, 1); // Xbox B, PS Circle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_Y, 3); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_A, 0); // Xbox A, PS Cross + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT, 13); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT, 11); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_UP, 10); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN, 12); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_BUMPER, 4); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_BUMPER, 5); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER, 4, -0.75f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER, 5, -0.75f, +1.0f); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_THUMB, 8); + MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, GLFW_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_THUMB, 9); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X, 0, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X, 0, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y, 1, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y, 1, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X, 2, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X, 2, +0.25f, +1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y, 3, -0.25f, -1.0f); + MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, GLFW_GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y, 3, +0.25f, +1.0f); + #undef MAP_BUTTON + #undef MAP_ANALOG +} + +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForXXX()?"); + + // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) + int w, h; + int display_w, display_h; + glfwGetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h); + glfwGetFramebufferSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h); + io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); + if (w > 0 && h > 0) + io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h); + + // Setup time step + double current_time = glfwGetTime(); + io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); + bd->Time = current_time; + + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor(); + + // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); +} + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp similarity index 56% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index 2ff804ef..5f5bb427 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -7,13 +7,24 @@ // [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID! // [x] Renderer: Desktop GL only: Support for large meshes (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices. -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. +// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. // Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes). +// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. +// 2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'. +// 2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127). +// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fix state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states. +// 2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers. +// 2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions. +// 2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader. +// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). +// 2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state. +// 2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader. // 2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version. // 2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement) // 2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater. @@ -48,7 +59,7 @@ // 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples. // 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle. // 2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state. -// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a NULL pointer. +// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer. // 2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150". // 2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context. // 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself. @@ -89,46 +100,62 @@ #else #include // intptr_t #endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) +#include +#endif + +// Clang warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#endif // GL includes #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) -#include +#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) +#include // Use GL ES 2 +#else +#include // Use GL ES 2 +#endif +#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES +#endif +#include +#endif #elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) #if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) #include // Use GL ES 3 #else #include // Use GL ES 3 #endif -#else -// About Desktop OpenGL function loaders: -// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. -// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are supporting a few common ones (gl3w, glew, glad). -// You may use another loader/header of your choice (glext, glLoadGen, etc.), or chose to manually implement your own. -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) -#include // Needs to be initialized with gl3wInit() in user's code -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) -#include // Needs to be initialized with glewInit() in user's code. -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) -#include // Needs to be initialized with gladLoadGL() in user's code. -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD2) -#include // Needs to be initialized with gladLoadGL(...) or gladLoaderLoadGL() in user's code. -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING2) -#ifndef GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE -#define GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE // GLFW including OpenGL headers causes ambiguity or multiple definition errors. -#endif -#include // Needs to be initialized with glbinding::Binding::initialize() in user's code. -#include -using namespace gl; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING3) -#ifndef GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE -#define GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE // GLFW including OpenGL headers causes ambiguity or multiple definition errors. -#endif -#include // Needs to be initialized with glbinding::initialize() in user's code. -#include -using namespace gl; -#else -#include IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM +#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) +// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers. +// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w. +// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.). +// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp): +// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped +// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases +// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version. +#define IMGL3W_IMPL +#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h" +#endif + +// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +#define glBindVertexArray glBindVertexArrayOES +#define glGenVertexArrays glGenVertexArraysOES +#define glDeleteVertexArrays glDeleteVertexArraysOES +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES #endif + +// Desktop GL 2.0+ has glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have. +#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE +#define IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE #endif // Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have. @@ -151,19 +178,87 @@ using namespace gl; #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS #endif +// [Debugging] +//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG +#include +#define GL_CALL(_CALL) do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0) // Call with error check +#else +#define GL_CALL(_CALL) _CALL // Call without error check +#endif + // OpenGL Data -static GLuint g_GlVersion = 0; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) -static char g_GlslVersionString[32] = ""; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. -static GLuint g_FontTexture = 0; -static GLuint g_ShaderHandle = 0, g_VertHandle = 0, g_FragHandle = 0; -static GLint g_AttribLocationTex = 0, g_AttribLocationProjMtx = 0; // Uniforms location -static GLuint g_AttribLocationVtxPos = 0, g_AttribLocationVtxUV = 0, g_AttribLocationVtxColor = 0; // Vertex attributes location -static unsigned int g_VboHandle = 0, g_ElementsHandle = 0; -static bool g_HasClipOrigin = false; +struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data +{ + GLuint GlVersion; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) + char GlslVersionString[32]; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. + GLuint FontTexture; + GLuint ShaderHandle; + GLint AttribLocationTex; // Uniforms location + GLint AttribLocationProjMtx; + GLuint AttribLocationVtxPos; // Vertex attributes location + GLuint AttribLocationVtxUV; + GLuint AttribLocationVtxColor; + unsigned int VboHandle, ElementsHandle; + GLsizeiptr VertexBufferSize; + GLsizeiptr IndexBufferSize; + bool HasClipOrigin; + bool UseBufferSubData; + + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts +// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts. +static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData() +{ + return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr; +} + +// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only) +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY +struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState +{ + GLint Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride; + GLvoid* Ptr; + + void GetState(GLint index) + { + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized); + glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride); + glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr); + } + void SetState(GLint index) + { + glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr); + if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index); + } +}; +#endif // Functions bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); + + // Initialize our loader +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) + if (imgl3wInit() != 0) + { + fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n"); + return false; + } +#endif + + // Setup backend capabilities flags + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)(); + io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd; + io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3"; + // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) #if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) GLint major = 0; @@ -176,79 +271,63 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION); sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); } - g_GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); + bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); + + bd->UseBufferSubData = false; + /* + // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge +#ifdef _WIN32 + if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR)) + if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0) + bd->UseBufferSubData = true; +#endif + */ #else - g_GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 + bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 +#endif + +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG + printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] #endif - // Setup backend capabilities flags - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3"; #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET - if (g_GlVersion >= 320) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes. #endif // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders. - // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to NULL if unsure. + // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure. + if (glsl_version == nullptr) + { #if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) - if (glsl_version == NULL) glsl_version = "#version 100"; #elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) - if (glsl_version == NULL) glsl_version = "#version 300 es"; #elif defined(__APPLE__) - if (glsl_version == NULL) glsl_version = "#version 150"; #else - if (glsl_version == NULL) glsl_version = "#version 130"; #endif - IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g_GlslVersionString)); - strcpy(g_GlslVersionString, glsl_version); - strcat(g_GlslVersionString, "\n"); - - // Debugging construct to make it easily visible in the IDE and debugger which GL loader has been selected. - // The code actually never uses the 'gl_loader' variable! It is only here so you can read it! - // If auto-detection fails or doesn't select the same GL loader file as used by your application, - // you are likely to get a crash below. - // You can explicitly select a loader by using '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line. - const char* gl_loader = "Unknown"; - IM_UNUSED(gl_loader); -#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GL3W) - gl_loader = "GL3W"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLEW) - gl_loader = "GLEW"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD) - gl_loader = "GLAD"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLAD2) - gl_loader = "GLAD2"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING2) - gl_loader = "glbinding2"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_GLBINDING3) - gl_loader = "glbinding3"; -#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) - gl_loader = "custom"; -#else - gl_loader = "none"; -#endif + } + IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString)); + strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version); + strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n"); // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result) - // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means that you haven't initialized the OpenGL function loader used by this code. - // Desktop OpenGL 3/4 need a function loader. See the IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_xxx explanation above. + // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know! GLint current_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, ¤t_texture); // Detect extensions we support - g_HasClipOrigin = (g_GlVersion >= 450); + bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_EXTENSIONS GLint num_extensions = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions); for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++) { const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i); - if (strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0) - g_HasClipOrigin = true; + if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0) + bd->HasClipOrigin = true; } #endif @@ -257,17 +336,29 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() { + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?"); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); + io.BackendRendererName = nullptr; + io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr; + IM_DELETE(bd); } void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() { - if (!g_ShaderHandle) + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?"); + + if (!bd->ShaderHandle) ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); } static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object) { + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD); @@ -277,17 +368,17 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART - if (g_GlVersion >= 310) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); #endif -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL); #endif // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) #if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN) bool clip_origin_lower_left = true; - if (g_HasClipOrigin) + if (bd->HasClipOrigin) { GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)¤t_clip_origin); if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT) @@ -297,7 +388,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps. - glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height); + GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height)); float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x; float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x; float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y; @@ -312,29 +403,29 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid { 0.0f, 0.0f, -1.0f, 0.0f }, { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), 0.0f, 1.0f }, }; - glUseProgram(g_ShaderHandle); - glUniform1i(g_AttribLocationTex, 0); - glUniformMatrix4fv(g_AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]); + glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); + glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0); + glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - if (g_GlVersion >= 330) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise. #endif (void)vertex_array_object; -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object); #endif // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert - glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, g_VboHandle); - glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, g_ElementsHandle); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxPos); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxUV); - glEnableVertexAttribArray(g_AttribLocationVtxColor); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos)); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv)); - glVertexAttribPointer(g_AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col)); + GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle)); + GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV)); + GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor)); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, pos))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, uv))); + GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawVert, col))); } // OpenGL3 Render function. @@ -348,19 +439,28 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0) return; + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + // Backup GL state GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture); glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0); GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program); GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - GLuint last_sampler; if (g_GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } + GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } #endif GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+. + GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object); #endif -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode); #endif GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport); @@ -377,15 +477,15 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST); GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART - GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (g_GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE; + GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE; #endif // Setup desired GL state // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts) // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound. GLuint vertex_array_object = 0; -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object); @@ -399,13 +499,40 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; // Upload vertex/index buffers - glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); - glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW); + // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays.... + // During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports + // of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows. + // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel. + // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code. + // We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path. + // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues. + const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert); + const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx); + if (bd->UseBufferSubData) + { + if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size) + { + bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size; + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); + } + if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size) + { + bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size; + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); + } + GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data)); + GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data)); + } + else + { + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); + GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW)); + } for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) { const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - if (pcmd->UserCallback != NULL) + if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr) { // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback() // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.) @@ -417,47 +544,49 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) else { // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec4 clip_rect; - clip_rect.x = (pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.y = (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - clip_rect.z = (pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x; - clip_rect.w = (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y; - - if (clip_rect.x < fb_width && clip_rect.y < fb_height && clip_rect.z >= 0.0f && clip_rect.w >= 0.0f) - { - // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle - glScissor((int)clip_rect.x, (int)(fb_height - clip_rect.w), (int)(clip_rect.z - clip_rect.x), (int)(clip_rect.w - clip_rect.y)); - - // Bind texture, Draw - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()); + ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; + + // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL) + GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y))); + + // Bind texture, Draw + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID())); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET - if (g_GlVersion >= 320) - glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset); - else + if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) + GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset)); + else #endif - glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))); - } + GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)))); } } } // Destroy the temporary VAO -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 - glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object); +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object)); #endif // Restore modified GL state glUseProgram(last_program); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - if (g_GlVersion >= 330) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) glBindSampler(0, last_sampler); #endif glActiveTexture(last_active_texture); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object); #endif glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); +#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer); + last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos); + last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV); + last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor); +#endif glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha); glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha); if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND); @@ -466,69 +595,75 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART - if (g_GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); } + if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); } #endif -#ifdef GL_POLYGON_MODE +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); #endif glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); + (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this } bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() { - // Build texture atlas ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + + // Build texture atlas unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory. // Upload texture to graphics system + // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling) GLint last_texture; - glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); - glGenTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, g_FontTexture); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR); -#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH - glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0); + GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture)); + GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture)); + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture)); + GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR)); + GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR)); +#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES + GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0)); #endif - glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels); + GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels)); // Store our identifier - io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)g_FontTexture); + io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture); // Restore state - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); + GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture)); return true; } void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture() { - if (g_FontTexture) + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->FontTexture) { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - glDeleteTextures(1, &g_FontTexture); + glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture); io.Fonts->SetTexID(0); - g_FontTexture = 0; + bd->FontTexture = 0; } } // If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file. static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc) { + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status); glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) - fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s!\n", desc); + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString); if (log_length > 1) { ImVector buf; buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); } return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; @@ -537,16 +672,17 @@ static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc) // If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc) { + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); GLint status = 0, log_length = 0; glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status); glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length); if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE) - fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! (with GLSL '%s')\n", desc, g_GlslVersionString); + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString); if (log_length > 1) { ImVector buf; buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1)); - glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, NULL, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); + glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin()); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin()); } return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE; @@ -554,18 +690,20 @@ static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc) bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() { + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + // Backup GL state GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture); glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY GLint last_vertex_array; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array); #endif // Parse GLSL version string int glsl_version = 130; - sscanf(g_GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version); + sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version); const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 = "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n" @@ -596,7 +734,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() "}\n"; const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es = - "precision mediump float;\n" + "precision highp float;\n" "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n" "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n" "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n" @@ -668,8 +806,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() "}\n"; // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions - const GLchar* vertex_shader = NULL; - const GLchar* fragment_shader = NULL; + const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr; + const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr; if (glsl_version < 130) { vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120; @@ -692,40 +830,46 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() } // Create shaders - const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { g_GlslVersionString, vertex_shader }; - g_VertHandle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); - glShaderSource(g_VertHandle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, NULL); - glCompileShader(g_VertHandle); - CheckShader(g_VertHandle, "vertex shader"); - - const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { g_GlslVersionString, fragment_shader }; - g_FragHandle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); - glShaderSource(g_FragHandle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, NULL); - glCompileShader(g_FragHandle); - CheckShader(g_FragHandle, "fragment shader"); - - g_ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram(); - glAttachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_VertHandle); - glAttachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_FragHandle); - glLinkProgram(g_ShaderHandle); - CheckProgram(g_ShaderHandle, "shader program"); - - g_AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Texture"); - g_AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx"); - g_AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Position"); - g_AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "UV"); - g_AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(g_ShaderHandle, "Color"); + const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader }; + GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); + glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr); + glCompileShader(vert_handle); + CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader"); + + const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader }; + GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); + glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr); + glCompileShader(frag_handle); + CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader"); + + // Link + bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram(); + glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle); + glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle); + glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); + CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program"); + + glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle); + glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle); + glDeleteShader(vert_handle); + glDeleteShader(frag_handle); + + bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture"); + bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV"); + bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color"); // Create buffers - glGenBuffers(1, &g_VboHandle); - glGenBuffers(1, &g_ElementsHandle); + glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); + glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture(); // Restore modified GL state glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer); -#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array); #endif @@ -734,13 +878,13 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects() void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects() { - if (g_VboHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &g_VboHandle); g_VboHandle = 0; } - if (g_ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &g_ElementsHandle); g_ElementsHandle = 0; } - if (g_ShaderHandle && g_VertHandle) { glDetachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_VertHandle); } - if (g_ShaderHandle && g_FragHandle) { glDetachShader(g_ShaderHandle, g_FragHandle); } - if (g_VertHandle) { glDeleteShader(g_VertHandle); g_VertHandle = 0; } - if (g_FragHandle) { glDeleteShader(g_FragHandle); g_FragHandle = 0; } - if (g_ShaderHandle) { glDeleteProgram(g_ShaderHandle); g_ShaderHandle = 0; } - + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); + if (bd->VboHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; } + if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; } + if (bd->ShaderHandle) { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; } ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(); } + +#if defined(__clang__) +#pragma clang diagnostic pop +#endif diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_tables.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_tables.cpp similarity index 95% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui_tables.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_tables.cpp index 971dce39..ed538dd1 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Index of this file: */ // Navigating this file: -// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -288,12 +288,7 @@ inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_w flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindowDockStop; -#else - ImGuiWindow* window_for_settings = outer_window->RootWindow; -#endif - if (window_for_settings->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; return flags; @@ -329,7 +324,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); - if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0, false)) + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) { ItemSize(outer_rect); return false; @@ -345,10 +340,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // Acquire temporary buffers const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); - g.CurrentTableStackIdx++; - if (g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1 > g.TablesTempDataStack.Size) - g.TablesTempDataStack.resize(g.CurrentTableStackIdx + 1, ImGuiTableTempData()); - ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx]; + if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size) + g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData()); + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1]; temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx; table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter; table->DrawSplitter->Clear(); @@ -367,6 +361,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->IsLayoutLocked = false; table->InnerWidth = inner_width; temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. if (use_child_window) @@ -522,7 +518,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); column->WidthAuto = width_auto; column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker - column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; } column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; } @@ -543,7 +539,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) { const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; } @@ -569,6 +565,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) // + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) // + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) +// Shared allocations per number of nested tables // + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) // + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) // Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. @@ -756,16 +753,18 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; } - // Update Enabled state, mark settings/sortspecs dirty + // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) - column->IsEnabledNextFrame = true; - if (column->IsEnabled != column->IsEnabledNextFrame) + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; + if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame) { - column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame; + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame; table->IsSettingsDirty = true; - if (!column->IsEnabled && column->SortOrder != -1) - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; } + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0; + + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; @@ -889,6 +888,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; } table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights; // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; @@ -936,10 +936,19 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; } + // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered. + // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + // but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily + // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). + // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; - const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table->LastOuterHeight)); + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); + const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveId = 0; const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. @@ -1099,23 +1108,15 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) TableUpdateBorders(table); - table->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; table->IsLayoutLocked = true; table->IsUsingHeaders = false; // [Part 11] Context menu - if (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) { - const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); - if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - TableDrawContextMenu(table); - EndPopup(); - } - else - { - table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; - } + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); } // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. @@ -1144,10 +1145,11 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; - const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table->LastOuterHeight); - const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table->LastFirstRowHeight; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) { @@ -1164,17 +1166,16 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) continue; - if (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) - if (column->MaxX < table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsCount - 1]].MaxX) - continue; + if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n) + continue; ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); bool hovered = false, held = false; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) { TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); @@ -1227,6 +1228,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); // Finalize table height + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; @@ -1237,7 +1239,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); - table->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); // Setup inner scrolling range // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, @@ -1283,17 +1285,23 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() - const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += column->WidthRequest; + float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request; else - table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth += TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0) + auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights)); } + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min); // Update scroll if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) @@ -1385,9 +1393,8 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() // Clear or restore current table, if any IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0); - g.CurrentTableStackIdx--; - temp_data = g.CurrentTableStackIdx >= 0 ? &g.TablesTempDataStack[g.CurrentTableStackIdx] : NULL; + IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0); + temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL; if (g.CurrentTable) { @@ -1449,7 +1456,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo // Init default visibility/sort state if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) - column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = false; + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false; if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) { column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. @@ -1476,11 +1483,23 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit - table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns : 0; + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0; table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b + + // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered. + // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++) + { + int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]; + if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder); + ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]); + } + } } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1489,7 +1508,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) // - TableGetColumnCount() // - TableGetColumnName() // - TableGetColumnName() [Internal] -// - TableSetColumnEnabled() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnEnabled() // - TableGetColumnFlags() // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] @@ -1525,10 +1544,12 @@ const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; } -// Request enabling/disabling a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) +// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) // Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) -// Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable() -// For the getter you can use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) +// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state. +// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable(). +// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0. +// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu. void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1536,11 +1557,12 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); if (!table) return; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above if (column_n < 0) column_n = table->CurrentColumn; IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->IsEnabledNextFrame = enabled; + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled; } // We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section @@ -1559,18 +1581,21 @@ ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) // Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. // - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. -// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it. +// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height. // - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right // columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. +// FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling. ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; float x1 = column->MinX; float x2 = column->MaxX; - if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) - x1 -= table->CellSpacingX1; - if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) - x2 += table->CellSpacingX2; + //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) + // x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX; + //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) + // x2 += table->OuterPaddingX; + x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x); + x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x); return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); } @@ -1700,6 +1725,8 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. @@ -1736,7 +1763,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); if (table->CurrentRow == 0) - table->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) @@ -1787,10 +1814,12 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) { + // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not) + // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling. const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); - cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped + cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); } @@ -1946,8 +1975,9 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) { - window->DC.LastItemId = 0; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LastItemData.ID = 0; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; } if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) @@ -1978,6 +2008,9 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. float* p_max_pos_x; if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) @@ -2013,6 +2046,7 @@ float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) { // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. + // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible) if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) { max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; @@ -2071,7 +2105,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) return; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. @@ -2341,7 +2375,7 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; - if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) continue; @@ -2485,10 +2519,11 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; - const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) { for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) @@ -2501,7 +2536,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; - const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount != -1 && table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) continue; @@ -2597,8 +2632,7 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) TableUpdateLayout(table); - if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty) - TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); return &table->SortSpecs; } @@ -2737,14 +2771,18 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) { - IM_ASSERT(table->IsSortSpecsDirty); - TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty; + if (dirty) + { + TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); + table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us + } // Write output - ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; - temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); - ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &temp_data->SortSpecsSingle : temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.Data; - if (sort_specs != NULL) + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; + if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; @@ -2757,10 +2795,9 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; } + table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; - table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2780,8 +2817,11 @@ float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) - if (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) + { + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); + } row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; return row_height; } @@ -2818,7 +2858,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. - const char* name = TableGetColumnName(column_n); + const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); TableHeader(name); PopID(); @@ -2900,7 +2940,6 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); } else { @@ -2908,6 +2947,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (held) table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; @@ -2965,7 +3005,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); - if (text_clipped && hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay) + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden @@ -3000,6 +3040,17 @@ void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) } } +bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted) + return false; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + return true; + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + return false; +} + // Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) // FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) @@ -3073,16 +3124,19 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) { ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) + continue; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n); if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) name = ""; // Make sure we can't hide the last active column bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; - if (other_column->IsEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) + if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) menu_item_active = false; - if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsEnabled, menu_item_active)) - other_column->IsEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsEnabled; + if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active)) + other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled; } PopItemFlag(); } @@ -3207,7 +3261,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; - column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabled; + column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled; column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) save_ref_scale = true; @@ -3221,7 +3275,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; if (column->SortOrder != -1) settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; - if (column->IsEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) + if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; @@ -3279,7 +3333,7 @@ void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) else column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; - column->IsEnabled = column->IsEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; } @@ -3402,9 +3456,8 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle } } -void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) +void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler() { - ImGuiContext& g = *context; ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); @@ -3413,7 +3466,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3427,7 +3480,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSettingsInstallHandler(ImGuiContext* context) // Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); @@ -3439,11 +3492,12 @@ void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) // Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort table->ColumnsNames.clear(); table->MemoryCompacted = true; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3454,7 +3508,6 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data) { temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); - temp_data->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } @@ -3483,7 +3536,7 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() // - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) { @@ -3511,6 +3564,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (!open) return; + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); @@ -3575,7 +3630,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings) TreePop(); } -#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} @@ -3915,6 +3970,7 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() { // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); @@ -3966,8 +4022,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) + if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) continue; bool hovered = false, held = false; diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_widgets.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_widgets.cpp similarity index 81% rename from deps/imgui/src/imgui_widgets.cpp rename to deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_widgets.cpp index 5e7b1c81..953de9a7 100644 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/deps/imgui-1.89/src/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.84 WIP +// dear imgui, v1.89 // (widgets code) /* @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#include // toupper #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t #else @@ -82,6 +81,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -152,9 +152,13 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + + // Accept null ranges + if (text == text_end) + text = text_end = ""; + + // Calculate length const char* text_begin = text; if (text_end == NULL) text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT @@ -162,7 +166,21 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled) + { + // Common case + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } + else { // Long text! // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text @@ -201,7 +219,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); while (line < text_end) { - if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0)) break; const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); @@ -235,19 +253,6 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); ItemAdd(bb, 0); } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } } void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) @@ -269,9 +274,10 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); + // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? + const char* text, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); } void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -352,8 +358,8 @@ void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); @@ -388,8 +394,8 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* text_begin, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -488,14 +494,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) - { - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; - if (out_held) *out_held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); - return false; - } - // Default only reacts to left mouse button if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; @@ -510,7 +508,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id) + if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); #endif @@ -527,7 +525,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { hovered = true; SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER, 0.00f)) + if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER) { pressed = true; g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; @@ -543,22 +541,20 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool hovered = false; // Mouse handling + const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) { if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) { // Poll buttons int mouse_button_clicked = -1; - int mouse_button_released = -1; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } - + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && IsMouseClicked(0, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && IsMouseClicked(1, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && IsMouseClicked(2, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner)) + SetKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button_clicked), id); if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) { SetActiveID(id, window); @@ -567,30 +563,40 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[mouse_button_clicked])) + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) { pressed = true; if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId) ClearActiveID(); else SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; FocusWindow(window); } } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1) + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { - // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior - const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; - if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); + int mouse_button_released = -1; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && IsMouseReleased(0, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_released = 0; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && IsMouseReleased(1, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_released = 1; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && IsMouseReleased(2, test_owner_id)) { mouse_button_released = 2; } + if (mouse_button_released != -1) + { + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + ClearActiveID(); + } } // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) - if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) pressed = true; } @@ -606,15 +612,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + { + // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events + const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration); + nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) - pressed = true; - if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) { // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. - g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) SetFocusID(id, window); } } @@ -629,8 +642,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) + if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) { held = true; } @@ -641,9 +653,10 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive) { // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) - bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[mouse_button]; + bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps - if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) + bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); + if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; } ClearActiveID(); @@ -688,8 +701,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -706,7 +720,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) // CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -730,6 +744,7 @@ bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) // Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -747,16 +762,17 @@ bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiBut bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -764,7 +780,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; bool hovered, held; @@ -777,6 +793,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -838,9 +855,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Render ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter()/*+ ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f)*/, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold @@ -852,7 +868,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) { - return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); + return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); } // Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. @@ -873,9 +889,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); - KeepAliveID(id); // Calculate scrollbar bounding box ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); @@ -895,7 +909,9 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) } float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; - ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], size_avail, size_contents, rounding_corners); + ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis]; + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); + window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll; } // Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar @@ -904,7 +920,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -935,22 +951,23 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). bool held = false; bool hovered = false; + ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); - float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) { - float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; - float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; + const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); @@ -970,10 +987,10 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); // Update values for rendering - scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated @@ -1021,14 +1038,15 @@ void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& // ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) // We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. -bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; @@ -1047,9 +1065,21 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size return pressed; } -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. +// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1062,9 +1092,14 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const I const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); PopID(); - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : g.Style.FramePadding; - return ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, padding, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); + bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PopStyleVar(); + return ret; } +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) { @@ -1083,7 +1118,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) { - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return false; } @@ -1099,7 +1134,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - bool mixed_value = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; if (mixed_value) { // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) @@ -1119,7 +1154,7 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(label_pos, label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } @@ -1221,7 +1256,7 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(label_pos, label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -1279,7 +1314,7 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) @@ -1335,6 +1370,7 @@ void ImGui::NewLine() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); else @@ -1390,11 +1426,20 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; + // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, + // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; + x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; + } + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) PushColumnsBackground(); // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit + // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); @@ -1423,7 +1468,7 @@ void ImGui::Separator() // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. SeparatorEx(flags); } @@ -1433,21 +1478,19 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - if (!item_add) + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; bool hovered, held; ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (hovered) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); - if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); ImRect bb_render = bb; @@ -1519,7 +1562,7 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; } - // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Round width and redistribute remainder // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) @@ -1528,10 +1571,13 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } - if (width_excess > 0.0f) - for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) - if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) - items[n].Width += 1.0f; + while (width_excess > 0.0f) + for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++) + { + float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f); + items[n].Width += width_to_add; + width_excess -= width_to_add; + } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1541,6 +1587,8 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc // - BeginCombo() // - BeginComboPopup() [Internal] // - EndCombo() +// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal] +// - EndComboPreview() [Internal] // - Combo() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1580,7 +1628,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id); bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); - if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + if (pressed && !popup_open) { OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); popup_open = true; @@ -1602,6 +1650,14 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF } RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); + // Custom preview + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview) + { + g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y); + IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0); + preview_value = NULL; + } + // Render preview and label if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) { @@ -1683,6 +1739,59 @@ void ImGui::EndCombo() EndPopup(); } +// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements +// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168) +bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + return false; + + // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api + preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; + preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y) + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command + { + draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect; + draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds(); + } + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect(); +} + // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) { @@ -1735,7 +1844,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi bool value_changed = false; for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) { - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + PushID(i); const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) @@ -1751,8 +1860,9 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi } EndCombo(); + if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -1781,11 +1891,11 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() // - DataTypeGetInfo() // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() // - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeCompare() // - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision // - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() @@ -1811,30 +1921,6 @@ static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); -// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". -// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. -// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! -static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) -{ - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. - return "%d"; - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). - if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) - return "%d"; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return g.TempBuffer; -#else - IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" -#endif - } - return fmt; -} - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type) { IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -1916,24 +2002,10 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) { while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) buf++; - - // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. - // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value - char op = buf[0]; - if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') - { - buf++; - while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) - buf++; - } - else - { - op = 0; - } if (!buf[0]) return false; @@ -1942,66 +2014,20 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); - if (format == NULL) + // Sanitize format + // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + char format_sanitized[32]; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; - - // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point.. - int arg1i = 0; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) - { - int* v = (int*)p_data; - int arg0i = *v; - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) - return false; - // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision - if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide - else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in - format = "%f"; - float* v = (float*)p_data; - float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - { - format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis - double* v = (double*)p_data; - double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) - { - // All other types assign constant - // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. - if (sscanf(buf, format, p_data) < 1) - return false; - } else + format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized)); + + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32 = 0; + if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1) + return false; + if (type_info->Size < 4) { - // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() - int v32; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &v32) < 1) - return false; if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) @@ -2083,45 +2109,17 @@ static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) } template -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) -{ - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - TYPE v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; -} - -// Sanitize format -// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi -// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. -static void SanitizeFormatString(const char* fmt, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) -{ - IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt); - IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! - while (fmt < fmt_end) - { - char c = *(fmt++); - if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. - *(fmt_out++) = c; - } - *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate -} - -template TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) { + IM_UNUSED(data_type); + IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string return v; // Sanitize format char fmt_sanitized[32]; - SanitizeFormatString(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; // Format value with our rounding, and read back @@ -2130,10 +2128,8 @@ TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* p = v_str; while (*p == ' ') p++; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); - else - ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + return v; } @@ -2183,7 +2179,10 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } adjust_delta *= v_speed; @@ -2237,8 +2236,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } // Round to user desired precision based on format string - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -2281,6 +2280,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) { + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) @@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v } if (g.ActiveId != id) return false; - if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) return false; switch (data_type) @@ -2328,40 +2328,44 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable : 0)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0; - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (temp_input_allowed && (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id)) + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) temp_input_is_active = true; - } - // Experimental: simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText - // FIXME: Currently polling ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen, may either poll an hypothetical ImGuiBackendFlags_HasKeyboard and/or an explicit drag settings. + + // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { - g.NavInputId = id; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; temp_input_is_active = true; } + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + } } if (temp_input_is_active) @@ -2372,7 +2376,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); @@ -2391,7 +2395,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } @@ -2479,6 +2483,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); EndGroup(); PopID(); + return value_changed; } @@ -2536,35 +2541,6 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ return value_changed; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. -bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return DragScalar(label, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags drag_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - drag_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return DragScalarN(label, data_type, p_data, components, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, drag_flags); -} - -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2615,7 +2591,6 @@ float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, T v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; float result; - if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged) result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged) @@ -2639,91 +2614,81 @@ float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, T return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result; } - - // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + else + { + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + } } // Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) template TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { - if (v_min == v_max) + // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" + // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler. + if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max) return v_min; - const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + if (t >= 1.0f) + return v_max; - TYPE result; + TYPE result = (TYPE)0; if (is_logarithmic) { - // We special-case the extents because otherwise our fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value - if (t <= 0.0f) - result = v_min; - else if (t >= 1.0f) - result = v_max; - else - { - bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" - - // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero - FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; - FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; - if (flipped) - ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); + const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" + if (flipped) + ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); - // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) - if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) - v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; - float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range + float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range - if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts - { - float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space - float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; - float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; - if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) - result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) - else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) - result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); - else - result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); - } - else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider - result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts + { + float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) + result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) + else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) + result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); else - result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); + result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + else + result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); } else { // Linear slider + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); if (is_floating_point) { result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); } - else + else if (t < 1.0) { // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. - if (t < 1.0) - { - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; - result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); - } - else - { - result = v_max; - } + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); } } return result; } -// FIXME: Move more of the code into SliderBehavior() +// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior() template bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { @@ -2733,13 +2698,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + // Calculate bounds + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2770,7 +2736,17 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here. + g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f; + } + if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) + clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; set_new_value = true; @@ -2784,25 +2760,26 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } - const ImVec2 input_delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); - float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? input_delta2.x : -input_delta2.y; + float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis); if (input_delta != 0.0f) { + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; if (decimal_precision > 0) { input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + if (tweak_slow) input_delta /= 10.0f; } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + if (tweak_fast) input_delta *= 10.0f; g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta; @@ -2831,8 +2808,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (delta > 0) @@ -2850,8 +2827,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); // Round to user desired precision based on format string - if (!(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); // Apply result if (*v != v_new) @@ -2890,8 +2867,9 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) return false; switch (data_type) @@ -2943,30 +2921,33 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable : 0)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = temp_input_allowed && (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0; - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (temp_input_allowed && (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id)) - temp_input_is_active = true; } } @@ -2978,7 +2959,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); @@ -3002,7 +2983,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } @@ -3113,12 +3094,13 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) { + if (clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); @@ -3126,7 +3108,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); @@ -3161,39 +3143,14 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -// Obsolete versions with power parameter. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. -bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return SliderScalar(label, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, slider_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags slider_flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - if (power != 1.0f) - { - IM_ASSERT(power == 1.0f && "Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead of using the old 'float power' function!"); - slider_flags |= ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic; // Fallback for non-asserting paths - } - return SliderScalarN(label, data_type, v, components, v_min, v_max, format, slider_flags); -} - -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] // - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] // - InputScalar() @@ -3257,6 +3214,57 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ return buf; } +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out; + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + bool has_type = false; + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + continue; + has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate + return fmt_out_begin; +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + // Parse display precision back from the display format string // FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) @@ -3303,13 +3311,19 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } +static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) +{ + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; + return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; +} + // Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! // This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); @@ -3317,7 +3331,8 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + bool value_changed = false; if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { @@ -3327,7 +3342,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp - DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) { if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) @@ -3360,12 +3375,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data char buf[64]; DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - bool value_changed = false; - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + bool value_changed = false; if (p_step != NULL) { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -3374,14 +3389,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(label); SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups; if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + BeginDisabled(); SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) { @@ -3394,6 +3410,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); value_changed = true; } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + EndDisabled(); const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); if (label != label_end) @@ -3409,10 +3427,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data else { if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); } if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -3507,7 +3525,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal] // - InputTextEx() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) @@ -3523,7 +3545,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, co bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint. return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } @@ -3609,16 +3631,14 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* ob } // When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#else -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#endif -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (ImGui::GetIO().ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h #define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) @@ -3697,11 +3717,12 @@ static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* st { stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; if (text_len <= 0) return; if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) { - state->cursor = text_len; + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = text_len; state->has_preferred_x = 0; return; } @@ -3782,13 +3803,15 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f unsigned int c = *p_char; // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) + bool apply_named_filters = true; if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); if (!pass) return false; + apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. } if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) @@ -3807,16 +3830,24 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return false; // Generic named filters - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))) { - // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf. + // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'. // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. // Change the default decimal_point with: // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) + // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may + // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font. + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)) + if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E) + c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21; + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) @@ -3835,11 +3866,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // Turn a-z into A-Z if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a')); + c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a'); if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) return false; + + *p_char = c; } // Custom callback filter @@ -3861,6 +3894,41 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return true; } +// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text. +// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end. +// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. +static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; + const int old_length = state->CurLenW; + const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; + ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + int first_diff; + for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + break; + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + return; + + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + break; + + const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) + p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); +} + // Edit a string of text // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". // This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match @@ -3892,7 +3960,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_resizable) IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! - if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); @@ -3904,21 +3972,29 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; + ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)) + ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); EndGroup(); return false; } + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. + // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); - PopStyleVar(2); + PopStyleVar(3); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) { @@ -3936,8 +4012,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd) ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) return false; + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); if (hovered) @@ -3946,21 +4023,19 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool focus_requested_by_code = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByCode) != 0; - const bool focus_requested_by_tabbing = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); - bool clear_active_id = false; - bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + bool select_all = false; float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); - const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start || focus_requested_by_code || focus_requested_by_tabbing); + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) { @@ -3974,17 +4049,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + recycle_state = false; + // Start edition const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->ID = id; state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. state->TextA.resize(0); state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. - const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); if (recycle_state) { // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position @@ -3993,16 +4072,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - state->ID = id; state->ScrollX = 0.0f; stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); - if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + } + + if (!is_multiline) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) select_all = true; } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) - if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) - select_all = true; } if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) @@ -4011,18 +4096,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); - + } + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { // Declare our inputs - IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); + if (user_clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id); if (is_multiline) - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); + { + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id); + } + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. + { + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Tab, id); + } } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -4034,10 +4129,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ clear_active_id = true; // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection - const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); - bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); + bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; + bool validated = false; // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( @@ -4080,8 +4175,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; state->Flags = flags; - state->UserCallback = callback; - state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. @@ -4093,22 +4186,54 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true; } - else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift) { - // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2); + if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0) + { + // Double-click: Select word + // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant: + // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS) + const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n'; + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb)) + ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb); + state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor); + state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor; + ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb); + } + else + { + // Triple-click: Select line + const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n'; + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!is_eol && is_multiline) + { + ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end; + } + state->CursorFollow = false; + } + state->CursorAnimReset(); } else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) { if (hovered) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + if (io.KeyShift) + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + else + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -4121,27 +4246,26 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // It is ill-defined whether the backend needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. - // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) + // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) - if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { - if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start) + if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++) { // Insert character if they pass filtering unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; - if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); @@ -4153,40 +4277,45 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process other shortcuts/key-presses - bool cancel_edit = false; + bool revert_edit = false; if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift); - const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); - - const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); - const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) + + // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused flag to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) + // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. + const ImGuiInputFlags shortcut_flags = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; + const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, shortcut_flags) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, shortcut_flags)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id, shortcut_flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, shortcut_flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, shortcut_flags) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, shortcut_flags)) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, shortcut_flags)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, shortcut_flags) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, shortcut_flags))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id, shortcut_flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + + // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); + const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); + const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, shortcut_flags) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, false)); + + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) { @@ -4197,12 +4326,17 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter)) + else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate) { + // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + validated = true; + if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline) + state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll + else + clear_active_id = true; } else if (!is_readonly) { @@ -4211,16 +4345,32 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + else if (is_cancel) { - clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) + { + if (state->CurLenA > 0) + { + revert_edit = true; + } + else + { + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + clear_active_id = true; + } + } + else + { + clear_active_id = revert_edit = true; + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + } } else if (is_undo || is_redo) { state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); state->ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + else if (is_select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; @@ -4279,16 +4429,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer. + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - const char* apply_new_text = NULL; - int apply_new_text_length = 0; - if (cancel_edit) + if (revert_edit && !is_readonly) { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { + // Clear input + apply_new_text = ""; + apply_new_text_length = 0; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); + } + else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; @@ -4302,22 +4460,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } + // Apply ASCII value + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); - } // User callback if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) @@ -4326,18 +4486,18 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; - ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; @@ -4359,8 +4519,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; callback_data.EventKey = event_key; - callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data; + callback_data.Buf = callback_buf; callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA; callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; callback_data.BufDirty = false; @@ -4375,7 +4536,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback(&callback_data); // Read back what user may have modified - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf); // Invalid to modify those fields IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; @@ -4384,9 +4546,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } if (buf_dirty) { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() state->CursorAnimReset(); @@ -4401,40 +4565,35 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; } } + } - // Copy result to user buffer - if (apply_new_text) + // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) + if (apply_new_text != NULL) + { + // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + // without any storage on user's side. + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (is_resizable) { - // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size - // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used - // without any storage on user's side. - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); - if (is_resizable) - { - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.Buf = buf; - callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; - callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); - callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; - callback(&callback_data); - buf = callback_data.Buf; - buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; - apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); - } - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); - - // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. - ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); - // Clear temporary user storage - state->Flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_None; - state->UserCallback = NULL; - state->UserCallbackData = NULL; + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) @@ -4556,7 +4715,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Test if cursor is vertically visible if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); - else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) + else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y) scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f); scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y); @@ -4623,7 +4782,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) if (!is_readonly) - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + { + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true; + g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize; + } } } else @@ -4648,9 +4811,23 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_multiline) { + // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; EndChild(); + item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + + // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... + // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. EndGroup(); + if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0) + { + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags; + } } // Log as text @@ -4666,13 +4843,48 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; + return validated; else return value_changed; } +void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; + Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID); + Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + { + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + { + ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; + const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + BeginDisabled(); + char buf[64] = ""; + if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) + ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + EndDisabled(); + } + PopStyleVar(); + } + EndChild(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(state); +#endif +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -4693,6 +4905,30 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. +// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. +static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) +{ + // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. + // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. + // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. + // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. + // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, + // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + + // When S == 0, H is undefined. + // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + + // When V == 0, S is undefined. + if (*V == 0.0f) + *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; +} + // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). // See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. // With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. @@ -4717,24 +4953,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) - flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask); - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; @@ -4748,13 +4984,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - { - if (f[1] == 0) - f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (f[2] == 0) - f[1] = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; @@ -4804,7 +5034,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } } else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) @@ -4832,7 +5062,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'. } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; @@ -4849,32 +5079,34 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Store current color and open a picker g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; OpenPopup("picker"); - SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1, style.ItemSpacing.y)); + SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); if (BeginPopup("picker")) { - picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (label != label_display_end) + if (g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1) { - TextEx(label, label_display_end); - Spacing(); + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + Spacing(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? - value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); EndPopup(); } } if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) { - const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, label_display_end); } @@ -4889,7 +5121,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -4906,12 +5138,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086 value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; } if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) @@ -4928,10 +5160,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; - if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -4984,12 +5216,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); @@ -5024,13 +5256,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - { - if (S == 0) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (V == 0) - S = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5073,7 +5299,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) { @@ -5083,10 +5309,14 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + + // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. + if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); @@ -5135,7 +5365,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) Text("Current"); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); if (ref_col != NULL) { @@ -5156,10 +5386,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10 * 1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); g.ColorEditLastHue = H; g.ColorEditLastSat = S; - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5174,9 +5404,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) { // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. @@ -5184,9 +5414,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); value_changed = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex); PopItemWidth(); } @@ -5213,13 +5443,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl G = col[1]; B = col[2]; ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. - { - if (S == 0) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (V == 0) - S = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -5326,8 +5550,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) value_changed = false; - if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); PopID(); @@ -5338,7 +5562,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. // Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -5346,11 +5570,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) @@ -5416,7 +5637,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl // Tooltip if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) - ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; } @@ -5425,18 +5646,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected g.ColorEditOptions = flags; } @@ -5445,7 +5666,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -5456,9 +5677,9 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); SameLine(); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); @@ -5477,23 +5698,23 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { - if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; - if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; - if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; } if (allow_opt_datatype) { if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); - if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; - if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; } if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) @@ -5528,7 +5749,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; @@ -5547,7 +5768,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup - g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); ImVec4 previewing_ref_col; memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); @@ -5648,9 +5869,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5659,12 +5880,19 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); +} + +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +{ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; @@ -5680,7 +5908,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5689,7 +5917,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5755,19 +5983,19 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; - window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; if (!item_add) { if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -5816,7 +6044,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l toggled = true; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job - if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) toggled = true; } else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) @@ -5826,12 +6054,12 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l toggled = true; } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -5841,7 +6069,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { is_open = !is_open; window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) @@ -5849,7 +6077,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -5880,8 +6108,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); else if (!is_leaf) @@ -5893,7 +6121,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -5902,7 +6130,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); + PushID(str_id); } void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) @@ -5910,7 +6138,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); + PushID(ptr_id); } void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) @@ -5919,7 +6147,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + PushOverrideID(id); } void ImGui::TreePop() @@ -5997,14 +6225,14 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) *p_visible = false; - last_item_backup.Restore(); + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; } return is_open; @@ -6073,19 +6301,8 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; } - bool item_add; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - { - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; - } - else - { - item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - } - + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); if (span_all_columns) { window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; @@ -6095,6 +6312,10 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (!item_add) return false; + const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization + BeginDisabled(); + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) @@ -6105,25 +6326,33 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - selected = false; - const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; + // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) { if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) { - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent, ImRect(bb.Min - window->Pos, bb.Max - window->Pos)); + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; } } @@ -6135,7 +6364,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) @@ -6144,24 +6373,25 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) PopColumnsBackground(); else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) TablePopBackgroundChannel(); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); - return pressed; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) + EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; //-V1020 } bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -6293,8 +6523,9 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v PopID(); } EndListBox(); + if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -6386,7 +6617,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); float t0 = 0.0f; ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle - float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); @@ -6513,42 +6744,51 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) // - EndMainMenuBar() // - BeginMenu() // - EndMenu() +// - MenuItemEx() [Internal] // - MenuItem() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers for internal use -void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing) { - IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); - IM_UNUSED(count); - Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - Spacing = spacing; - if (clear) - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) - { - if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) - Width += Spacing; - Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width); - Width += NextWidths[i]; - NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; - } + if (window_reappearing) + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + Spacing = (ImU16)spacing; + CalcNextTotalWidth(true); + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth; + NextTotalWidth = 0; } -float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double +void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets) { - NextWidth = 0.0f; - NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); - NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); - NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) - NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); - return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); + ImU16 offset = 0; + bool want_spacing = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++) + { + ImU16 width = Widths[i]; + if (want_spacing && width > 0) + offset += Spacing; + want_spacing |= (width > 0); + if (update_offsets) + { + if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; } + if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; } + if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; } + } + offset += width; + } + NextTotalWidth = offset; } -float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark) { - return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); + Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon); + Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label); + Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut); + Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark); + CalcNextTotalWidth(false); + return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth); } // FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere.. @@ -6577,6 +6817,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; AlignTextToFramePadding(); @@ -6593,21 +6834,21 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { + // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; - if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) { // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. - // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering) const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check (FIXME: Seems unnecessary) FocusWindow(window); SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat } } @@ -6620,6 +6861,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; } @@ -6696,7 +6938,29 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() End(); } -bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + return false; + + // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others + // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup + // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. + // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. + // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still + // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart + // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. + const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6708,9 +6972,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. @@ -6718,7 +6983,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) { if (menu_is_open) - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) else g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return menu_is_open; @@ -6728,16 +6993,25 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - bool pressed; - bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + + // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window) + // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window. + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering. ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; + bool pressed; + + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar @@ -6747,26 +7021,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); float w = label_size.x; - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { - // Menu inside a menu + // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); - float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); - ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right); } + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); - const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + PopItemFlag(); bool want_open = false; bool want_close = false; @@ -6774,37 +7057,39 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; - - ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + bool moving_toward_child_menu = false; + ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below) + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor. + float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); - ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); - moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); + ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; + tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + + // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) + // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. + // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) want_close = true; - if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open + // Open + if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; - else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; - - if (g.NavActivateId == id) - { - want_close = menu_is_open; - want_open = !menu_is_open; - } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6822,7 +7107,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { want_open = true; } - else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6834,23 +7119,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + PopID(); - if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) + if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { - // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. OpenPopup(label); - return false; } - - menu_is_open |= want_open; - if (want_open) + else if (want_open) + { + menu_is_open = true; OpenPopup(label); + } if (menu_is_open) { - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: this is super misleading! The value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData; + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + PopStyleVar(); + if (menu_is_open) + { + // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu() + // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) + g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + } } else { @@ -6860,23 +7157,30 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) return menu_is_open; } +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled); +} + void ImGui::EndMenu() { - // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). - // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. - // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + // Nav: When a left move request our menu failed, close ourselves. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) - { - ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginMenu()/EndMenu() calls + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; // Should always be != NULL is we passed assert. + if (window->BeginCount == window->BeginCountPreviousFrame) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window) && parent_window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } EndPopup(); } -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6887,19 +7191,33 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this. + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); + if (menuset_is_open) + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); + // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); bool pressed; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover; + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); - pressed = Selectable(label, selected, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) + RenderText(text_pos, label); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else @@ -6907,27 +7225,45 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo // Menu item inside a vertical menu // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. - float shortcut_w = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_w, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); - if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame + float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); - PopStyleColor(); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } - if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); + PopID(); + if (menuset_is_open) + PopItemFlag(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled); +} + bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) { - if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) { if (p_selected) *p_selected = !*p_selected; @@ -7058,8 +7394,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))) - if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) - ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false; // Flags @@ -7234,8 +7569,8 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); - const bool has_close_button = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) ? false : true; - tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); + tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x; int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; @@ -7244,12 +7579,10 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385); - int shrink_buffer_index = shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Index = tab_n; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_index].Width = tab->ContentWidth; - - IM_ASSERT(tab->ContentWidth > 0.0f); - tab->Width = tab->ContentWidth; + ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++]; + shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n; + shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth; + tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f); } // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) @@ -7279,7 +7612,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore - if (width_excess > 0.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) + if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) { int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); @@ -7293,6 +7626,7 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) continue; + shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width); int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); tab->Width = shrinked_width; @@ -7406,7 +7740,9 @@ void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) // Called on manual closure attempt void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { - IM_ASSERT(!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. @@ -7716,10 +8052,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) { // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + { + ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData; TabBarLayout(tab_bar); - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data; + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -7729,12 +8068,10 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if (p_open && !*p_open) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); return false; } @@ -7747,9 +8084,6 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, else if (p_open == NULL) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; - // Calculate tab contents size - ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); - // Acquire tab data ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); bool tab_is_new = false; @@ -7758,17 +8092,24 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); tab->ID = id; - tab->Width = size.x; - tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = true; - tab_is_new = true; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true; } tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, (p_open != NULL) || (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)); + tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width; + if (tab_is_new) + tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x); tab->ContentWidth = size.x; tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool tab_just_unsaved = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; tab->Flags = flags; @@ -7778,13 +8119,14 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Update selected tab - if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) - if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - if (!is_tab_button) + if (!is_tab_button) + { + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated - if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - if (!is_tab_button) + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + } // Lock visibility // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) @@ -7801,9 +8143,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); if (is_tab_button) return false; return tab_contents_visible; @@ -7850,7 +8190,6 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (pressed && !is_tab_button) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; - hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) if (g.ActiveId != id) @@ -7902,7 +8241,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id) : 0; bool just_closed; bool text_clipped; - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, tab_just_unsaved ? (flags & ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) : flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) { *p_open = false; @@ -7914,11 +8253,15 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, PopClipRect(); window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; - // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) - // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) - if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > g.TooltipSlowDelay && IsItemHovered()) + // Tooltip + // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok) + // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores) + // FIXME: This is a mess. + // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected if (is_tab_button) @@ -7942,12 +8285,12 @@ void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) } } -ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button) +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - if (has_close_button) + if (has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle. else size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f; @@ -8003,14 +8346,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, #endif // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker - const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*"; ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y); - if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) - { - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x; - ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL); - } ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; // Return clipped state ignoring the close button @@ -8020,7 +8356,10 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - // Close Button + const float button_sz = g.FontSize; + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + + // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button // 'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button @@ -8028,28 +8367,40 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, bool close_button_pressed = false; bool close_button_visible = false; if (close_button_id != 0) - if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton) + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton)) if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) close_button_visible = true; + bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x); + if (close_button_visible) { - ImGuiLastItemDataBackup last_item_backup; - const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); - if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y))) + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; PopStyleVar(); - last_item_backup.Restore(); + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) close_button_pressed = true; - - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; + } + else if (unsaved_marker_visible) + { + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } + // This is all rather complicated + // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position) // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist.. float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; + if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible) + { + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f); + text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f; + ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + } RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); #if 0 diff --git a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2818e697..00000000 --- a/deps/imgui/src/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -// dear imgui: Platform Backend for GLFW -// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. OpenGL3, Vulkan, WebGPU..) -// (Info: GLFW is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, OpenGL/Vulkan graphics context creation, etc.) -// (Requires: GLFW 3.1+) - -// Implemented features: -// [X] Platform: Clipboard support. -// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'. -// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange' (note: the resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+). -// [X] Platform: Keyboard arrays indexed using GLFW_KEY_* codes, e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_SPACE). - -// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. -// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. -// If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. -// Read online: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/docs - -// CHANGELOG -// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) -// 2020-01-17: Inputs: Disable error callback while assigning mouse cursors because some X11 setup don't have them and it generates errors. -// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for new mouse cursors added in GLFW 3.4+ (resizing cursors, not allowed cursor). -// 2019-10-18: Misc: Previously installed user callbacks are now restored on shutdown. -// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter. -// 2019-05-11: Inputs: Don't filter value from character callback before calling AddInputCharacter(). -// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized. -// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window. -// 2018-11-07: Inputs: When installing our GLFW callbacks, we save user's previously installed ones - if any - and chain call them. -// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls. -// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor. -// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_glfw.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW+OpenGL/Vulkan examples. -// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag. -// 2018-02-20: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors (ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value, passed to glfwSetCursor()). -// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves. -// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space. -// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Added gamepad support if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set. -// 2018-01-25: Inputs: Honoring the io.WantSetMousePos by repositioning the mouse (when using navigation and ImGuiConfigFlags_NavMoveMouse is set). -// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support. -// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert. -// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1). -// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. - -#include "imgui.h" -#include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" - -// GLFW -#include -#ifdef _WIN32 -#undef APIENTRY -#define GLFW_EXPOSE_NATIVE_WIN32 -#include // for glfwGetWin32Window -#endif -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_TOPMOST (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ GLFW_FLOATING -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_HOVERED -#define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwSetWindowOpacity -#define GLFW_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorContentScale -#define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwCreateWindowSurface -#ifdef GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR // let's be nice to people who pulled GLFW between 2019-04-16 (3.4 define) and 2019-11-29 (cursors defines) // FIXME: Remove when GLFW 3.4 is released? -#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (GLFW_VERSION_MAJOR * 1000 + GLFW_VERSION_MINOR * 100 >= 3400) // 3.4+ GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR, GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR, GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR -#else -#define GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS (0) -#endif - -// Data -enum GlfwClientApi -{ - GlfwClientApi_Unknown, - GlfwClientApi_OpenGL, - GlfwClientApi_Vulkan -}; -static GLFWwindow* g_Window = NULL; // Main window -static GlfwClientApi g_ClientApi = GlfwClientApi_Unknown; -static double g_Time = 0.0; -static bool g_MouseJustPressed[ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT] = {}; -static GLFWcursor* g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT] = {}; -static bool g_InstalledCallbacks = false; - -// Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. -static GLFWmousebuttonfun g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; -static GLFWscrollfun g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; -static GLFWkeyfun g_PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; -static GLFWcharfun g_PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; - -static const char* ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText(void* user_data) -{ - return glfwGetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data); -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText(void* user_data, const char* text) -{ - glfwSetClipboardString((GLFWwindow*)user_data, text); -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mods) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton(window, button, action, mods); - - if (action == GLFW_PRESS && button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g_MouseJustPressed)) - g_MouseJustPressed[button] = true; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackScroll != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.MouseWheelH += (float)xoffset; - io.MouseWheel += (float)yoffset; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackKey != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackKey(window, key, scancode, action, mods); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (key >= 0 && key < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown)) - { - if (action == GLFW_PRESS) - io.KeysDown[key] = true; - if (action == GLFW_RELEASE) - io.KeysDown[key] = false; - } - - // Modifiers are not reliable across systems - io.KeyCtrl = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_CONTROL] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL]; - io.KeyShift = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SHIFT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT]; - io.KeyAlt = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_ALT] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_ALT]; -#ifdef _WIN32 - io.KeySuper = false; -#else - io.KeySuper = io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_LEFT_SUPER] || io.KeysDown[GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_SUPER]; -#endif -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) -{ - if (g_PrevUserCallbackChar != NULL) - g_PrevUserCallbackChar(window, c); - - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.AddInputCharacter(c); -} - -static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) -{ - g_Window = window; - g_Time = 0.0; - - // Setup backend capabilities flags - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used) - io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_glfw"; - - // Keyboard mapping. Dear ImGui will use those indices to peek into the io.KeysDown[] array. - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Tab] = GLFW_KEY_TAB; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_LeftArrow] = GLFW_KEY_LEFT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_RightArrow] = GLFW_KEY_RIGHT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_UpArrow] = GLFW_KEY_UP; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_DownArrow] = GLFW_KEY_DOWN; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_UP; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown] = GLFW_KEY_PAGE_DOWN; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home] = GLFW_KEY_HOME; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End] = GLFW_KEY_END; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Insert] = GLFW_KEY_INSERT; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Delete] = GLFW_KEY_DELETE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Backspace] = GLFW_KEY_BACKSPACE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] = GLFW_KEY_SPACE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Enter] = GLFW_KEY_ENTER; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Escape] = GLFW_KEY_ESCAPE; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter] = GLFW_KEY_KP_ENTER; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = GLFW_KEY_A; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C] = GLFW_KEY_C; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_V] = GLFW_KEY_V; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_X] = GLFW_KEY_X; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Y] = GLFW_KEY_Y; - io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Z] = GLFW_KEY_Z; - - io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText; - io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText; - io.ClipboardUserData = g_Window; -#if defined(_WIN32) - io.ImeWindowHandle = (void*)glfwGetWin32Window(g_Window); -#endif - - // Create mouse cursors - // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist, - // GLFW will emit an error which will often be printed by the app, so we temporarily disable error reporting. - // Missing cursors will return NULL and our _UpdateMouseCursor() function will use the Arrow cursor instead.) - GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(NULL); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_IBEAM_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_VRESIZE_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HRESIZE_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_HAND_CURSOR); -#if GLFW_HAS_NEW_CURSORS - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_ALL_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NESW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_RESIZE_NWSE_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_NOT_ALLOWED_CURSOR); -#else - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); - g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = glfwCreateStandardCursor(GLFW_ARROW_CURSOR); -#endif - glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); - - // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackKey = NULL; - g_PrevUserCallbackChar = NULL; - if (install_callbacks) - { - g_InstalledCallbacks = true; - g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton = glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_MouseButtonCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackScroll = glfwSetScrollCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackKey = glfwSetKeyCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback); - g_PrevUserCallbackChar = glfwSetCharCallback(window, ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback); - } - - g_ClientApi = client_api; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) -{ - return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_OpenGL); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) -{ - return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Vulkan); -} - -bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks) -{ - return ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(window, install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi_Unknown); -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() -{ - if (g_InstalledCallbacks) - { - glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackMousebutton); - glfwSetScrollCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackScroll); - glfwSetKeyCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackKey); - glfwSetCharCallback(g_Window, g_PrevUserCallbackChar); - g_InstalledCallbacks = false; - } - - for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) - { - glfwDestroyCursor(g_MouseCursors[cursor_n]); - g_MouseCursors[cursor_n] = NULL; - } - g_ClientApi = GlfwClientApi_Unknown; -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMousePosAndButtons() -{ - // Update buttons - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) - { - // If a mouse press event came, always pass it as "mouse held this frame", so we don't miss click-release events that are shorter than 1 frame. - io.MouseDown[i] = g_MouseJustPressed[i] || glfwGetMouseButton(g_Window, i) != 0; - g_MouseJustPressed[i] = false; - } - - // Update mouse position - const ImVec2 mouse_pos_backup = io.MousePos; - io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ - const bool focused = true; // Emscripten -#else - const bool focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(g_Window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; -#endif - if (focused) - { - if (io.WantSetMousePos) - { - glfwSetCursorPos(g_Window, (double)mouse_pos_backup.x, (double)mouse_pos_backup.y); - } - else - { - double mouse_x, mouse_y; - glfwGetCursorPos(g_Window, &mouse_x, &mouse_y); - io.MousePos = ImVec2((float)mouse_x, (float)mouse_y); - } - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) || glfwGetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; - - ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); - if (imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None || io.MouseDrawCursor) - { - // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor - glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_HIDDEN); - } - else - { - // Show OS mouse cursor - // FIXME-PLATFORM: Unfocused windows seems to fail changing the mouse cursor with GLFW 3.2, but 3.3 works here. - glfwSetCursor(g_Window, g_MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? g_MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : g_MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow]); - glfwSetInputMode(g_Window, GLFW_CURSOR, GLFW_CURSOR_NORMAL); - } -} - -static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - memset(io.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(io.NavInputs)); - if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0) - return; - - // Update gamepad inputs - #define MAP_BUTTON(NAV_NO, BUTTON_NO) { if (buttons_count > BUTTON_NO && buttons[BUTTON_NO] == GLFW_PRESS) io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] = 1.0f; } - #define MAP_ANALOG(NAV_NO, AXIS_NO, V0, V1) { float v = (axes_count > AXIS_NO) ? axes[AXIS_NO] : V0; v = (v - V0) / (V1 - V0); if (v > 1.0f) v = 1.0f; if (io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] < v) io.NavInputs[NAV_NO] = v; } - int axes_count = 0, buttons_count = 0; - const float* axes = glfwGetJoystickAxes(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &axes_count); - const unsigned char* buttons = glfwGetJoystickButtons(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &buttons_count); - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, 0); // Cross / A - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, 1); // Circle / B - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, 2); // Square / X - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_Input, 3); // Triangle / Y - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, 13); // D-Pad Left - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, 11); // D-Pad Right - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, 10); // D-Pad Up - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, 12); // D-Pad Down - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, 4); // L1 / LB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, 5); // R1 / RB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, 4); // L1 / LB - MAP_BUTTON(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, 5); // R1 / RB - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, 0, -0.3f, -0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight,0, +0.3f, +0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, 1, +0.3f, +0.9f); - MAP_ANALOG(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, 1, -0.3f, -0.9f); - #undef MAP_BUTTON - #undef MAP_ANALOG - if (axes_count > 0 && buttons_count > 0) - io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; - else - io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; -} - -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - IM_ASSERT(io.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font atlas not built! It is generally built by the renderer backend. Missing call to renderer _NewFrame() function? e.g. ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()."); - - // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing) - int w, h; - int display_w, display_h; - glfwGetWindowSize(g_Window, &w, &h); - glfwGetFramebufferSize(g_Window, &display_w, &display_h); - io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); - if (w > 0 && h > 0) - io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); - - // Setup time step - double current_time = glfwGetTime(); - io.DeltaTime = g_Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - g_Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); - g_Time = current_time; - - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMousePosAndButtons(); - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseCursor(); - - // Update game controllers (if enabled and available) - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); -} From 201684512e4ef997e04aec2c3dee31fecbdbc24e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Thu, 18 May 2023 14:15:50 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 04/11] [WIP] Support SH and scalar images in interface --- Engine/include/grid_model.h | 11 +- Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 34 ++--- Engine/include/mvc_model.h | 8 +- Engine/include/mvc_view.h | 8 +- Engine/include/sh_model.h | 19 +-- Engine/include/sh_view.h | 91 +++++++++++- Engine/include/utils.hpp | 20 +++ Engine/src/argument_parser.cpp | 22 +-- Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 246 +++++++++++++++----------------- Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp | 79 +++++----- Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp | 71 +++++---- Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp | 6 +- Engine/src/sh_field.cpp | 2 +- Engine/src/sh_model.cpp | 12 ++ Engine/src/sh_view.cpp | 200 +++++++++++++++++++++++++- Engine/src/user_application.cpp | 25 +++- 16 files changed, 584 insertions(+), 270 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/grid_model.h b/Engine/include/grid_model.h index 04265064..4e729c35 100644 --- a/Engine/include/grid_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/grid_model.h @@ -12,14 +12,17 @@ class GridModel inline glm::uvec3 GetDimensions() const { return glm::uvec3(mNX, mNY, mNZ); }; inline glm::uvec3 GetSlicesLocation() const { return glm::uvec3(mSliceX, mSliceY, mSliceZ); }; inline glm::bvec3 GetIsVisible() const { return glm::bvec3(mIsVisibleX, mIsVisibleY, mIsVisibleZ); }; + inline unsigned int GetLastEditedSlice() const { return mLastEditedSlice; }; inline void SetIsXVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleX = isVisible; }; inline void SetIsYVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleY = isVisible; }; inline void SetIsZVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleZ = isVisible; }; - inline void SetSliceXLocation(unsigned int x) { mSliceX = x; }; - inline void SetSliceYLocation(unsigned int y) { mSliceY = y; }; - inline void SetSliceZLocation(unsigned int z) { mSliceZ = z; }; + inline void SetSliceXLocation(unsigned int x) { mSliceX = x; mLastEditedSlice = 0; }; + inline void SetSliceYLocation(unsigned int y) { mSliceY = y; mLastEditedSlice = 1; }; + inline void SetSliceZLocation(unsigned int z) { mSliceZ = z; mLastEditedSlice = 2; }; + + inline void SetLastEditedSlice(unsigned int slice) { mLastEditedSlice = slice; }; private: // image dimension along each axis @@ -32,6 +35,8 @@ class GridModel unsigned int mSliceY = 0; unsigned int mSliceZ = 0; + unsigned int mLastEditedSlice = 0; + // visibility status of each slice bool mIsVisibleX = true; bool mIsVisibleY = true; diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h index e52cab34..54f7a511 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -9,13 +9,6 @@ namespace Slicer { -enum class ImageType -{ - SCALAR_IMAGE, // or color - SH_IMAGE, - MT_IMAGE -}; - class MVCController { public: @@ -24,6 +17,9 @@ class MVCController const std::shared_ptr& view); void RenderUserInterface(); + bool AddSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + bool AddScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + private: static void onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod); static void onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos); @@ -32,13 +28,11 @@ class MVCController void drawMainMenu(); - bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath); - - void drawLoadingPopup(); + bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath, bool& enabledFlag); void drawSlicingWindow(); - void handleImageLoading(const std::string& imagePath, const ImageType& imageType); + bool drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex); std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; @@ -48,26 +42,14 @@ class MVCController GLFWwindow* mGLFWwindow = nullptr; - bool mShowSlicingWindow = false; - - bool mDrawLoadingPopup = false; - - bool mLoadScalarImage = false; - - bool mLoadSHImage = false; - - LoadRoutineStatus mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; - - std::shared_ptr> mTemporaryImageForLoading = nullptr; - - int mFrameID = 0; + bool mDrawSlicingWindow = false; + bool mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; + bool mDrawLoadSHMenu = false; glm::vec2 mLastCursorPos; int mLastButton; int mLastAction; int mLastModifier; - - size_t mQueueAppend = 0; }; } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h index 63c77c17..fadd012c 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h @@ -21,9 +21,8 @@ class MVCModel { public: MVCModel(int winWidth, int winHeight); - LoadRoutineStatus AddSHModel(const std::string& imageFilePath); - LoadRoutineStatus AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage, - const LoadRoutineStatus& status); + bool AddSHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); + bool AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); inline std::shared_ptr GetGridModel() const { return mGridModel; }; @@ -33,6 +32,9 @@ class MVCModel inline int GetWindowWidth() const { return mWinWidth; }; inline int GetWindowHeight() const { return mWinHeight; }; private: + void addGridModel(const glm::ivec4& inDims); + bool validateImageDimensions(const glm::ivec4& inDims) const; + int mWinWidth = 0; int mWinHeight = 0; diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_view.h b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h index ba19ece8..43dd452e 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ class MVCView bool AddSHView(); bool AddScalarView(); + void UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + + std::shared_ptr GetSHView() const { return mSHView; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetCamera() const { return mCamera; }; private: GLFWwindow* mGLFWwindow = nullptr; @@ -30,10 +34,8 @@ class MVCView glm::ivec4 GridDimensions; glm::ivec4 SliceIndice; glm::ivec4 IsSliceVisible; - - // heritage; should go elsewhere unsigned int CurrentSlice; - } mGridModelGPUData; + }; GPU::ShaderData mGridModelGPUDataBuffer; diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_model.h b/Engine/include/sh_model.h index d1a89466..da9219d3 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sh_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/sh_model.h @@ -12,22 +12,23 @@ class SHModel public: SHModel() = delete; SHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& shImage); + inline std::shared_ptr> GetImage() const { return mImage; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetCoordinateSystem() const { return mCoordinateSystem; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetSphere() const { return mSphere; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInXPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInXPlane; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInYPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInYPlane; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInZPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInZPlane; }; + unsigned int GetMaxNbSpheres() const; private: std::shared_ptr> mImage = nullptr; - /// Sphere used for SH projection. std::shared_ptr mSphere = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem = nullptr; - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in X-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresX = 0; - - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Y-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresY = 0; - - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Z-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresZ = 0; + unsigned int mNbSpheresInXPlane = 0; + unsigned int mNbSpheresInYPlane = 0; + unsigned int mNbSpheresInZPlane = 0; }; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_view.h b/Engine/include/sh_view.h index c6730574..8462d77c 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sh_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/sh_view.h @@ -1,17 +1,100 @@ #pragma once -#include +#include +#include #include +#include namespace Slicer { +/// Struct for glMultiDrawElementsIndirect command. +struct DrawElementsIndirectCommand +{ + /// Number of elements to be rendered. + unsigned int count; + + /// Number of instances of the indexed geometry to draw. + unsigned int instanceCount; + + /// Offset to the beginning of elements. + unsigned int firstIndex; + + /// Constant that should be added to each element of indices. + unsigned int baseVertex; + + /// Base instance for use in fetching instanced vertex attributes. + unsigned int baseInstance; +}; + + class SHView { public: SHView() = delete; - SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + + void ScaleSpheres(); void Render(); private: - std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; - + // private struct describing GPU memory layout for + // sphere properties + struct SphereProperties + { + unsigned int NumVertices; + unsigned int NumIndices; + unsigned int IsNormalized; + unsigned int MaxOrder; + float SH0threshold; + float Scaling; + unsigned int NbCoeffs; + unsigned int FadeIfHidden; + unsigned int ColorMapMode; + }; + + void initShaders(); + + void initRenderPrimitives(); + + void initGPUBuffers(); + + void uploadTransformToGPU(); + + void initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex); + + void dispatchSubsetCommands(void(SHView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), + size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads, + std::vector& threads); + + void scaleSpheres(unsigned int nbSpheres); + + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + + // Probably not needed once data is init + std::vector mMeshIndices; + + /// Vertex array object. + GLuint mVertexArrayObject; + GLuint mMeshIndicesBO; + GLuint mDrawIndirectBO; + + GPU::ShaderProgram mComputeShader; + GPU::ProgramPipeline mProgramPipeline; + GPU::ShaderData mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer; + + GPU::ShaderData mSphHarmCoeffsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mSHFunctionsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer; // used to estimate normals + GPU::ShaderData mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer; + + // Compute shader outputs + GPU::ShaderData mAllRadiisGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer; + + GPU::ShaderData mAllOrdersGPUBuffer; // pretty sure this one is useless + + // DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. + // /!\ prolly not useful once it is pushed to GPU + std::vector mIndirectCmd; }; } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/utils.hpp b/Engine/include/utils.hpp index 10d6a81e..f415ecf2 100644 --- a/Engine/include/utils.hpp +++ b/Engine/include/utils.hpp @@ -334,3 +334,23 @@ static inline glm::mat4 getTensorFromCoefficients(const std::vector& coef return tensor; } + +static inline int getOrderFromNbCoeffs(unsigned int nbCoeffs, bool& fullBasis) +{ + const float& floatEpsilon = std::numeric_limits::epsilon(); + const float symOrder = static_cast((-3.0 + sqrt(1.0 + 8.0 * nbCoeffs)) / 2.0); + if((std::trunc(symOrder) >= (symOrder - floatEpsilon)) && + (std::trunc(symOrder) <= (symOrder + floatEpsilon))) + { + fullBasis = false; + return static_cast(symOrder); + } + const float fullOrder = sqrtf((float)nbCoeffs) - 1.0f; + if((std::trunc(fullOrder) >= (fullOrder - floatEpsilon)) && + (std::trunc(fullOrder) <= (fullOrder + floatEpsilon))) + { + fullBasis = true; + return static_cast(fullOrder); + } + return -1; +} diff --git a/Engine/src/argument_parser.cpp b/Engine/src/argument_parser.cpp index f4d4766e..976a1086 100644 --- a/Engine/src/argument_parser.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/argument_parser.cpp @@ -20,22 +20,22 @@ ArgumentParser::ArgumentParser(int argc, char** argv) args::ArgumentParser parser("Those are the arguments available for dmriexplorer", "dmri-explorer - Real-time Diffusion MRI viewer."); - args::HelpFlag help(parser, - "help", - "Display this help menu", + args::HelpFlag help(parser, + "help", + "Display this help menu", {'h', "help"}); - args::ValueFlag imagePath(parser, + args::ValueFlag imagePath(parser, "SH image path", "Path to a SH image in nifti file format.", {'f',"fodf"}); - args::ValueFlag backgroundImagePath(parser, - "background image", - "Specify the path to the background image.", + args::ValueFlag backgroundImagePath(parser, + "background image", + "Specify the path to the background image.", {'b', "background"}); args::ValueFlag sphereResolution(parser, - "sphere resolution", + "sphere resolution", "Specify the sphere resolution used for SH projection. Default: 3.", {'s', "sphere_resolution"}); @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ ArgumentParser::ArgumentParser(int argc, char** argv) {'t', "tensor"}); args::ValueFlag tensorFormat(parser, - "Format of tensor coefficients", - "Format of the coefficients in the tensor image: mrtrix (diagonal format), dipy (lower diagonal format), fsl (upper diagonal format). Default: mrtrix", - {'o', "tensor_format"}); + "Format of tensor coefficients", + "Format of the coefficients in the tensor image: mrtrix (diagonal format), dipy (lower diagonal format), fsl (upper diagonal format). Default: mrtrix", + {'o', "tensor_format"}); try { diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index b44af198..02a95e00 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ void MVCController::onMouseWheel(GLFWwindow* window, double offsetx, double offs { return; } - // std::cout << "wheel: " << offsetx << ", " << offsety << std::endl; controller->mView->GetCamera()->Zoom(offsety); } @@ -93,63 +92,16 @@ void MVCController::onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos) } } controller->mLastCursorPos = {xPos, yPos}; - - // std::cout << "mouse move" << std::endl; } void MVCController::onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height) { - const float aspect = static_cast(width) / static_cast(height); - MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - - controller->mView->GetCamera()->Resize(aspect); -} - -void MVCController::handleImageLoading(const std::string& imagePath, const ImageType& imageType) -{ - // loading logic goes here - if(mImageLoadingStatus != LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING) + if(width > 0 && height > 0) { - // TODO: We would need to disable event capture during image - // loading to make sure that nothing turns to shit - if(mTemporaryImageForLoading == nullptr) - { - mTemporaryImageForLoading.reset(new NiftiImageWrapper(imagePath)); - } - switch(imageType) - { - case ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE: - mImageLoadingStatus = mModel->AddScalarModel(mTemporaryImageForLoading, mImageLoadingStatus); - break; - case ImageType::SH_IMAGE: - case ImageType::MT_IMAGE: - break; - } + const float aspect = static_cast(width) / static_cast(height); + MVCController* controller = (MVCController*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - if(mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID || - mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED) - { - if(mImageLoadingStatus == LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED) - { - switch(imageType) - { - case ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE: - mView->AddScalarView(); - break; - case ImageType::SH_IMAGE: - case ImageType::MT_IMAGE: - break; - } - // open the slicing window on image loading - mShowSlicingWindow = true; - } - mDrawLoadingPopup = false; - - mTemporaryImageForLoading.reset(); - - // back to idling -- skip image loading routine until status changes - mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; - } + controller->mView->GetCamera()->Resize(aspect); } } @@ -163,23 +115,59 @@ void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() // draw frame drawMainMenu(); std::string imageFilePath; - if(mLoadScalarImage) + if(mDrawLoadScalarMenu) { - mLoadScalarImage = drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath); + if(drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadScalarMenu)) + { + mDrawSlicingWindow = AddScalarViewModel(imageFilePath); + } + } + if(mDrawLoadSHMenu) + { + if(drawFileDialog("Choose SH image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadSHMenu)) + { + mDrawSlicingWindow = AddSHViewModel(imageFilePath); + } } - - drawLoadingPopup(); drawSlicingWindow(); - ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(); - - // handling image loading async - handleImageLoading(imageFilePath, ImageType::SCALAR_IMAGE); // finalize frame ImGui::Render(); ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); - ++mFrameID; +} + +bool MVCController::AddSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +{ + NiftiImageWrapper niftiImage(imagePath); + if(mModel->AddSHModel(std::make_shared>(niftiImage))) + { + mView->AddSHView(); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetLastEditedSlice(0); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetLastEditedSlice(1); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetLastEditedSlice(2); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +bool MVCController::AddScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +{ + NiftiImageWrapper niftiImage(imagePath); + if(mModel->AddScalarModel(std::make_shared>(niftiImage))) + { + mView->AddScalarView(); // binds itself to model + return true; + } + return false; } void MVCController::drawMainMenu() @@ -187,8 +175,8 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar(); if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Load image")) { - ImGui::MenuItem("Load scalar image", NULL, &mLoadScalarImage); - ImGui::MenuItem("Load SH image", NULL); + ImGui::MenuItem("Load scalar image", NULL, &mDrawLoadScalarMenu); + ImGui::MenuItem("Load SH image", NULL, &mDrawLoadSHMenu); // TODO: load tensor image (can load more than one) @@ -198,7 +186,7 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Slicing")) { bool enabled = mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr; - ImGui::MenuItem("Show slicing window", NULL, &mShowSlicingWindow, enabled); + ImGui::MenuItem("Show slicing window", NULL, &mDrawSlicingWindow, enabled); ImGui::EndMenu(); } @@ -207,51 +195,34 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() ImGui::EndMainMenuBar(); } -void MVCController::drawLoadingPopup() -{ - if(!mDrawLoadingPopup) - { - return; - } - ImGui::OpenPopup("Image loading"); - - // Always center this window when appearing - ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Image loading", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::Text("Image loading in progress.\nPlease wait...\n\n"); - - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } -} - -bool MVCController::drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath) +bool MVCController::drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, + std::string& imageFilePath, + bool& enabledFlag) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 400), ImGuiCond_Once); ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", windowTitle, ".gz,.nii", ".", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); + bool statusFlag = false; // IF A FILE IS CHOSEN OR CANCEL IS PRESSED if(ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Display("ChooseFileDlgKey")) { if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) { imageFilePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); - mImageLoadingStatus = LoadRoutineStatus::FILE_IS_CHOSEN; - mDrawLoadingPopup = true; + ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); + statusFlag = true; } // close the file dialog ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); - return false; + enabledFlag = false; } - return true; + return statusFlag; } void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() { - if(!mShowSlicingWindow || mModel->GetGridModel() == nullptr) + if(!mDrawSlicingWindow || mModel->GetGridModel() == nullptr) { return; } @@ -260,77 +231,92 @@ void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(395.f, 100.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(false, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Slices options", &mShowSlicingWindow); + ImGui::Begin("Slices options", &mDrawSlicingWindow); glm::ivec3 slice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetSlicesLocation(); glm::ivec3 shape = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetDimensions(); glm::bvec3 isVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); - ImGui::Text("X-Slice"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); - ImGui::SliderInt("##xslicer", &slice.x, 0, shape.x - 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##xleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) - { - slice.x = std::max(0, slice.x - 1); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##xright", ImGuiDir_Right)) + unsigned int lastSlice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetLastEditedSlice(); + bool updateRequired = false; + + if(drawSliders("X-slice", slice.x, shape.x - 1)) { - slice.x = std::min(shape.x - 1, slice.x + 1); + updateRequired = true; + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.x); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##x", &isVisible.x)) { + updateRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(isVisible.x); } - ImGui::Text("Y-Slice"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); - ImGui::SliderInt("##yslicer", &slice.y, 0, shape.y - 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##yleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) + if(drawSliders("Y-slice", slice.y, shape.y - 1)) { - slice.y = std::max(0, slice.y - 1); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##yright", ImGuiDir_Right)) - { - slice.y = std::min(shape.y - 1, slice.y + 1); + updateRequired = true; + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.y); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##y", &isVisible.y)) { + updateRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(isVisible.y); } - ImGui::Text("Z-Slice"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); - ImGui::SliderInt("##zslicer", &slice.z, 0, shape.z - 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##zleft", ImGuiDir_Left)) - { - slice.z = std::max(0, slice.z - 1); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if(ImGui::ArrowButton("##zright", ImGuiDir_Right)) + if(drawSliders("Z-slice", slice.z, shape.z - 1)) { - slice.z = std::min(shape.z - 1, slice.z + 1); + updateRequired = true; + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.z); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##z", &isVisible.z)) { + updateRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(isVisible.z); } // update slice position - mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.x); - mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceYLocation(slice.y); - mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceZLocation(slice.z); + // * grid model and any view that would require notification + if(updateRequired) + { + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + if(mView->GetSHView() != nullptr) + { + mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + } + } ImGui::End(); } + +bool MVCController::drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex) +{ + bool updateRequired = false; + + const std::string sliderLabel = std::string("##") + label + std::string("slider"); + const std::string arrowLeftLabel = std::string("##") + label + std::string("arrowLeft"); + const std::string arrowRightLabel = std::string("##") + label + std::string("arrowRight"); + + ImGui::Text("%s", label.c_str()); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200.0f); + if(ImGui::SliderInt(sliderLabel.c_str(), ¤tIndex, 0, maxIndex)) + { + updateRequired = true; + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton(arrowLeftLabel.c_str(), ImGuiDir_Left)) + { + currentIndex = std::max(0, currentIndex - 1); + updateRequired = true; + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if(ImGui::ArrowButton(arrowRightLabel.c_str(), ImGuiDir_Right)) + { + currentIndex = std::min(maxIndex, currentIndex + 1); + updateRequired = true; + } + return updateRequired; +} } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp index 4436c9c1..145de1b9 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ #include +#include #include namespace Slicer @@ -9,61 +10,53 @@ MVCModel::MVCModel(int width, int height) { } -LoadRoutineStatus MVCModel::AddSHModel(const std::string& imageFilePath) +bool MVCModel::AddSHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage) { - // mSHModel.reset(new SHModel(imageFilePath)); - std::cout << "SH model added to scene." << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; + const auto inDims = niftiImage->GetDims(); + bool fullBasis = false; + if(getOrderFromNbCoeffs(inDims.w, fullBasis) >= 0 && validateImageDimensions(inDims)) + { + mSHModel.reset(new SHModel(niftiImage)); + addGridModel(inDims); + return true; + } + return false; } -LoadRoutineStatus MVCModel::AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage, - const LoadRoutineStatus& status) +bool MVCModel::AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage) { - if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::FILE_IS_CHOSEN) + // validate that the header is ok. + const auto inDims = niftiImage->GetDims(); + if(validateImageDimensions(inDims) && (niftiImage->GetDims().w == 1 || niftiImage->GetDims().w == 3)) { - std::cout << "entering add model" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::SKIPPED_ONCE; + mScalarModel.reset(new ScalarModel(niftiImage)); + addGridModel(inDims); + return true; } - else if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::SKIPPED_ONCE) + return false; +} + +bool MVCModel::validateImageDimensions(const glm::ivec4& inDims) const +{ + if(mGridModel != nullptr) { - // validate that the header is ok. - if(niftiImage->GetDims().w == 1 || niftiImage->GetDims().w == 3) - { - if(mGridModel != nullptr) - { - const auto newDimensions = niftiImage->GetDims(); - const auto previousDimensions = mGridModel->GetDimensions(); - if(newDimensions.x != previousDimensions.x || - newDimensions.y != previousDimensions.y || - newDimensions.z != previousDimensions.z) - { - std::cout << "header invalid" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; - } - } - std::cout << "header valid" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_VALID; - } - else + const auto prevDims = mGridModel->GetDimensions(); + if(inDims.x != prevDims.x || + inDims.y != prevDims.y || + inDims.z != prevDims.z) { std::cout << "header invalid" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_INVALID; + return false; } - } - else if(status == LoadRoutineStatus::HEADER_IS_VALID) + return true; +} + +void MVCModel::addGridModel(const glm::ivec4& inDims) +{ + if(mGridModel == nullptr) { - // actual image loading happens at this step - mScalarModel.reset(new ScalarModel(niftiImage)); - if(mGridModel == nullptr) - { - const auto dims = mScalarModel->GetImage()->GetDims(); - mGridModel.reset(new GridModel(dims.x, dims.y, dims.z)); - } - std::cout << "image data loading" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::IMAGE_DATA_LOADED; + mGridModel.reset(new GridModel(inDims.x, inDims.y, inDims.z)); } - std::cout << "idling" << std::endl; - return LoadRoutineStatus::IDLING; } } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp index 5c8b1621..3902fd2b 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp @@ -30,7 +30,12 @@ bool MVCView::AddSHView() { return false; } - mSHView.reset(new SHView(mModel->GetSHModel())); + + mSHView.reset(new SHView(mModel)); + + // makes sure that the grid properties are + // pushed on the GPU + UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); return true; } @@ -40,42 +45,48 @@ bool MVCView::AddScalarView() { return false; } + mScalarView.reset(new ScalarView(mModel)); + + // ensures that the grid properties are up to date + UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); return true; } -void MVCView::RenderModel() +void MVCView::UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer() { - if(mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr) - { - int w, h; - glfwGetWindowSize(mGLFWwindow, &w, &h); - glViewport(0, 0, w, h); - mCamera->UpdateGPU(); + // update and push global grid parameters to the GPU + GridModelGPUData gridModelGPUData; + gridModelGPUData.GridDimensions = + glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetDimensions(), 0); + gridModelGPUData.SliceIndice = + glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetSlicesLocation(), 0); + + const glm::bvec3 isSliceVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); + gridModelGPUData.IsSliceVisible = glm::ivec4(isSliceVisible.x ? 1 : 0, + isSliceVisible.y ? 1 : 0, + isSliceVisible.z ? 1 : 0, + 0); + // the index of the last slice that was modified + gridModelGPUData.CurrentSlice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetLastEditedSlice(); - // update and push global grid parameters to the GPU - mGridModelGPUData.GridDimensions = - glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetDimensions(), 0); - mGridModelGPUData.SliceIndice = - glm::ivec4(mModel->GetGridModel()->GetSlicesLocation(), 0); - - const glm::bvec3 isSliceVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); - mGridModelGPUData.IsSliceVisible = glm::ivec4(isSliceVisible.x ? 1 : 0, - isSliceVisible.y ? 1 : 0, - isSliceVisible.z ? 1 : 0, - 0); + mGridModelGPUDataBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(GridModelGPUData), &gridModelGPUData); +} - mGridModelGPUDataBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(GridModelGPUData), - &mGridModelGPUData); +void MVCView::RenderModel() +{ + int w, h; + glfwGetWindowSize(mGLFWwindow, &w, &h); + glViewport(0, 0, w, h); + mCamera->UpdateGPU(); - if(mSHView != nullptr) - { - mSHView->Render(); - } - if(mScalarView != nullptr) - { - mScalarView->Render(); - } - } // else no grid means nothing to render + if(mSHView != nullptr) + { + mSHView->Render(); + } + if(mScalarView != nullptr) + { + mScalarView->Render(); + } } } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp b/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp index 0cb0eef3..b6770f6b 100644 --- a/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/scalar_view.cpp @@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ ScalarView::ScalarView(const std::shared_ptr& model) // 3. Initialize rendering primitives initRenderPrimitives(); - - // !. Information on grid dimensions and current slice indices - // must come from somewhere. } template GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) @@ -33,6 +30,8 @@ void ScalarView::initRenderPrimitives() const auto& image = mModel->GetScalarModel()->GetImage(); const auto dims = image->GetDims(); + // TODO: Unreadable code. Cleanup required + //Create 2 triangles to create a plan for texture //Plan XY mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); @@ -208,5 +207,4 @@ void ScalarView::uploadTransformToGPU() mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::mat4), &transform); mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.ToGPU(); } - } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp index f37cb71f..a1f32c67 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void SHField::initializeMembers() // Copy sphere indices and instantiate draw commands. std::vector threads; dispatchSubsetCommands(&SHField::initializeSubsetDrawCommand, - nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); + nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); // wait for all threads to finish for(auto& t : threads) diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp index 5241712e..04bc33b7 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_model.cpp @@ -6,5 +6,17 @@ SHModel::SHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& shImage) :mCoordinateSystem(new CoordinateSystem()) ,mImage(shImage) { + mImage->LoadImageVoxels(); + const auto imDims = mImage->GetDims(); + mNbSpheresInXPlane = imDims.y*imDims.z; + mNbSpheresInYPlane = imDims.x*imDims.z; + mNbSpheresInZPlane = imDims.y*imDims.x; + + mSphere.reset(new Primitive::Sphere(3, imDims.w)); +} + +unsigned int SHModel::GetMaxNbSpheres() const +{ + return mNbSpheresInXPlane + mNbSpheresInYPlane + mNbSpheresInZPlane; } } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp index 8566bc05..bbd4c8ce 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp @@ -1,14 +1,210 @@ #include +#include + +namespace +{ +const int NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES = 4; +} namespace Slicer { -SHView::SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model) +SHView::SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model) :mModel(model) +,mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::modelTransform) +,mSphHarmCoeffsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::shCoeffs) +,mSHFunctionsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::shFunctions) +,mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereVertices) +,mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereIndices) +,mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereInfo) +,mAllRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allRadiis) +,mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allSpheresNormals) +,mAllOrdersGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allOrders) +,mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allMaxAmplitude) +{ + initShaders(); + initRenderPrimitives(); + initGPUBuffers(); +} + +void SHView::initShaders() +{ + const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_vert.glsl"); + const std::string fsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_frag.glsl"); + const std::string csPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_comp.glsl"); + + // rendering pipeline + std::vector shaders; + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(vsPath, GL_VERTEX_SHADER)); + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(fsPath, GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)); + mProgramPipeline = GPU::ProgramPipeline(shaders); + + // compute shader + mComputeShader = GPU::ShaderProgram(csPath, GL_COMPUTE_SHADER); +} + +template +GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) +{ + GLuint vbo; + glCreateBuffers(1, &vbo); + glNamedBufferData(vbo, data.size() * sizeof(T), &data[0], GL_STATIC_DRAW); + return vbo; +} + +void SHView::initRenderPrimitives() +{ + // Initialize a sphere for SH to SF projection + const auto& shModel = mModel->GetSHModel(); + const auto& image = shModel->GetImage(); + const auto& dims = image->GetDims(); + + // Preallocate buffers for draw call + const auto nbIndices = shModel->GetSphere()->GetIndices().size(); + const int nbSpheres = shModel->GetMaxNbSpheres(); + mMeshIndices.resize(nbSpheres * nbIndices); + mIndirectCmd.resize(nbSpheres); + + // Copy sphere indices and instantiate draw commands. + std::vector threads; + dispatchSubsetCommands(&SHView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand, + nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); + + // Bind primitives to GPU + glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVertexArrayObject); + mMeshIndicesBO = genVBO(mMeshIndices); + mDrawIndirectBO = genVBO(mIndirectCmd); +} + +void SHView::dispatchSubsetCommands(void(SHView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), size_t nbElements, + size_t nbThreads, std::vector& threads) { + const size_t nbElementsPerThread = nbElements / nbThreads; + size_t startIndex = 0; + size_t stopIndex = nbElementsPerThread; + for(int i = 0; i < nbThreads - 1; ++i) + { + threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, stopIndex)); + startIndex = stopIndex; + stopIndex += nbElementsPerThread; + } + threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, nbElements)); + + // wait for all threads to finish + for(auto& t : threads) + { + t.join(); + } +} + +void SHView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex) +{ + const auto& sphere = mModel->GetSHModel()->GetSphere(); + const auto& indices = sphere->GetIndices(); + const unsigned int numIndices = static_cast(indices.size()); + const unsigned int numVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); + + unsigned int i, j; + for(i = firstIndex; i < lastIndex; ++i) + { + // Add sphere faces + for(j = 0; j < numIndices; ++j) + { + mMeshIndices[i*numIndices+j] = indices[j]; + } + + // Add indirect draw command for current sphere + mIndirectCmd[i] = {numIndices, 1, 0, i * numVertices, 0}; + } +} + +void SHView::initGPUBuffers() +{ + const auto& shModel = mModel->GetSHModel(); + const auto& sphere = shModel->GetSphere(); + unsigned int nbSpheres = shModel->GetMaxNbSpheres(); + + // temporary zero-filled array for all spheres vertices and normals + std::vector allNormals(nbSpheres * shModel->GetSphere()->GetPoints().size()); + std::vector allRadiis(nbSpheres * sphere->GetPoints().size()); + std::vector allMaxAmplitudes(nbSpheres); + + // all sh orders + std::vector allOrders = sphere->GetOrdersList(); + + // Sphere data GPU buffer + SphereProperties sphereProperties; + sphereProperties.NumVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); + sphereProperties.NumIndices = static_cast(sphere->GetIndices().size()); + sphereProperties.IsNormalized = 0; + sphereProperties.MaxOrder = sphere->GetMaxSHOrder(); + sphereProperties.SH0threshold = 0; + sphereProperties.Scaling = 1.0f; + sphereProperties.NbCoeffs = shModel->GetImage()->GetDims().w; + sphereProperties.FadeIfHidden = 0; + sphereProperties.ColorMapMode = 0; + + mSphHarmCoeffsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*shModel->GetImage()->GetVoxelData().size(), shModel->GetImage()->GetVoxelData().data()); + mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4)*allNormals.size(), allNormals.data()); + mAllRadiisGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*allRadiis.size(), allRadiis.data()); + mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*allMaxAmplitudes.size(), allMaxAmplitudes.data()); + mSHFunctionsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*sphere->GetSHFuncs().size(), sphere->GetSHFuncs().data()); + mAllOrdersGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*allOrders.size(), allOrders.data()); + mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4)*sphere->GetPoints().size(), sphere->GetPoints().data()); + mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(unsigned int)*sphere->GetIndices().size(), sphere->GetIndices().data()); + mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(SphereProperties), &sphereProperties); +} + +void SHView::uploadTransformToGPU() +{ + glm::mat4 transform = mModel->GetSHModel()->GetCoordinateSystem()->ToWorld(); + + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::mat4), &transform); + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.ToGPU(); +} + +void SHView::ScaleSpheres() +{ + glUseProgram(mComputeShader.ID()); + const unsigned int lastEditedSlice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetLastEditedSlice(); + const auto& shModel = mModel->GetSHModel(); + // std::cout << lastEditedSlice << std::endl; + + unsigned int nbSpheres; + if(lastEditedSlice == 0) + { + nbSpheres = (shModel->GetNbSpheresInXPlane()); + } + else if(lastEditedSlice == 1) + { + nbSpheres = (shModel->GetNbSpheresInYPlane()); + } + else if(lastEditedSlice == 2) + { + nbSpheres = (shModel->GetNbSpheresInZPlane()); + } + + scaleSpheres(nbSpheres); + glMemoryBarrier(GL_SHADER_STORAGE_BARRIER_BIT); + glUseProgram(0); +} + +void SHView::scaleSpheres(unsigned int nbSpheres) +{ + glDispatchCompute(nbSpheres, 1, 1); } void SHView::Render() { - + mProgramPipeline.Bind(); + uploadTransformToGPU(); + + // OpenGL draw calls + glBindVertexArray(mVertexArrayObject); + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, mMeshIndicesBO); + glBindBuffer(GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER, mDrawIndirectBO); + glMultiDrawElementsIndirect(GL_TRIANGLES, GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (GLvoid*)0, + static_cast(mIndirectCmd.size()), 0); + + glBindProgramPipeline(0); } } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/user_application.cpp b/Engine/src/user_application.cpp index e0665966..c8fbfb6c 100644 --- a/Engine/src/user_application.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/user_application.cpp @@ -1,14 +1,19 @@ #include +#include #include #include namespace { const unsigned int WIN_WIDTH = 1024; -const unsigned int WIN_HEIGHT = 1024; +const unsigned int WIN_HEIGHT = 768; const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH = 2; const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_SCALE = 3; const std::string WIN_TITLE = "dmri-explorer"; +const std::string ICON16_FNAME = "/icons/icon16.png"; +const std::string ICON32_FNAME = "/icons/icon32.png"; +const std::string ICON48_FNAME = "/icons/icon48.png"; +const std::string ICON64_FNAME = "/icons/icon64.png"; } namespace Slicer @@ -29,6 +34,24 @@ UserApplication::UserApplication(const ArgumentParser& parser) mGLFWwindow = glfwCreateWindow(WIN_WIDTH, WIN_HEIGHT, WIN_TITLE.c_str(), NULL, NULL); glfwMakeContextCurrent(mGLFWwindow); + // window icon + const int nbImages = 4; + Image2D images[nbImages]; + images[0].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON16_FNAME, 4); + images[1].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON32_FNAME, 4); + images[2].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON48_FNAME, 4); + images[3].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON64_FNAME, 4); + + GLFWimage glfwImages[nbImages]; + for(int i = 0; i < nbImages; ++i) + { + glfwImages[i].width = images[i].GetWidth(); + glfwImages[i].height = images[i].GetHeight(); + glfwImages[i].pixels = images[i].GetData().get(); + } + glfwSetWindowIcon(mGLFWwindow, nbImages, glfwImages); + + // OpenGL context is initialized here. if(!gladLoadGLLoader((GLADloadproc)glfwGetProcAddress)) { From 52a0b4a7518872b4dca2e9ed92044f9f92f231e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 19 May 2023 15:22:58 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 05/11] SH options and sliders bug fix --- Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 5 ++- Engine/include/sh_view.h | 14 ++++++++ Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 60 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- Engine/src/sh_view.cpp | 30 +++++++++++------ 4 files changed, 89 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h index 54f7a511..f9f85f22 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -27,12 +27,10 @@ class MVCController static void onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height); void drawMainMenu(); - bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath, bool& enabledFlag); - void drawSlicingWindow(); - bool drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex); + void drawSHOptionsWindow(); std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; @@ -45,6 +43,7 @@ class MVCController bool mDrawSlicingWindow = false; bool mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; bool mDrawLoadSHMenu = false; + bool mDrawSHOptionsWindow = false; glm::vec2 mLastCursorPos; diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_view.h b/Engine/include/sh_view.h index 8462d77c..67c49aa9 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sh_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/sh_view.h @@ -32,6 +32,16 @@ class SHView SHView() = delete; SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + inline void SetAreGlyphsNormalized(bool norm) { mAreGlyphsNormalized = norm; }; + inline void SetGlyphsScaling(const float scaling) { mGlyphScaling = scaling; }; + inline void SetSH0Threshold(const float threshold) { mSH0Threshold = threshold; }; + + inline bool GetAreGlyphsNormalized() const { return mAreGlyphsNormalized; }; + inline float GetGlyphsScaling() const { return mGlyphScaling; }; + inline float GetSH0Threshold() const { return mSH0Threshold; }; + + void UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); + void ScaleSpheres(); void Render(); private: @@ -93,6 +103,10 @@ class SHView GPU::ShaderData mAllOrdersGPUBuffer; // pretty sure this one is useless + float mGlyphScaling = 1.0f; + float mSH0Threshold = 0.0f; + bool mAreGlyphsNormalized = false; + // DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. // /!\ prolly not useful once it is pushed to GPU std::vector mIndirectCmd; diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index 02a95e00..bd184fed 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -127,10 +127,12 @@ void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() if(drawFileDialog("Choose SH image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadSHMenu)) { mDrawSlicingWindow = AddSHViewModel(imageFilePath); + mDrawSHOptionsWindow = mDrawSlicingWindow; } } drawSlicingWindow(); + drawSHOptionsWindow(); // finalize frame ImGui::Render(); @@ -183,13 +185,14 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::Separator(); - if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Slicing")) + if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Interact")) { - bool enabled = mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr; - ImGui::MenuItem("Show slicing window", NULL, &mDrawSlicingWindow, enabled); + ImGui::MenuItem("Show slicing window", NULL, &mDrawSlicingWindow, + mModel->GetGridModel() != nullptr); + ImGui::MenuItem("Show SH options", NULL, &mDrawSHOptionsWindow, + mModel->GetSHModel() != nullptr); ImGui::EndMenu(); } - ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("%.1f FPS", mImGuiIO->Framerate); ImGui::EndMainMenuBar(); @@ -255,7 +258,7 @@ void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() if(drawSliders("Y-slice", slice.y, shape.y - 1)) { updateRequired = true; - mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.y); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceYLocation(slice.y); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##y", &isVisible.y)) @@ -267,7 +270,7 @@ void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() if(drawSliders("Z-slice", slice.z, shape.z - 1)) { updateRequired = true; - mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.z); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceZLocation(slice.z); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##z", &isVisible.z)) @@ -290,6 +293,51 @@ void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() ImGui::End(); } +void MVCController::drawSHOptionsWindow() +{ + if(!mDrawSHOptionsWindow || mModel->GetSHModel() == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(5.f, 150.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(250.f, 105.f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + + ImGui::Begin("SH options", &mDrawSHOptionsWindow); + + const auto& shView = mView->GetSHView(); + float scaling = shView->GetGlyphsScaling(); + float threshold = shView->GetSH0Threshold(); + bool normalized = shView->GetAreGlyphsNormalized(); + + bool updateRequired = false; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120.0f); + if(ImGui::InputFloat("Glyphs scaling##SH", &scaling, 0.001f, 0.5f)) + { + shView->SetGlyphsScaling(scaling); + updateRequired = true; + } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120.0f); + if(ImGui::InputFloat("SH0 threshold##SH", &threshold, 0.001f, 0.5f)) + { + shView->SetSH0Threshold(threshold); + updateRequired = true; + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + if(ImGui::Checkbox("Normalize per voxel?##SH", &normalized)) + { + shView->SetAreGlyphsNormalized(normalized); + updateRequired = true; + } + + ImGui::End(); + + if(updateRequired) + { + shView->UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); + } +} + bool MVCController::drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex) { bool updateRequired = false; diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp index bbd4c8ce..76e4c820 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp @@ -132,16 +132,7 @@ void SHView::initGPUBuffers() std::vector allOrders = sphere->GetOrdersList(); // Sphere data GPU buffer - SphereProperties sphereProperties; - sphereProperties.NumVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); - sphereProperties.NumIndices = static_cast(sphere->GetIndices().size()); - sphereProperties.IsNormalized = 0; - sphereProperties.MaxOrder = sphere->GetMaxSHOrder(); - sphereProperties.SH0threshold = 0; - sphereProperties.Scaling = 1.0f; - sphereProperties.NbCoeffs = shModel->GetImage()->GetDims().w; - sphereProperties.FadeIfHidden = 0; - sphereProperties.ColorMapMode = 0; + UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); mSphHarmCoeffsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*shModel->GetImage()->GetVoxelData().size(), shModel->GetImage()->GetVoxelData().data()); mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4)*allNormals.size(), allNormals.data()); @@ -151,7 +142,6 @@ void SHView::initGPUBuffers() mAllOrdersGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float)*allOrders.size(), allOrders.data()); mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4)*sphere->GetPoints().size(), sphere->GetPoints().data()); mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(unsigned int)*sphere->GetIndices().size(), sphere->GetIndices().data()); - mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(SphereProperties), &sphereProperties); } void SHView::uploadTransformToGPU() @@ -162,6 +152,24 @@ void SHView::uploadTransformToGPU() mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.ToGPU(); } +void SHView::UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer() +{ + const auto& shModel = mModel->GetSHModel(); + const auto& sphere = shModel->GetSphere(); + SphereProperties sphereProperties; + sphereProperties.NumVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); + sphereProperties.NumIndices = static_cast(sphere->GetIndices().size()); + sphereProperties.IsNormalized = mAreGlyphsNormalized ? 1 : 0; + sphereProperties.MaxOrder = sphere->GetMaxSHOrder(); + sphereProperties.SH0threshold = mSH0Threshold; + sphereProperties.Scaling = mGlyphScaling; + sphereProperties.NbCoeffs = shModel->GetImage()->GetDims().w; + sphereProperties.FadeIfHidden = 0; + sphereProperties.ColorMapMode = 0; + + mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(SphereProperties), &sphereProperties); +} + void SHView::ScaleSpheres() { glUseProgram(mComputeShader.ID()); From f4ace3a88c6fa36dfeb57c94fc559c576acbd31a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 26 May 2023 14:16:22 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 06/11] Some more features + rm unused classes --- Engine/include/application.h | 125 ------ .../include/draw_elements_indirect_command.h | 23 + Engine/include/mt_field.h | 2 +- Engine/include/scene.h | 46 -- Engine/include/sh_field.h | 268 ------------ Engine/include/sh_view.h | 22 +- Engine/include/shader_data.h | 2 + Engine/include/texture.h | 75 ---- Engine/src/application.cpp | 410 ------------------ Engine/src/main.cpp | 1 - Engine/src/mt_field.cpp | 9 +- Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 24 +- Engine/src/scene.cpp | 45 -- Engine/src/sh_field.cpp | 372 ---------------- Engine/src/sh_view.cpp | 4 + Engine/src/shader_data.cpp | 5 + Engine/src/texture.cpp | 211 --------- 17 files changed, 56 insertions(+), 1588 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Engine/include/application.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/draw_elements_indirect_command.h delete mode 100644 Engine/include/scene.h delete mode 100644 Engine/include/sh_field.h delete mode 100644 Engine/include/texture.h delete mode 100644 Engine/src/application.cpp delete mode 100644 Engine/src/scene.cpp delete mode 100644 Engine/src/sh_field.cpp delete mode 100644 Engine/src/texture.cpp diff --git a/Engine/include/application.h b/Engine/include/application.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81aadf38..00000000 --- a/Engine/include/application.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -/// Class linking Scene, Camera, UIManager and inputs together. -class Application -{ -public: - /// Default constructor (deleted). - Application() = delete; - - /// Constructor - /// \param[in] parser The ArgumentParser containing the - /// value of command line arguments. - Application(const ArgumentParser& parser); - - /// Destructor - ~Application(); - - /// Run the application. Handle inputs, render scene and UI. - void Run(); - -private: - /// Initialize GLFW, OpenGL backend, Scene, UI, Camera, etc. - void initialize(); - - /// Verify if the cursor is in the secondary viewport. - /// \param[in] height Window height. - /// \param[in] width Window width. - /// \param[in] xPos The position of the cursor in x. - /// \param[in] yPos The position of the cursor in y. - /// \return If cursor is in viewport. - bool insideSecondaryViewport(int& height, int& width, double& xPos, double& yPos); - - /// Render a frame one time. - void renderFrame(); - - /// Initialize the ApplicationState object. - /// \param[in] parser The command line arguments. - void initApplicationState(const ArgumentParser& parser); - - /// Set the window icon. - void setWindowIcon(); - - /// GLFW callback for mouse buttons. - /// \param[in] window The current GLFW window. - /// \param[in] button The current button. - /// \param[in] action The current action on the button. - /// \param[in] mod The modifier used with the mouse button. - static void onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod); - - /// GLFW callback for mouse movement. - /// \param[in] window The current GLFW window. - /// \param[in] xPos The position of the cursor in x. - /// \param[in] yPos The position of the cursor in y. - static void onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos); - - /// GLFW callback for mouse wheel scrolling. - /// \param[in] window The current GLFW window. - /// \param[in] xoffset Mouse scroll along x axis. - /// \param[in] yoffset Mouse scroll along y axis. - static void onMouseScroll(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset); - - /// GLFW callback for handling resizing of the window. - /// \param[in] window The current GLFW window. - /// \param[in] width The window width after resize. - /// \param[in] height The window height after resize. - static void onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height); - - /// GLFW callback for handling pressing of space. - /// \param[in] window The current GLFW window. - /// \param[in] key The key id. - /// \param[in] scancode The key unique scancode. - /// \param[in] action The action id. - /// \param[in] mods The modifier bits. - static void onPressSpace(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); - - /// Pointer to application main window. - GLFWwindow* mWindow; - - /// Position of the mouse cursor on the application window. - glm::vec2 mCursorPos; - - /// Last mouse action. - int mLastAction; - - /// Last mouse button. - int mLastButton; - - /// Last modifier. - int mLastModifier; - - /// Pointer to the Scene. - std::shared_ptr mScene; - - /// Pointer to the Camera. - std::shared_ptr mCamera; - - /// Pointer to the secondary Camera. - std::shared_ptr mSecondaryCamera; - - /// Pointer to the UI manager. - std::shared_ptr mUI; - - /// Pointer to the Application State. - std::shared_ptr mState; - - /// Title of the window. - std::string mTitle; - - /// Parameters for control transfer between the viewports. - /// For mouse clic detection. - bool mClicSecondaryViewport; -}; -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/draw_elements_indirect_command.h b/Engine/include/draw_elements_indirect_command.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..606d0d00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/draw_elements_indirect_command.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once + +namespace Slicer +{ +/// Struct for glMultiDrawElementsIndirect command. +struct DrawElementsIndirectCommand +{ + /// Number of elements to be rendered. + unsigned int count; + + /// Number of instances of the indexed geometry to draw. + unsigned int instanceCount; + + /// Offset to the beginning of elements. + unsigned int firstIndex; + + /// Constant that should be added to each element of indices. + unsigned int baseVertex; + + /// Base instance for use in fetching instanced vertex attributes. + unsigned int baseInstance; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mt_field.h b/Engine/include/mt_field.h index c6e382f1..9c1ec40e 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mt_field.h +++ b/Engine/include/mt_field.h @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ #include #include #include -#include +#include namespace Slicer { diff --git a/Engine/include/scene.h b/Engine/include/scene.h deleted file mode 100644 index 08a31258..00000000 --- a/Engine/include/scene.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -/// \brief Class describing the 3D scene, itself containing models. -/// The class is also responsible for rendering the models. -class Scene -{ -public: - /// Default constructor. - Scene() = default; - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] state Reference to the ApplicationState. - Scene(const std::shared_ptr& state); - - /// Destructor. - ~Scene(); - - /// Add an SHField instance to the scene. - void AddSHField(); - - /// Add a MTField instance to the scene. - void AddMTField(); - - /// Add a Texture instance to the scene. - void AddTexture(); - - /// Render the scene. - void Render(); - -private: - /// Reference to the Scene's CoordinateSystem. - std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem; - - /// Reference to the ApplicationState. - std::shared_ptr mState; - - /// Vector of models to be rendered. - std::vector> mModels; -}; -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_field.h b/Engine/include/sh_field.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2601cf3e..00000000 --- a/Engine/include/sh_field.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,268 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -/// Struct for glMultiDrawElementsIndirect command. -struct DrawElementsIndirectCommand -{ - /// Default constructor. - DrawElementsIndirectCommand() - :count(0) - ,instanceCount(0) - ,firstIndex(0) - ,baseVertex(0) - ,baseInstance(0) - {}; - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] count Number of elements to be rendered. - /// \param[in] instanceCount Number of instances of the indexed geometry to draw. - /// \param[in] firstIndex Offset to the beginning of elements. - /// \param[in] baseVertex Constant that should be added to each indice. - /// \param[in] baseInstance Base instance for use in fetching instanced vertex attributes. - DrawElementsIndirectCommand(unsigned int count, unsigned int instanceCount, - unsigned int firstIndex, unsigned int baseVertex, - unsigned int baseInstance) - :count(count) - ,instanceCount(instanceCount) - ,firstIndex(firstIndex) - ,baseVertex(baseVertex) - ,baseInstance(baseInstance) - {}; - - /// Number of elements to be rendered. - unsigned int count; - - /// Number of instances of the indexed geometry to draw. - unsigned int instanceCount; - - /// Offset to the beginning of elements. - unsigned int firstIndex; - - /// Constant that should be added to each element of indices. - unsigned int baseVertex; - - /// Base instance for use in fetching instanced vertex attributes. - unsigned int baseInstance; -}; - -/// \brief Spherical harmonics field. -/// -/// SH field Model for rendering SH glyphs. -class SHField : public Model -{ -public: - /// Default constructor. - SHField() = default; - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] state Reference to the ApplicationState. - /// \param[in] parent Reference to the parent CoordinateSystem. - SHField(const std::shared_ptr& state, - std::shared_ptr parent); - - /// Destructor. - ~SHField(); - -protected: - /// \see Model::drawSpecific() - void drawSpecific() override; - - /// \see Model::updateApplicationStateAtInit() - void updateApplicationStateAtInit() override; - - /// \see Model::registerStateCallbacks() - void registerStateCallbacks() override; - - /// \see Model::initProgramPipeline() - void initProgramPipeline() override; - -private: - /// Struct containing sphere attributes for the GPU. - /// - /// The order of members is critical. The same order must be used - /// when declaring the struct on the GPU and the order is used for - /// modifying shader subdata from the CPU. - - struct SphereData - { - unsigned int NumVertices; - unsigned int NumIndices; - unsigned int IsNormalized; - unsigned int MaxOrder; - float SH0threshold; - float Scaling; - unsigned int NbCoeffs; - unsigned int FadeIfHidden; - unsigned int ColorMapMode; - }; - - /// Struct containing the voxel grid attributes for the GPU. - /// - /// The order of members is critical. The same order must be used - /// when declaring the struct on the GPU and the order is used for - /// modifying shader subdata from the CPU. - struct GridData - { - glm::ivec4 VolumeShape; - glm::ivec4 SliceIndices; - glm::ivec4 IsVisible; - unsigned int CurrentSlice; - }; - - /// \brief Initialize class members. - /// - /// Calls copySHCoefficientsFromImage() and - /// initializeDrawCommand() on different threads. - void initializeMembers(); - - /// Initialize data to be copied on the GPU. - void initializeGPUData(); - - /// Initialize a subset of the Draw commands, used for instancing. - /// \param[in] firstIndex Index (flat) of the first sphere to initialize. - /// \param[in] lastIndex Index (exclusive) of the last sphere to initialize. - void initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex); - - /// Dispatch some method for filling arrays in parallel. - /// \param[in] fn Pointer to member function to call. - /// \param[in] nbElements Number of elements to fill. - /// \param[in] nbThreads Number of threads to use. - /// \param[out] threads Vector of threads. - void dispatchSubsetCommands(void(SHField::*fn)(size_t, size_t), - size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads, - std::vector& threads); - - /// Set sphere scaling. - /// \param[in] previous Previous scaling multiplier. - /// \param[in] scaling New scaling. - void setSphereScaling(float previous, float scaling); - - /// Set the 3D slice index. - /// \param[in] previous Previous slice index. - /// \param[in] indices New slice index. - void setSliceIndex(glm::vec3 previous, glm::vec3 indices); - - /// Toggle per-voxel SH normalization by maximum radius. - /// \param[in] previous Previous value. - /// \param[in] normalized True to normalize SH by maximum radius. - void setNormalized(bool previous, bool normalized); - - /// Set the threshold on 0th SH coefficient. - /// \param[in] previous Previous 0th SH threshold. - /// \param[in] threshold New SH0 threshold. - void setSH0Threshold(float previous, float threshold); - - /// Set the color map mode. - /// \param[in] previous Previous color map mode. - /// \param[in] mode The new mode. - void setColorMapMode(int previous, int mode); - - /// Toggle fading of hidden objects. - /// \param[in] previous Previous value. - /// \param[in] fadeEnabled New value for fading behaviour. - void setFadeIfHidden(bool previous, bool fadeEnabled); - - /// Set slices to visible or invisible. - /// \param[in] previous Previous view mode. - /// \param[in] fadeEnabled New view mode. - void setVisibleSlices(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode next); - - /// Generate a vertex buffer object for data. - /// \param[in] data The data to send to the GPU. - /// \return VBO index. - template GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) const; - - /// Get the maximum number of spheres rendered. - /// \return The maximum number of spheres rendered. - inline unsigned int getMaxNbSpheres() const { return mNbSpheresX + - mNbSpheresY + - mNbSpheresZ; }; - - /// Scale spheres by launching a compute shader pass. - void scaleSpheres(); - - /// Scale spheres for a single slice. - /// \param[in] sliceId Index of the slice to scale. - /// \param[in] nbSpheres Number of spheres for the slice of interest. - void scaleSpheres(unsigned int sliceId, unsigned int nbSpheres); - - /// Mutex for multithreading. - std::mutex mMutex; - - /// Sphere used for SH projection. - std::shared_ptr mSphere; - - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in X-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresX; - - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Y-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresY; - - /// Maximum number of spheres rendered in Z-plane. - unsigned int mNbSpheresZ; - - /// Indicates what slices need to be computed. - glm::bvec3 mIsSliceDirty; - - /// Mesh triangulation for all spheres. - std::vector mIndices; - - /// Vertex array object. - GLuint mVAO; - - /// Elements buffer object. - GLuint mIndicesBO; - - /// DrawElementsIndirect buffer object. - GLuint mIndirectBO; - - /// Compute shader for sphere deformation. - GPU::ShaderProgram mComputeShader; - - /// SH coefficients GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mSphHarmCoeffsData; - - /// SH functions GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mSphHarmFuncsData; - - /// Voxel grid GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mGridInfoData; - - /// Sphere vertices GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mSphereVerticesData; - - /// Sphere triangulation (indices) GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mSphereIndicesData; - - /// Sphere parameters GPU data. - /// \see SphereData - GPU::ShaderData mSphereInfoData; - - /// Glyphs radiis GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mAllRadiisData; - - /// Glyphs maximum radius GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mAllMaxAmplitudeData; - - /// Glyphs normals GPU data. - GPU::ShaderData mAllSpheresNormalsData; - - /// All SH orders, repeated. - GPU::ShaderData mAllOrdersData; - - /// DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. - std::vector mIndirectCmd; -}; -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_view.h b/Engine/include/sh_view.h index 67c49aa9..7c32d30e 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sh_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/sh_view.h @@ -3,34 +3,16 @@ #include #include #include +#include namespace Slicer { -/// Struct for glMultiDrawElementsIndirect command. -struct DrawElementsIndirectCommand -{ - /// Number of elements to be rendered. - unsigned int count; - - /// Number of instances of the indexed geometry to draw. - unsigned int instanceCount; - - /// Offset to the beginning of elements. - unsigned int firstIndex; - - /// Constant that should be added to each element of indices. - unsigned int baseVertex; - - /// Base instance for use in fetching instanced vertex attributes. - unsigned int baseInstance; -}; - - class SHView { public: SHView() = delete; SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + ~SHView(); inline void SetAreGlyphsNormalized(bool norm) { mAreGlyphsNormalized = norm; }; inline void SetGlyphsScaling(const float scaling) { mGlyphScaling = scaling; }; diff --git a/Engine/include/shader_data.h b/Engine/include/shader_data.h index e681528b..66735834 100644 --- a/Engine/include/shader_data.h +++ b/Engine/include/shader_data.h @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ class ShaderData /// Default constructor. ShaderData(); + ~ShaderData(); + /// Constructor. /// \param[in] data Pointer to array to data to copy on the GPU. /// \param[in] binding GPU binding for data. diff --git a/Engine/include/texture.h b/Engine/include/texture.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7da8d989..00000000 --- a/Engine/include/texture.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once - -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -/// \brief Background texture field -/// -/// Model for rendering texture -class Texture : public Model -{ -public: - /// Default constructor. - Texture() = default; - - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] state Reference to the ApplicationState. - /// \param[in] parent Reference to the parent CoordinateSystem. - Texture(const std::shared_ptr& state, - std::shared_ptr parent); - - /// Destructor. - ~Texture(); - -protected: - /// \see Model::drawSpecific() - void drawSpecific() override; - - /// \see Model::updateApplicationStateAtInit() - void updateApplicationStateAtInit() override; - - /// \see Model::registerStateCallbacks() - void registerStateCallbacks() override; - - /// \see Model::initProgramPipeline() - void initProgramPipeline() override; - -private: - /// \brief Initialize class members. - /// - /// Create plan for texture. - /// Create texture. - void initializeMembers(); - - /// Generate a vertex buffer object for data. - /// \param[in] data The data to send to the GPU. - /// \return VBO index. - template GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) const; - - /// Vertex array object. - GLuint mVAO; - - /// Vertices buffer object. - GLuint mVerticesBO; - - /// Texture coordinates buffer object. - GLuint mTextureCoordsBO; - - /// Slices buffer object. - GLuint mSliceBO; - - /// Vertices vector. - std::vector mVertices; - - /// Texture data vector. - std::vector mData; - - /// Texture coordinates vector. - std::vector mTextureCoords; - - /// Slices vector - std::vector mSlice; -}; -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/application.cpp b/Engine/src/application.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index eb2cc001..00000000 --- a/Engine/src/application.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace -{ -const unsigned int WIN_WIDTH = 800; -const unsigned int WIN_HEIGHT = 600; -const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH = 2; -const int SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_SCALE = 3; -const float TRANSLATION_SPEED = 0.02f; -const float ROTATION_SPEED = 0.005f; -const float ZOOM_SPEED = 1.0f; -const float MAGNIFYING_MODE_ZOOM = 7.5f; -const std::string WIN_TITLE = "dmri-explorer"; -const std::string GLSL_VERSION_STR = "#version 460"; -const std::string ICON16_FNAME = "/icons/icon16.png"; -const std::string ICON32_FNAME = "/icons/icon32.png"; -const std::string ICON48_FNAME = "/icons/icon48.png"; -const std::string ICON64_FNAME = "/icons/icon64.png"; -} - -namespace Slicer -{ -Application::Application(const ArgumentParser& parser) -:mTitle(WIN_TITLE) -,mState(new ApplicationState()) -,mUI(nullptr) -,mScene(nullptr) -,mCursorPos(-1, -1) -{ - initApplicationState(parser); - initialize(); -} - -Application::~Application() -{ - mUI->Terminate(); - // GLFW cleanup - glfwTerminate(); -} - -/// initialize glad, glfw, imgui -void Application::initialize() -{ - // Init GLFW - glfwInit(); - - if(!glfwInit()) - { - std::cerr << "Failed to initialize GLFW" << std::endl; - return; - } - - glfwWindowHint(GLFW_CONTEXT_VERSION_MAJOR, 4); - glfwWindowHint(GLFW_CONTEXT_VERSION_MINOR, 6); - glfwWindowHint(GLFW_OPENGL_PROFILE, GLFW_OPENGL_CORE_PROFILE); - - mWindow = glfwCreateWindow(WIN_WIDTH, WIN_HEIGHT, mTitle.c_str(), NULL, NULL); - glfwMakeContextCurrent(mWindow); - glfwSetWindowUserPointer(mWindow, this); - setWindowIcon(); - - // GLFW input callbacks - glfwSetMouseButtonCallback(mWindow, onMouseButton); - glfwSetCursorPosCallback(mWindow, onMouseMove); - glfwSetScrollCallback(mWindow, onMouseScroll); - glfwSetWindowSizeCallback(mWindow, onWindowResize); - glfwSetKeyCallback(mWindow, onPressSpace); - - // Load all OpenGL functions using the glfw loader function - if(!gladLoadGLLoader((GLADloadproc)glfwGetProcAddress)) - { - std::cerr << "Failed to initialize OpenGL context" << std::endl; - glfwTerminate(); - return; - } - - // Verify that the host supports ARB extensions used by the application - if(glfwGetProcAddress("glNamedStringARB") == NULL - || glfwGetProcAddress("glCompileShaderIncludeARB") == NULL) - { - std::cerr << "Required OpenGL ARB extension not available on system." << std::endl; - glfwTerminate(); - return; - } - - // OpenGL render parameters - glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); - glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); - glCullFace(GL_BACK); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glfwSwapInterval(0); - - mUI.reset(new UIManager(mWindow, GLSL_VERSION_STR, mState)); - - const float aspectRatio = (float)WIN_WIDTH / (float)WIN_HEIGHT; - mCamera.reset(new Camera(glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 10.0f), // position - glm::vec3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f), // upvector - glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f), //lookat - glm::radians(60.0f), aspectRatio, - 0.1f, 500.0f, - mState)); - - mSecondaryCamera.reset(new Camera(*mCamera)); - - // Create the virtual filesystem for shader include directives. - // Must be done before any ShaderProgram is instantiated. - GPU::ShaderProgram::CreateFilesystemForInclude(); - - mScene.reset(new Scene(mState)); - - // Render frame without the model - renderFrame(); - - // Add MTfield once the UI is drawn - if (mState->TImages.IsInit()) - { - mScene->AddMTField(); - } - - // Add SHfield once the UI is drawn - if (mState->FODFImage.IsInit()) - { - mScene->AddSHField(); - } - - // Add texture once the UI is drawn - if(mState->BackgroundImage.IsInit()) - { - mScene->AddTexture(); - } - - // Reset the secondary camera when magnifying mode is enabled from GUI - mState->MagnifyingMode.RegisterCallback( - [this](bool prev, bool next) - { - if (next != prev) - { - mSecondaryCamera->ResetViewFromOther(*mCamera); - } - } - ); -} - -bool Application::insideSecondaryViewport(int& height, int& width, double& xPos, double& yPos) -{ - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(mWindow); - int scaleFactor = app->mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Get(); - - if(0 <= xPos && xPos <= (width / scaleFactor) && - (height - (height / scaleFactor)) <= yPos && yPos <= height) - { - return true; - } - return false; -} - -void Application::setWindowIcon() -{ - const int nbImages = 4; - Image2D images[nbImages]; - images[0].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON16_FNAME, 4); - images[1].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON32_FNAME, 4); - images[2].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON48_FNAME, 4); - images[3].ReadImage(DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + ICON64_FNAME, 4); - - GLFWimage glfwImages[nbImages]; - for(int i = 0; i < nbImages; ++i) - { - glfwImages[i].width = images[i].GetWidth(); - glfwImages[i].height = images[i].GetHeight(); - glfwImages[i].pixels = images[i].GetData().get(); - } - glfwSetWindowIcon(mWindow, nbImages, glfwImages); -} - -void Application::initApplicationState(const ArgumentParser& parser) -{ - // TODO: Check that loaded images have the same size - if (!parser.GetImagePath().empty()) - { - mState->FODFImage.Update(NiftiImageWrapper(parser.GetImagePath())); - } - - if(!parser.GetBackgroundImagePath().empty()) - { - mState->BackgroundImage.Update(NiftiImageWrapper(parser.GetBackgroundImagePath())); - } - - const std::vector& tensorsPaths = parser.GetTensorsPath(); - if (tensorsPaths.size() > 0) - { - std::vector> tensors(tensorsPaths.size()); - for (int i=0; i < tensorsPaths.size(); i++) - { - tensors[i] = NiftiImageWrapper(tensorsPaths[i]); - } - mState->TImages.Update(tensors); - mState->TensorFormat = parser.GetTensorFormat(); - } - - mState->Sphere.Resolution.Update(parser.GetSphereResolution()); - mState->Sphere.IsNormalized.Update(false); - mState->Sphere.Scaling.Update(0.5f); - mState->Sphere.SH0Threshold.Update(0.0f); - mState->Sphere.FadeIfHidden.Update(false); - mState->Sphere.ColorMapMode.Update(0); - mState->Sphere.ColorMap.Update(0); - - if (tensorsPaths.size()==0) - { - mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Update(mState->FODFImage.Get().GetDims()); - } - else - { - mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Update(mState->TImages.Get()[0].GetDims()); - } - - mState->VoxelGrid.SliceIndices.Update(mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Get() / 2); - - mState->Window.TranslationSpeed.Update(TRANSLATION_SPEED); - mState->Window.RotationSpeed.Update(ROTATION_SPEED); - mState->Window.ZoomSpeed.Update(ZOOM_SPEED); - mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Update(SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_SCALE); - - mState->MagnifyingMode.Update(false); -} - -void Application::renderFrame() -{ - // Handle events - glfwPollEvents(); - - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(mWindow); - int h, w; - int scaleFactor = app->mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Get(); - bool magnifyingModeOn = app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Get(); - glfwGetWindowSize(mWindow, &w, &h); - // Update camera parameters - mCamera->UpdateGPU(); - glViewport(0, 0, w, h); - glScissor(0, 0, w, h); - // Draw scene - mScene->Render(); - - if(magnifyingModeOn) - { - mSecondaryCamera->UpdateGPU(); - glViewport(0, 0, w / scaleFactor, h / scaleFactor); - glScissor(0, 0, w / scaleFactor, h / scaleFactor); - glClearColor(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT); - glViewport(SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - w / scaleFactor - 2 * SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - h / scaleFactor - 2 * SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH); - glScissor(SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - w / scaleFactor - 2 * SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH, - h / scaleFactor - 2 * SECONDARY_VIEWPORT_BORDER_WIDTH); - glClearColor(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); - mScene->Render(); - } - - //Draw UI - mUI->DrawInterface(); - - glfwSwapBuffers(mWindow); -} - -void Application::Run() -{ - while (!glfwWindowShouldClose(mWindow)) - { - renderFrame(); - } -} - -void Application::onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod) -{ - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - bool magnifyingModeOn = app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Get(); - int h, w; - double xPos, yPos; - glfwGetWindowSize(window, &w, &h); - glfwGetCursorPos(window, &xPos, &yPos); - - if(app->mUI->WantCaptureMouse()) - return; - - if(magnifyingModeOn && app->insideSecondaryViewport(h, w, xPos, yPos) && action == GLFW_PRESS && - (button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT || button == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE)) - { - app->mClicSecondaryViewport = true; - } - else if(action == GLFW_RELEASE && app->mClicSecondaryViewport) - { - app->mClicSecondaryViewport = true; - } - else - { - app->mClicSecondaryViewport = false; - } - - app->mCursorPos.x = static_cast(xPos); - app->mCursorPos.y = static_cast(yPos); - app->mLastButton = button; - app->mLastAction = action; - app->mLastModifier = mod; -} - -void Application::onMouseMove(GLFWwindow* window, double xPos, double yPos) -{ - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - int h, w; - glfwGetWindowSize(window, &w, &h); - glfwGetCursorPos(window, &xPos, &yPos); - - if(app->mUI->WantCaptureMouse()) - return; - - if(app->mLastAction == GLFW_PRESS) - { - const double dx = app->mCursorPos.x - xPos; - const double dy = app->mCursorPos.y - yPos; - if(app->mLastButton == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT) - { - if(app->mClicSecondaryViewport) - { - app->mSecondaryCamera->RotateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); - app->mSecondaryCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } - else - { - app->mCamera->RotateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); - app->mCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } - } - else if(app->mLastButton == GLFW_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) - { - if(app->mClicSecondaryViewport && app->mLastAction == GLFW_PRESS) - { - app->mSecondaryCamera->TranslateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); - app->mSecondaryCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } - else - { - app->mCamera->TranslateCS(glm::vec2(dx, dy)); - app->mCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } - } - } - app->mCursorPos = {xPos, yPos}; -} - -void Application::onMouseScroll(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yoffset) -{ - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - int h, w; - int ratio = app->mState->Window.SecondaryViewportScale.Get(); - double xPos, yPos; - glfwGetWindowSize(window, &w, &h); - glfwGetCursorPos(window, &xPos, &yPos); - - if(app->mUI->WantCaptureMouse()) - return; - - if(app->insideSecondaryViewport(h, w, xPos, yPos) && app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Get()) - { - app->mSecondaryCamera->Zoom(yoffset); - app->mSecondaryCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } - else - { - app->mCamera->Zoom(yoffset); - app->mCamera->UpdateGPU(); - } -} - -void Application::onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height) -{ - const float aspect = static_cast(width) / static_cast(height); - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - - app->mCamera->Resize(aspect); - app->mSecondaryCamera->Resize(aspect); -} - -void Application::onPressSpace(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods) -{ - if(action == GLFW_RELEASE && key == GLFW_KEY_SPACE) - { - Application* app = (Application*)glfwGetWindowUserPointer(window); - app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Update(!app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Get()); - app->mSecondaryCamera->ResetViewFromOther(*app->mCamera); - - if(app->mState->MagnifyingMode.Get()) - { - app->mSecondaryCamera->Zoom(MAGNIFYING_MODE_ZOOM); - } - app->renderFrame(); - } -} -} // namespace Slicer \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/src/main.cpp b/Engine/src/main.cpp index 3219813d..1786cc0e 100644 --- a/Engine/src/main.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/main.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -#include #include #include diff --git a/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp b/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp index dbc6194c..06d7f4b2 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mt_field.cpp @@ -176,12 +176,13 @@ void MTField::initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex) // Add indirect draw command for current sphere mIndirectCmd[i] = - DrawElementsIndirectCommand( - numIndices, // num of elements to draw per drawID + { + static_cast(numIndices), // num of elements to draw per drawID 1, // number of identical instances 0, // offset in VBO - i * numVertices, // offset in element buffer array - 0); + static_cast(i * numVertices), // offset in element buffer array + 0 + }; } } diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index bd184fed..e62daee2 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -241,52 +241,56 @@ void MVCController::drawSlicingWindow() glm::bvec3 isVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); unsigned int lastSlice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetLastEditedSlice(); - bool updateRequired = false; + bool updateViewRequired = false; + bool updateGridRequired = false; if(drawSliders("X-slice", slice.x, shape.x - 1)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateViewRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceXLocation(slice.x); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##x", &isVisible.x)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateGridRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(isVisible.x); } if(drawSliders("Y-slice", slice.y, shape.y - 1)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateViewRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceYLocation(slice.y); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##y", &isVisible.y)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateGridRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(isVisible.y); } if(drawSliders("Z-slice", slice.z, shape.z - 1)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateViewRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetSliceZLocation(slice.z); } ImGui::SameLine(); if(ImGui::Checkbox("Show?##z", &isVisible.z)) { - updateRequired = true; + updateGridRequired = true; mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(isVisible.z); } // update slice position // * grid model and any view that would require notification - if(updateRequired) + if(updateGridRequired || updateViewRequired) { mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); - if(mView->GetSHView() != nullptr) + if(updateViewRequired) { - mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + if(mView->GetSHView() != nullptr) + { + mView->GetSHView()->ScaleSpheres(); + } } } diff --git a/Engine/src/scene.cpp b/Engine/src/scene.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 4aadfcb7..00000000 --- a/Engine/src/scene.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -Scene::Scene(const std::shared_ptr& state) -:mState(state) -,mCoordinateSystem(new CoordinateSystem()) -{} - -Scene::~Scene() -{} - -void Scene::AddSHField() -{ - // create a SH Field model - mModels.push_back(std::shared_ptr(new SHField(mState, mCoordinateSystem))); -} - -void Scene::AddMTField() -{ - // create a Multi-Tensor Field model - mModels.push_back(std::shared_ptr(new MTField(mState, mCoordinateSystem))); -} - -void Scene::AddTexture() -{ - // create a Texture model - mModels.push_back(std::shared_ptr(new Texture(mState, mCoordinateSystem))); -} - -void Scene::Render() -{ - glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT); - for(auto model : mModels) - { - model->Draw(); - } -} -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a1f32c67..00000000 --- a/Engine/src/sh_field.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -namespace -{ -const int NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES = 2; -} - -namespace Slicer -{ -SHField::SHField(const std::shared_ptr& state, - std::shared_ptr parent) -:Model(state) -,mIndices() -,mNbSpheresX(0) -,mNbSpheresY(0) -,mNbSpheresZ(0) -,mIsSliceDirty(true) -,mVAO(0) -,mIndicesBO(0) -,mIndirectBO(0) -,mSphHarmCoeffsData() -,mSphHarmFuncsData() -,mSphereVerticesData() -,mSphereIndicesData() -,mSphereInfoData() -,mAllSpheresNormalsData() -,mIndirectCmd() -,mSphere(nullptr) -{ - resetCS(std::shared_ptr(new CoordinateSystem(glm::mat4(1.0f), parent))); - initializeModel(); - initializeMembers(); - initializeGPUData(); - - scaleSpheres(); -} - -SHField::~SHField() -{ -} - -void SHField::updateApplicationStateAtInit() -{ -} - -void SHField::registerStateCallbacks() -{ - mState->VoxelGrid.SliceIndices.RegisterCallback( - [this](glm::vec3 p, glm::vec3 n) - { - this->setSliceIndex(p, n); - } - ); - mState->Sphere.IsNormalized.RegisterCallback( - [this](bool p, bool n) - { - this->setNormalized(p, n); - } - ); - mState->Sphere.ColorMapMode.RegisterCallback( - [this](int p, int n) - { - this->setColorMapMode(p, n); - } - ); - mState->Sphere.SH0Threshold.RegisterCallback( - [this](float p, float n) - { - this->setSH0Threshold(p, n); - } - ); - mState->Sphere.Scaling.RegisterCallback( - [this](float p, float n) - { - this->setSphereScaling(p, n); - } - ); - mState->Sphere.FadeIfHidden.RegisterCallback( - [this](bool p, bool n) - { - this->setFadeIfHidden(p, n); - } - ); - mState->ViewMode.Mode.RegisterCallback( - [this](State::CameraMode p, State::CameraMode n) - { - this->setVisibleSlices(p, n); - } - ); -} - -void SHField::initProgramPipeline() -{ - const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_vert.glsl"); - const std::string fsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_frag.glsl"); - - std::vector shaders; - shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(vsPath, GL_VERTEX_SHADER)); - shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(fsPath, GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)); - mProgramPipeline = GPU::ProgramPipeline(shaders); -} - -void SHField::initializeMembers() -{ - // Initialize compute shader - const std::string csPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_comp.glsl"); - mComputeShader = GPU::ShaderProgram(csPath, GL_COMPUTE_SHADER); - - // Initialize a sphere for SH to SF projection - const auto& image = mState->FODFImage.Get(); - const auto& dims = image.GetDims(); - mNbSpheresX = dims.y * dims.z; - mNbSpheresY = dims.x * dims.z; - mNbSpheresZ = dims.x * dims.y; - mSphere.reset(new Primitive::Sphere(mState->Sphere.Resolution.Get(), dims.w)); - - // Preallocate buffers for draw call - const auto numIndices = mSphere->GetIndices().size(); - const int nbSpheres = getMaxNbSpheres(); - mIndices.resize(nbSpheres * numIndices); - mIndirectCmd.resize(nbSpheres); - - // Copy sphere indices and instantiate draw commands. - std::vector threads; - dispatchSubsetCommands(&SHField::initializeSubsetDrawCommand, - nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); - - // wait for all threads to finish - for(auto& t : threads) - { - t.join(); - } - - // Bind primitives to GPU - glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVAO); - mIndicesBO = genVBO(mIndices); - mIndirectBO = genVBO(mIndirectCmd); -} - -void SHField::dispatchSubsetCommands(void(SHField::*fn)(size_t, size_t), size_t nbElements, - size_t nbThreads, std::vector& threads) -{ - size_t nbElementsPerThread = nbElements / nbThreads; - size_t startIndex = 0; - size_t stopIndex = nbElementsPerThread; - for(int i = 0; i < nbThreads - 1; ++i) - { - threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, stopIndex)); - startIndex = stopIndex; - stopIndex += nbElementsPerThread; - } - threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, nbElements)); -} - -void SHField::initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex) -{ - const auto& indices = mSphere->GetIndices(); - const auto numIndices = indices.size(); - const auto numVertices = mSphere->GetPoints().size(); - - size_t i, j; - for(i = firstIndex; i < lastIndex; ++i) - { - // Add sphere faces - for(j = 0; j < numIndices; ++j) - { - mIndices[i*numIndices+j] = indices[j]; - } - - // Add indirect draw command for current sphere - mIndirectCmd[i] = - DrawElementsIndirectCommand( - static_cast(numIndices), // num of elements to draw per drawID - 1, // number of identical instances - 0, // offset in VBO - static_cast(i * numVertices), // offset in element buffer array - 0); - } -} - -void SHField::initializeGPUData() -{ - const int nbSpheres = getMaxNbSpheres(); - - // temporary zero-filled array for all spheres vertices and normals - std::vector allVertices(nbSpheres * mSphere->GetPoints().size()); - std::vector allRadiis(nbSpheres * mSphere->GetPoints().size()); - std::vector allOrders = mSphere->GetOrdersList(); - std::vector allMaxAmplitude(nbSpheres); - - // Sphere data GPU buffer - SphereData sphereData; - sphereData.NumVertices = static_cast(mSphere->GetPoints().size()); - sphereData.NumIndices = static_cast(mSphere->GetIndices().size()); - sphereData.IsNormalized = mState->Sphere.IsNormalized.Get(); - sphereData.MaxOrder = mSphere->GetMaxSHOrder(); - sphereData.SH0threshold = mState->Sphere.SH0Threshold.Get(); - sphereData.Scaling = mState->Sphere.Scaling.Get(); - sphereData.NbCoeffs = mState->FODFImage.Get().GetDims().w; - sphereData.FadeIfHidden = mState->Sphere.FadeIfHidden.Get(); - sphereData.ColorMapMode = mState->Sphere.ColorMapMode.Get(); - - // Grid data GPU buffer - // TODO: Move out of SHField. Should be in a standalone class. - GridData gridData; - gridData.SliceIndices = glm::ivec4(mState->VoxelGrid.SliceIndices.Get(), 0); - gridData.VolumeShape = glm::ivec4(mState->VoxelGrid.VolumeShape.Get(), 0); - gridData.IsVisible = glm::ivec4(1, 1, 1, 0); - gridData.CurrentSlice = 0; - - // The SH coefficients image to copy on the GPU. - const auto& image = mState->FODFImage.Get(); - - mAllSpheresNormalsData = GPU::ShaderData(allVertices.data(), GPU::Binding::allSpheresNormals, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allVertices.size()); - mAllRadiisData = GPU::ShaderData(allRadiis.data(), GPU::Binding::allRadiis, sizeof(float) * allRadiis.size()); - mSphHarmCoeffsData = GPU::ShaderData(image.GetVoxelData().data(), GPU::Binding::shCoeffs, sizeof(float) * image.GetVoxelData().size()); - mSphHarmFuncsData = GPU::ShaderData(mSphere->GetSHFuncs().data(), GPU::Binding::shFunctions, sizeof(float) * mSphere->GetSHFuncs().size()); - mAllOrdersData = GPU::ShaderData(allOrders.data(), GPU::Binding::allOrders, sizeof(float) * allOrders.size()); - mSphereVerticesData = GPU::ShaderData(mSphere->GetPoints().data(), GPU::Binding::sphereVertices, sizeof(glm::vec4) * mSphere->GetPoints().size()); - mSphereIndicesData = GPU::ShaderData(mSphere->GetIndices().data(), GPU::Binding::sphereIndices, sizeof(unsigned int) * mSphere->GetIndices().size()); - mSphereInfoData = GPU::ShaderData(&sphereData, GPU::Binding::sphereInfo, sizeof(SphereData)); - mGridInfoData = GPU::ShaderData(&gridData, GPU::Binding::gridInfo, sizeof(GridData)); - mAllMaxAmplitudeData = GPU::ShaderData(allMaxAmplitude.data(), GPU::Binding::allMaxAmplitude, sizeof(float) * allMaxAmplitude.size()); - - // push all data to GPU - mSphHarmCoeffsData.ToGPU(); - mSphHarmFuncsData.ToGPU(); - mAllOrdersData.ToGPU(); - mSphereVerticesData.ToGPU(); - mSphereIndicesData.ToGPU(); - mSphereInfoData.ToGPU(); - mAllSpheresNormalsData.ToGPU(); - mGridInfoData.ToGPU(); - mAllRadiisData.ToGPU(); - mAllMaxAmplitudeData.ToGPU(); -} - -template -GLuint SHField::genVBO(const std::vector& data) const -{ - GLuint vbo; - glCreateBuffers(1, &vbo); - glNamedBufferData(vbo, data.size() * sizeof(T), &data[0], GL_STATIC_DRAW); - return vbo; -} - -void SHField::setSliceIndex(glm::vec3 prevIndices, glm::vec3 newIndices) -{ - mIsSliceDirty.x = prevIndices.x != newIndices.x; - mIsSliceDirty.y = prevIndices.y != newIndices.y; - mIsSliceDirty.z = prevIndices.z != newIndices.z; - - if(mIsSliceDirty.x || mIsSliceDirty.y || mIsSliceDirty.z) - { - glm::ivec4 sliceIndices = glm::ivec4(newIndices, 0); - mGridInfoData.Update(sizeof(glm::ivec4), sizeof(glm::ivec4), &sliceIndices); - scaleSpheres(); - } -} - -void SHField::setNormalized(bool previous, bool isNormalized) -{ - if(previous != isNormalized) - { - unsigned int isNormalizedInt = isNormalized ? 1 : 0; - mSphereInfoData.Update(sizeof(unsigned int)*2, sizeof(unsigned int), &isNormalizedInt); - } -} - -void SHField::setColorMapMode(int previous, int mode) -{ - if(previous != mode) - { - mSphereInfoData.Update(6*sizeof(unsigned int) + 2*sizeof(float), sizeof(unsigned int), &mode); - } -} - - -void SHField::setSH0Threshold(float previous, float threshold) -{ - if(previous != threshold) - { - mSphereInfoData.Update(4*sizeof(unsigned int), sizeof(float), &threshold); - } -} - - -void SHField::setSphereScaling(float previous, float scaling) -{ - if(previous != scaling) - { - mSphereInfoData.Update(4*sizeof(unsigned int) + sizeof(float), - sizeof(float), - &scaling); - } -} - -void SHField::setFadeIfHidden(bool previous, bool fadeEnabled) -{ - if(previous != fadeEnabled) - { - unsigned int uintFadeEnabled = fadeEnabled ? 1 : 0; - mSphereInfoData.Update(5*sizeof(unsigned int) + 2*sizeof(float), - sizeof(unsigned int), - &uintFadeEnabled); - } -} - -void SHField::setVisibleSlices(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode next) -{ - if(previous != next) - { - glm::ivec4 isVisible; - switch(next) - { - case State::CameraMode::projectiveX: - isVisible = glm::ivec4(1, 0, 0, 0); - break; - case State::CameraMode::projectiveY: - isVisible = glm::ivec4(0, 1, 0, 0); - break; - case State::CameraMode::projectiveZ: - isVisible = glm::ivec4(0, 0, 1, 0); - break; - case State::CameraMode::projective3D: - default: - isVisible = glm::ivec4(1, 1, 1, 0); - break; - } - mGridInfoData.Update(2*sizeof(glm::ivec4), sizeof(glm::ivec4), &isVisible); - } -} - -void SHField::drawSpecific() -{ - glBindVertexArray(mVAO); - glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, mIndicesBO); - glBindBuffer(GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER, mIndirectBO); - glMultiDrawElementsIndirect(GL_TRIANGLES, GL_UNSIGNED_INT, - (GLvoid*)0, static_cast(mIndirectCmd.size()), - 0); -} - -void SHField::scaleSpheres() -{ - glUseProgram(mComputeShader.ID()); - if(mIsSliceDirty.x) - { - scaleSpheres(0, mNbSpheresX); - mIsSliceDirty.x = false; - } - if(mIsSliceDirty.y) - { - scaleSpheres(1, mNbSpheresY); - mIsSliceDirty.y = false; - } - if(mIsSliceDirty.z) - { - scaleSpheres(2, mNbSpheresZ); - mIsSliceDirty.z = false; - } - glMemoryBarrier(GL_SHADER_STORAGE_BARRIER_BIT); - glUseProgram(0); -} - -void SHField::scaleSpheres(unsigned int sliceId, unsigned int nbSpheres) -{ - mGridInfoData.Update(3*sizeof(glm::ivec4), sizeof(unsigned int), &sliceId); - glDispatchCompute(nbSpheres, 1, 1); -} -} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp index 76e4c820..4ff1c99c 100644 --- a/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/sh_view.cpp @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ SHView::SHView(const std::shared_ptr& model) initGPUBuffers(); } +SHView::~SHView() +{ +} + void SHView::initShaders() { const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/shfield_vert.glsl"); diff --git a/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp b/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp index 6327b215..99a1336d 100644 --- a/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/shader_data.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ #include +#include namespace Slicer { @@ -51,6 +52,10 @@ ShaderData::ShaderData(Binding binding) glCreateBuffers(1, &mSSBO); } +ShaderData::~ShaderData() +{ +} + void ShaderData::Update(GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, void* data) { mIsDirty = true; diff --git a/Engine/src/texture.cpp b/Engine/src/texture.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 135de38c..00000000 --- a/Engine/src/texture.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Slicer -{ -Texture::Texture(const std::shared_ptr& state, - std::shared_ptr parent) -:Model(state) -,mVAO(0) -,mVerticesBO(0) -,mVertices() -,mTextureCoordsBO(0) -,mTextureCoords() -,mSliceBO(0) -,mSlice() -,mData() -{ - resetCS(std::shared_ptr(new CoordinateSystem(glm::mat4(1.0f), parent))); - initializeModel(); - initializeMembers(); -} - -Texture::~Texture() -{ -} - -void Texture::updateApplicationStateAtInit() -{ -} - -void Texture::registerStateCallbacks() -{ -} - - -void Texture::initProgramPipeline() -{ - const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/texture_vert.glsl"); - const std::string fsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/texture_frag.glsl"); - std::vector shaders; - - shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(vsPath, GL_VERTEX_SHADER)); - shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(fsPath, GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)); - - mProgramPipeline = GPU::ProgramPipeline(shaders); -} - -void Texture::initializeMembers() -{ - const auto& image = mState->BackgroundImage.Get(); - - // copy image data because we need to normalize - mData = image.GetVoxelData(); - const auto max = image.GetMax(); - for(size_t i = 0; i < mData.size(); ++i) - { - mData[i] = mData[i] / max; - } - const auto dims = image.GetDims(); - - //Create 2 triangles to create a plan for texture - //Plan XY - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,dims.y,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,0.0f,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,dims.y,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,dims.y,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,0.0f,ceil(dims.z/2.0f))); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,1.0f)); - - //Plan YZ - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,0.0f)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,0.0f)); - - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),0.0f,dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(ceil(dims.x/2.0f),dims.y,0.0f)); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - //Plan XZ - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); - - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),dims.z)); - mVertices.push_back(glm::vec3(dims.x,ceil(dims.y/2.0f),0.0f)); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mTextureCoords.push_back(glm::vec3(1.0f,0.0f,0.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - mSlice.push_back(glm::vec3(0.0f,1.0f,0.0f)); - - //Create texture - unsigned int texture; - glCreateTextures(GL_TEXTURE_3D, 1, &texture); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_3D, texture); - - auto type = GL_RGB; - if (dims.w == 1) - { - type = GL_RED; - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_R, GL_RED); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_G, GL_RED); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_B, GL_RED); - } - - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_NEAREST); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); - glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_3D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE); - - glTexImage3D(GL_TEXTURE_3D, 0, type, dims.x, dims.y, dims.z, 0, type, GL_FLOAT, &mData[0]); - glGenerateMipmap(GL_TEXTURE_3D); - - glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVAO); - - //Bind vertices - const GLuint verticesIndex = 0; - mVerticesBO = genVBO(mVertices); - - glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVAO, verticesIndex); - glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVAO, verticesIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); - glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVAO, verticesIndex, mVerticesBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); - glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVAO, verticesIndex, 0); - glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVAO, verticesIndex, verticesIndex); - - //Bind texture coordinates - const GLuint texIndex = 1; - mTextureCoordsBO = genVBO(mTextureCoords); - - glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVAO, texIndex); - glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVAO, texIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); - glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVAO, texIndex, mTextureCoordsBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); - glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVAO, texIndex, 0); - glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVAO, texIndex, texIndex); - - //Bind Slices - const GLuint sliceIndex = 2; - mSliceBO = genVBO(mSlice); - - glEnableVertexArrayAttrib(mVAO, sliceIndex); - glVertexArrayAttribFormat(mVAO, sliceIndex, 3, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, 0); - glVertexArrayVertexBuffer(mVAO, sliceIndex, mSliceBO, 0, sizeof(float)*3); - glVertexArrayBindingDivisor(mVAO, sliceIndex, 0); - glVertexArrayAttribBinding(mVAO, sliceIndex, sliceIndex); -} - -template -GLuint Texture::genVBO(const std::vector& data) const -{ - GLuint vbo; - glCreateBuffers(1, &vbo); - glNamedBufferData(vbo, data.size() * sizeof(T), &data[0], GL_STATIC_DRAW); - return vbo; -} - -void Texture::drawSpecific() -{ - glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE); - glBindVertexArray(mVAO); - glDrawArrays(GL_TRIANGLES, 0, static_cast(mVertices.size())); - glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); - glCullFace(GL_BACK); -} -} // namespace Slicer From cb08dba99ec668fc57b8af9d6a6b2e6778b8ab9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Tue, 20 Jun 2023 17:04:19 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 07/11] Add tensor loading menu --- Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 14 ++++++++++-- Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 39 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----- 2 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h index f9f85f22..33327850 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ class MVCController const std::shared_ptr& view); void RenderUserInterface(); - bool AddSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); - bool AddScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); private: static void onMouseButton(GLFWwindow* window, int button, int action, int mod); @@ -32,6 +30,10 @@ class MVCController bool drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex); void drawSHOptionsWindow(); + bool addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + bool addScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + bool addTensorViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mView = nullptr; @@ -43,8 +45,16 @@ class MVCController bool mDrawSlicingWindow = false; bool mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; bool mDrawLoadSHMenu = false; + bool mDrawLoadTensorMenu = false; bool mDrawSHOptionsWindow = false; + enum class TensorOrder + { + FSL, + MRTRIX, + DIPY + } mTensorOrder; + glm::vec2 mLastCursorPos; int mLastButton; diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index e62daee2..9c3e8391 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -119,27 +119,35 @@ void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() { if(drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadScalarMenu)) { - mDrawSlicingWindow = AddScalarViewModel(imageFilePath); + mDrawSlicingWindow = addScalarViewModel(imageFilePath); } } if(mDrawLoadSHMenu) { if(drawFileDialog("Choose SH image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadSHMenu)) { - mDrawSlicingWindow = AddSHViewModel(imageFilePath); + mDrawSlicingWindow = addSHViewModel(imageFilePath); mDrawSHOptionsWindow = mDrawSlicingWindow; } } + if(mDrawLoadTensorMenu) + { + if(drawFileDialog("Choose tensor image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) + { + mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; + } + } drawSlicingWindow(); drawSHOptionsWindow(); + // ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(); // finalize frame ImGui::Render(); ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); } -bool MVCController::AddSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +bool MVCController::addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) { NiftiImageWrapper niftiImage(imagePath); if(mModel->AddSHModel(std::make_shared>(niftiImage))) @@ -161,7 +169,13 @@ bool MVCController::AddSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) return false; } -bool MVCController::AddScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +{ + + return false; +} + +bool MVCController::addScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) { NiftiImageWrapper niftiImage(imagePath); if(mModel->AddScalarModel(std::make_shared>(niftiImage))) @@ -181,7 +195,22 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() ImGui::MenuItem("Load SH image", NULL, &mDrawLoadSHMenu); // TODO: load tensor image (can load more than one) - + if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Load tensor image")) + { + if(ImGui::MenuItem("MRtrix format", NULL, &mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) + { + mTensorOrder = TensorOrder::MRTRIX; + } + if(ImGui::MenuItem("DIPY format", NULL, &mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) + { + mTensorOrder = TensorOrder::DIPY; + } + if(ImGui::MenuItem("FSL format", NULL, &mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) + { + mTensorOrder = TensorOrder::FSL; + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::Separator(); From 2d9d2cfff6ed22241ba3b2770f701199a2cb91c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 23 Jun 2023 09:08:14 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 08/11] [WIP] Plug back tensor visualization --- Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 6 +-- Engine/include/mvc_model.h | 4 ++ Engine/include/mvc_view.h | 3 ++ Engine/include/tensor_model.h | 19 ++++++++ Engine/include/tensor_view.h | 80 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 39 ++++++++++------ Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp | 31 +++++++++++++ Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp | 22 +++++++-- Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp | 14 ++++++ Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp | 36 +++++++++++++++ 10 files changed, 234 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Engine/include/tensor_model.h create mode 100644 Engine/include/tensor_view.h create mode 100644 Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp create mode 100644 Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h index 33327850..dbf8c24a 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ #include #include #include -#include +#include #include namespace Slicer @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ class MVCController static void onWindowResize(GLFWwindow* window, int width, int height); void drawMainMenu(); - bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::string& imageFilePath, bool& enabledFlag); + bool drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, std::map& imageFilePath, const int& maxItems, bool& enabledFlag); void drawSlicingWindow(); bool drawSliders(const std::string& label, int& currentIndex, const int& maxIndex); void drawSHOptionsWindow(); bool addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); bool addScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); - bool addTensorViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); + bool addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths); std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h index fadd012c..e090a3fb 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include namespace Slicer { @@ -23,11 +24,13 @@ class MVCModel MVCModel(int winWidth, int winHeight); bool AddSHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); bool AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); + bool AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages); inline std::shared_ptr GetGridModel() const { return mGridModel; }; inline std::shared_ptr GetSHModel() { return mSHModel; }; inline std::shared_ptr GetScalarModel() { return mScalarModel; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetTensorModel() { return mTensorModel; }; inline int GetWindowWidth() const { return mWinWidth; }; inline int GetWindowHeight() const { return mWinHeight; }; @@ -41,5 +44,6 @@ class MVCModel std::shared_ptr mGridModel = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mSHModel = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mScalarModel = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mTensorModel = nullptr; }; } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_view.h b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h index 43dd452e..17d7b86a 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_view.h @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ class MVCView void RenderModel(); bool AddSHView(); bool AddScalarView(); + bool AddTensorView(); void UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); @@ -46,5 +48,6 @@ class MVCView // Actual rendered objects std::shared_ptr mSHView = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mScalarView = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mTensorView = nullptr; }; } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/tensor_model.h b/Engine/include/tensor_model.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c1e3b41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/tensor_model.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class TensorModel +{ +public: + TensorModel() = delete; + TensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images); + +private: + std::shared_ptr>> mImages = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem = nullptr; +}; +} // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/tensor_view.h b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b58f5a32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +class TensorView +{ +public: + TensorView() = delete; + TensorView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + + void Render(); + +private: + // private struct describing GPU memory layout for + // sphere properties + struct SphereProperties + { + unsigned int NumVertices; + unsigned int NumIndices; + unsigned int IsNormalized; + unsigned int MaxOrder; + float SH0threshold; + float Scaling; + unsigned int NbCoeffs; + unsigned int FadeIfHidden; + unsigned int ColorMapMode; + unsigned int ColorMap; + }; + + void initShaders(); + void initRenderPrimitives(); + void initGPUBuffers(); + + void initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex); + + void dispatchSubsetCommands(void(TensorView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), + size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads, + std::vector& threads); + + void uploadTransformToGPU(); + + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; + + // Probably not needed once data is init + std::vector mMeshIndices; + + /// Vertex array object. + GLuint mVertexArrayObject; + GLuint mMeshIndicesBO; + GLuint mDrawIndirectBO; + + GPU::ProgramPipeline mProgramPipeline; + GPU::ShaderData mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer; + + GPU::ShaderData mTensorMatricesGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mTensorCoeffsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer; // used to estimate normals + GPU::ShaderData mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer; + + // Compute shader outputs + // TODO: /!\ I don't think I need these + GPU::ShaderData mAllRadiisGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer; + + float mGlyphScaling = 1.0f; + float mSH0Threshold = 0.0f; + bool mAreGlyphsNormalized = false; + + // DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. + // /!\ prolly not useful once it is pushed to GPU + std::vector mIndirectCmd; +}; +} // namespace Slicer \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index 9c3e8391..f7d1ed08 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -114,25 +114,27 @@ void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() // draw frame drawMainMenu(); - std::string imageFilePath; + std::map imageFilePath; if(mDrawLoadScalarMenu) { - if(drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadScalarMenu)) + if(drawFileDialog("Choose scalar image", imageFilePath, 1, mDrawLoadScalarMenu)) { - mDrawSlicingWindow = addScalarViewModel(imageFilePath); + const auto path = (*imageFilePath.begin()).second; + mDrawSlicingWindow = addScalarViewModel(path); } } - if(mDrawLoadSHMenu) + else if(mDrawLoadSHMenu) { - if(drawFileDialog("Choose SH image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadSHMenu)) + if(drawFileDialog("Choose SH image", imageFilePath, 1, mDrawLoadSHMenu)) { - mDrawSlicingWindow = addSHViewModel(imageFilePath); + const auto path = (*imageFilePath.begin()).second; + mDrawSlicingWindow = addSHViewModel(path); mDrawSHOptionsWindow = mDrawSlicingWindow; } } - if(mDrawLoadTensorMenu) + else if(mDrawLoadTensorMenu) { - if(drawFileDialog("Choose tensor image", imageFilePath, mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) + if(drawFileDialog("Choose tensor image", imageFilePath, 5, mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) { mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; } @@ -169,9 +171,19 @@ bool MVCController::addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) return false; } -bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) +bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths) { - + std::vector> images; + for(auto it = imagePaths.begin(); it != imagePaths.end(); ++it) + { + NiftiImageWrapper image((*it).second); + images.push_back(image); + } + if(mModel->AddTensorModel(std::make_shared>>(images))) + { + mView->AddTensorView(); + return true; + } return false; } @@ -228,12 +240,13 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() } bool MVCController::drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, - std::string& imageFilePath, + std::map& imageFilePath, + const int& maxItems, bool& enabledFlag) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 400), ImGuiCond_Once); ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->OpenDialog("ChooseFileDlgKey", windowTitle, ".gz,.nii", - ".", 1, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); + ".", maxItems, nullptr, ImGuiFileDialogFlags_Modal); bool statusFlag = false; // IF A FILE IS CHOSEN OR CANCEL IS PRESSED @@ -241,7 +254,7 @@ bool MVCController::drawFileDialog(const std::string& windowTitle, { if (ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->IsOk()) { - imageFilePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetFilePathName(); + imageFilePath = ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->GetSelection(); ImGuiFileDialog::Instance()->Close(); statusFlag = true; } diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp index 145de1b9..d4012727 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp @@ -2,6 +2,11 @@ #include #include +namespace +{ +const int NUM_TENSOR_COEFFS = 6; +} + namespace Slicer { MVCModel::MVCModel(int width, int height) @@ -36,6 +41,32 @@ bool MVCModel::AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& n return false; } +bool MVCModel::AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages) +{ + // first, test that all input images share a same size + const auto& inDims = (*niftiImages)[0].GetDims(); + if(inDims.w == NUM_TENSOR_COEFFS) + { + for(size_t i = 1; i < niftiImages->size(); ++i) + { + if((*niftiImages)[i].GetDims() != inDims) + { + return false; + } + } + } + + // then, check that this dimension respects the dimension + // of the other loaded images + if(validateImageDimensions(inDims)) + { + mTensorModel.reset(new TensorModel(niftiImages)); + addGridModel(inDims); + return true; + } + return false; +} + bool MVCModel::validateImageDimensions(const glm::ivec4& inDims) const { if(mGridModel != nullptr) diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp index 3902fd2b..128da6bc 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_view.cpp @@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ bool MVCView::AddScalarView() { return false; } - mScalarView.reset(new ScalarView(mModel)); // ensures that the grid properties are up to date @@ -53,6 +52,17 @@ bool MVCView::AddScalarView() return true; } +bool MVCView::AddTensorView() +{ + if(mModel->GetTensorModel() == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + mTensorView.reset(new TensorView(mModel)); + UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + return true; +} + void MVCView::UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer() { // update and push global grid parameters to the GPU @@ -64,9 +74,9 @@ void MVCView::UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer() const glm::bvec3 isSliceVisible = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetIsVisible(); gridModelGPUData.IsSliceVisible = glm::ivec4(isSliceVisible.x ? 1 : 0, - isSliceVisible.y ? 1 : 0, - isSliceVisible.z ? 1 : 0, - 0); + isSliceVisible.y ? 1 : 0, + isSliceVisible.z ? 1 : 0, + 0); // the index of the last slice that was modified gridModelGPUData.CurrentSlice = mModel->GetGridModel()->GetLastEditedSlice(); @@ -88,5 +98,9 @@ void MVCView::RenderModel() { mScalarView->Render(); } + if(mTensorView != nullptr) + { + mTensorView->Render(); + } } } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp b/Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93c6711c --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include + +namespace +{ +} + +namespace Slicer +{ +TensorModel::TensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images) +:mCoordinateSystem(new CoordinateSystem()) +,mImages(images) +{ +} +} // namespace Slicer \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp b/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4fe22911 --- /dev/null +++ b/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#include + +namespace Slicer +{ +TensorView::TensorView(const std::shared_ptr& model) +:mModel(model) +,mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::modelTransform) +,mTensorMatricesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::tensorValues) +,mTensorCoeffsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::coefsValues) // TODO: Rename `tensorCoeffs` +,mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereVertices) +,mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereIndices) +,mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereInfo) +,mAllRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allRadiis) +,mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allSpheresNormals) +,mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allMaxAmplitude) +{ + initShaders(); + initRenderPrimitives(); + initGPUBuffers(); +} + +void TensorView::Render() +{ + mProgramPipeline.Bind(); + uploadTransformToGPU(); + + // OpenGL draw calls + glBindVertexArray(mVertexArrayObject); + glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, mMeshIndicesBO); + glBindBuffer(GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER, mDrawIndirectBO); + glMultiDrawElementsIndirect(GL_TRIANGLES, GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (GLvoid*)0, + static_cast(mIndirectCmd.size()), 0); + + glBindProgramPipeline(0); +} +} // namespace Slicer From 4df32696a90c58f835f4600b12bfa0f40f7d0762 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Fri, 23 Jun 2023 15:33:21 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 09/11] [TEST NEEDED] Working tensor visualisation --- Engine/include/grid_model.h | 2 + Engine/include/mvc_controller.h | 2 +- Engine/include/mvc_model.h | 3 +- Engine/include/tensor_model.h | 26 +++- Engine/include/tensor_view.h | 14 +- Engine/include/utils.hpp | 9 ++ Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 21 ++- Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp | 5 +- Engine/src/tensor_model.cpp | 22 ++- Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp | 243 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- 10 files changed, 335 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/grid_model.h b/Engine/include/grid_model.h index 4e729c35..71fb8bd1 100644 --- a/Engine/include/grid_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/grid_model.h @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ class GridModel inline glm::bvec3 GetIsVisible() const { return glm::bvec3(mIsVisibleX, mIsVisibleY, mIsVisibleZ); }; inline unsigned int GetLastEditedSlice() const { return mLastEditedSlice; }; + // TODO: Nb voxels per plane could be members of this class instead of TensorModel/SHModel + inline void SetIsXVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleX = isVisible; }; inline void SetIsYVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleY = isVisible; }; inline void SetIsZVisible(bool isVisible) { mIsVisibleZ = isVisible; }; diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h index dbf8c24a..18597529 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_controller.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class MVCController bool addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); bool addScalarViewModel(const std::string& imagePath); - bool addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths); + bool addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths, const std::string& tensorFormat); std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; diff --git a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h index e090a3fb..f0126bd8 100644 --- a/Engine/include/mvc_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/mvc_model.h @@ -24,7 +24,8 @@ class MVCModel MVCModel(int winWidth, int winHeight); bool AddSHModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); bool AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& niftiImage); - bool AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages); + bool AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages, + const std::string& tensorFormat); inline std::shared_ptr GetGridModel() const { return mGridModel; }; diff --git a/Engine/include/tensor_model.h b/Engine/include/tensor_model.h index 0c1e3b41..bcac64d0 100644 --- a/Engine/include/tensor_model.h +++ b/Engine/include/tensor_model.h @@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include +#include namespace Slicer { @@ -10,10 +12,32 @@ class TensorModel { public: TensorModel() = delete; - TensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images); + TensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images, + const std::string& tensorFormat); + + inline std::shared_ptr>> GetImages() const { return mImages; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetCoordinateSystem() const { return mCoordinateSystem; }; + inline std::shared_ptr GetSphere() const { return mSphere; }; + inline std::string GetTensorFormat() const { return mTensorFormat; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInXPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInXPlane; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInYPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInYPlane; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbSpheresInZPlane() const { return mNbSpheresInZPlane; }; + inline unsigned int GetNbTensorImages() const { return mNbImages; }; + + unsigned int GetMaxNbSpheres() const; private: std::shared_ptr>> mImages = nullptr; std::shared_ptr mCoordinateSystem = nullptr; + std::shared_ptr mSphere = nullptr; + + std::string mTensorFormat; + + unsigned int mNbImages = 0; + glm::uvec4 mDimensions; + + unsigned int mNbSpheresInXPlane = 0; + unsigned int mNbSpheresInYPlane = 0; + unsigned int mNbSpheresInZPlane = 0; }; } // namespace Slicer diff --git a/Engine/include/tensor_view.h b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h index b58f5a32..94977bec 100644 --- a/Engine/include/tensor_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ class TensorView public: TensorView() = delete; TensorView(const std::shared_ptr& model); + ~TensorView(); + void UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); void Render(); private: @@ -44,6 +46,11 @@ class TensorView void uploadTransformToGPU(); + void precomputeTensorProperties(std::vector& allCoefs, std::vector& allTensors, + std::vector& allPdds, std::vector& allFAs, + std::vector& allMDs, std::vector& allADs, + std::vector& allRDs); + std::shared_ptr mModel = nullptr; // Probably not needed once data is init @@ -59,6 +66,11 @@ class TensorView GPU::ShaderData mTensorMatricesGPUBuffer; GPU::ShaderData mTensorCoeffsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mPDDsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mFAsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mMDsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mADsGPUBuffer; + GPU::ShaderData mRDsGPUBuffer; GPU::ShaderData mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer; GPU::ShaderData mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer; // used to estimate normals GPU::ShaderData mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer; @@ -70,8 +82,6 @@ class TensorView GPU::ShaderData mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer; float mGlyphScaling = 1.0f; - float mSH0Threshold = 0.0f; - bool mAreGlyphsNormalized = false; // DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. // /!\ prolly not useful once it is pushed to GPU diff --git a/Engine/include/utils.hpp b/Engine/include/utils.hpp index f415ecf2..9c97988c 100644 --- a/Engine/include/utils.hpp +++ b/Engine/include/utils.hpp @@ -83,6 +83,15 @@ static inline void assertShaderCompilationSuccess(const GLint shader, const std: } } +template +static inline GLuint genVBO(const std::vector& data) +{ + GLuint vbo; + glCreateBuffers(1, &vbo); + glNamedBufferData(vbo, data.size() * sizeof(T), &data[0], GL_STATIC_DRAW); + return vbo; +} + static inline void assertProgramLinkingSuccess(const GLint program) { GLint success = 0; diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index f7d1ed08..50726f05 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -136,7 +136,21 @@ void MVCController::RenderUserInterface() { if(drawFileDialog("Choose tensor image", imageFilePath, 5, mDrawLoadTensorMenu)) { - mDrawLoadScalarMenu = false; + std::string tensorFormat; + switch(mTensorOrder) + { + case TensorOrder::FSL: + tensorFormat = "fsl"; + break; + case TensorOrder::MRTRIX: + tensorFormat = "mrtrix"; + break; + case TensorOrder::DIPY: + tensorFormat = "dipy"; + break; + } + mDrawSlicingWindow = addTensorViewModel(imageFilePath, tensorFormat); + mDrawLoadTensorMenu = false; } } @@ -171,7 +185,8 @@ bool MVCController::addSHViewModel(const std::string& imagePath) return false; } -bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths) +bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::map& imagePaths, + const std::string& tensorFormat) { std::vector> images; for(auto it = imagePaths.begin(); it != imagePaths.end(); ++it) @@ -179,7 +194,7 @@ bool MVCController::addTensorViewModel(const std::map& NiftiImageWrapper image((*it).second); images.push_back(image); } - if(mModel->AddTensorModel(std::make_shared>>(images))) + if(mModel->AddTensorModel(std::make_shared>>(images), tensorFormat)) { mView->AddTensorView(); return true; diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp index d4012727..d18e7513 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp @@ -41,7 +41,8 @@ bool MVCModel::AddScalarModel(const std::shared_ptr>& n return false; } -bool MVCModel::AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages) +bool MVCModel::AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& niftiImages, + const std::string& tensorFormat) { // first, test that all input images share a same size const auto& inDims = (*niftiImages)[0].GetDims(); @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ bool MVCModel::AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images) +TensorModel::TensorModel(const std::shared_ptr>>& images, + const std::string& tensorFormat) :mCoordinateSystem(new CoordinateSystem()) ,mImages(images) +,mTensorFormat(tensorFormat) { + // load all images + for(auto& image : *mImages) + { + image.LoadImageVoxels(); + } + mDimensions = (*mImages)[0].GetDims(); + mNbImages = mImages->size(); + mNbSpheresInXPlane = mDimensions.y * mDimensions.z; + mNbSpheresInYPlane = mDimensions.x * mDimensions.z; + mNbSpheresInZPlane = mDimensions.y * mDimensions.x; + + // TODO: Decrease sphere resolution and don't compute SH basis + mSphere.reset(new Primitive::Sphere(3, 1)); +} + +unsigned int TensorModel::GetMaxNbSpheres() const +{ + return mNbSpheresInXPlane + mNbSpheresInYPlane + mNbSpheresInZPlane; } } // namespace Slicer \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp b/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp index 4fe22911..4a75be8e 100644 --- a/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp @@ -1,12 +1,23 @@ #include +#include + +namespace +{ +const int NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES = 2; +} namespace Slicer { TensorView::TensorView(const std::shared_ptr& model) :mModel(model) -,mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::modelTransform) +,mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::modelTransform) // all objects write to this same buffer ,mTensorMatricesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::tensorValues) ,mTensorCoeffsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::coefsValues) // TODO: Rename `tensorCoeffs` +,mPDDsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::pddsValues) +,mFAsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::faValues) +,mMDsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::mdValues) +,mADsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::adValues) +,mRDsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::rdValues) ,mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereVertices) ,mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereIndices) ,mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereInfo) @@ -19,6 +30,236 @@ TensorView::TensorView(const std::shared_ptr& model) initGPUBuffers(); } +TensorView::~TensorView() +{ +} + +void TensorView::initShaders() +{ + const std::string vsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/mtfield_vert.glsl"); + const std::string fsPath = DMRI_EXPLORER_BINARY_DIR + std::string("/shaders/mtfield_frag.glsl"); + + std::vector shaders; + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(vsPath, GL_VERTEX_SHADER)); + shaders.push_back(GPU::ShaderProgram(fsPath, GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER)); + mProgramPipeline = GPU::ProgramPipeline(shaders); +} + +void TensorView::initRenderPrimitives() +{ + const auto& tensorModel = mModel->GetTensorModel(); + const auto& sphere = tensorModel->GetSphere(); + + // Preallocate buffers for draw call + const auto nbIndices = sphere->GetIndices().size(); + const int nbSpheres = tensorModel->GetMaxNbSpheres(); + const int nbTensors = static_cast(tensorModel->GetNbTensorImages()); + + // TODO: Not sure indices need to be duplicated for each sphere + mMeshIndices.resize(nbSpheres * nbIndices); + mIndirectCmd.resize(nbSpheres * nbTensors); + + // Copy sphere indices and instantiate draw commands. + std::vector threads; + dispatchSubsetCommands(&TensorView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand, + nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); + + // TODO: Move in subset command + // Copy draw calls for all tensor images + for (int i=0; i < nbSpheres; i++){ + for (int j=1; j < nbTensors; j++) + { + mIndirectCmd[j*nbSpheres + i] = mIndirectCmd[i]; + } + } + + // Bind primitives to GPU + glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVertexArrayObject); + mMeshIndicesBO = genVBO(mMeshIndices); + mDrawIndirectBO = genVBO(mIndirectCmd); +} + +void TensorView::precomputeTensorProperties(std::vector& allCoefs, std::vector& allTensors, + std::vector& allPdds, std::vector& allFAs, + std::vector& allMDs, std::vector& allADs, + std::vector& allRDs) +{ + const auto& tensorModel = mModel->GetTensorModel(); + const auto& tensorImages = tensorModel->GetImages(); + + // Build tensor matrices from tensor data + for (auto& image : *tensorImages) + { + // for each image + const std::vector& tensorData = image.GetVoxelData(); + + // iterate through voxels + for(int offset = 0; offset < tensorData.size(); offset += 6) + { + // matrice representation of tensor + glm::mat4 tensor = getTensorFromCoefficients(tensorData, offset, tensorModel->GetTensorFormat()); + + // tensor eigen values + glm::vec3 lambdas = eigenvalues(glm::mat3(tensor)); + + if ( std::isnan(lambdas[0]) || std::isnan(lambdas[1]) || std::isnan(lambdas[2]) ) + { + lambdas = glm::vec3(1.0f); + } + + auto [e1, e2, e3] = eigenvectors(glm::mat3(tensor)); + + // "hack" for isotropic tensor + if(std::isnan(e1.x) || std::isnan(e1.y) || std::isnan(e1.z)) + { + e1 = glm::vec3(0.5f); + } + else if(abs(e1.x) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() + || abs(e1.y) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() + || abs(e1.z) == std::numeric_limits::infinity()) + { + e1 = glm::vec3(0.5f); + } + + float FA = fractionalAnisotropy(lambdas); + float MD = meanDiffusivity(lambdas); + float AD = axialDiffusivity(lambdas); + float RD = radialDiffusivity(lambdas); + glm::vec4 coefs = glm::vec4(1.0f/(2.0f*lambdas[0]), 1.0f/(2.0f*lambdas[1]), 1.0f/(2.0f*lambdas[2]), 1.0f); + + allPdds.push_back(glm::vec4(abs(e1.x), abs(e1.y), abs(e1.z), 0.0f)); + allCoefs.push_back(coefs); + allFAs.push_back(FA); + allMDs.push_back(MD); + allADs.push_back(AD); + allRDs.push_back(RD); + + // Normalize tensor + float tmax = -1.0f; + for (int k=0; k<6; k++) + { + tmax = std::fmaxf(tmax, tensorData[offset + k]); + } + + tensor = tensor / tmax; + tensor[3][3] = 1.0f; + + //TODO: avoid sending NaN tensors to the GPU + allTensors.push_back(tensor); + } + } + + // TODO: Remove normalization and add fixed boundaries for diffusivities + normalize(allMDs); + normalize(allADs); + normalize(allRDs); +} + +void TensorView::UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer() +{ + const auto& tensorModel = mModel->GetTensorModel(); + const auto& sphere = tensorModel->GetSphere(); + + SphereProperties sphereProperties; + sphereProperties.NumVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); + sphereProperties.NumIndices = static_cast(sphere->GetIndices().size()); + sphereProperties.IsNormalized = 0; + sphereProperties.MaxOrder = sphere->GetMaxSHOrder(); + sphereProperties.SH0threshold = 0.0f; + sphereProperties.Scaling = mGlyphScaling; + sphereProperties.NbCoeffs = 6; + sphereProperties.FadeIfHidden = 0; + sphereProperties.ColorMapMode = 0; + + mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(SphereProperties), &sphereProperties); +} + +void TensorView::initGPUBuffers() +{ + const auto& tensorModel = mModel->GetTensorModel(); + const auto& nbTensorImages = tensorModel->GetNbTensorImages(); + const auto& nbSpheres = tensorModel->GetMaxNbSpheres(); + const auto& sphere = tensorModel->GetSphere(); + + std::vector allVertices(nbSpheres * nbTensorImages * sphere->GetPoints().size()); + std::vector allCoefs; + std::vector allTensors; + std::vector allPdds; + std::vector allFAs; + std::vector allMDs; + std::vector allADs; + std::vector allRDs; + + precomputeTensorProperties(allCoefs, allTensors, allPdds, allFAs, allMDs, allADs, allRDs); + + mTensorMatricesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::mat4) * allTensors.size(), allTensors.data()); + mTensorCoeffsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allCoefs.size(), allCoefs.data()); + mPDDsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allPdds.size(), allPdds.data()); + mFAsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float) * allFAs.size(), allFAs.data()); + mMDsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float) * allMDs.size(), allMDs.data()); + mADsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float) * allADs.size(), allADs.data()); + mRDsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float) * allRDs.size(), allRDs.data()); + + // TODO: I don't think we need sphere normals for tensors, because they are computed on the fly + mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allVertices.size(), allVertices.data()); + mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * sphere->GetPoints().size(), sphere->GetPoints().data()); + mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(unsigned int) * sphere->GetIndices().size(), sphere->GetIndices().data()); + + UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); + // mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer = GPU::ShaderData(&sphereData, GPU::Binding::sphereInfo, sizeof(SphereProperties)); +} + +// TODO: Make utility function +void TensorView::dispatchSubsetCommands(void(TensorView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), size_t nbElements, + size_t nbThreads, std::vector& threads) +{ + const size_t nbElementsPerThread = nbElements / nbThreads; + size_t startIndex = 0; + size_t stopIndex = nbElementsPerThread; + for(int i = 0; i < nbThreads - 1; ++i) + { + threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, stopIndex)); + startIndex = stopIndex; + stopIndex += nbElementsPerThread; + } + threads.push_back(std::thread(fn, this, startIndex, nbElements)); + + // wait for all threads to finish + for(auto& t : threads) + { + t.join(); + } +} + +void TensorView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex) +{ + const auto& sphere = mModel->GetTensorModel()->GetSphere(); + const auto& indices = sphere->GetIndices(); + const unsigned int numIndices = static_cast(indices.size()); + const unsigned int numVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); + + unsigned int i, j; + for(i = firstIndex; i < lastIndex; ++i) + { + // Add sphere faces + for(j = 0; j < numIndices; ++j) + { + mMeshIndices[i*numIndices+j] = indices[j]; + } + + // Add indirect draw command for current sphere + mIndirectCmd[i] = {numIndices, 1, 0, i * numVertices, 0}; + } +} + +void TensorView::uploadTransformToGPU() +{ + glm::mat4 transform = mModel->GetTensorModel()->GetCoordinateSystem()->ToWorld(); + + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::mat4), &transform); + mTransformMatrixGPUBuffer.ToGPU(); +} + void TensorView::Render() { mProgramPipeline.Bind(); From efdcb48817107a51bcc993da6f2dcf1a9da8a73d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Charles Poirier Date: Mon, 26 Jun 2023 13:41:27 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 10/11] Refactor --- Engine/include/tensor_view.h | 9 +----- Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp | 17 +++++----- Engine/src/tensor_view.cpp | 60 +++++++++++++----------------------- 3 files changed, 32 insertions(+), 54 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/tensor_view.h b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h index 94977bec..bb66b005 100644 --- a/Engine/include/tensor_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/tensor_view.h @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ class TensorView void initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex); void dispatchSubsetCommands(void(TensorView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), - size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads, - std::vector& threads); + size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads); void uploadTransformToGPU(); @@ -75,12 +74,6 @@ class TensorView GPU::ShaderData mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer; // used to estimate normals GPU::ShaderData mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer; - // Compute shader outputs - // TODO: /!\ I don't think I need these - GPU::ShaderData mAllRadiisGPUBuffer; - GPU::ShaderData mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer; - GPU::ShaderData mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer; - float mGlyphScaling = 1.0f; // DrawElementsIndirectCommand array. diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp index d18e7513..66f87ecf 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_model.cpp @@ -55,16 +55,17 @@ bool MVCModel::AddTensorModel(const std::shared_ptr& model) ,mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereVertices) ,mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereIndices) ,mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::sphereInfo) -,mAllRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allRadiis) -,mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allSpheresNormals) -,mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allMaxAmplitude) +//,mAllRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allRadiis) +//,mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allSpheresNormals) +//,mAllMaxRadiisGPUBuffer(GPU::Binding::allMaxAmplitude) { initShaders(); initRenderPrimitives(); @@ -55,23 +55,17 @@ void TensorView::initRenderPrimitives() const int nbSpheres = tensorModel->GetMaxNbSpheres(); const int nbTensors = static_cast(tensorModel->GetNbTensorImages()); - // TODO: Not sure indices need to be duplicated for each sphere - mMeshIndices.resize(nbSpheres * nbIndices); - mIndirectCmd.resize(nbSpheres * nbTensors); + mMeshIndices.resize(nbIndices); + const auto& indices = sphere->GetIndices(); + for(size_t j = 0; j < nbIndices; ++j) + { + mMeshIndices[j] = indices[j]; + } - // Copy sphere indices and instantiate draw commands. - std::vector threads; + // Instantiate draw commands. + mIndirectCmd.resize(nbSpheres * nbTensors); dispatchSubsetCommands(&TensorView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand, - nbSpheres, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES, threads); - - // TODO: Move in subset command - // Copy draw calls for all tensor images - for (int i=0; i < nbSpheres; i++){ - for (int j=1; j < nbTensors; j++) - { - mIndirectCmd[j*nbSpheres + i] = mIndirectCmd[i]; - } - } + nbSpheres * nbTensors, NB_THREADS_FOR_SPHERES); // Bind primitives to GPU glCreateVertexArrays(1, &mVertexArrayObject); @@ -110,13 +104,10 @@ void TensorView::precomputeTensorProperties(std::vector& allCoefs, st auto [e1, e2, e3] = eigenvectors(glm::mat3(tensor)); // "hack" for isotropic tensor - if(std::isnan(e1.x) || std::isnan(e1.y) || std::isnan(e1.z)) - { - e1 = glm::vec3(0.5f); - } - else if(abs(e1.x) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() - || abs(e1.y) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() - || abs(e1.z) == std::numeric_limits::infinity()) + if(std::isnan(e1.x) || std::isnan(e1.y) || std::isnan(e1.z) || + abs(e1.x) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() || + abs(e1.y) == std::numeric_limits::infinity() || + abs(e1.z) == std::numeric_limits::infinity()) { e1 = glm::vec3(0.5f); } @@ -201,18 +192,18 @@ void TensorView::initGPUBuffers() mRDsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(float) * allRDs.size(), allRDs.data()); // TODO: I don't think we need sphere normals for tensors, because they are computed on the fly - mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allVertices.size(), allVertices.data()); + // mAllGlyphNormalsGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * allVertices.size(), allVertices.data()); mSphereVerticesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(glm::vec4) * sphere->GetPoints().size(), sphere->GetPoints().data()); mSphereTrianglesIndicesGPUBuffer.Update(0, sizeof(unsigned int) * sphere->GetIndices().size(), sphere->GetIndices().data()); UpdateSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer(); - // mSpherePropertiesGPUBuffer = GPU::ShaderData(&sphereData, GPU::Binding::sphereInfo, sizeof(SphereProperties)); } // TODO: Make utility function -void TensorView::dispatchSubsetCommands(void(TensorView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), size_t nbElements, - size_t nbThreads, std::vector& threads) +void TensorView::dispatchSubsetCommands(void(TensorView::*fn)(size_t, size_t), + size_t nbElements, size_t nbThreads) { + std::vector threads; const size_t nbElementsPerThread = nbElements / nbThreads; size_t startIndex = 0; size_t stopIndex = nbElementsPerThread; @@ -238,17 +229,10 @@ void TensorView::initializeSubsetDrawCommand(size_t firstIndex, size_t lastIndex const unsigned int numIndices = static_cast(indices.size()); const unsigned int numVertices = static_cast(sphere->GetPoints().size()); - unsigned int i, j; - for(i = firstIndex; i < lastIndex; ++i) + for(size_t i = firstIndex; i < lastIndex; ++i) { - // Add sphere faces - for(j = 0; j < numIndices; ++j) - { - mMeshIndices[i*numIndices+j] = indices[j]; - } - // Add indirect draw command for current sphere - mIndirectCmd[i] = {numIndices, 1, 0, i * numVertices, 0}; + mIndirectCmd[i] = {numIndices, 1, 0, 0, 0}; } } From a82e48525a739114439ab9e4533229c294b12439 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: CHrlS98 Date: Thu, 13 Jul 2023 14:44:12 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 11/11] Plug back 2d camera modes --- Engine/include/camera.h | 37 ++++++---------- Engine/include/sh_view.h | 2 +- Engine/src/camera.cpp | 81 ++++++++++++----------------------- Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp | 36 ++++++++++++++++ 4 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 77 deletions(-) diff --git a/Engine/include/camera.h b/Engine/include/camera.h index faa742b1..2b4d60b0 100644 --- a/Engine/include/camera.h +++ b/Engine/include/camera.h @@ -4,10 +4,17 @@ #include #include #include -#include namespace Slicer { +enum class CameraMode +{ + X_VIEW_2D = 0, + Y_VIEW_2D = 1, + Z_VIEW_2D = 2, + FREE_3D = 3 +}; + /// Class for camera object. class Camera { @@ -15,23 +22,6 @@ class Camera /// Default constructor. Camera() = default; - /// Constructor. - /// \param[in] position Starting position in world coordinates. - /// \param[in] upVector Up vector in world coordinates. - /// \param[in] lookAt Point at center of view. - /// \param[in] fov Field of view in radians. - /// \param[in] aspect Aspect ratio of window (width / height). - /// \param[in] near Near clipping distance. - /// \param[in] far Far clipping distance. - /// \param[in] state Pointer to ApplicationState instance. - // TODO: Remove - Camera(const glm::vec3& position, - const glm::vec3& upVector, - const glm::vec3& lookAt, - const float& fov, const float& aspect, - const float& near, const float& far, - const std::shared_ptr& state); - Camera(const glm::vec3& position, const glm::vec3& upVector, const glm::vec3& lookAt, @@ -65,12 +55,14 @@ class Camera /// Update camera attributes on the GPU. void UpdateGPU(); -private: /// Set the state for the camera mode /// \param[in] previous Previous value. /// \param[in] mode New value for fading behaviour. - void setMode(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode mode); + void SetMode(CameraMode mode); + + inline CameraMode GetMode() const { return mMode; }; +private: /// Struct containing camera attributes to push on the GPU. struct CameraData { @@ -105,13 +97,12 @@ class Camera /// View matrix. glm::mat4 mViewMatrix; - /// Pointer to the ApplicationState, containing global parameters. - std::shared_ptr mState; - /// Shader data for camera attributes. GPU::ShaderData mCamParamsData; //Boolean to block the rotation of the scene bool mBlockRotation; + + CameraMode mMode = CameraMode::FREE_3D; }; } // namespace Slicer \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Engine/include/sh_view.h b/Engine/include/sh_view.h index 7c32d30e..74bbc809 100644 --- a/Engine/include/sh_view.h +++ b/Engine/include/sh_view.h @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ class SHView GPU::ShaderData mAllOrdersGPUBuffer; // pretty sure this one is useless - float mGlyphScaling = 1.0f; + float mGlyphScaling = 0.5f; float mSH0Threshold = 0.0f; bool mAreGlyphsNormalized = false; diff --git a/Engine/src/camera.cpp b/Engine/src/camera.cpp index 6f4ad07b..a9351f4a 100644 --- a/Engine/src/camera.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/camera.cpp @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ #include #include #include -#include namespace { @@ -13,27 +12,6 @@ const float ROTATION_SPEED = 0.005f; namespace Slicer { -Camera::Camera(const glm::vec3& position, - const glm::vec3& upVector, - const glm::vec3& lookAt, - const float& fov, const float& aspect, - const float& near, const float& far, - const std::shared_ptr& state) -:mLookAt(lookAt) -,mPosition(position) -,mUpVector(upVector) -,mFov(fov) -,mNear(near) -,mFar(far) -,mAspect(aspect) -,mCamParamsData(GPU::Binding::camera) -,mState(state) -{ - mProjectionMatrix = glm::perspective(mFov, mAspect, mNear, mFar); - mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); - mBlockRotation = false; -} - Camera::Camera(const glm::vec3& position, const glm::vec3& upVector, const glm::vec3& lookAt, @@ -63,46 +41,43 @@ Camera::Camera(const Camera& camera) ,mFar(camera.mFar) ,mAspect(camera.mAspect) ,mCamParamsData(camera.mCamParamsData) -,mState(camera.mState) ,mBlockRotation(camera.mBlockRotation) { mProjectionMatrix = glm::perspective(mFov, mAspect, mNear, mFar); mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); } -void Camera::setMode(State::CameraMode previous, State::CameraMode mode) +void Camera::SetMode(CameraMode mode) { - if(previous != mode) + mMode = mode; + if(mode == CameraMode::FREE_3D) + { + mBlockRotation=false; + return; + } + + mBlockRotation = true; + const float distToOrigin = length(mPosition); + const float distToLookAt = distance(mLookAt, mPosition); + + if(mode == CameraMode::X_VIEW_2D) + { + mPosition = glm::vec3(distToOrigin, 0.0f, 0.0f); + mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + } + else if(mode == CameraMode::Y_VIEW_2D) { - if(mode == State::CameraMode::projective3D) - { - mBlockRotation=false; - return; - } - - mBlockRotation = true; - const float distToOrigin = length(mPosition); - const float distToLookAt = distance(mLookAt, mPosition); - - if(mode == State::CameraMode::projectiveX) - { - mPosition = glm::vec3(distToOrigin, 0.0f, 0.0f); - mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - } - else if(mode == State::CameraMode::projectiveY) - { - mPosition = glm::vec3(0.0f, distToOrigin, 0.0f); - mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - } - else if(mode == State::CameraMode::projectiveZ) - { - mPosition = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, distToOrigin); - mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); - } - const glm::vec3 posToOrigin = glm::normalize(- mPosition); - mLookAt = mPosition + distToLookAt * posToOrigin; - mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); + mPosition = glm::vec3(0.0f, distToOrigin, 0.0f); + mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); } + else if(mode == CameraMode::Z_VIEW_2D) + { + mPosition = glm::vec3(0.0f, 0.0f, distToOrigin); + mUpVector = glm::vec3(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); + } + const glm::vec3 posToOrigin = glm::normalize(- mPosition); + mLookAt = mPosition + distToLookAt * posToOrigin; + mViewMatrix = glm::lookAt(mPosition, mLookAt, mUpVector); } void Camera::ResetViewFromOther(const Camera& camera) diff --git a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp index 50726f05..fd247229 100644 --- a/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp +++ b/Engine/src/mvc_controller.cpp @@ -249,6 +249,42 @@ void MVCController::drawMainMenu() mModel->GetSHModel() != nullptr); ImGui::EndMenu(); } + ImGui::Separator(); + if(ImGui::BeginMenu("Camera")) + { + const auto& cMode = mView->GetCamera()->GetMode(); + if(ImGui::MenuItem("X_VIEW_2D", NULL, cMode == CameraMode::X_VIEW_2D)) + { + mView->GetCamera()->SetMode(CameraMode::X_VIEW_2D); + // TODO: Create GridModel::SetVisible(slice) to simplify code here. + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(true); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(false); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(false); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + } + if(ImGui::MenuItem("Y_VIEW_2D", NULL, cMode == CameraMode::Y_VIEW_2D)) + { + mView->GetCamera()->SetMode(CameraMode::Y_VIEW_2D); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(false); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(true); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(false); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + } + if(ImGui::MenuItem("Z_VIEW_2D", NULL, cMode == CameraMode::Z_VIEW_2D)) + { + mView->GetCamera()->SetMode(CameraMode::Z_VIEW_2D); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsXVisible(false); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsYVisible(false); + mModel->GetGridModel()->SetIsZVisible(true); + mView->UpdateGridModelGPUBuffer(); + } + if(ImGui::MenuItem("FREE_3D", NULL, cMode == CameraMode::FREE_3D)) + { + mView->GetCamera()->SetMode(CameraMode::FREE_3D); + } + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("%.1f FPS", mImGuiIO->Framerate); ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();